tMoA

~ The only Home on the Web You'll ever need ~


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Share
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 21, 2017 9:49 pm


    I have suggested that there is a good-side and a bad-side to BOTH the Bible and the Writings of Ellen White. I have suggested that the SDA Bible Commentary is a reasonable (though difficult) Middle-Way. What Would the Anglicans Say?? This is frankly a game which most people can't or won't play. I've suggested wrestling with the madness, without saying or doing much of anything with it. The material I include in my threads are often difficult and disorienting. Once again, I am including this stuff for seasoned-researchers, and not the general-public. I try to cover at least a couple of sides of the issues I address. This is to help us think, rather than telling anyone what to think and/or do. I think the Info-War is just going to get worse and worse. Regarding the following articles, I've sat in the classes of Dr. Fred Veltman, and he was quite the scholar and gentleman. Ellen White claimed that an Angel spoke to her on a regular basis. I hate to say it, but what if the Angel used sources without giving credit?? What if the Angel was the God of This World?? I think it's interesting that Vincent Ramik, a Roman Catholic attorney, was hired by the SDA church, to investigate the plagiarism-charge against Ellen White!! http://www.whiteestate.org/issues/ramik.html What if the God of the SDA church was (and is) the God of the Roman Catholic church?? What if the God of This World has deliberately and methodically afflicted This World with The Great Controversy Between Christ and Satan (for thousands of years)?? I have suggested that a particular Angel has run this solar system for thousands of years, going way-back to the Garden of Eden (for better or worse, I know not)!! I have suggested that the reprehensible might've been inevitable and unavoidable, but I have no-idea about the true state of affairs, going way, way, way back!!

    Once again, I think it will be necessary to know the Whole-Truth about our Whole-History!! Perhaps this will occur in an Investigative and Executive Judgment. I suspect an Ancient Other Than Human Race, going way, way, way, way back. I further suspect a Recent and Renegade Human-Race in conflict with the Original Ancient-Race, but I certainly don't know the details. I think the Bible and the Writings of Ellen White offer significant-clues, but that this study is just the beginning of understanding the Real-Story. I don't think this is a nice-story at all. All of Us might be forced to face-reality in the near-future, whether we like it or not. To say it again, I suspect a Relatively-Nice Original-Creator or Genetic-Engineer of Humanity, who was overthrown by a Not So Nice Replacement God of This World, for legitimate or illegitimate reasons, I know not. Beware of Deliberately Inflicted Murder and Mayhem. I think this thing might get REALLY Ugly and Nasty!! Some of you laugh and scoff at me because I seem to be lazy and stupid, but if you agonized over what I agonize over, each and every day, you'd probably be in a lot worse shape than I am. I really just want to let this stuff go for a while. Now I'm HONESTLY going to try to go away for a while. I'll try to maintain Responsible-Neutrality. Give until it hurts, and then Agonize until it hurts. The more you Suffer, the more it shows you really Care. What Would The Offspring Sing?? What Would Noodles Do?? This Thing Might NOT Be Over for a Very Long Time. Namaste, Godspeed, and Geronimo.


    http://www.truthorfables.com/Desire_of_Ages_Veltman.htm
    The Desire of Ages Project: The Data
    by Fred Veltman
    (Ministry, October 1990)

    In 1982, Dr. Fred Veltman, then chairman of the religion department of Pacific Union College, was asked by the Seventh-day Adventist church to analyze the charges of plagiarism brought by Walter Rea and others against Ellen White. Dr. Veltman spent eight years at church expense estimated at $450,000, studying The Desire of Ages. His research was printed in the Adventist church's official magazine for clergy named Ministry.

    The fact that Ellen White used literary sources in the production of her writings has been known for more than a century. But in January 1980, Walter Rea, then an Adventist pastor in Southern California, presented evidence that Ellen White's literary dependency was greater than had been recognized previously. The nature and scope of her literary borrowing, however, particularly for any given book other than The Great Controversy, was still a matter of speculation. How much verbatim material was there in her writings, especially her narrative, descriptive, and theological commentaries on Scripture? To what degree was she dependent upon literary sources? Do her comments reflect the influence of other writers? From what writers did she borrow and from what kind of books? Did Ellen White do the copying herself, or was it done by her literary assistants? Could she have unconsciously used the literary expressions of other authors—did she have a "photographic" memory? These and similar issues had to be addressed before one could treat the charge of plagiarism leveled against Ellen White, and the questions being raised over the nature of her inspiration.

    The General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists sponsored an in-depth investigation into Ellen White's use of literary sources in writing The Desire of Ages. The research, which spread over a period of almost eight years and involved the equivalent of five years of full-time work, was completed about two years ago. Adventist colleges and universities throughout the world received copies of the full report on this in-depth study. All of the Ellen G. White Estate research centers also carry a copy of the final document.

    Space requirements dictate that my comments focus on the conclusions of the investigation. But for the benefit of those readers who may not be acquainted with the study, I will briefly touch on its textual base and methodology. And for those who may be interested in my own reaction to the results of the research, a personal postscript accompanies the concluding article of this series. I make no attempt here to document or argue the evidence supporting the conclusions.

    The Ellen White textual base

    The Desire of Ages includes both narrative and theological commentary. Nearly every chapter is based upon a portion of Scripture. If Adventists were concerned about Ellen White's use of sources, this book, perhaps the best loved of all her writings, was the obvious text to study.

    Ellen White's motivation to write The Desire of Ages stemmed from her desire to prepare a more complete and accurate portrayal of the life of Christ than was contained in The Spirit of Prophecy, volumes 2 and 3, a new book that Adventist colporteurs could sell to the public. For nearly 40 years she wrote on this subject, finally having The Desire of Ages published in 1898. She became so caught up in the subject that she produced enough material to fill two additional books, Christ's Object Lessons and Thoughts From the Mount of Blessing. Much of what she wrote for The Desire of Ages first saw publication as articles in various Adventist journals.

    Initially we researchers were assigned to study the entire text of The Desire Ages—all of its 87 chapters and more than 800 pages. We soon found we had neither the time nor the staff to tackle a project of such scope. To reduce the textual base to manageable size, we asked statisticians to select 15 chapters that would serve as a random sample of the full text.

    Ellen White did not write The Desire Ages chapter by chapter from scratch. Rather, for the most part it was compiled from her earlier writings. So the pre-1898 unpublished manuscripts and the articles published prior to that year afforded a textual base more representative of her own handiwork. Using the subject matter of the 15 chapters as our control, we searched all the earlier writings of Ellen White to locate the letters, manuscripts, and articles in which she had written on these same subjects. To distinguish these texts from the text of The Desire of Ages (DA), we have designated them pre-DA.

    Methodology

    We were commissioned to study Ellen White's use of literary sources. For an investigation of this type, the obvious research method is source analysis, or what is commonly called source criticism. In this kind of study, the researchers select literary subunits to serve as the basis for comparing the major text and the possible source texts. They establish criteria to permit them to find the literary units that are parallel and to determine the degree to which the two units resemble each other. We selected the sentence as the unit of comparison. The 15 chapters of the DA text contained 2,624 sentences, and the pre-DA text furnished 1,180 sentence units.

    We also established a scale of seven levels of dependency. The criteria differentiating between these levels of dependency were the amount of verbatim words and the order of the elements in the sentences. For instance, if a sentence from an Ellen White text was in every respect identical to one in a source text, we labeled it "strict verbatim" and gave it a dependency value of seven. In cases where the sentences were identical except that an obvious synonym had been substituted for a word, we identified the sentence as "verbatim" and gave it a value of six-indicating that it had a lesser degree of dependency than "strict verbatim" with its value of seven. When the Ellen White text and the source were identical because both writers were depending directly on Scripture, we labeled the sentence "Bible quotation" and gave it a dependency rating of zero. When there was no clear indication of literary dependency, we called the sentence "independent" and gave it a dependency value of zero - even when the content of her DA text was very similar to that of a source text.

    Literary dependency is not limited to parallel sentence structure and verbal similarities. Authors may also consult sources for the arrangement of the sentences and the thematic development of a chapter. So our analysis of the DA text included a study of possible editorial or redactional dependency. In our investigation we examined more than 500 works, mostly nineteenth-century works on the life of Christ. Of course, Ellen White was not limited to this type of literature when she wrote on the life of Christ. She also had access to sermons, devotional books, Bible society tracts, Bible commentaries, and general Christian literature, and could have borrowed materials from any of these sources. In view of the fact that we did not review all the life-of-Christ materials available to Ellen White, much less the literature from other genres she is known to have read, there is no way this probe could be called complete or exhaustive. So the reader must consider the summations and conclusions that follow as minimal if not tentative findings, even though we made every possible effort to conduct a thorough and careful study.

    Summations

    From the outset of the study and throughout its long course I constantly faced questions relating to the conclusions. What do you think you will discover? Will you be able to report the results of your study without having your ministerial credentials revoked? Will the church publicize your findings? Have you changed your views on Ellen White? Do you still believe that she was inspired? Did her secretaries do the copying? Did you find any disagreement between her writings and Scripture? Do you think a believer has any right to look for sources behind inspired writings? Do you think the writers she used were inspired?

    Marian Davis compiled Ellen White's earlier writings on Christ's life into scrapbook form. It was from this collection that the DA text was developed. While these inquiries were appropriate and appreciated, they were not the issues troubling me. I had other concerns. How could we approach the analysis of the textual data fairly and consistently? How accurate would our conclusions be when based upon a random sample consisting of 15 chapters of varying length, content, and source dependency? Could our conclusions serve as valid generalizations about the entire text of The Desire of Ages and Ellen White's method of writing her books, particularly her commentaries on the great controversy between good and evil as covered in Scripture? My solution was to study each chapter in terms of its own special nature. I hoped that I would be able to let the data determine the questions to be asked, and I endeavored to be open to any new insights, even new perplexities, that might emerge from the analysis. In the end I developed a list of 14 questions that I asked in regard to each chapter. I hoped that these questions would help to keep my analysis focused and consistent despite variations in the text and possible changes in my outlook as the study progressed. It became very clear to us that it was Ellen White herself who was copying from the sources.

    In what follows, I present the 14 questions and the corresponding summary statements derived from our analysis of the 15 chapters. The statements, of course, present in abbreviated form what is more fully laid out in chapter XVIII of the report. The questions and answers offer further clarification on the nature and scope of the study and largely form the evidence supporting the five general concluding statements that I give in the second article.

    1. Do we have any original (hand-written) manuscripts of Ellen White on the DA text?

    No chapters have been located in either handwritten or copy form. Several sentences from three chapters have been found in Ellen White's diaries, and significant portions of three additional chapters were developed from manuscripts dating from 1897. Handwritten and copied texts exist for portions of the pre-DA text, treating the content of 10 of the 15 chapters.

    2. Does the DA text represent an increase or a reduction in the coverage of topics Ellen White treated in her earlier works? And if she enlarged her coverage, is the expansion to be accounted for by a greater dependency on sources?

    No consistent answer emerges. Some topics receive more attention, and others less. Where the commentary has been extended, we also find more independent material. The DA text generally represents a lesser degree of dependency than does the pre-DA text, and the longer chapters of DA show no greater use of sources than do the shorter ones.

    3. How does the content of the DA text compare in general with the content of Ellen White's earlier writings on the life of Christ? Can we detect any influence of the sources on the content?

    Doing source analysis involves giving some consideration to content, but finding a definitive answer to this question would require a separate study. Generally speaking, there is strong agreement between the later and earlier writings except where the earlier text needed revision. No doubt much of the agreement results from the use of the same sources for both the earlier and later writings. The DA text manifests a stronger spiritual appeal, no doubt because of the evangelistic purpose that motivated and guided its production.

    4. Are there any significant differences between the DA text and the pre-DA text?

    Differences appear in the order of events in the life of Christ, in how the two texts harmonize the Scripture accounts, and in DA's exclusion of some extrabiblical stories contained in the pre-DA text. No doubt the sources influenced to some degree the chronology of Ellen White's narrative account and the thematic arrangement of some of her chapters in the DA text. It is not always possible to tell when the revision is the result of the source's influence or of a closer reading of the biblical account.

    5. How much of the DA text reveals literary dependency?
    6. What is the extent of Ellen White's literary independence in writing DA?
    7. What is the degree of dependence of the DA text?

    Questions 5, 6, and 7 address the basic issue of literary dependency. Of the 15 chapters, 2,624 sentence units, we found 823 (31 percent) to be in some degree clearly dependent upon material appearing in our 500-plus literary sources. We found that 1,612 sentence units (61 percent) showed no verbal similarity to any of the sources we investigated. The average dependency of the 823 dependent sentences rated just a little higher than the level of "loose paraphraser" (3.3).

    8. What major works were used by Ellen White in writing the DA text?

    We found 10 books from which Ellen White drew 10 or more literary parallels per The Desire of Ages chapter. The Life of Christ, by William Hanna, heads the list with 321 source parallels. Night Scenes of the Bible and Walks and Homes of Jesus, both by Daniel March, come in second with 129 parallel sentences. Ellen White drew from Hanna's work for nearly every one of the 15 chapters. But she tended not to use the other sources in such a general way, tending rather to draw mostly from a single source for each chapter that we found to be dependent. Which other source she used varied from chapter to chapter.

    9. What additional sources contributed to the DA text?

    In addition to the major sources, we found that 21 works written by 20 authors had a minor impact on the 15 chapters. Two authors had works in both the major influence and minor influence categories.

    10. What literary sources were used in the composition of the pre-DA writings?

    Marian Davis compiled Ellen White's earlier writings on Christ's life into scrapbook form. It was from this collection that the DA text was developed. As a result of this method of book production, many source parallels appearing in the DA text make their first appearance in these earlier writings. Exceptions to this expected duplication in literary parallels occur when the earlier text is not included in the DA text or when DA treats content not found in the earlier materials. Our study revealed that the works of Hanna and March figure heavily in the earlier texts that were taken over into DA. In the Ellen White manuscripts on Christ's life that were not used in forming the DA text, there are literary parallels from the works of Frederic Farrar, John Harris, Henry Melvill, Octavius Winslow, and others.

    11. How does the DA text compare with the pre-DA text in the use of literary sources?

    When we first formulated this question, we had planned to evaluate every sentence of the earlier writings, but time and staff limitations prevented such a thorough study. We did examine this earlier material for its use of sources and found that in most cases it showed either the same level or greater levels of literary dependency than did the DA text. Out of the 1,180 sentence units reviewed, we noted 879 dependent sentences. We found 6 strict verbatim sentences, 80 verbatim, 232 strict paraphrase, and 232 simple paraphrase. The average rate of dependency of the pre-DA dependent sentences was 3.57, compared with DA's rate of 3.3. As we carefully studied the nature and degree of literary dependency of these early materials, which included Ellen White's personal journals, it became very clear to us that it was Ellen White herself who was copying from the sources. We need not look to the work of her secretaries to account for the source parallels found in her writings.

    12. How does the content of the dependent sentences compare with that of the independent?

    We found no significant differences in content. Both types of sentences include descriptive, devotional, spiritual, and theological commentary and moral exhortation. Both types contain details such as one might expect in an eyewitness account or as having come from a vision. The differences we noted involve the way reality is affirmed and the number of sentences or degree of emphasis given to a particular topic. Ellen White's independent materials often extend the descriptive, spiritual, theological, or devotional commentary. And where the source is suggestive and indefinite as to what took place in the life and ministry of Christ, Ellen White is positive and definite.

    13. Do the literary or thematic structures of the chapters of the DA text reflect the structural composition of the sources, apart from the common influence of the Bible?

    Even though most DA chapters reflect the dominant use of one source, most of them contain parallels from more than one source. So the final compositions exhibit their own overall structures rather than those of any given source. Several chapter sections appear to reflect specific Ellen White manuscripts. Ellen White's earlier manuscripts do not reflect multiple sources to the extent the DA chapters do. Evidently in writing them she used one source at a time as she worked on a given topic or aspect in Christ's life. When writing on the same topic on another occasion, she generally used a different source. The fact that DA chapters contain literary parallels from multiple sources more likely represents Marian Davis's conflation of several separate Ellen White manuscripts or journal entries than it does Ellen White sitting down with several sources to compose a chapter.

    14. Are the pre-DA writings dependent on sources for their thematic arrangement?

    In most instances her diary entries float freely from topic to topic, not offering extensive comment on any given subject. But where her pre-DA writings treat a topic, they usually follow the thematic development of the source. Particularly is this the case with her later manuscripts. However, we would remind the reader of the differences discussed under question 12. Though the basic structure of Ellen White's material usually depends upon the source, her emphasis often differs.

    Hopefully this brief review of the 14 questions and their answers provides both a useful context and some justification for the few broad conclusions that follow in the second article (in the December issue of Ministry). These concluding statements may well apply to the entire text of The Desire of Ages, and perhaps to a number of Ellen White's other writings, as well. If not, they are - at least in my judgment - appropriate for the 15 chapters upon which this investigation focused.

    Two Adventist journals have carried reviews of the report (Adventist Review, Sept. 22, 1988; and South Pacific Record, Apr. 15, 1989), but to my knowledge, nowhere have the full conclusions been published. For a while copies of the entire report and of the 100-page-long Chapter XVIII, "Summary and Conclusions", were available for purchase from the office of the president of the General Conference.

    Because I was the project director, I am solely responsible for all the evaluations, the interpretation of the data, and the writing of the report. But I could not have carried out the project without the help of many others, most of whom are mentioned in the preface to the report. The random sample comprised the following chapters: 3, 10, 13, 14, 24, 37, 39, 46, 53, 56, 72, 75, 76, 83, and 84. In a few instances compound sentences were divided into two independent clauses and evaluated accordingly. The other levels of dependency were rated as follows: strict paraphrase, 5; simple paraphrase, 4; loose paraphrase, 3; source Bible, 2 (when the Scripture usage reflected the literary source); and partial independence, 1. I have in mind here such works as Patriarchs and Prophets, Prophets and Kings, and The Acts of the Apostles. We arbitrarily chose to classify any source supplying 10 or more literary parallels for any one DA chapter as a "major" literary source. The other major sources are:

    John Harris, The Great Teacher;
    Frederic Farrar, The Life of Christ;
    George Jones, Life-Scenes From the Four Gospels;
    Alfred Edersheim, The Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah;
    J. H. Ingraham, The Prince of the House of David;
    Francis Wayland, Salvation by Christ;
    John Cumming, Sabbath Evening Readings on the New Testament: St. John.
    Henry Melvill, "Jacob's Vision and Vow";
    and Octavius Winslow, The Glory of the Redeemer.

    In combining the two Nazareth visits into one chapter, DA chapter 24 seems to reflect the structure of March. Some evidence exists for arguing that chapters 46 and 76 also depend upon their sources for significant aspects of their literary arrangement.


    The Desire of Ages Project: The Conclusions
    by Fred Veltman
    (Ministry, December 1990)

    To what degree was Ellen White dependent upon literary sources in writing The Desire of Ages? Did she do the copying herself or was it done by her literary assistants? Could she have unconsciously used the literary expressions of other authors - did she have a photographic memory? Our lengthy and detailed investigation led to five general conclusions that cast light upon these broad questions posed in the introduction to the study. The conclusions are based primarily but not exclusively on the answers generated by the 14 questions we addressed to each chapter of The Desire of Ages (DA) text.1 They also include interpretations of the data, and to that degree involve personal judgment. I have tried, however, to separate my opinion from what I would argue the evidence indicates to be a fact. I have attempted to set forth the five concluding statements in as concise a manner as accuracy would allow. To understand properly the meaning intended, the reader should give careful consideration to the accompanying explanations and supporting arguments, brief as they are. As is true of most research activities, the process of drawing conclusions raised additional issues that in my view call for further study. I hope that the underscoring of these issues will challenge some readers to add their efforts to those of myself and others who have tried to shed more light on Ellen White's work and writings. It should be clearly understood that these questions are not offered to dilute the reasonableness of the arguments or to suggest that this investigation is incomplete, and that therefore its conclusions are invalid.

    1. Ellen White used literary sources when writing The Desire of Ages.

    The purpose of this fundamental claim, and for many an obvious truth, is to set forth clearly the following facts. It is of first importance to note that Ellen White herself, not her literary assistants, composed the basic content of the DA text. In doing so she was the one who took literary expressions from the works of other authors without giving them credit as her sources. Second, it should be recognized that Ellen White used the writings of others consciously and intentionally. The literary parallels are not the result of accident or photographic memory. In view of the fact that she employed editorial assistants, our clearest evidence of Ellen White's literary borrowing comes from her personal diaries and manuscripts. If we want to establish more precisely the degree of literary dependence, it would be well to study the manuscripts as they come from her hand, comparing both the dependent and independent sentences. Each manuscript should be treated as a whole. When we take the chapter as the basic unit of composition, we remove ourselves several steps from Ellen White's basic work. This first and fundamental conclusion never fails to elicit a further inquiry as to its implications. Implicitly or explicitly, Ellen White and others speaking on her behalf did not admit to and even denied literary dependency on her part. In the light of this study and other similar studies, what are we to make of such denials? I think that any attempt to address this problem should include a serious consideration of Ellen White's understanding of inspiration and of her role as a prophet. Such a study should be contextualized in terms of nineteenth-century views on inspiration, especially within Adventism.

    2. The content of Ellen White's commentary on the life and ministry of Christ, The Desire of Ages, is for the most part derived rather than original.

    In light of the data our source studies on the DA text provided, this conclusion might appear to some readers as being unjustified.' To those who have been told that literary sources played a minimal role in Ellen White's compositions such a statement may be incredible. Obviously this second general conclusion calls for some clarification. As I explained in the first article, source dependency involves more than verbal parallels. We must consider not only the DA text as it reads today, but also Ellen White's earlier writings, the thematic structure of her writings, and the content of her material even where no direct literary similarity exists. When we do so, we find that she depended on her sources to a much greater degree than the verbal similarities of the DA text to those sources indicate. We must not place too much weight upon arguments from silence. But it is worthy of note that the DA material that we classified as independent was often material dealing with topics not usually covered in a work on the life of Christ. Since our study was largely limited to this type of literature, the reader must consider our estimate of the level of source dependency in The Desire of Ages as conservative. In practical terms, this conclusion declares that one is not able to recognize in Ellen White's writings on the life of Christ any general category of content or catalog of ideas that is unique to her. We found source parallels for theological, devotional, narrative, descriptive, and spiritual materials, whether in reference to biblical or extra-biblical content. Ever since the recent surfacing of the issue of Ellen White's literary borrowing, the question How much? has had center stage. Adventists have tended to emphasize the uniqueness, the originality, of the content of Ellen White's writings. But in an ultimate spiritual sense Ellen White always insisted that her works were derivative. She received the information from which she wrote out her views through visions, through some sort of impression upon the mind, and from Scripture. She saw herself as a messenger of the Lord. I believe the issue that concerned her was the authority and truth of her messages—not their originality. For Ellen White, all truth ultimately originates with God.

    This second conclusion suggests some areas for fruitful study. Even though we found parallels to sources in all of the types of the DA materials, perhaps we need to make a serious comparison of the content of the parallels and that of the independent sections. And it may be that we will find other distinctions when we study the other books published from her writings on the life of Christ Christ's Object Lessons and Thoughts From the Mount of Blessing. We also need to look at the content of her visions. Did she leave any record—what she saw and when—that would enable us to identify the vision content independent of her commentary on the life of Christ that exhibits the use of sources? And what about those times when she was impressed to write? Did she have revelatory experiences other than what is generally understood as a vision? Would the use of sources play any role in such experiences? There is also the matter of plagiarism. We have now identified several of the sources she used. We know the types of literature these sources represent. And we have an idea of the nature and extent of Ellen White's literary dependency at the level of her original writings. With all this data at hand, we should be able to examine the issue of plagiarism in terms of the literary conventions that governed the use of such religious works among her contemporaries.

    3. The special character of Ellen White's commentary is to be found in its practical use of Scripture and in its stress on spiritual realities and personal devotion.

    Though Ellen White's writings appear to have been largely derivative, they do not lack originality. A fair assessment of the evidence should not deny or underplay the degree of her dependence, but neither should it overlook or depreciate her independence. Despite her lack of formal education and her dependence upon literary sources and literary assistants, Ellen White could write. She obviously had the ability to express her thoughts clearly. She was not slavishly dependent upon her sources, and the way she incorporated their content clearly shows that she recognized the better literary constructions. She knew how to separate the wheat from the chaff. It may not be possible to identify Ellen White's "fingerprint" in the material that Marian Davis edited, but certain features of her work are readily apparent. She did not approach the biblical text as a scholarly exegete. Rather, she approached it from a practical point of view, taking the obvious, almost literal, meaning. She gave Marian Davis the responsibility of deciding where the earlier publication needed improving. In some instances the revision included a change in the order of events to bring her writings into harmony with the text of Scripture. Another distinct characteristic of her work is stress on what I have called "spiritual realities. " She differed from her sources in the emphasis she gave to descriptions of the activities or viewpoints of God and His angels and of Satan and his angels. She appears to be much more informed and at home than her sources when discussing the "other world," the real though invisible world of the spiritual beings of the universe. Her concern for reality is also evident in her replacing the expressions of probability, supposition, and imagination found in the sources with factual accounts given in the style of a reporter or eyewitness.

    Ellen White's "signature" is also to be found in the proportion of commentary given to devotional, moral, or Christian appeals or lessons that usually appear at the end of a chapter. This feature would naturally fit the evangelistic purpose that motivated her writing on the life of Christ. It is among her devotional comments and throughout her presentation of what I have called "spiritual realities" that we are more likely to find her independent hand at work. Ellen White's independence is also to be seen in her selectivity. The sources were her slaves, never her master. Future studies would do well to compare her text with that of the sources and to note how she selected, condensed, paraphrased, and in general rearranged much of the material she used. Our study raised another question that merits further attention: Was Ellen White indebted to sources for her devotional or spiritual comments? We did find several parallels in one or two works of this type, but our research did not survey enough of these works to establish whether her apparent independence is owing to her originality or to the limits of our investigation. When we extend the survey of possible sources to sermons and devotional literature, we will be able to tell how accurate are our data on her independence and bring into sharper focus just how much of her sections of comment corresponds to or differs from the sources she used. No doubt a thorough look at Ellen White's use of Scripture would also prove helpful. Is biblical interpretation today limited to her practical approach? Is there a place for careful exegesis? If there is more than one legitimate approach to the study of Scripture, should Ellen White's views control Adventist interpretation of Scripture?

    Finally, regarding content, how do Ellen White's writings on the life of Christ compare among themselves? We can no longer ask either Ellen White or those who knew her to explain what she meant by what she wrote. To be fair to her and to avoid the misuse of her authority, we must be careful how we represent what she wrote and how we establish what her position on a given subject was. My study of her writings on the life of Christ has given me the impression that some of her views changed through time. The very fact that the DA text represents a revision of her earlier work suggests that her writings form a textual tradition. If continued investigation indicates that there is some development in her ideas, would it not suggest that her comments need to be considered in terms of "time and place" not only within her own life experience and textual tradition but with respect to the larger background of her times, both within and without the Adventist Church? Perhaps we need Adventist historians and/or the Ellen G. White Estate to provide introductions to her writings in similar fashion to what we find useful in studying the Old and New Testament writings. At any rate, we may not necessarily find her view by simply striking a harmony among all her writings on a given subject. Her latest view might well be a correction or at least a modification of an earlier position.

    4. Ellen White used a minimum of 23 sources of various types of literature, including fiction, in her writings on the life of Christ.

    Actually, we have no way of knowing how many sources are represented in Ellen White's work on the life of Christ. In addition to the remaining 72 chapters of the DA text, there are two other books to review: Thoughts From the Mount of Blessing and Christ's Object Lessons. These 23 writers are sufficient, however, to answer the questions so many have asked: From what writers did Ellen White borrow? What kinds of books were they writing? Space does not permit us to survey all 23 here. But there is no need to cover the entire lot, since many fall under the literary category of "Victorian lives of Christ." The books in this category were never intended to be biographies. Today they would probably be classified as historical fiction. One obviously fictional account is Ingraham's The Prince of the House of David, a work that Albert Schweitzer referred to as one of the "’edifying’ romances on the life of Jesus intended for family reading." Ingraham cast his work as a collection of letters written by an eyewitness in Palestine to her father in Egypt. William Hanna's popular work was designed to be "practical and devotional." 9 No wonder that parallels from Hanna are to be found in 13 of the 15 DA chapters we investigated. The books in Ellen White's library at the time of her death appear to corroborate what her writings reveal. She read widely in works of differing literary type, theological perspective, and scholarly depth.

    5. Ellen White's literary assistants, particularly Marian Davis, are responsible for the published form of The Desire of Ages.

    The role of Ellen White's literary assistants was not a major concern of the study. But this subject cannot be entirely excluded from any serious attempt to treat her use of sources. Her method of writing inextricably involved the work of her secretaries, especially that of her "bookmaker." A significant part of the introduction to the research report covers this rather interesting side to Ellen White's literary work. In her day she was no doubt known more for her public speaking than for her writing. She loved to speak, took every opportunity to speak, and was confident of her speaking ability. It was not that way with her writing. Though she felt the burden to write, her confidence in her ability as a writer was not strong. She knew that her education did not qualify her to write for publication. The evidence suggests that she wrote day by day in her journals, moving from topic to topic as time and opportunity made it possible. No doubt she worked with one source for a while and then moved on to another source and another subject. These jottings would be copied and corrected for grammar, syntax, and spelling when she passed that journal over to one of her secretaries. Several journals would be active at the same time. From these collections her assistants would compose articles for Adventist journals. It appears that larger publications were produced from collections of materials gathered into a scrapbook. At least that seems to be the way the chapters for The Desire of Ages were compiled. Apparently her assistants at times developed manuscripts from journal entries. Several of the manuscripts consist mainly of excerpts from earlier writings and do not carry Ellen White's signature.

    Our comparison of manuscripts with the finished text and our study of the letters Ellen White and Marian Davis wrote that reveal the steps required for preparing the text for publication clearly show that Marian Davis had the liberty to modify sentence structure, to rearrange paragraphs, and to establish chapter length. Ellen White was more concerned about the general content of the book, the cost, and getting the material to the public as soon as possible. She also took a keen interest in the artwork used to illustrate her writings. I found no evidence to indicate that Marian Davis was involved in the original composition of any Ellen White text. But without the original manuscripts it is difficult to prove that such did not happen with any portion of the text of The Desire of Ages. It might prove helpful to make a stylistic study of the letters of Marian Davis and the handwritten materials of Ellen White. If their "fingerprints" emerge, we would have some basis for determining more precisely the level of involvement Marian Davis exercised in her role as "bookmaker." It may well be that she deserves some public recognition for her services in this regard.

    As a final statement on the research project, I think it is fair to say that in respect to the text of The Desire of Ages, Ellen White was both derivative and original. Future studies will no doubt bring to our attention not only more sources but also a greater understanding of Ellen White's creative role. With the aid of her literary assistants, she built out of the common quarry of stone not a replica of another's work but rather a customized literary composition that reflects the particular faith and Christian hope that she was called to share with her fellow Adventists and the Christian community at large. It is perhaps more accurate and useful to speak of her creative and independent use of her writings and those of others than to minimize her dependence upon the writings of others. Whether sentence, paragraph, chapter, or book, it is the finished product that should be considered in the final analysis. A reading of the full report will readily reveal that the multiple aspects of literary dependence or independence, particularly of large portions of text, are often too subtle, too intertwined, and otherwise too complex to be precisely and consistently evaluated. See the first article in this series: Ministry, October 1990.

    I do not claim that her secretaries did not borrow from the sources. My point is that I found no evidence that they composed the text using literary sources, and there is plenty of evidence in Ellen White's manuscripts to show that she did so. See "Personal Postscript" for the reference of the statement from The Great Controversy on this question. See questions 5, 6, and 7 in the first article in this series, "The Desire of Ages Project: the Data," Ministry, October 1990. For example, chapter 56, "Blessing the Children," includes much comment on motherhood, fatherhood, and the family. Until we survey the literature that we know Ellen White read on such topics, we cannot be sure that the sentences of this chapter actually deserve the independent rating we have given them. For a good example of a content analysis, see Tim Poirier's "Sources Clarify Ellen White's Christology," Ministry, December 1989, pp. 7-9. The summary statement in the first article listed 28 writers and 32 sources for both the DA and pre-DA texts. I came up with the number 23 by omitting the duplications between the two textual Surveys and, in an effort to be sure that we had bona fide sources, by eliminating from the count all sources providing less than five parallels for any given chapter.

    Albert Schweitzer, The Quest of the Historical Jesus (London: A. and C. Black, Ltd., 1910), p. 328, note 1.
    Daniel L. Pals, The Victorian "Lives" of Christ (San Antonio: Trinity University Press, 1982), p. 69.

    Personal Postscript
    by Fred Veltman
    (Ministry, December 1990)

    Some of the questions I have been asked about this investigation relate to matters of faith and to my perspectives as an Adventist. Because I view myself as both a pastor and a scholar, I would, like to answer briefly four of these questions. The following remarks constitute my personal response to what I have discovered and are not conclusions formed from the research data.

    1. "If you believe that Ellen White was inspired of God, why are you spending so much time searching out possible sources for her writings?"

    There are several reasons. The study is justified on the basis of Adventist interest—many in the church are asking about her literary dependency. No faith in Ellen White and her writings can be persuasive if it cannot stand the light of truth. Several friends of mine, and I am told many others unknown to me, have given up faith in Ellen White's inspiration, if not in Adventism, over this issue. If there are those who find it no longer possible to believe in Ellen White or Adventism, I would prefer that their decision be based upon a proper understanding rather than a misconception. There is also a professional basis for my interest in this subject. As a biblical scholar I am aware that our knowledge of Scripture is largely owing to similar studies on the biblical text, its composition, its history, and its background. In my view, it is imperative that we develop the knowledge and tools for properly interpreting the writings of Ellen White. These principles must emerge from a knowledge of the text and not be superimposed on the text.

    2. "Do you think that Ellen White was guilty of plagiarism, as some have charged?"

    As I pointed out in my report, the investigation did not treat the issue of plagiarism. While we cannot settle that issue here, nor do I wish to minimize its importance, my personal opinion is that she was not guilty of this practice. We did find verbatim quotes from authors who were not given credit. But the question of plagiarism is much more complicated than simply establishing that one writer used the work of another without giving credit. A writer can only be legitimately charged with plagiarism when that writer's literary methods contravene the established practices of the general community of writers producing works of the same literary genre within a comparable cultural context. In the process of doing our research we found that Ellen White's sources had previously used each other in the same way that she later used them. At times the parallels between the sources were so strong that we had difficulty deciding which one Ellen White was using.

    3. "How do you harmonize Ellen White's use of sources with her statements to the contrary? Do you think the introductory statement to The Great Controversy constitutes an adequate admission of literary dependence?"

    I must admit at the start that in my judgment this is the most serious problem to be faced in connection with Ellen White's literary dependency. It strikes at the heart of her honesty, her integrity, and therefore her trustworthiness. As of now I do not have - nor, to my knowledge, does anyone else have—a satisfactory answer to this important question. The statement from The Great Controversy comes rather late in her writing career and is too limited in its reference to historians and reformers. Similar admissions do not appear as prefaces to all her writings in which sources are involved, and there is no indication that this particular statement applies to her writings in general. But it seems to me that the statement from The Great Controversy does provide a hint as to where the answer will be found. Apparently Ellen White believed that documentation was necessary only when a writer was quoted as an authority. When the source was quoted to provide "a ready and forcible presentation of the subject," no credit need be given. *

    The idea that Ellen White worked with these distinctions in mind does not settle the question of plagiarism. Nor does it fully answer the questions raised in connection with the DA text, in which paraphrases rather than quotations dominate. It does suggest, however, that Ellen White may have viewed literary dependency as primarily indicating authority and applying to wholesale quotations rather than to paraphrasing. If my guess is correct, answering the question would demand that we carefully study her responses on the topic of literary dependency in their historical context. This approach would include a scrutiny of her comments and those of her contemporaries on the subject of inspiration. If so many believers today find her use of sources disturbing to their faith in her inspiration, is it reasonable to expect less of nineteenth-century Adventists? Ellen White's denials and/or non-admissions may have meant something other to her than what they mean to us today.

    4. "Do you personally believe that Ellen White was an inspired messenger of the Lord? And if so, what do you mean by 'inspiration'?"

    This fourth and final question is the "bottom line" when it comes to questions on Ellen White. Even though there is no single orthodox Adventist view of inspiration, whether of the authors of Scripture or of Ellen White, there are boundaries to acceptable positions. My personal position relative to Ellen White is informed primarily by my knowledge of the biblical text and secondarily by what I know about Ellen White and her writings. While I do not have all the answers to the questions being addressed to the writings of Ellen White, my belief in her inspiration is not seriously compromised. After all, we don't have all the answers to questions on the text of Scripture. I have no problem with inspired writers using sources. To my way of thinking, inspiration is not dependent upon originality. Much of Scripture makes no claim to being new and different from what anyone else was saying or from what had been said in the past. Why should we expect from Ellen White something more than we find in Scripture?

    Actually, as a result of my reading many of her writings in their handwritten and typescript form, I find that my respect for and appreciation of Ellen White and her ministry have grown. I covet for her supporters and critics alike the opportunity to read her writings in their original context. To be able to experience firsthand her breadth of interest and involvement, her judgment and devotion, her humor and humaneness, and her piety and spirituality, was both informative and faith-building. Obviously she was human, had personal and character weaknesses, and was far from perfect and infallible. She never claimed otherwise. In my judgment, her writings contain both time-conditioned and timeless statements. These have to be sorted out through principles of interpretation, as is done with Scripture. I am under the strong conviction, now more than before I began this research, that the issue is not one of deciding if Ellen White was a prophet or merely a religious leader. It is not a case of all or nothing, of either/or. Nor is it the problem of deciding which of her messages are inspired or when she exchanged her prophetic hat for an editorial cap.

    I find compelling reasons for viewing her as a nineteenth-century prophetic voice in her ministry to the Adventist Church and to the larger society as well. Her voice out of that Christian community of the past still deserves to be heard today in those timeless messages that speak to the realities of our world at the end of the twentieth century.

    *Ellen G White, The Great Controversy (Mountain View, Calif: Pacific Press Pub. Assn., 1911), p. xii.


    http://whiteestate.org/books/gc/gcintroduction.html Before the entrance of sin, Adam enjoyed open communion with his Maker; but since man separated himself from God by transgression, the human race has been cut off from this high privilege. By the plan of redemption, however, a way has been opened whereby the inhabitants of the earth may still have connection with heaven. God has communicated with men by His Spirit, and divine light has been imparted to the world by revelations to His chosen servants. "Holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost." 2 Peter 1:21.

    During the first twenty-five hundred years of human history, there was no written revelation. Those who had been taught of God, communicated their knowledge to others, and it was handed down from father to son, through successive generations. The preparation of the written word began in the time of Moses. Inspired revelations were then embodied in an inspired book. This work continued during the long period of sixteen hundred years--from Moses, the historian of creation and the law, to John, the recorder of the most sublime truths of the gospel.

    The Bible points to God as its author; yet it was written by human hands; and in the varied style of its different books it presents the characteristics of the several writers. The truths revealed are all "given by inspiration of God" (2 Timothy 3:16); yet they are expressed in the words of men. The Infinite One by His Holy Spirit has shed light into the minds and hearts of His servants. He has given dreams and visions, symbols and figures; and those to whom the truth was thus revealed have themselves embodied the thought in human language.

    The Ten Commandments were spoken by God Himself, and were written by His own hand. They are of divine, and not of human composition. But the Bible, with its God-given truths expressed in the language of men, presents a union of the divine and the human. Such a union existed in the nature of Christ, who was the Son of God and the Son of man. Thus it is true of the Bible, as it was of Christ, that "the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us." John 1:14.

    Written in different ages, by men who differed widely in rank and occupation, and in mental and spiritual endowments, the books of the Bible present a wide contrast in style, as well as a diversity in the nature of the subjects unfolded. Different forms of expression are employed by different writers; often the same truth is more strikingly presented by one than by another. And as several writers present a subject under varied aspects and relations, there may appear, to the superficial, careless, or prejudiced reader, to be discrepancy or contradiction, where the thoughtful, reverent student, with clearer insight, discerns the underlying harmony.

    As presented through different individuals, the truth is brought out in its varied aspects. One writer is more strongly impressed with one phase of the subject; he grasps those points that harmonize with his experience or with his power of perception and appreciation; another seizes upon a different phase; and each, under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, presents what is most forcibly impressed upon his own mind--a different aspect of the truth in each, but a perfect harmony through all. And the truths thus revealed unite to form a perfect whole, adapted to meet the wants of men in all the circumstances and experiences of life.

    In harmony with the word of God, His Spirit was to continue its work throughout the period of the gospel dispensation. During the ages while the Scriptures of both the Old and the New Testament were being given, the Holy Spirit did not cease to communicate light to individual minds, apart from the revelations to be embodied in the Sacred Canon. The Bible itself relates how, through the Holy Spirit, men received warning, reproof, counsel, and instruction, in matters in no way relating to the giving of the Scriptures. And mention is made of prophets in different ages, of whose utterances nothing is recorded. In like manner, after the close of the canon of the Scripture, the Holy Spirit was still to continue its work, to enlighten, warn, and comfort the children of God.

    Jesus promised His disciples, "The Comforter which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you." "When He, the Spirit of truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth: . . . and He will show you things to come." John 14:26; 16:13. Scripture plainly teaches that these promises, so far from being limited to apostolic days, extend to the church of Christ in all ages. The Saviour assures His followers, "I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Matthew 28:20. And Paul declares that the gifts and manifestations of the Spirit were set in the church "for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ." Ephesians 4:12, 13.

    The great controversy between good and evil will increase in intensity to the very close of time. In all ages the wrath of Satan has been manifested against the church of Christ; and God has bestowed His grace and Spirit upon His people to strengthen them to stand against the power of the evil one. When the apostles of Christ were to bear His gospel to the world and to record it for all future ages, they were especially endowed with the enlightenment of the Spirit. But as the church approaches her final deliverance, Satan is to work with greater power. He comes down "having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time." Revelation 12:12. He will work "with all power and signs and lying wonders." 2 Thessalonians 2:9. For six thousand years that mastermind that once was highest among the angels of God has been wholly bent to the work of deception and ruin. And all the depths of satanic skill and subtlety acquired, all the cruelty developed, during these struggles of the ages, will be brought to bear against God's people in the final conflict. And in this time of peril the followers of Christ are to bear to the world the warning of the Lord's second advent; and a people are to be prepared to stand before Him at His coming, "without spot, and blameless." 2 Peter 3:14. At this time the special endowment of divine grace and power is not less needful to the church than in apostolic days.

    Through the illumination of the Holy Spirit, the scenes of the long-continued conflict between good and evil have been opened to the writer of these pages. From time to time I have been permitted to behold the working, in different ages, of the great controversy between Christ, the Prince of life, the Author of our salvation, and Satan, the prince of evil, the author of sin, the first transgressor of God's holy law. Satan's enmity against Christ has been manifested against His followers. The same hatred of the principles of God's law, the same policy of deception, by which error is made to appear as truth, by which human laws are substituted for the law of God, and men are led to worship the creature rather than the Creator, may be traced in all the history of the past. Satan's efforts to misrepresent the character of God, to cause men to cherish a false conception of the Creator, and thus to regard Him with fear and hate rather than with love; his endeavors to set aside the divine law, leading the people to think themselves free from its requirements; and his persecution of those who dare to resist his deceptions, have been steadfastly pursued in all ages. They may be traced in the history of patriarchs, prophets, and apostles, of martyrs and reformers.

    As the Spirit of God has opened to my mind the great truths of His word, and the scenes of the past and the future, I have been bidden to make known to others that which has thus been revealed--to trace the history of the controversy in past ages, and especially so to present it as to shed a light on the fast-approaching struggle of the future. In pursuance of this purpose, I have endeavored to select and group together events in the history of the church in such a manner as to trace the unfolding of the great testing truths that at different periods have been given to the world, that have excited the wrath of Satan, and the enmity of a world-loving church, and that have been maintained by the witness of those who "loved not their lives unto the death."

    In these records we may see a foreshadowing of the conflict before us. Regarding them in the light of God's word, and by the illumination of His Spirit, we may see unveiled the devices of the wicked one, and the dangers which they must shun who would be found "without fault" before the Lord at His coming. The great events which have marked the progress of reform in past ages are matters of history, well known and universally acknowledged by the Protestant world; they are facts which none can gainsay. This history I have presented briefly, in accordance with the scope of the book, and the brevity which must necessarily be observed, the facts having been condensed into as little space as seemed consistent with a proper understanding of their application. In some cases where a historian has so grouped together events as to afford, in brief, a comprehensive view of the subject, or has summarized details in a convenient manner, his words have been quoted; but in some instances no specific credit has been given, since the quotations are not given for the purpose of citing that writer as authority, but because his statement affords a ready and forcible presentation of the subject. In narrating the experience and views of those carrying forward the work of reform in our own time, similar use has been made of their published works.

    It is not so much the object of this book to present new truths concerning the struggles of former times, as to bring out facts and principles which have a bearing on coming events. Yet viewed as a part of the controversy between the forces of light and darkness, all these records of the past are seen to have a new significance; and through them a light is cast upon the future, illumining the pathway of those who, like the reformers of past ages, will be called, even at the peril of all earthly good, to witness "for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ."

    To unfold the scenes of the great controversy between truth and error; to reveal the wiles of Satan, and the means by which he may be successfully resisted; to present a satisfactory solution of the great problem of evil, shedding such a light upon the origin and the final disposition of sin as to make fully manifest the justice and benevolence of God in all His dealings with His creatures; and to show the holy, unchanging nature of His law, is the object of this book. That through its influence souls may be delivered from the power of darkness, and become "partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light," to the praise of Him who loved us, and gave Himself for us, is the earnest prayer of the writer (Ellen G. White).
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 21, 2017 9:58 pm

    Look very closely at World-History from 70 B.C. to A.D. 70. This time-period basically extends from the Birth of Cleopatra to the Destruction of Jerusalem (including the Second-Temple), and the End of the Sacrificial-System. Notice especially the Major-Leaders (Secular and Sacred) and the Major Thinkers and Writers. Consider this Timeline. http://www.the-romans.co.uk/timelines/ovid.htm I've done a lot of Conceptual and Character Modeling, just to place "little old me" in the center of things, to gain a better-perspective (or something like that). But honestly, Ovid has me shaking in my boots!! What if I was Ovid in Antiquity??!! What if the Real-Treasures were NOT in the Library at Alexandria?? What if Cleopatra had them hidden-away in an Underground-Base (Far From Alexandria)?? What if Ovid was given access to these Hidden-Treasures?? What if Virgil, Horace, and Cleopatra groomed Ovid to secretly write a vast collection of books and letters, which remain unpublished??!! What Would Dr. Richard Carrier Say?? What Would Dr. F.F. Bruce Say?? What Would Dr. Desmond Ford Say?? Ovid studied Rhetoric. Desmond Ford studied Rhetoric in the Pauline-Epistles!! What Would Dr. A. Graham Maxwell Say?? What Would the Ancient Egyptian Deity Say?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? What Would Ovid Bowman Say?? I have NO Idea!! I'm simply attempting to transport some of you into the General-Vicinity of the Whole-Truth, but I doubt that I'll personally enter into the Promised-Land of the Truth, the Whole-Truth, and Nothing But the Truth!! I'm just ranting and raving on my way down and out of This Present Madness!! I've mentioned this several-times, but some of you need to conduct a Moot Holy-War between each of the Seven Primary-Volumes of the SDA Bible Commentary, as Seven Separate and Distinct Hypothetical-Churches!!

    Volume One (Genesis to Deuteronomy).

    Volume Two (Joshua to Second Kings).

    Volume Three (First Chronicles to Song of Solomon).

    Volume Four (Isaiah to Malachi).

    Volume Five (Matthew to John).

    Volume Six (Acts to Ephesians).

    Volume Seven (Philippians to Revelation).

    What if these Seven Hypothetical-Churches Actually Existed and Competed With Each-Other??!! What if these churches were the ONLY Churches available to the People of the Earth??!! Can you imagine the weeping, wailing, and gnashing of teeth??!! OMG Cubed!!! This line of thinking might be total-bullshit, but it's sort of cool, isn't it?? This thing could frankly go in horrifying directions. I am extremely apprehensive. I'll probably just stay where I am, and keep doing what I'm doing (and not doing) regardless of whether anyone likes it, or not. I'm a bit like "Toothless George" in The Road to Wellville. What Would Dr. John Harvey Kellogg Say?? What Would Tony the Tiger Say??




















    Carol wrote:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris_Agreement

    Paris Agreement – Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
    en.wikipedia.org

    The Paris Agreement (French: L’accord de Paris) is an agreement within the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) dealing with greenhouse …

    The agreement will become law when 55 countries accounting for at least 55% of global carbon emissions ratify. That threshold will be passed when the EU ratifies which their government promises to do by the end of this month.

    “The new October fiscal year coincides with the Jewish New Year, China’s national day, and the collapse of Deutschebank as the yuan becomes a gold-backed, convertible international reserve currency in the new financial system,” Pentagon sources say. This is what is really behind the official inclusion, starting on October 1st, of the Chinese yuan into the IMF’s SDR currency basket, other sources confirm.

    Once the new system is up and running the US military and agencies will have a much freer hand to take action against the Khazarian mafia because they will no longer have to worry about getting money to pay for their salaries, gasoline etc. At the same time, the Khazarians will no longer be able to afford to pay the salaries of their ISIS, Boko Haram and other mercenary armies.

    In any case, it is now obvious to anybody with a functioning brain that the US military is not obeying the orders of the Khazarian mafia slaves in the State Department or the White House. Skull and Bones Khazarian mafia don US Secretary of State John Kerry was forced to admit in public last week that the military was unwilling to back his threats to take action against Russia in Syria.

    http://english.alarabiya.net/en/News/middle-east/2016/10/01/Kerry-said-he-lost-argument-to-back-Syria-diplomacy-with-force-.html

    Kerry said he ‘lost argument’ to back Syria diplomacy with force
    english.alarabiya.net

    US Secretary of State John Kerry, in a meeting last week with a small number of Syrian civilians and the real reason for the blustering threats out of the State Department concerning Syria is that the Russians and their allies are systematically destroying the Israeli and oil company ISIS mercenary army operating there, Pentagon sources say. The destruction included more Israeli and Saudi run command centers, they add.

    A legal attack against the Khazarian mafia has also begun. Pentagon sources say “The military is behind the first lawsuit against Saudi Arabia by the widow of a navy commander killed at pentagon on 911 so that, when leaks about Israel’s involvement in 911 happen, class action lawsuits will be aimed to bankrupt and sanction the Jewish mafia.”

    The sources add that “Neocon Ash Carter and CIA boss Saudiphile John Brennan were behind the futile Obama veto of the 911 law, who was then bitch slapped with house and senate overrides.”

    In another blow to the Khazarian mafia “longtime Rockefeller Stooge Joseph Verner Reed” was among “cabal agents terminated,” last week, the Pentagon sources say.
    Carol wrote:“Missing Money”
    http://solari.com/archive/missing_money/


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TAR8_h7kmRE

    “Because the great choice in a nation of 320 million may come down to Crazy Man versus Criminal.” ~ Peggy Noonan

    By Catherine Austin Fitts

    THE FINANCIAL COUP D’ ETAT & MONICA LEWINSKY


    I was in Washington in the fall of 1997 when money started disappearing from the US government. It was just the beginning. I called it the “Missing Money” and I counted it for years.

    When the money started flowing out of federal accounts in October 1997, the beginning of federal fiscal 1998, very few people noticed. Instead Monica Lewinsky and the impeachment captured the attention and imagination of both Washington and the Nation. The media shriek-o-meter was dialed as high as it could.

    The tactic worked. No one paid attention to the financial coup d’etat except for the firms laundering the money. There was a blip on September 10, 2001, when Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld admitted that DOD was missing $2.3 trillion for the year before. Recognition of this loss was, of course, erased by the events of 9/11, the very next day.

    The response was to increase appropriations to the Department of Defense rather than to enforce the Constitutional provisions that spending must be envisioned by Congressional appropriations or the Legislative provisions that require regular published audited financial statements.

    Our retirement savings were moved out of the system by stealth, financed by growing debt, much of it issued fraudulently.

    CUT & RUN & MONICA LEWINSKY II

    The latest announcement of the Department of Defense Inspector General indicates that 2015 was no ordinary year at DOD.

    The IG announced $6.5 trillion of undocumentable adjustments at year end in the DOD accounts for fiscal 2015. Turns out there were also $2.8 trillion undocumentable adjustments made during the year.

    http://www.dodig.mil/pubs/report_summary.cfm?id=7034

    So the total for money missing from the US government has now topped $21 trillion. Add the bailouts, and our losses approach $50 trillion.

    I was sitting at my desk several weeks ago when I had a sudden feeling of déjà vu – somehow I had been here before. But where was “here?” I sensed my being distracted from a financial scam of extraordinary proportion a second time. My inbox was being overwhelmed by disinformation relating to the presidential election (Clinton is a hologram, Clinton is dead, Clinton has doubles, Clinton is at death’s door).

    This was happening as insiders were engaged in a further financial “cut and run.” To name a few instances of money disappearing and liabilities being pruned, please consider:

    Lockheed Cuts and Runs (DOD missing $6.5 trillion)

    Unanswered Questions re: Wells Fargo (Are phony mortgages feeding the Fed balance sheet)

    Bayer agrees to buy Monsanto for $66 Billion (44% premium over May 9 stock price)


    Hedge Funds pulls business from Deutsche Bank

    https://solari.com/blog/lockheed-cuts-runs/
    https://solari.com/blog/unanswered-questions-about-wells-fargo/
    http://www.npr.org/sections/thetwo-way/2016/09/14/493896473/chemical-giant-bayer-agrees-to-buy-monsanto-for-66-billion
    http://www.nytimes.com/2016/08/23/us/inside-the-conservative-push-for-states-to-amend-the-constitution.html?_r=

    Note how these “conservatives” have no interest in enforcing the Constitution; that is, no interest in finding where our missing trillions went and no interest in getting the money back. Their lack of interest should tell you everything you need to know.

    Now that the assets have been stripped, an effort is underway by the people who have benefited to institute a balanced budget. In other words, the people plump with stolen wealth want now to abrogate obligations and contracts to the people they robbed, further harvesting those same people whose money has already been stolen. As Howling Mad Murdock said in “The A Team,” They’ll never suspect the old double framus.”

    Will a constitutional convention shred the legal processes to get money and assets back? Will it free government contractors and bank depositories of responsibility and liabilities? Will it be possible to compromise property rights, institute gun control, mandate vaccines, mandate chipping, and to wipe out most if not all corporate liabilities? Will it be possible even to institute a form of friendly slavery enforced by financial dependency and digital technologies and currencies? You need to think long and hard about the door that will be opened when this happens.

    If you want to understand how these state campaigns have been engineered while we are distracted by the media shriek-o-meters, check out a documentary called Hot Coffee about tort reform engineered at the state level. This effort to end democracy and human rights is long standing.

    Your state and local elections are important. Please pay attention, particularly if you are in a state targeted for “balanced budget reform.”

    While we are distracted by Monica Lewinsky II, the insiders are making off with our legal and financial assets and rights

    MY VOTE IN THE PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION

    I anticipate finalizing an endorsement of one of the candidates for President in early November, immediately prior to the election.

    I am posting my thinking as of today to invite comment from our subscribers. It is part of the conversation about what is going on in America and what we do about it.

    Until Monday night, I was planning on voting for Gary Johnson. Now I anticipate that I will vote for Donald Trump. Here is a breakdown of considerations.

    Trumps Negatives:

    There are compelling reasons not to vote for Donald Trump:

    1. Trump has a history of strong-arming and cheating small business people and customers; he is way too litigious;
    2. Trump is self-centered and competitive and he can bully – he is unlikely to do a good job of managing a complex government bureaucracy;
    3. His age is not ideal – given the physical stress of the job, we would be better off with a younger person;
    4. Trump does not appreciate the power and importance of the Constitution; he will too easily override it for convenience.
    5. Trump is entirely too concerned with media attention rather than what is important and may achieve real substantive goals. We want to make American great again, not for him to get attention.
    6. Trump was successful in industries that use entrainment technology (gambling, reality TV, online shopping) and which can drain local communities and human productivity.

    Irrelevant Factors:

    There are several issues regarding Trump which are irrelevant to my decision:

    1. Tax Returns: I don’t need to see Trump tax returns. When an administration controlled by the opposing party has a candidate for office under IRS audit and then the candidate of that opposing party demands that he make them public, he is being put in a political “squeeze play.” Given the complexity and the various parties involved, Trump should refuse to disclose. From his public history, I am betting I can guess everything in his returns that is sensitive. He has investors from numerous countries, including Russia. He is dependent, or has been, on the good graces of many large banks. He is not as rich as he implies. He likely has paid little or no tax for many years – he is good at gaming the system. I would expect, however, his nonpayment is lawful.

    2. Divide and Conquer Politics: Accusations regarding sexism and racism are being used to distract us from a more fundamental conflict – the human vs. the inhumane. The American people are being treated in ways highly inhumane.

    First and foremost, we need to help all various groups to appreciate that we are all being harvested and played

    – the inhumanity just comes in different flavors for different groups. We see the harvesting done to ourselves and our tribe.
    We do not as easily see the harvesting done to other people and tribes, nor its centralized leadership and clear strategic intention. Consequently, I am interested in what the candidates say about issues of interest shared by all of us – particularly using our resources lawfully. As I once said to one of my neighbors in my highly segregated community, “if we could just collaborate regarding the government money, we could hate each other while being rich instead of poor.” Divide and conquer politics keep us squabbling among our selves while our financial and legal powers are drained away. If you want more thoughts on divide and conquer politics, I would recommend my series, “Promoting Women.”

    https://solari.com/blog/commentary-collection-promoting-women/

    Reasons for Supporting Trump:

    Here are my reasons for supporting Trump:

    1. Transparency: All real solutions require transparency. We need to get out of our media and financial bubbles and back to reality. Trump’s campaign has inspired more open conversations about suppressed issues than any other politician’s in a long time. This willingness to address the controversial demonstrates the craving for factuality and the courage to question the “official reality.”

    2. Negative Return on Investment to Taxpayers: Our current governmental system is doing great harm – both here and abroad. Our political class appears unwilling to hear our legitimate concerns or to doing anything about them. At some point, after all attempts to communicate and to reform have failed, you might as well elect someone who will “crazy make” the system. First his election will throw a bucket of cold water over our political class. Our political class appears literally to have lost its mind – perhaps shock therapy will help it get some mind back. Second, maybe Trump will be a terrible President who will grind the system to a halt. Inefficiency could be a good thing if it helps to slow down or destroy a system that is destroying productivity, prosperity, and life itself.

    3. Military Readiness: The US dollar reserve currency status depends on military superiority. Trump is right – we should be concerned about the condition of our military. We need a President who can establish an effective working relationship with the military.

    4. Critical Issues: There are a number of critical issues where Trump comes out on the right side:

    -Vaccines: Based on Trump’s statements regarding vaccines, he is less likely to support or push for mandated vaccination policies and other compromises to health freedoms.

    – Common Core: Trump is on record that curriculum control should remain in local jurisdictions.

    – Financial Accountability: Trump can add. He is right, that we spent $6 trillion on Middle Eastern wars, we imploded the Middle East, and we have nothing to show for it other than inferior infrastructure in many parts of America.

    – Gun Control: Trump is a supporter of the Second Amendment.


    The challenge is that what a candidate says during a campaign is one thing, but what he or she does in office may differ. There are no guarantees that what Trump says now will be his positions after election. He is not famous for consistency, nor has he had his post inauguration briefing on the requirements of his position and what the US government creditors require of the President. However, it is hard to imagine Trump worse on these issues than Clinton is now.

    5. His Opposition: Until recently, I was confident that I was going to vote for Gary Johnson. Based on what I saw during the debates and recent announcements of support for Hillary Clinton, I am persuaded to vote for Trump despite the risks.

    The arrogance and hubris of the American political class makes for a hopeless situation. The Clinton's and those who have gotten rich by rigging government money and debt need to be moved aside, no matter how risky the alternatives. Sticking with the status quo means hopelessness.

    I have watched many politicians lie in my lifetime. I have never seen lies as bold as Hillary Clinton’s during the first debate. The Clinton administration created, nurtured, and fed the private prison industry, rounding up thousands of innocent minority persons by entrapment while Clinton political supporters made fortunes on neighborhood gentrification and predatory lending. The Clinton administration engineered the initial phase of the financial coup d’etat and the housing bubble. The Clinton administration also oversaw the legal changes that permitted the ballooning of student debt.

    This Clinton accumulating crime log means that this 2016 election is the point whereupon we finally hold the political class accountable or we do not.
    For many decades we have hated the policies, the corruption and the criminality, but too many of us have continued to support the criminals who developed and implemented them. This refusal to hold leaders who repeatedly break civil and criminal laws accountable has created a cycle of disrespect between the political class and the voters. Politicians believe voters are stupid and easy to manipulate. They believe we will continue to support and admire the people who created the private prison complex, the housing bubble, and financial bailouts, $21 trillion missing from US government accounts, and foreign wars costing trillions that have destroyed nations that were minding their own business.

    They continue to believe they can distract us from noticing $50 trillion disappearing from the national wealth while they entertain us with Monica Lewinsky and Monica Lewinsky II.

    I should also underscore that this refusal to hold individual leaders accountable has literally broken the hearts and drained the spirits of millions of honest, hard working men and women who have stood in the breach to protect you and me from this criminality throughout the public and private sectors. This corruption and loss of mind by the general population is the greatest threat to the covenant that stands behind our commitment to the principles of freedom. It is essential that it end for real change to begin.

    Will we continue to support the leadership of a psychopathic system that is draining life in its many forms from this planet? Trump is an unknown who could do real damage to our system of laws, but some change is better than no change. High risk is preferable to hopelessness.

    Crime that pays is crime that stays. My options are Crazy Man vs. Criminal or a third party vote that may help Criminal.

    I plan to vote for Crazy Man. I invite your comment for discussion during the month of October. I will make my final decision immediately before the election.

    REAL TROUBLE AHEAD

    Whatever the election outcome, there will be real trouble ahead. The President of the United States, whomever is elected, will not control the levers of power.

    We have a “deep state” that does. It is out of control and has engineered a significant financial coup d’etat. All signs indicate that the deep state would like to engineer serious institutional changes after the election.

    There are many things we can do to power shift the situation if we are prepared to ignore Monica Lewinsky II and instead pay attention to the deeper system – to the theft of our resources at federal agencies and in the financial institutions and the trench warfare occurring at the state and local levels.


    Either way, it is time to prepare for changes ahead.

    I am reminded of one of my favorite quotes from the history of my old firm Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.:

    “Driving through New Jersey, Nitze [asked] Dillon if he thought the market decline an omen of hard times ahead . . . Dillon thought for a few minutes and replied, “I think it presages the end of an era.” By this Dillon meant that what lay ahead was not merely a period of retrenchment, after which affairs would be conducted as before. Rather, the world was in for a major overhauling of institutions.”
    —Clarence Dillon and Paul Nitze in 1929

    https://solari.com/blog/crazy-man-versus-criminal-cut-and-run-monica-lewinsky-ii-real-trouble-ahead/
    Carol wrote:


    Existential Threats to World Economic Order Cloud IMF Talks

    Policy-making elites converge on Washington this week for meetings that epitomize a faith in globalization that’s at odds with the growing backlash against the inequities it creates.

    From Britain’s vote to leave the European Union to Donald Trump’s championing of “America First,” pressures are mounting to roll back the economic integration that has been a hallmark of gatherings of the IMF and World Bank for more than 70 years.

    Fed by stagnant wages and diminishing job security, the populist uprising threatens to depress a world economy that International Monetary

    Fund Managing Director Christine Lagarde says is already “weak and fragile.”

    The calls for less integration and more trade barriers also pose risks for elevated financial markets that remain susceptible to sudden swings in investor sentiment, as underscored by recent jitters over Frankfurt-based Deutsche Bank AG’s financial health.

    “The backlash against globalization is manifesting itself in increased nationalistic sentiment, against the outside world and in favor of increasing isolation,” said Louis Kuijs, head of Asia economics at Oxford Economics in Hong Kong and a former IMF official. “If we lose consensus on what kind of a world we want to have, the world will probably be worse off.”

    Lagarde said last week that policy makers attending the Oct. 7-9 annual meeting of the IMF and World Bank have two tasks. First, do no harm, which above all means resisting the temptation to throw up protectionist barriers to trade. And second, take action to boost lackluster global growth and make it more inclusive.

    The fund, in its latest World Economic Outlook released Tuesday, highlighted the threats from the anti-trade movement. “Concerns about the impact of foreign competition on jobs and wages in a context of weak growth have enhanced the appeal of protectionist policy approaches, with potential ramifications for global trade flows and integration more broadly,” the report stated. The global economy will expand 3.1 percent this year and 3.4 percent in 2017, the report stated, continuing at a “subdued” pace.

    Read more: http://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2016-10-04/existential-threat-to-world-order-confronts-elite-at-imf-meeting
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 21, 2017 10:08 pm



    I continue to know that I don't know, and that I probably won't know for the remainder of this present incarnation. I presently suspect that a secretive and deceptive "Tough God" replaced a kinder and gentler "Nice God" in antiquity, legitimately or illegitimately, for better or worse, I know not. I mean zero disrespect, but I need to know the truth regarding Divinity and Humanity in This Solar System. Unfortunately, I doubt that I can handle the truth. I can't even handle the lies. I suspect that a Corrupt and Violent Solar-System Business must transition into an Open and Honest Solar-System Business Without Murder and Mayhem. Once again, I am a Law and Order Kind of Guy, and NOT a Fire and Brimstone Kind of Guy (at least in this present incarnation). I've been told that Lucifer hasn't existed since 1998 (or something like that)!! The Ancient Egyptian Deity said they couldn't talk about the NSA!! I've suggested that a supercomputer-network runs this solar system!! I've suggested that one supercomputer-network was replaced by another supercomputer-network on September 11, 2001!! I've suggested that "Lucifer" might be a job-title rather than a distinct being!! What if the Ancient Egyptian Deity was, and is, "Lucifer Emeritus"?? What if a supercomputer-network is the new "Lucifer"?? The Ancient Egyptian Deity shuddered, and was visibly-disturbed, when I read the last chapter of The Great Controversy (by Ellen White) to them, one dark night!! You can read it at the bottom of this post. A graduate of the Harvard Divinity School (who I worked with for a couple of years) spoke supportively of this volume (much to my surprise)!! I asked the AED who they really were, and I thought I heard them whisper "Lucifer". Honest. Think long and hard about what I just said!! That's all I'm going to say about THAT!!

    What is the true and complete interpretation and application of Psalm 119?? What is the Perfect Law of the Lord in Antiquity and Modernity?? Do we have an Ancient and Modern Legal-Problem of Biblical-Proportions?? Where is that critique of my internet-madness?? I've been asking for one for several-years now (with no responses)!! Does Fame, Fortune, and Power trump the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit?? Is the bottom-line the bottom-line?? Is moral-agonizing a waste of time?? Why must politics and religion have historical roots?? Why remember?? What should clean-sheet of stone politics and religion look-like in modernity?? Why don't we use 3,000 year-old science textbooks?? Should the Bible simply be studied as "Ancient-Literature"?? What does Joshua through Malachi tell us about Genesis through Deuteronomy?? What does Acts through Revelation tell us about Matthew through John?? Consider the following Roman Catholic Minimal-List:

    1. Love and Responsibility by Karol Wojtyla.

    2. Life of Christ by Fulton Sheen.

    3. Christ: The Experience of Jesus As Lord by Edward Schillebeekx.

    I continue to suspect that most everyone and everything of significance are centrally recruited, planned, groomed, scripted, and orchestrated (for better or worse, I know not). I'd love to attend a particular UFO conference, even though I remain wary of the UFO scene. I know they exist, and I've seen them, but I'm suspicious of who and what are behind them. I'm suspicious of religion, which is why I don't go to church. I'm suspicious of my own thoughts and activities. I wonder how "messed-with" I really am?! I've found a lot of answers, but I mostly don't like them. The questions are endless, and will undoubtedly continue. I'd be a disaster in public. I'm a disaster in private. In 2009, an Individual of Interest called me "King David" and congratulated me for winning a Nobel Prize, but I never received a call!! Perhaps "Information" gave them Obama's number instead of mine!! Around that same time, a total-stranger asked me what I would do with $15,000,000??!! But I never heard another word!! Why?? Perhaps it was something I said!! The Top of the Pyramid scares the hell out of me. I doubt that I'd like the view from the top. I doubt that ANYONE could remain sane and pure at the Top of the Pyramid in This Solar System. I suspect that this has been a nasty-game for thousands of years, and that it will continue to be a nasty-game for thousands of years. I think Christians need to seriously question their Ethics and Eschatology. Overall, the Bible is NOT a nice book, but I still love to study it!! Actually, I think I might just study Astronomy for a while. Thank-you for tolerating my contrarian, irreverent, dangerous, and inflammatory threads and posts. This sort of thing wouldn't have been possible a few short years ago. I am extremely apprehensive regarding what has made the new "Openness" possible. I think "They" are categorizing everyone, before they "Crack-Down".

    I must end this thread. I must cease and desist. I suspect that the next phase of this present quest will not be appropriate for this present forum. I still don't know who the members of this forum really are, but I have some ideas. Sometimes I think I've met some of you in real-life, without knowing it. I might keep in touch, but perhaps that might not be possible. This quest has honestly been an experiment, which was a lot like script-writing. This forum was a perfect context for my adventure, even though this has been a rather sad and painful experience. I'm frankly preparing for the worst. The reality of this world is anything but "happy-clappy". I'll probably study "Project Avalon", "The Mists of Avalon", Books, and Newspapers, without posting on any forum, for a significant time-period. I think I'll just watch things play-out. It might be easier that way. We seem to be in the middle of a spiritual and technological nightmare. This thing might destroy all of us. Sorry for the pessimism, but I think most everyone is extremely vulnerable. The corporations might rule us all, perhaps with a Supreme-Supercomputer aka RoboGod!!! Everything is a Business. The Bottom-Line is the Bottom-Line. The God of This World is the Almighty-Dollar. I've Dreamt of a Dynamic-Equilibrium Between the Golden-Rule and the Bottom-Line, But This Is Just a Pipe-Dream!! I've Dreamt of a Medical-Center Consisting of:

    1. Acute-Care Drugs and Surgery Medicine.

    2. An Ethics, Spirituality, and Philanthropy Center.

    3. Preventive, Natural, and Rehabilitation Care.

    The idea would be for each of these three sections to be equal in all-possible respects, including budgets and compensation. The Naturopath would have the same income as the Neurosurgeon. What Would the Mayo Brothers Say?? One was the Head-Doctor, and the Other was the Belly-Doctor!! The Ethics-Center might also specialize in the History of Spirituality, Science, and Medicine (or something like that). I'm so disillusioned and upset, that I'm not going to post for a while. I might never recover from the depression I'm experiencing regarding the future of the souls in this solar system. I believe, but I don't know what I believe. O Wretched Man That I Am!! Just look VERY CLOSELY at Cleopatra, Cicero, Virgil, Horace, Ovid, Josephus, the Piso Family, and the Descendants of Cleopatra. What if very-real Gods and Goddesses created Mythological Gods and Goddesses??!! What if the Bible is a Puzzle which MUST Be Solved??!! I'm still waiting for that "Brook Book". Now I'm going to make the coffee (with Baileys Irish Cream creamer). What Would Jupiter Jones Do?? What Would Indiana Jones Do?? I don't know what else to do with this thread, and now I'm just going to leave it "as-is" as I leave "as-is" (singing "Just As I Am").

    I've learned many lessons while posting on this website. I tend to want the good-things to happen (without the bad-things happening)!! Hope Springs Eternal. I just attended a memorial service. I didn't know the person very well, even though I had known them for many years. I was deeply impressed with the sense of community and togetherness at the service. But it wasn't a religious service. It didn't have to be. It was perfect "as-is". The secular must become sacred, and the sacred must become secular. I'm sure most people at that service would be shocked and disgusted by my internet-posting. I'm shocked and disgusted by my internet-posting. It was a "cry for help" which never got answered, and I'm not going to "cry for help" anymore. Now I'm going to watch Humphrey Bogart in my "Dead Reckoning" DVD (given to me by the "Ancient Egyptian Deity"). Now I must go. My computer was just ruthlessly-attacked by someone near Wichita, Kansas!! Can't we all just get along?? Namaste, Godspeed, and Geronimo.








    King David = Cupid = Ovid Bowman?

    Psalm 119:1 Blessed are those whose ways are blameless, who walk according to the law of the LORD. 2 Blessed are those who keep his statutes and seek him with all their heart— 3 they do no wrong but follow his ways. 4 You have laid down precepts that are to be fully obeyed. 5 Oh, that my ways were steadfast in obeying your decrees! 6 Then I would not be put to shame when I consider all your commands. 7 I will praise you with an upright heart as I learn your righteous laws. 8 I will obey your decrees; do not utterly forsake me. 9 How can a young person stay on the path of purity? By living according to your word. 10 I seek you with all my heart; do not let me stray from your commands. 11 I have hidden your word in my heart that I might not sin against you. 12 Praise be to you, LORD; teach me your decrees. 13 With my lips I recount all the laws that come from your mouth. 14 I rejoice in following your statutes as one rejoices in great riches. 15 I meditate on your precepts and consider your ways. 16 I delight in your decrees; I will not neglect your word. 17 Be good to your servant while I live, that I may obey your word. 18 Open my eyes that I may see wonderful things in your law. 19 I am a stranger on earth; do not hide your commands from me. 20 My soul is consumed with longing for your laws at all times. 21 You rebuke the arrogant, who are accursed, those who stray from your commands. 22 Remove from me their scorn and contempt, for I keep your statutes. 23 Though rulers sit together and slander me, your servant will meditate on your decrees. 24 Your statutes are my delight; they are my counselors. 25 I am laid low in the dust; preserve my life according to your word.

    26 I gave an account of my ways and you answered me; teach me your decrees. 27 Cause me to understand the way of your precepts, that I may meditate on your wonderful deeds. 28 My soul is weary with sorrow; strengthen me according to your word. 29 Keep me from deceitful ways; be gracious to me and teach me your law. 30 I have chosen the way of faithfulness; I have set my heart on your laws. 31 I hold fast to your statutes, LORD; do not let me be put to shame. 32 I run in the path of your commands, for you have broadened my understanding. 33 Teach me, LORD, the way of your decrees, that I may follow it to the end. 34 Give me understanding, so that I may keep your law and obey it with all my heart. 35 Direct me in the path of your commands, for there I find delight. 36 Turn my heart toward your statutes and not toward selfish gain. 37 Turn my eyes away from worthless things; preserve my life according to your word. 38 Fulfill your promise to your servant, so that you may be feared. 39 Take away the disgrace I dread, for your laws are good. 40 How I long for your precepts! In your righteousness preserve my life. 41 May your unfailing love come to me, LORD, your salvation, according to your promise; 42 then I can answer anyone who taunts me, for I trust in your word. 43 Never take your word of truth from my mouth, for I have put my hope in your laws. 44 I will always obey your law, for ever and ever. 45 I will walk about in freedom, for I have sought out your precepts. 46 I will speak of your statutes before kings and will not be put to shame, 47 for I delight in your commands because I love them. 48 I reach out for your commands, which I love, that I may meditate on your decrees. 49 Remember your word to your servant, for you have given me hope. 50 My comfort in my suffering is this: Your promise preserves my life.

    51 The arrogant mock me unmercifully, but I do not turn from your law. 52 I remember, LORD, your ancient laws, and I find comfort in them. 53 Indignation grips me because of the wicked, who have forsaken your law. 54 Your decrees are the theme of my song wherever I lodge. 55 In the night, LORD, I remember your name, that I may keep your law. 56 This has been my practice: I obey your precepts. 57 You are my portion, LORD; I have promised to obey your words. 58 I have sought your face with all my heart; be gracious to me according to your promise. 59 I have considered my ways and have turned my steps to your statutes. 60 I will hasten and not delay to obey your commands. 61 Though the wicked bind me with ropes, I will not forget your law. 62 At midnight I rise to give you thanks for your righteous laws. 63 I am a friend to all who fear you, to all who follow your precepts. 64 The earth is filled with your love, LORD; teach me your decrees. 65 Do good to your servant according to your word, LORD. 66 Teach me knowledge and good judgment, for I trust your commands. 67 Before I was afflicted I went astray, but now I obey your word. 68 You are good, and what you do is good; teach me your decrees. 69 Though the arrogant have smeared me with lies, I keep your precepts with all my heart. 70 Their hearts are callous and unfeeling, but I delight in your law. 71 It was good for me to be afflicted so that I might learn your decrees. 72 The law from your mouth is more precious to me than thousands of pieces of silver and gold. 73 Your hands made me and formed me; give me understanding to learn your commands. 74 May those who fear you rejoice when they see me, for I have put my hope in your word. 75 I know, LORD, that your laws are righteous, and that in faithfulness you have afflicted me.

    76 May your unfailing love be my comfort, according to your promise to your servant. 77 Let your compassion come to me that I may live, for your law is my delight. 78 May the arrogant be put to shame for wronging me without cause; but I will meditate on your precepts. 79 May those who fear you turn to me, those who understand your statutes. 80 May I wholeheartedly follow your decrees, that I may not be put to shame. 81 My soul faints with longing for your salvation, but I have put my hope in your word. 82 My eyes fail, looking for your promise; I say, “When will you comfort me?” 83 Though I am like a wineskin in the smoke, I do not forget your decrees. 84 How long must your servant wait? When will you punish my persecutors? 85 The arrogant dig pits to trap me, contrary to your law. 86 All your commands are trustworthy; help me, for I am being persecuted without cause. 87 They almost wiped me from the earth, but I have not forsaken your precepts. 88 In your unfailing love preserve my life, that I may obey the statutes of your mouth. 89 Your word, LORD, is eternal; it stands firm in the heavens. 90 Your faithfulness continues through all generations; you established the earth, and it endures. 91 Your laws endure to this day, for all things serve you. 92 If your law had not been my delight, I would have perished in my affliction. 93 I will never forget your precepts, for by them you have preserved my life. 94 Save me, for I am yours; I have sought out your precepts. 95 The wicked are waiting to destroy me, but I will ponder your statutes. 96 To all perfection I see a limit, but your commands are boundless. 97 Oh, how I love your law! I meditate on it all day long. 98 Your commands are always with me and make me wiser than my enemies. 99 I have more insight than all my teachers, for I meditate on your statutes. 100 I have more understanding than the elders, for I obey your precepts.

    101 I have kept my feet from every evil path so that I might obey your word. 102 I have not departed from your laws, for you yourself have taught me. 103 How sweet are your words to my taste, sweeter than honey to my mouth! 104 I gain understanding from your precepts; therefore I hate every wrong path. 105 Your word is a lamp for my feet, a light on my path. 106 I have taken an oath and confirmed it, that I will follow your righteous laws. 107 I have suffered much; preserve my life, LORD, according to your word. 108 Accept, LORD, the willing praise of my mouth, and teach me your laws. 109 Though I constantly take my life in my hands, I will not forget your law. 110 The wicked have set a snare for me, but I have not strayed from your precepts. 111 Your statutes are my heritage forever; they are the joy of my heart. 112 My heart is set on keeping your decrees to the very end. 113 I hate double-minded people, but I love your law. 114 You are my refuge and my shield; I have put my hope in your word. 115 Away from me, you evildoers, that I may keep the commands of my God! 116 Sustain me, my God, according to your promise, and I will live; do not let my hopes be dashed. 117 Uphold me, and I will be delivered; I will always have regard for your decrees. 118 You reject all who stray from your decrees, for their delusions come to nothing. 119 All the wicked of the earth you discard like dross; therefore I love your statutes. 120 My flesh trembles in fear of you; I stand in awe of your laws. 121 I have done what is righteous and just; do not leave me to my oppressors. 122 Ensure your servant’s well-being; do not let the arrogant oppress me. 123 My eyes fail, looking for your salvation, looking for your righteous promise. 124 Deal with your servant according to your love and teach me your decrees. 125 I am your servant; give me discernment that I may understand your statutes.

    126 It is time for you to act, LORD; your law is being broken. 127 Because I love your commands more than gold, more than pure gold, 128 and because I consider all your precepts right, I hate every wrong path. 129 Your statutes are wonderful; therefore I obey them. 130 The unfolding of your words gives light; it gives understanding to the simple. 131 I open my mouth and pant, longing for your commands. 132 Turn to me and have mercy on me, as you always do to those who love your name. 133 Direct my footsteps according to your word; let no sin rule over me. 134 Redeem me from human oppression, that I may obey your precepts. 135 Make your face shine on your servant and teach me your decrees. 136 Streams of tears flow from my eyes, for your law is not obeyed. 137 You are righteous, LORD, and your laws are right. 138 The statutes you have laid down are righteous; they are fully trustworthy. 139 My zeal wears me out, for my enemies ignore your words. 140 Your promises have been thoroughly tested, and your servant loves them. 141 Though I am lowly and despised, I do not forget your precepts. 142 Your righteousness is everlasting and your law is true. 143 Trouble and distress have come upon me, but your commands give me delight. 144 Your statutes are always righteous; give me understanding that I may live. 145 I call with all my heart; answer me, LORD, and I will obey your decrees. 146 I call out to you; save me and I will keep your statutes. 147 I rise before dawn and cry for help; I have put my hope in your word. 148 My eyes stay open through the watches of the night, that I may meditate on your promises. 149 Hear my voice in accordance with your love; preserve my life, LORD, according to your laws. 150 Those who devise wicked schemes are near, but they are far from your law.

    151 Yet you are near, LORD, and all your commands are true. 152 Long ago I learned from your statutes that you established them to last forever. 153 Look on my suffering and deliver me, for I have not forgotten your law. 154 Defend my cause and redeem me; preserve my life according to your promise. 155 Salvation is far from the wicked, for they do not seek out your decrees. 156 Your compassion, LORD, is great; preserve my life according to your laws. 157 Many are the foes who persecute me, but I have not turned from your statutes. 158 I look on the faithless with loathing, for they do not obey your word. 159 See how I love your precepts; preserve my life, LORD, in accordance with your love. 160 All your words are true; all your righteous laws are eternal. 161 Rulers persecute me without cause, but my heart trembles at your word. 162 I rejoice in your promise like one who finds great spoil. 163 I hate and detest falsehood but I love your law. 164 Seven times a day I praise you for your righteous laws. 165 Great peace have those who love your law, and nothing can make them stumble. 166 I wait for your salvation, LORD, and I follow your commands. 167 I obey your statutes, for I love them greatly. 168 I obey your precepts and your statutes, for all my ways are known to you. 169 May my cry come before you, LORD; give me understanding according to your word. 170 May my supplication come before you; deliver me according to your promise. 171 May my lips overflow with praise, for you teach me your decrees. 172 May my tongue sing of your word, for all your commands are righteous. 173 May your hand be ready to help me, for I have chosen your precepts. 174 I long for your salvation, LORD, and your law gives me delight. 175 Let me live that I may praise you, and may your laws sustain me. 176 I have strayed like a lost sheep. Seek your servant, for I have not forgotten your commands.








    RedEzra wrote:It is easy to prove GOD with laws and logic. The law of conservation of energy and the law of conservation of mass together state that the energy and mass of an isolated system like the universe remains constant and so the universe is not able to add new energy and matter to itself. So when the universe cannot create energy nor matter then... who can ? Logically GOD of course. It may not be so easy to prove that GOD of the universe is the GOD of the Bible but all the fulfilled prophecies therein like the return of the Jews to their old land cannot but impress logical minds.

    "Fear not, for I am with you; I will bring your descendants from the east,
    And gather you from the west; I will say to the north, ‘Give them up!’
    And to the south, ‘Do not keep them back!’ Bring My sons from afar,
    And My daughters from the ends of the earth—"

    - Isaiah 43:5-6 -
    Eartheart wrote:
    Razz  Beloveds, you seem to be drifting here   Arrow

    Sharpen your wits:
    *switching on your divine body or your dreambody is a systematic learnprocess...
    *direct input sensors (leaving the datacloud to seek source signals) can be tuned to recieve voice or datapacks, similar outofbody astraltravel trains input sensors and dreamnavigation
    *discerning between synthetic and living streams of conciousness helps to aquire sanety and lightcodes stabilisation
    *Your Flux presents spatial time in a holy Now Paradoxymoron  tongue where timeless awarness witnesses 3 streams of choicecontiniuation are applied to your magnetix - creative resonance, destruction & maintenance
    *Says revelation, Antitale & theHoly happen at same moment in your little star which is a nurturing set up to achieve angelic mans destiny HoHoHo
    *Eat some Hempseeds to get the missing proteins for your missing DNA strangs Liberationprayer for all daughters on their path...
    RedEzra wrote:
    Just a little update from me...

    For about 2.5 years now just after Russia annexed Crimea I have been warning that we are about to reach the end of the timeline given to the prophet Daniel over 2500 years ago. GOD is going to punish this world and if you don't understand why then perhaps you have a problem !? There is a "sudden destruction" event on the horizon closely connected around the astronomical date of Sept 23 2017. And if you pride yourselves in being somewhat awake and aware with a good grasp of what's going on around the world then you ought to know that this is an ever increasing possibility. Unfortunately it will not only be a possibility for long as GOD foretold it WILL happen ! The CREATOR is not going to plead with the world to please stop war crime and corruption... no GOD's just gonna punish. And if you have a problem with that then take it up with your MAKER !
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I continue to pursue Law and Order, rather than Fire and Brimstone. The Bible is an extremely violent book, but perhaps we live in an extremely violent universe. I don't doubt that extremely bad things are going to happen to Earth-Humanity, for legion reasons, but I am extremely troubled by Biblical-Eschatology, especially when Jews and Christians claim Moral High-Ground based in large-part upon the Bible. I'm presently trying to focus upon 1 Chronicles to Malachi, in the context of the Whole-Bible, with a New-Testament inspired hermeneutic. Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary are helpful in this regard. But people will always flock to the Sensationalist-Preachers, rather than quietly and diligently studying Scripture and History on their own. Several months ago, a Mason told me that 80% of Humanity was probably going to die in the near-future, in a random manner, but they didn't offer details. This wouldn't surprise me, but I'm frankly sick and tired of Murder and Mayhem, even though this is a Biblical-Concept. If I were the King of the World, I think I'd push for a Highly Trained and Disciplined Global Police-Force, with NO Warfare Whatsoever!! Just Reasonable and Rational LAW and ORDER!! I'd like to think that the Rest of the Universe would support that sort of thing.
    Swanny wrote:I don't believe in gods.  

    If there is one like the one they talk about in the bible then he's an xxxxxxxx  Razz

    All religions are just control systems
    RedEzra wrote:So it turns out that Jesus is the CREATOR of this earth.

    I'm sorry guys but if you don't follow the rules of the Owner of this place then you're out !
    Swanny wrote: Who is the Owner of this place?
    orthodoxymoron wrote:It's very difficult to verify or prove much of anything regarding the historical and the otherworldly, which is why I've turned the Whole-Bible Thing into Religious and Political Science-Fiction, without starting yet another religion. If it were done properly, Politics and Religion as Control-Modalities, would be useful and legitimate, but the reality is just the opposite of useful and legitimate. I keep asking "Who Owns the Solar System??" but I never get an answer. The God of the Bible often seems to be an ill-tempered bad@ss, but if the universe is a violent and nasty place, such a God might be necessary. My United States of the Solar System threads scare the hell out of me, regarding the possibilities of Solar System Governance and Ownership. I wonder if Guardians of the Galaxy and Jupiter Ascending contain at least some truth?! The Individuals of Interest I've conversed with REALLY scared the hell out of me!! My honest and sincere quest for answers has mostly resulted in being ridiculed and ignored. I've basically had to talk to myself, because no one else will talk to me. I've recently been identifying with the Roman-Poet "Ovid". The "Ancient Egyptian Deity" I conversed with, kept needling me about "girls", and spoke of methods of seducing women!! Ovid seemed to have a lot to say about such things!! My name is similar to "Ovid". I've been called "King of the Girls" even though the opposite-sex seems to not wish to have anything to do with me. In fact, no one seems to wish to have anything to do with me. Perhaps it's easier that way. What Would Jesus Christ, the Apostle Paul, and John Nash Say?? I used to perfectly-play the following composition by J.S. Bach, but I never got lucky like the guy in the video!!

    THE CONTROVERSY ENDED
    by
    Ellen G. White

    At the close of the thousand years, Christ again returns to the earth. He is accompanied by the host of the redeemed and attended by a retinue of angels. As He descends in terrific majesty He bids the wicked dead arise to receive their doom. They come forth, a mighty host, numberless as the sands of the sea. What a contrast to those who were raised at the first resurrection! The righteous were clothed with immortal youth and beauty. The wicked bear the traces of disease and death.

    Every eye in that vast multitude is turned to behold the glory of the Son of God. With one voice the wicked hosts exclaim: "Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord!" It is not love to Jesus that inspires this utterance. The force of truth urges the words from unwilling lips. As the wicked went into their graves, so they come forth with the same enmity to Christ and the same spirit of rebellion. They are to have no new probation in which to remedy the defects of their past lives. Nothing would be gained by this. A lifetime of transgression has not softened their hearts. A second probation, were it given them, would be occupied as was the first in evading the requirements of God and exciting rebellion against Him.

    Christ descends upon the Mount of Olives, whence, after His resurrection, He ascended, and where angels repeated the promise of His return. Says the prophet: "The Lord my God shall come, and all the saints with Thee." "And His feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the Mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof, . . . and there shall be a very great valley." "And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and His name one." Zechariah 14:5, 4, 9. As the New Jerusalem, in its dazzling splendor, comes down out of heaven, it rests upon the place purified and made ready to receive it, and Christ, with His people and the angels, enters the Holy City.

    Now Satan prepares for a last mighty struggle for the supremacy. While deprived of his power and cut off from his work of deception, the prince of evil was miserable and dejected; but as the wicked dead are raised and he sees the vast multitudes upon his side, his hopes revive, and he determines not to yield the great controversy. He will marshal all the armies of the lost under his banner and through them endeavor to execute his plans. The wicked are Satan's captives. In rejecting Christ they have accepted the rule of the rebel leader. They are ready to receive his suggestions and to do his bidding. Yet, true to his early cunning, he does not acknowledge himself to be Satan. He claims to be the prince who is the rightful owner of the world and whose inheritance has been unlawfully wrested from him. He represents himself to his deluded subjects as a redeemer, assuring them that his power has brought them forth from their graves and that he is about to rescue them from the most cruel tyranny. The presence of Christ having been removed, Satan works wonders to support his claims. He makes the weak strong and inspires all with his own spirit and energy. He proposes to lead them against the camp of the saints and to take possession of the City of God. With fiendish exultation he points to the unnumbered millions who have been raised from the dead and declares that as their leader he is well able to overthrow the city and regain his throne and his kingdom.

    In that vast throng are multitudes of the long-lived race that existed before the Flood; men of lofty stature and giant intellect, who, yielding to the control of fallen angels, devoted all their skill and knowledge to the exaltation of themselves; men whose wonderful works of art led the world to idolize their genius, but whose cruelty and evil inventions, defiling the earth and defacing the image of God, caused Him to blot them from the face of His creation. There are kings and generals who conquered nations, valiant men who never lost a battle, proud, ambitious warriors whose approach made kingdoms tremble. In death these experienced no change. As they come up from the grave, they resume the current of their thoughts just where it ceased. They are actuated by the same desire to conquer that ruled them when they fell.

    Satan consults with his angels, and then with these kings and conquerors and mighty men. They look upon the strength and numbers on their side, and declare that the army within the city is small in comparison with theirs, and that it can be overcome. They lay their plans to take possession of the riches and glory of the New Jerusalem. All immediately begin to prepare for battle. Skillful artisans construct implements of war. Military leaders, famed for their success, marshal the throngs of warlike men into companies and divisions.

    At last the order to advance is given, and the countless host moves on--an army such as was never summoned by earthly conquerors, such as the combined forces of all ages since war began on earth could never equal. Satan, the mightiest of warriors, leads the van, and his angels unite their forces for this final struggle. Kings and warriors are in his train, and the multitudes follow in vast companies, each under its appointed leader. With military precision the serried ranks advance over the earth's broken and uneven surface to the City of God. By command of Jesus, the gates of the New Jerusalem are closed, and the armies of Satan surround the city and make ready for the onset.

    Now Christ again appears to the view of His enemies. Far above the city, upon a foundation of burnished gold, is a throne, high and lifted up. Upon this throne sits the Son of God, and around Him are the subjects of His kingdom. The power and majesty of Christ no language can describe, no pen portray. The glory of the Eternal Father is enshrouding His Son. The brightness of His presence fills the City of God, and flows out beyond the gates, flooding the whole earth with its radiance.

    Nearest the throne are those who were once zealous in the cause of Satan, but who, plucked as brands from the burning, have followed their Saviour with deep, intense devotion. Next are those who perfected Christian characters in the midst of falsehood and infidelity, those who honored the law of God when the Christian world declared it void, and the millions, of all ages, who were martyred for their faith. And beyond is the "great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, . . . before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands." Revelation 7:9. Their warfare is ended, their victory won. They have run the race and reached the prize. The palm branch in their hands is a symbol of their triumph, the white robe an emblem of the spotless righteousness of Christ which now is theirs.

    The redeemed raise a song of praise that echoes and re-echoes through the vaults of heaven: "Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb." Verse 10. And angel and seraph unite their voices in adoration. As the redeemed have beheld the power and malignity of Satan, they have seen, as never before, that no power but that of Christ could have made them conquerors. In all that shining throng there are none to ascribe salvation to themselves, as if they had prevailed by their own power and goodness. Nothing is said of what they have done or suffered; but the burden of every song, the keynote of every anthem, is: Salvation to our God and unto the Lamb.

    In the presence of the assembled inhabitants of earth and heaven the final coronation of the Son of God takes place. And now, invested with supreme majesty and power, the King of kings pronounces sentence upon the rebels against His government and executes justice upon those who have transgressed His law and oppressed His people. Says the prophet of God: "I saw a great white throne, and Him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works." Revelation 20:11, 12.

    As soon as the books of record are opened, and the eye of Jesus looks upon the wicked, they are conscious of every sin which they have ever committed. They see just where their feet diverged from the path of purity and holiness, just how far pride and rebellion have carried them in the violation of the law of God. The seductive temptations which they encouraged by indulgence in sin, the blessings perverted, the messengers of God despised, the warnings rejected, the waves of mercy beaten back by the stubborn, unrepentant heart--all appear as if written in letters of fire.

    Above the throne is revealed the cross; and like a panoramic view appear the scenes of Adam's temptation and fall, and the successive steps in the great plan of redemption. The Saviour's lowly birth; His early life of simplicity and obedience; His baptism in Jordan; the fast and temptation in the wilderness; His public ministry, unfolding to men heaven's most precious blessings; the days crowded with deeds of love and mercy, the nights of prayer and watching in the solitude of the mountains; the plottings of envy, hate, and malice which repaid His benefits; the awful, mysterious agony in Gethsemane beneath the crushing weight of the sins of the whole world; His betrayal into the hands of the murderous mob; the fearful events of that night of horror--the unresisting prisoner, forsaken by His best-loved disciples, rudely hurried through the streets of Jerusalem; the Son of God exultingly displayed before Annas, arraigned in the high priest's palace, in the judgment hall of Pilate, before the cowardly and cruel Herod, mocked, insulted, tortured, and condemned to die--all are vividly portrayed.

    And now before the swaying multitude are revealed the final scenes--the patient Sufferer treading the path to Calvary; the Prince of heaven hanging upon the cross; the haughty priests and the jeering rabble deriding His expiring agony; the supernatural darkness; the heaving earth, the rent rocks, the open graves, marking the moment when the world's Redeemer yielded up His life.

    The awful spectacle appears just as it was. Satan, his angels, and his subjects have no power to turn from the picture of their own work. Each actor recalls the part which he performed. Herod, who slew the innocent children of Bethlehem that he might destroy the King of Israel; the base Herodias, upon whose guilty soul rests the blood of John the Baptist; the weak, timeserving Pilate; the mocking soldiers; the priests and rulers and the maddened throng who cried, "His blood be on us, and on our children!"--all behold the enormity of their guilt. They vainly seek to hide from the divine majesty of His countenance, outshining the glory of the sun, while the redeemed cast their crowns at the Saviour's feet, exclaiming: "He died for me!"

    Amid the ransomed throng are the apostles of Christ, the heroic Paul, the ardent Peter, the loved and loving John, and their truehearted brethren, and with them the vast host of martyrs; while outside the walls, with every vile and abominable thing, are those by whom they were persecuted, imprisoned, and slain. There is Nero, that monster of cruelty and vice, beholding the joy and exaltation of those whom he once tortured, and in whose extremest anguish he found satanic delight. His mother is there to witness the result of her own work; to see how the evil stamp of character transmitted to her son, the passions encouraged and developed by her influence and example, have borne fruit in crimes that caused the world to shudder.

    There are papist priests and prelates, who claimed to be Christ's ambassadors, yet employed the rack, the dungeon, and the stake to control the consciences of His people. There are the proud pontiffs who exalted themselves above God and presumed to change the law of the Most High. Those pretended fathers of the church have an account to render to God from which they would fain be excused. Too late they are made to see that the Omniscient One is jealous of His law and that He will in no wise clear the guilty. They learn now that Christ identifies His interest with that of His suffering people; and they feel the force of His own words: "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me." Matthew 25:40.

    The whole wicked world stand arraigned at the bar of God on the charge of high treason against the government of heaven. They have none to plead their cause; they are without excuse; and the sentence of eternal death is pronounced against them. It is now evident to all that the wages of sin is not noble independence and eternal life, but slavery, ruin, and death. The wicked see what they have forfeited by their life of rebellion. The far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory was despised when offered them; but how desirable it now appears. "All this," cries the lost soul, "I might have had; but I chose to put these things far from me. Oh, strange infatuation! I have exchanged peace, happiness, and honor for wretchedness, infamy, and despair." All see that their exclusion from heaven is just. By their lives they have declared: "We will not have this Man [Jesus] to reign over us."

    As if entranced, the wicked have looked upon the coronation of the Son of God. They see in His hands the tables of the divine law, the statutes which they have despised and transgressed. They witness the outburst of wonder, rapture, and adoration from the saved; and as the wave of melody sweeps over the multitudes without the city, all with one voice exclaim, "Great and marvelous are Thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints" (Revelation 15:3); and, falling prostrate, they worship the Prince of life.

    Satan seems paralyzed as he beholds the glory and majesty of Christ. He who was once a covering cherub remembers whence he has fallen. A shining seraph, "son of the morning;" how changed, how degraded! From the council where once he was honored, he is forever excluded. He sees another now standing near to the Father, veiling His glory. He has seen the crown placed upon the head of Christ by an angel of lofty stature and majestic presence, and he knows that the exalted position of this angel might have been his.

    Memory recalls the home of his innocence and purity, the peace and content that were his until he indulged in murmuring against God, and envy of Christ. His accusations, his rebellion, his deceptions to gain the sympathy and support of the angels, his stubborn persistence in making no effort for self-recovery when God would have granted him forgiveness --all come vividly before him. He reviews his work among men and its results--the enmity of man toward his fellow man, the terrible destruction of life, the rise and fall of kingdoms, the overturning of thrones, the long succession of tumults, conflicts, and revolutions. He recalls his constant efforts to oppose the work of Christ and to sink man lower and lower. He sees that his hellish plots have been powerless to destroy those who have put their trust in Jesus. As Satan looks upon his kingdom, the fruit of his toil, he sees only failure and ruin. He has led the multitudes to believe that the City of God would be an easy prey; but he knows that this is false. Again and again, in the progress of the great controversy, he has been defeated and compelled to yield. He knows too well the power and majesty of the Eternal.

    The aim of the great rebel has ever been to justify himself and to prove the divine government responsible for the rebellion. To this end he has bent all the power of his giant intellect. He has worked deliberately and systematically, and with marvelous success, leading vast multitudes to accept his version of the great controversy which has been so long in progress. For thousands of years this chief of conspiracy has palmed off falsehood for truth. But the time has now come when the rebellion is to be finally defeated and the history and character of Satan disclosed. In his last great effort to dethrone Christ, destroy His people, and take possession of the City of God, the archdeceiver has been fully unmasked. Those who have united with him see the total failure of his cause. Christ's followers and the loyal angels behold the full extent of his machinations against the government of God. He is the object of universal abhorrence.

    Satan sees that his voluntary rebellion has unfitted him for heaven. He has trained his powers to war against God; the purity, peace, and harmony of heaven would be to him supreme torture. His accusations against the mercy and justice of God are now silenced. The reproach which he has endeavored to cast upon Jehovah rests wholly upon himself. And now Satan bows down and confesses the justice of his sentence.

    "Who shall not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify Thy name? for Thou only art holy: for all nations shall come and worship before Thee; for Thy judgments are made manifest." Verse 4. Every question of truth and error in the long-standing controversy has now been made plain. The results of rebellion, the fruits of setting aside the divine statutes, have been laid open to the view of all created intelligences. The working out of Satan's rule in contrast with the government of God has been presented to the whole universe. Satan's own works have condemned him. God's wisdom, His justice, and His goodness stand fully vindicated. It is seen that all His dealings in the great controversy have been conducted with respect to the eternal good of His people and the good of all the worlds that He has created. "All Thy works shall praise Thee, O Lord; and Thy saints shall bless Thee." Psalm 145:10. The history of sin will stand to all eternity as a witness that with the existence of God's law is bound up the happiness of all the beings He has created. With all the facts of the great controversy in view, the whole universe, both loyal and rebellious, with one accord declare: "Just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints."

    Before the universe has been clearly presented the great sacrifice made by the Father and the Son in man's behalf. The hour has come when Christ occupies His rightful position and is glorified above principalities and powers and every name that is named. It was for the joy that was set before Him--that He might bring many sons unto glory--that He endured the cross and despised the shame. And inconceivably great as was the sorrow and the shame, yet greater is the joy and the glory. He looks upon the redeemed, renewed in His own image, every heart bearing the perfect impress of the divine, every face reflecting the likeness of their King. He beholds in them the result of the travail of His soul, and He is satisfied. Then, in a voice that reaches the assembled multitudes of the righteous and the wicked, He declares: "Behold the purchase of My blood! For these I suffered, for these I died, that they might dwell in My presence throughout eternal ages." And the song of praise ascends from the white-robed ones about the throne: "Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing." Revelation 5:12.

    Notwithstanding that Satan has been constrained to acknowledge God's justice and to bow to the supremacy of Christ, his character remains unchanged. The spirit of rebellion, like a mighty torrent, again bursts forth. Filled with frenzy, he determines not to yield the great controversy. The time has come for a last desperate struggle against the King of heaven. He rushes into the midst of his subjects and endeavors to inspire them with his own fury and arouse them to instant battle. But of all the countless millions whom he has allured into rebellion, there are none now to acknowledge his supremacy. His power is at an end. The wicked are filled with the same hatred of God that inspires Satan; but they see that their case is hopeless, that they cannot prevail against Jehovah. Their rage is kindled against Satan and those who have been his agents in deception, and with the fury of demons they turn upon them.

    Saith the Lord: "Because thou hast set thine heart as the heart of God; behold, therefore I will bring strangers upon thee, the terrible of the nations: and they shall draw their swords against the beauty of thy wisdom, and they shall defile thy brightness. They shall bring thee down to the pit." "I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the midst of the stones of fire. . . . I will cast thee to the ground, I will lay thee before kings, that they may behold thee. . . . I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee. . . . Thou shalt be a terror, and never shalt thou be any more." Ezekiel 28:6-8, 16-19.

    "Every battle of the warrior is with confused noise, and garments rolled in blood; but this shall be with burning and fuel of fire." "The indignation of the Lord is upon all nations, and His fury upon all their armies: He hath utterly destroyed them, He hath delivered them to the slaughter." "Upon the wicked He shall rain quick burning coals, fire and brimstone and an horrible tempest: this shall be the portion of their cup." Isaiah 9:5; 34:2; Psalm 11:6, margin. Fire comes down from God out of heaven. The earth is broken up. The weapons concealed in its depths are drawn forth. Devouring flames burst from every yawning chasm. The very rocks are on fire. The day has come that shall burn as an oven. The elements melt with fervent heat, the earth also, and the works that are therein are burned up. Malachi 4:1; 2 Peter 3:10. The earth's surface seems one molten mass--a vast, seething lake of fire. It is the time of the judgment and perdition of ungodly men--"the day of the Lord's vengeance, and the year of recompenses for the controversy of Zion." Isaiah 34:8.

    The wicked receive their recompense in the earth. Proverbs 11:31. They "shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts." Malachi 4:1. Some are destroyed as in a moment, while others suffer many days. All are punished "according to their deeds." The sins of the righteous having been transferred to Satan, he is made to suffer not only for his own rebellion, but for all the sins which he has caused God's people to commit. His punishment is to be far greater than that of those whom he has deceived. After all have perished who fell by his deceptions, he is still to live and suffer on. In the cleansing flames the wicked are at last destroyed, root and branch--Satan the root, his followers the branches. The full penalty of the law has been visited; the demands of justice have been met; and heaven and earth, beholding, declare the righteousness of Jehovah.

    Satan's work of ruin is forever ended. For six thousand years he has wrought his will, filling the earth with woe and causing grief throughout the universe. The whole creation has groaned and travailed together in pain. Now God's creatures are forever delivered from his presence and temptations. "The whole earth is at rest, and is quiet: they [the righteous] break forth into singing." Isaiah 14:7. And a shout of praise and triumph ascends from the whole loyal universe. "The voice of a great multitude," "as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings," is heard, saying: "Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth." Revelation 19:6.

    While the earth was wrapped in the fire of destruction, the righteous abode safely in the Holy City. Upon those that had part in the first resurrection, the second death has no power. While God is to the wicked a consuming fire, He is to His people both a sun and a shield. Revelation 20:6; Psalm 84:11.

    "I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away." Revelation 21:1. The fire that consumes the wicked purifies the earth. Every trace of the curse is swept away. No eternally burning hell will keep before the ransomed the fearful consequences of sin.

    One reminder alone remains: Our Redeemer will ever bear the marks of His crucifixion. Upon His wounded head, upon His side, His hands and feet, are the only traces of the cruel work that sin has wrought. Says the prophet, beholding Christ in His glory: "He had bright beams coming out of His side: and there was the hiding of His power." Habakkuk 3:4, margin. That pierced side whence flowed the crimson stream that reconciled man to God--there is the Saviour's glory, there "the hiding of His power." "Mighty to save," through the sacrifice of redemption, He was therefore strong to execute justice upon them that despised God's mercy. And the tokens of His humiliation are His highest honor; through the eternal ages the wounds of Calvary will show forth His praise and declare His power.

    "O Tower of the flock, the stronghold of the daughter of Zion, unto Thee shall it come, even the first dominion." Micah 4:8. The time has come to which holy men have looked with longing since the flaming sword barred the first pair from Eden, the time for "the redemption of the purchased possession." Ephesians 1:14. The earth originally given to man as his kingdom, betrayed by him into the hands of Satan, and so long held by the mighty foe, has been brought back by the great plan of redemption. All that was lost by sin has been restored. "Thus saith the Lord . . . that formed the earth and made it; He hath established it, He created it not in vain, He formed it to be inhabited." Isaiah 45:18. God's original purpose in the creation of the earth is fulfilled as it is made the eternal abode of the redeemed. "The righteous shall inherit the land, and dwell therein forever." Psalm 37:29.

    A fear of making the future inheritance seem too material has led many to spiritualize away the very truths which lead us to look upon it as our home. Christ assured His disciples that He went to prepare mansions for them in the Father's house. Those who accept the teachings of God's word will not be wholly ignorant concerning the heavenly abode. And yet, "eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." 1 Corinthians 2:9. Human language is inadequate to describe the reward of the righteous. It will be known only to those who behold it. No finite mind can comprehend the glory of the Paradise of God.

    In the Bible the inheritance of the saved is called "a country." Hebrews 11:14-16. There the heavenly Shepherd leads His flock to fountains of living waters. The tree of life yields its fruit every month, and the leaves of the tree are for the service of the nations. There are ever-flowing streams, clear as crystal, and beside them waving trees cast their shadows upon the paths prepared for the ransomed of the Lord. There the wide-spreading plains swell into hills of beauty, and the mountains of God rear their lofty summits. On those peaceful plains, beside those living streams, God's people, so long pilgrims and wanderers, shall find a home.

    "My people shall dwell in a peaceable habitation, and in sure dwellings, and in quiet resting places." "Violence shall no more be heard in thy land, wasting nor destruction within thy borders; but thou shalt call thy walls Salvation, and thy gates Praise." "They shall build houses, and inhabit them; and they shall plant vineyards, and eat the fruit of them. They shall not build, and another inhabit; they shall not plant, and another eat: . . . Mine elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands." Isaiah 32:18; 60:18; 65:21, 22.

    There, "the wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them; and the desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose." "Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree." "The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; . . . and a little child shall lead them." "They shall not hurt nor destroy in all My holy mountain," saith the Lord. Isaiah 35:1; 55:13; 11:6, 9.

    Pain cannot exist in the atmosphere of heaven. There will be no more tears, no funeral trains, no badges of mourning. "There shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying: . . . for the former things are passed away." "The inhabitant shall not say, I am sick: the people that dwell therein shall be forgiven their iniquity." Revelation 21:4; Isaiah 33:24.

    There is the New Jerusalem, the metropolis of the glorified new earth, "a crown of glory in the hand of the Lord, and a royal diadem in the hand of thy God." "Her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal." "The nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honor into it." Saith the Lord: "I will rejoice in Jerusalem, and joy in My people." "The tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God." Isaiah 62:3; Revelation 21:11, 24; Isaiah 65:19; Revelation 21:3.

    In the City of God "there shall be no night." None will need or desire repose. There will be no weariness in doing the will of God and offering praise to His name. We shall ever feel the freshness of the morning and shall ever be far from its close. "And they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light." Revelation 22:5. The light of the sun will be superseded by a radiance which is not painfully dazzling, yet which immeasurably surpasses the brightness of our noontide. The glory of God and the Lamb floods the Holy City with unfading light. The redeemed walk in the sunless glory of perpetual day.

    "I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it." Revelation 21:22. The people of God are privileged to hold open communion with the Father and the Son. "Now we see through a glass, darkly." 1 Corinthians 13:12. We behold the image of God reflected, as in a mirror, in the works of nature and in His dealings with men; but then we shall see Him face to face, without a dimming veil between. We shall stand in His presence and behold the glory of His countenance.

    There the redeemed shall know, even as also they are known. The loves and sympathies which God Himself has planted in the soul shall there find truest and sweetest exercise. The pure communion with holy beings, the harmonious social life with the blessed angels and with the faithful ones of all ages who have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb, the sacred ties that bind together "the whole family in heaven and earth" (Ephesians 3:15)--these help to constitute the happiness of the redeemed.

    There, immortal minds will contemplate with never-failing delight the wonders of creative power, the mysteries of redeeming love. There will be no cruel, deceiving foe to tempt to forgetfulness of God. Every faculty will be developed, every capacity increased. The acquirement of knowledge will not weary the mind or exhaust the energies. There the grandest enterprises may be carried forward, the loftiest aspirations reached, the highest ambitions realized; and still there will arise new heights to surmount, new wonders to admire, new truths to comprehend, fresh objects to call forth the powers of mind and soul and body.

    All the treasures of the universe will be open to the study of God's redeemed. Unfettered by mortality, they wing their tireless flight to worlds afar--worlds that thrilled with sorrow at the spectacle of human woe and rang with songs of gladness at the tidings of a ransomed soul. With unutterable delight the children of earth enter into the joy and the wisdom of unfallen beings. They share the treasures of knowledge and understanding gained through ages upon ages in contemplation of God's handiwork. With undimmed vision they gaze upon the glory of creation--suns and stars and systems, all in their appointed order circling the throne of Deity. Upon all things, from the least to the greatest, the Creator's name is written, and in all are the riches of His power displayed.

    And the years of eternity, as they roll, will bring richer and still more glorious revelations of God and of Christ. As knowledge is progressive, so will love, reverence, and happiness increase. The more men learn of God, the greater will be their admiration of His character. As Jesus opens before them the riches of redemption and the amazing achievements in the great controversy with Satan, the hearts of the ransomed thrill with more fervent devotion, and with more rapturous joy they sweep the harps of gold; and ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands of voices unite to swell the mighty chorus of praise.

    "And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever." Revelation 5:13.

    The great controversy is ended. Sin and sinners are no more. The entire universe is clean. One pulse of harmony and gladness beats through the vast creation. From Him who created all, flow life and light and gladness, throughout the realms of illimitable space. From the minutest atom to the greatest world, all things, animate and inanimate, in their unshadowed beauty and perfect joy, declare that God is love.



    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 21, 2017 10:13 pm

    orthodoxymoron wrote:In the United States, if you build a bomb-shelter, and stockpile food, you are considered to be a lunatic-paranoid survivalist nut-case, but it's different in Switzerland!!

    orthodoxymoron wrote:Consider an eschatological-study which relies solely upon the Major and Minor Old-Testament Prophets (Isaiah to Malachi). Has anyone done this?? What if Daniel 8 were studied without depending upon Leviticus 16 and Hebrews 9 for direction and clarification?? Eschatology in the Context of Science-Fiction makes me face myself, and think.



    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nuclear_warfare Nuclear warfare (sometimes atomic warfare or thermonuclear warfare) is a military conflict or political strategy in which nuclear weaponry is used to inflict damage on the enemy. Compared to conventional warfare, nuclear warfare can be vastly more destructive in range and extent of damage, and in a much shorter time. A major nuclear exchange would have long-term effects, primarily from the fallout released, and could also lead to a "nuclear winter" that could last for decades, centuries, or even millennia after the initial attack.[1][2] Some analysts claim that with this potential nuclear winter side-effect of a nuclear war almost every human on Earth could starve to death.[3][4] Other analysts, who dismiss the nuclear winter hypothesis, calculate that with nuclear weapon stockpiles at Cold War highs, in a surprise countervalue global nuclear war, billions of casualties would have resulted but billions of people would nevertheless have survived.[5][6][7][8]

    So far, two nuclear weapons have been used in the course of warfare, both by the United States near the end of World War II. On August 6, 1945, a uranium gun-type device (code name "Little Boy") was detonated over the Japanese city of Hiroshima. Three days later, on August 9, a plutonium implosion-type device (code name "Fat Man") was detonated over the Japanese city of Nagasaki. These two bombings resulted in the deaths of approximately 120,000 people.

    After World War II, nuclear weapons were also developed by the Soviet Union (1949), the United Kingdom (1952), France (1960), and the People's Republic of China (1964), which contributed to the state of conflict and extreme tension that became known as the Cold War. In 1974, India, and in 1998, Pakistan, two countries that were openly hostile toward each other, developed nuclear weapons. Israel (1960s) and North Korea (2006) are also thought to have developed stocks of nuclear weapons, though it is not known how many. The Israeli government has never admitted to having nuclear weapons, although it is known to have constructed the reactor and reprocessing plant necessary for building nuclear weapons.[9] South Africa also manufactured several complete nuclear weapons in the 1980s, but subsequently became the first country to voluntarily destroy their domestically made weapons stocks and abandon further production (1990s).[10] Nuclear weapons have been detonated on over 2,000 occasions for testing purposes and demonstrations.[11][12]
    After the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 and the resultant end of the Cold War, the threat of a major nuclear war between the two nuclear superpowers was generally thought to have declined. Since then, concern over nuclear weapons has shifted to the prevention of localized nuclear conflicts resulting from nuclear proliferation, and the threat of nuclear terrorism.

    The possibility of using nuclear weapons in war is usually divided into two subgroups, each with different effects and potentially fought with different types of nuclear armaments.

    The first, a limited nuclear war [13] (sometimes attack or exchange), refers to a small-scale use of nuclear weapons by two (or more) belligerents. A "limited nuclear war" could include targeting military facilities—either as an attempt to pre-emptively cripple the enemy's ability to attack as a defensive measure, or as a prelude to an invasion by conventional forces, as an offensive measure. This term could apply to any small-scale use of nuclear weapons that may involve military or civilian targets (or both).

    The second, a full-scale nuclear war, could consist of large numbers of nuclear weapons used in an attack aimed at an entire country, including military, economic, and civilian targets. Such an attack would almost certainly destroy the entire economic, social, and military infrastructure of the target nation, and would probably have a devastating effect on Earth's biosphere.

    Some Cold War strategists such as Henry Kissinger[14] argued that a limited nuclear war could be possible between two heavily armed superpowers (such as the United States and the Soviet Union). Some predict, however, that a limited war could potentially "escalate" into a full-scale nuclear war. Others[who?] have called limited nuclear war "global nuclear holocaust in slow motion", arguing that—once such a war took place—others would be sure to follow over a period of decades, effectively rendering the planet uninhabitable in the same way that a "full-scale nuclear war" between superpowers would, only taking a much longer (and arguably more agonizing) path to the same result.

    Even the most optimistic predictions[by whom?] of the effects of a major nuclear exchange foresee the death of many millions of victims within a very short period of time. More pessimistic predictions argue that a full-scale nuclear war could potentially bring about the extinction of the human race, or at least its near extinction, with only a relatively small number of survivors (mainly in remote areas) and a reduced quality of life and life expectancy for centuries afterward. However, such predictions, assuming total war with nuclear arsenals at Cold War highs, have not been without criticism.[5] Such a horrific catastrophe as global nuclear warfare would almost certainly cause permanent damage to most complex life on the planet, its ecosystems, and the global climate. If predictions about the production of a nuclear winter are accurate, it would also change the balance of global power, with countries such as Australia, New Zealand, India, China, Argentina and Brazil predicted to become world superpowers if the Cold War ever led to a large-scale nuclear attack.[6]

    A study presented at the annual meeting of the American Geophysical Union in December 2006 asserted that even a small-scale regional nuclear war could produce as many direct fatalities as all of World War II and disrupt the global climate for a decade or more. In a regional nuclear conflict scenario in which two opposing nations in the subtropics each used 50 Hiroshima-sized nuclear weapons (c. 15 kiloton each) on major population centers, the researchers predicted fatalities ranging from 2.6 million to 16.7 million per country. The authors of the study estimated that as much as five million tons of soot could be released, producing a cooling of several degrees over large areas of North America and Eurasia (including most of the grain-growing regions). The cooling would last for years and could be "catastrophic", according to the researchers.[15]

    Either a limited or full-scale nuclear exchange could occur during an accidental nuclear war, in which the use of nuclear weapons is triggered unintentionally. Postulated triggers for this scenario have included malfunctioning early warning devices and/or targeting computers, deliberate malfeasance by rogue military commanders, consequences of an accidental straying of warplanes into enemy airspace, reactions to unannounced missile tests during tense diplomatic periods, reactions to military exercises, mistranslated or miscommunicated messages, and others. A number of these scenarios actually occurred during the Cold War, though none resulted in the use of nuclear weapons.[16] Many such scenarios have been depicted in popular culture, such as in the 1962 novel Fail-Safe (released as a film in 1964), the film WarGames, released in 1983 and the film Dr. Strangelove or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb, also released in 1964.

    During the final stages of World War II in 1945, the United States conducted atomic raids on the Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, the first on August 6, 1945, and the second on August 9, 1945. These two events were the only times nuclear weapons have been used in combat.[17]

    For six months before the atomic bombings, the U.S. 20th Air Force under General Curtis LeMay executed low-level incendiary raids against Japanese cities. The worst air raid to occur during the process was not the nuclear attacks, but the Operation Meetinghouse raid on Tokyo. On the night of March 9–10, 1945, Operation Meetinghouse commenced and 334 Boeing B-29 Superfortress bombers took off to raid, with 279 of them dropping 1,665 tons of incendiaries and explosives on Tokyo. The bombing was meant to burn wooden buildings and indeed the bombing caused fire that created a 50 m/s wind, which is comparable to tornadoes. Each bomber carried 6 tons of bombs. A total of 381,300 bombs, which amount to 1,783 tons of bombs, were used in the bombing. Within a few hours of the raid, it had killed an estimated 100,000 people and destroyed 41 km2 (16 sq mi) of the city and 267,000 buildings in a single night — the deadliest bombing raid in military aviation history other than the atomic raids on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.[18][19][20][21] By early August 1945, an estimated 450,000 people had died as the U.S. had intensely firebombed a total of 67 Japanese cities.

    In late June 1945, as the U.S. wrapped up the two-and-a-half-month Battle of Okinawa (which cost the lives of 260,000 people, including 150,000 civilians),[22][23] it was faced with the prospect of invading the Japanese home islands in an operation codenamed Operation Downfall. Based on the U.S. casualties from the preceding island-hopping campaigns, American commanders estimated that between 50,000 and 500,000 U.S. troops would die and at least 600,000-1,000,000 others would be injured while invading the Japanese home islands. The U.S. manufacture of 500,000 Purple Hearts from the anticipated high level of casualties during the U.S. invasion of Japan gave a demonstration of how deadly and costly it would be. President Harry S. Truman realized he could not afford such a horrendous casualty rate, especially since over 400,000 American combatants had already died fighting in both the European and the Pacific theaters of the war.[24]

    On July 26, 1945, the United States, the United Kingdom, and the Republic of China issued a Potsdam Declaration that called for the unconditional surrender of Japan. It stated that if Japan did not surrender, it would face "prompt and utter destruction."[25][26] The Japanese government ignored this ultimatum, sending a message that they were not going to surrender. In response to the rejection, President Truman authorized the dropping of the atomic bombs. At the time of its use, there were only two atomic bombs available, and despite the fact that more were in production back in mainland U.S., the third bomb wouldn't be available for combat until September.[27][28]

    On August 6, 1945, the uranium-type nuclear weapon codenamed "Little Boy" was detonated over the Japanese city of Hiroshima with an energy of about 15 kilotons of TNT (63,000 gigajoules), destroying nearly 50,000 buildings (including the headquarters of the 2nd General Army and Fifth Division) and killing approximately 70,000 people, including 20,000 Japanese combatants and 20,000 Korean slave laborers.[29][30] Three days later, on August 9, a plutonium-type nuclear weapon codenamed "Fat Man" was used against the Japanese city of Nagasaki, with the explosion equivalent to about 20 kilotons of TNT (84,000 gigajoules), destroying 60% of the city and killing approximately 35,000 people, including 23,200-28,200 Japanese munitions workers, 2,000 Korean slave laborers, and 150 Japanese combatants.[31] The industrial damage in Nagasaki was high, partly owing to the inadvertent targeting of the industrial zone, leaving 68-80 percent of the non-dock industrial production destroyed.[32]

    Six days after the detonation over Nagasaki, Japan announced its surrender to the Allied Powers on August 15, 1945, signing the Instrument of Surrender on September 2, 1945, officially ending the Pacific War and, therefore, World War II, as Germany had already signed its Instrument of Surrender on May 7, 1945, ending the war in Europe. The two atomic bombings led, in part, to post-war Japan's adopting of the Three Non-Nuclear Principles, which forbade the nation from developing nuclear armaments.[33]

    Immediately after the atomic bombings of Japan, the status of atomic weapons in international and military relations was unclear. Presumably, the United States hoped atomic weapons could offset the Soviet Union's larger conventional ground forces in Eastern Europe, and possibly be used to pressure Soviet leader Joseph Stalin into making concessions. Under Stalin, the Soviet Union pursued its own atomic capabilities through a combination of scientific research and espionage directed against the American program. The Soviets believed that the Americans, with their limited nuclear arsenal, were unlikely to engage in any new world wars, while the Americans were not confident they could prevent a Soviet takeover of Europe, despite their atomic advantage. Within the United States the authority to produce and develop nuclear weapons was removed from military control and put instead under the civilian control of the United States Atomic Energy Commission. This decision reflected an understanding that nuclear weapons had unique risks and benefits that were separate from other military technology known at the time.

    For several years after World War II, the United States developed and maintained a strategic force based on the Convair B-36 bomber that would be able to attack any potential enemy from bomber bases in the United States. It deployed atomic bombs around the world for potential use in conflicts. Over a period of a few years, many in the American defense community became increasingly convinced of the invincibility of the United States to a nuclear attack. Indeed, it became generally believed that the threat of nuclear war would deter any strike against the United States.

    Many proposals were suggested to put all American nuclear weapons under international control (by the newly formed United Nations, for example) as an effort to deter both their usage and an arms race. However, no terms could be arrived at that would be agreed upon by both the United States and the Soviet Union.

    On August 29, 1949, the Soviet Union tested its first nuclear weapon at Semipalatinsk in Kazakhstan (see also Soviet atomic bomb project). Scientists in the United States from the Manhattan Project had warned that, in time, the Soviet Union would certainly develop nuclear capabilities of its own. Nevertheless, the effect upon military thinking and planning in the United States was dramatic, primarily because American military strategists had not anticipated the Soviets would "catch up" so soon. However, at this time, they had not discovered that the Soviets had conducted significant nuclear espionage of the project from spies at Los Alamos, the most significant of which was done by the theoretical physicist Klaus Fuchs.[citation needed] The first Soviet bomb was more or less a deliberate copy of the Fat Man plutonium device.

    With the monopoly over nuclear technology broken, worldwide nuclear proliferation accelerated. The United Kingdom tested its first independent atomic bomb in 1952, followed by France in 1960 and then China in 1964. While much smaller than the arsenals of the United States and the Soviet Union, Western Europe's nuclear reserves were nevertheless a significant factor in strategic planning during the Cold War. A top-secret White Paper, compiled by the Royal Air Force and produced for the British Government in 1959, estimated that British bombers carrying nuclear weapons were capable of destroying key cities and military targets in the Soviet Union, with an estimated 16 million deaths in the Soviet Union (half of whom were estimated to be killed on impact and the rest fatally injured) before bomber aircraft from the U.S. Strategic Air Command reached their targets.

    After the successful Trinity nuclear test July 16, 1945, which was the very first nuclear detonation, the Manhattan project lead manager J. Robert Oppenheimer recalled:

    We knew the world would not be the same. A few people laughed, a few people cried, most people were silent. I remembered the line from the Hindu scripture the Bhagavad Gita. Vishnu is trying to persuade the prince that he should do his duty and to impress him takes on his multiarmed form and says, "Now, I am become Death, the destroyer of worlds." I suppose we all thought that one way or another."
    —?J. Robert Oppenheimer, The Decision To Drop The Bomb[34]

    Although the Soviet Union had nuclear weapon capabilities in the beginning of the Cold War, the United States still had an advantage in terms of bombers and weapons. In any exchange of hostilities, the United States would have been capable of bombing the Soviet Union, whereas the Soviet Union would have more difficulty carrying out the reverse mission.

    The widespread introduction of jet-powered interceptor aircraft upset this imbalance somewhat by reducing the effectiveness of the American bomber fleet. In 1949 Curtis LeMay was placed in command of the Strategic Air Command and instituted a program to update the bomber fleet to one that was all-jet. During the early 1950s the B-47 and B-52 were introduced, providing the ability to bomb the Soviet Union more easily. Before the development of a capable strategic missile force in the Soviet Union, much of the war-fighting doctrine held by western nations revolved around using a large number of smaller nuclear weapons used in a tactical role. It is debatable whether such use could be considered "limited" however, because it was believed that the United States would use its own strategic weapons (mainly bombers at the time) should the Soviet Union deploy any kind of nuclear weapon against civilian targets. Douglas MacArthur, an American general, was fired by President Harry Truman, partially because he persistently requested permission to use his own discretion in deciding whether to use atomic weapons on the People's Republic of China in 1951 during the Korean War.[35] Mao Zedong, China's communist leader, gave the impression that he would welcome a nuclear war with the capitalists because it would annihilate what he viewed as their "imperialist" system.[36][37]

    Let us imagine how many people would die if war breaks out. There are 2.7 billion people in the world, and a third could be lost. If it is a little higher it could be half ... I say that if the worst came to the worst and one-half dies, there will still be one-half left, but imperialism would be razed to the ground and the whole world would become socialist. After a few years there would be 2.7 billion people again.
    —?Mao Zedong, 1957 [38]

    The concept of a "Fortress North America" emerged during the Second World War and persisted into the Cold War to refer to the option of defending Canada and the United States against their enemies if the rest of the world were lost to them. This option was rejected with the formation of NATO and the decision to permanently station troops in Europe.

    In the summer of 1951 Project Vista started, in which project analysts such as Robert F. Christy looked at how to defend Western Europe from a Soviet invasion. The emerging development of tactical nuclear weapons were looked upon as a means to give Western forces a qualitative advantage over the Soviet numerical supremacy in conventional weapons.[39]

    Several scares about the increasing ability of the Soviet Union's strategic bomber forces surfaced during the 1950s. The defensive response by the United States was to deploy a fairly strong "layered defense" consisting of interceptor aircraft and anti-aircraft missiles, like the Nike, and guns, like the Skysweeper, near larger cities. However, this was a small response compared to the construction of a huge fleet of nuclear bombers. The principal nuclear strategy was to massively penetrate the Soviet Union. Because such a large area could not be defended against this overwhelming attack in any credible way, the Soviet Union would lose any exchange.

    This logic became ingrained in American nuclear doctrine and persisted for much of the duration of the Cold War. As long as the strategic American nuclear forces could overwhelm their Soviet counterparts, a Soviet pre-emptive strike could be averted. Moreover, the Soviet Union could not afford to build any reasonable counterforce, as the economic output of the United States was far larger than that of the Soviets, and they would be unable to achieve "nuclear parity".

    Soviet nuclear doctrine, however, did not match American nuclear doctrine.[40][41] Soviet military planners assumed they could win a nuclear war.[40][42][43] Therefore, they expected a large-scale nuclear exchange, followed by a "conventional war" which itself would involve heavy use of tactical nuclear weapons. American doctrine rather assumed that Soviet doctrine was similar, with the mutual in Mutually Assured Destruction necessarily requiring that the other side see things in much the same way, rather than believing—as the Soviets did—that they could fight a large-scale, "combined nuclear and conventional" war.

    In accordance with their doctrine, the Soviet Union conducted large-scale military exercises to explore the possibility of defensive and offensive warfare during a nuclear war. The exercise, under the code name of "Snowball", involved the detonation of a nuclear bomb about twice as powerful as that which fell on Nagasaki and an army of approximately 45,000 soldiers on maneuvers through the hypocenter immediately after the blast.[44] The exercise was conducted on September 14, 1954, under command of Marshal Georgy Zhukov to the north of Totskoye village in Orenburg Oblast, Russia.

    A revolution in nuclear strategic thought occurred with the introduction of the intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM), which the Soviet Union first successfully tested in August 1957. In order to deliver a warhead to a target, a missile was much faster and more cost-effective than a bomber, and enjoyed a higher survivability due to the enormous difficulty of interception of the ICBMs (due to their high altitude and extreme speed). The Soviet Union could now afford to achieve nuclear parity with the United States in raw numbers, although for a time, they appeared to have chosen not to. Photos of Soviet missile sites set off a wave of panic in the U.S. military, something the launch of Sputnik would do for the American public a few months later. Politicians, notably then-U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy suggested that a "missile gap" existed between the Soviet Union and the United States. The US military gave missile development programs the highest national priority, and several spy aircraft and reconnaissance satellites were designed and deployed to observe Soviet progress.

    Early ICBMs and bombers were relatively inaccurate, which led to the concept of countervalue strikes — attacks directly on the enemy population, which would theoretically lead to a collapse of the enemy's will to fight. During the Cold War, the Soviet Union invested in extensive protected civilian infrastructure, such as large "nuclear-proof" bunkers and non-perishable food stores. By comparison, smaller scale civil defense programs were instituted in the United States starting in the 1950s, where schools and other public buildings had basements stocked with non-perishable food supplies, canned water, first aid, and dosimeter and Geiger counter radiation-measuring devices. Many of the locations were given "Fallout shelter" designation signs. CONELRAD radio information systems were adopted, whereby the commercial radio sector (later supplemented by the National Emergency Alarm Repeaters) would broadcast on two AM frequencies in the event of a Civil Defense (CD) emergency. These two frequencies, 640 and 1240 kHz, were marked with small CD triangles on the tuning dial of radios of the period, as can still be seen on 1950s-vintage radios on online auction sites and museums. A few backyard fallout shelters were built by private individuals.

    Henry Kissinger's view on tactical nuclear war in his controversial 1957 book Nuclear Weapons and Foreign Policy was that any nuclear weapon exploded in air burst mode that was below 500 kiloton in yield and thus averting serious fallout, may be more decisive and less costly in human lives than a protracted conventional war.

    A list of targets made by the U.S.A. was released sometime during December 2015 by the U.S. National Archives and Records Administration. The language used to describe targets is "designated ground zeros". The list was released after a request was made during 2006 by William Burr who belongs to a research group at George Washington University, and belongs to a previously top-secret 800-page document. The list is entitled "Atomic Weapons Requirements Study for 1959" and was produced by U.S. Strategic Air Command during the year 1956.[45]

    In 1960, the United States developed its first Single Integrated Operational Plan, a range of targeting options, and described launch procedures and target sets against which nuclear weapons would be launched, variants of which were in use from 1961 to 2003. That year also saw the start of the Missile Defense Alarm System, an American system of 12 early-warning satellites that provided limited notice of Soviet intercontinental ballistic missile launches between 1960 and 1966. The Ballistic Missile Early Warning System was completed in 1964.

    A complex and worrisome situation developed in 1962, in what is called the Cuban Missile Crisis. The Soviet Union placed medium-range ballistic missiles 90 miles (140 km) from the United States, possibly as a direct response to American Jupiter missiles placed in Turkey. After intense negotiations, the Soviets ended up removing the missiles from Cuba and decided to institute a massive weapons-building program of their own. In exchange, the United States dismantled its launch sites in Turkey, although this was done secretly and not publicly revealed for over two decades. Khrushchev did not even reveal this part of the agreement when he came under fire by political opponents for mishandling the crisis. Communication delays during the crisis led to the establishment of the Moscow–Washington hotline to allow reliable, direct communications between the two nuclear powers.

    By the late 1960s, the number of ICBMs and warheads was so high on both sides that it was believed that both the United States and the Soviet Union were capable of completely destroying the infrastructure and a large proportion of the population of the other country. Thus, by some western game theorists, a balance of power system known as mutually assured destruction (or MAD) came into being. It was thought that no full-scale exchange between the powers would result in an outright winner, with at best one side emerging the pyrrhic victor. Thus both sides were deterred from risking the initiation of a direct confrontation, instead being forced to engage in lower intensity proxy wars. During this decade the People's Republic of China began to build subterranean infrastructure such as the Underground Project 131 following the Sino-Soviet split.

    One drawback of the MAD doctrine was the possibility of a nuclear war occurring without either side intentionally striking first. Early Warning Systems (EWS) were notoriously error-prone. For example, on 78 occasions in 1979 alone, a "missile display conference" was called to evaluate detections that were "potentially threatening to the North American continent". Some of these were trivial errors and were spotted quickly, but several went to more serious levels. On September 26, 1983, Stanislav Petrov received convincing indications of an American first strike launch against the Soviet Union, but positively identified the warning as a false alarm. Though it is unclear what role Petrov's actions played in preventing a nuclear war during this incident, he has been honored by the United Nations for his actions.

    Similar incidents happened many times in the United States, due to failed computer chips,[46] misidentifications of large flights of geese, test programs, and bureaucratic failures to notify early warning military personnel of legitimate launches of test or weather missiles. For many years, the U.S. Air Force's strategic bombers were kept airborne on a daily rotating basis "around the clock" (see Operation Chrome Dome), until the number and severity of accidents, the 1968 Thule Air Base B-52 crash in particular, persuaded policymakers it was not worthwhile.

    Israel responded to the Arab Yom Kippur War attack on 6 October 1973 by assembling 13 nuclear weapons in a tunnel under the Negev desert when Syrian tanks were sweeping in across the Golan Heights. On 8 October 1973, Israeli Prime Minister Mrs Golda Meir authorized Defense Minister Moshe Dayan to activate the 13 Israeli nuclear warheads and distribute them to Israeli air force units, with the intent that they be used if Israel began to be overrun.[47] On 24 October 1973 when US President Nixon was preoccupied with the Watergate scandal Henry Kissinger ordered a DEFCON-3 alert preparing American B-52 nuclear bombers for war, after intelligence reports indicated that the USSR was preparing to defend Egypt in its Yom Kippur war with Israel. It had become apparent that if Israel had dropped nuclear weapons on Egypt or Syria, as it prepared to do, then the USSR would have retaliated against Israel, with the US then committed to providing Israeli assistance, possibly escalating to a general nuclear war.[47]

    By the late 1970s, people in both the United States and the Soviet Union, along with the rest of the world, had been living with the concept of mutual assured destruction (MAD) for about a decade, and it became deeply ingrained into the psyche and popular culture of those countries. On May 18, 1974, India conducted its first nuclear test in the Pokhran test range. The name of the operation was Smiling Buddha, and India termed the test as a "peaceful nuclear explosion".

    The Soviet Duga-3 early warning over-the-horizon radar system was made operational in 1976. The extremely powerful radio transmissions needed for such a system led to much disruption of civilian shortwave broadcasts, earning it the nickname "Russian Woodpecker".

    The idea that any nuclear conflict would eventually escalate was a challenge for military strategists. This challenge was particularly severe for the United States and its NATO allies because it was believed (until the 1970s) that a Soviet tank invasion of Western Europe would quickly overwhelm NATO conventional forces, leading to the necessity of the West escalating to the use of tactical nuclear weapons, one of which was the W-70.

    This strategy had one major (and possibly critical) flaw, which was soon realized by military analysts but highly underplayed by the U.S. military: conventional NATO forces in the European theatre of war were far outnumbered by similar Soviet and Warsaw Pact forces, and it was assumed that in case of a major Soviet attack (commonly envisioned as the "Red tanks rolling towards the North Sea" scenario) that NATO—in the face of quick conventional defeat—would soon have no other choice but to resort to tactical nuclear strikes against these forces. Most analysts agreed that once the first nuclear exchange had occurred, escalation to global nuclear war would likely become inevitable. The Soviet bloc's vision of an atomic war between NATO and Warsaw Pact forces was simulated in the top secret exercise Seven Days to the River Rhine in 1979. The British government exercised their vision of Soviet nuclear attack with Square Leg in early 1980. Large hardened nuclear weapon storage areas were built across European countries in anticipation of local US and European forces falling back as the conventional NATO defense from the Soviet Union, named REFORGER, was believed to only be capable of stalling the Soviets for a short time.

    FEMA-estimated primary counterforce targets for Soviet ICBMs in 1990. The resulting fall-out is indicated with the darkest considered as lethal to lesser fall-out yellow zones.[48] In the late 1970s and, particularly, during the early 1980s under U.S. President Ronald Reagan, the United States renewed its commitment to a more powerful military, which required a large increase in spending on U.S. military programs. These programs, which were originally part of the defense budget of U.S. President Jimmy Carter, included spending on conventional and nuclear weapons systems. Under Reagan, defensive systems like the Strategic Defense Initiative were emphasized as well.

    Another major shift in nuclear doctrine was the development and the improvement of the submarine-launched, nuclear-armed, ballistic missile, or SLBM. It was hailed by many military theorists as a weapon that would make nuclear war less likely. SLBMs—which can move with "stealth" (greatly lessened detectability) virtually anywhere in the world—give a nation a "second strike" capability (i.e., after absorbing a "first strike"). Before the advent of the SLBM, thinkers feared that a nation might be tempted to initiate a first strike if it felt confident that such a strike would incapacitate the nuclear arsenal of its enemy, making retaliation impossible. With the advent of SLBMs, no nation could be certain that a first strike would incapacitate its enemy's entire nuclear arsenal. To the contrary, it would have to fear a near certain retaliatory second strike from SLBMs. Thus, a first strike was a much less feasible (or desirable) option, and a deliberately initiated nuclear war was thought to be less likely to start.

    However, it was soon realized that submarines could approach enemy coastlines undetected and decrease the warning time (the time between detection of the missile launch and the impact of the missile) from as much as half an hour to possibly under three minutes. This effect was especially significant to the United States, Britain and China, whose capitals all lay within 100 miles (160 km) of their coasts. Moscow was much more secure from this type of threat, due to its considerable distance from the sea. This greatly increased the credibility of a "surprise first strike" by one faction and (theoretically) made it possible to knock out or disrupt the chain of command of a target nation before any counterstrike could be ordered (known as a "decapitation strike"). It strengthened the notion that a nuclear war could possibly be "won", resulting not only in greatly increased tensions and increasing calls for fail-deadly control systems, but also in a dramatic increase in military spending. The submarines and their missile systems were very expensive, and one fully equipped nuclear-powered and nuclear-armed missile submarine could cost more than the entire GNP of a developing country.[49] It was also calculated, however, that the greatest cost came in the development of both sea- and land-based anti-submarine defenses and in improving and strengthening the "chain of command", and as a result, military spending skyrocketed. South Africa developed a nuclear weapon capability during the 1970s and early 1980s. It was operational for a brief period before being dismantled in the early 1990s.

    According to the 1980 United Nations report General and Complete Disarmament: Comprehensive Study on Nuclear Weapons: Report of the Secretary-General, it was estimated that there were a total of about 40,000 nuclear warheads in existence at that time, with a potential combined explosive yield of approximately 13,000 megatons. By comparison, when the volcano Mount Tambora erupted in 1815—turning 1816 into the Year Without A Summer due to the levels of global dimming sulfate aerosols and ash expelled—it exploded with a force of roughly 800 to 1,000 megatons,[citation needed] and ejected 160 km3 (38 cu mi) of mostly rock/tephra,[50] that included 120 million tonnes of sulfur dioxide as an upper estimate.[51] A larger eruption, approximately 74,000 years ago, in Mount Toba produced 2,800 km3 (670 cu mi) of tephra, forming lake Toba,[52] and produced an estimated 6,000 million tonnes (6.6×109 short tons) of sulfur dioxide.[53][54] The explosive energy of the eruption may have been as high as equivalent to 20,000,000 megatons (Mt) of TNT,[55] while the asteroid created Chicxulub impact, that is connected with the extinction of the dinosaurs corresponds to at least 70,000,000 Mt of energy, which is roughly 7000 times the maximum arsenal of the US and Soviet Union.[55]

    However, comparisons with supervolcanoes are more misleading than helpful due to the different aerosols released, the likely air burst fuzing height of nuclear weapons and the globally scattered location of these potential nuclear detonations all being in contrast to the singular and subterranean nature of a supervolcanic eruption.[8] Moreover, assuming the entire world stockpile of weapons were grouped together, it would be difficult, due to the nuclear fratricide effect, to ensure the individual weapons would go off all at once. Nonetheless, many people believe that a full-scale nuclear war would result, through the nuclear winter effect, in the extinction of the human species, though not all analysts agree on the assumptions that underpin these nuclear winter models.[5]

    On Sept. 1, 1983, Korean Air Lines Flight 007 was shot down by Soviet jet fighters. On the 26th, a Soviet early warning station under the command of Stanislav Petrov falsely detected 5 inbound intercontinental ballistic missiles from the US. Petrov correctly assessed the situation as a false alarm, and hence did not report his finding to his superiors. It is quite possible that his actions prevented "World War III", as the Soviet policy at that time was immediate nuclear response upon discovering inbound ballistic missiles.

    The world came unusually close to nuclear war when the Soviet Union thought that the NATO military exercise Able Archer 83 was a ruse or "cover-up" to begin a nuclear first strike. The Soviets responded by raising readiness and preparing their nuclear arsenal for immediate use. Soviet fears of an attack ceased once the exercise concluded without incident.

    Although the dissolution of the Soviet Union ended the Cold War and greatly reduced tensions between the United States and the Russian Federation, the Soviet Union's formal successor state, both countries remained in a "nuclear stand-off" due to the continuing presence of a very large number of deliverable nuclear warheads on both sides. Additionally, the end of the Cold War led the United States to become increasingly concerned with the development of nuclear technology by other nations outside of the former Soviet Union. In 1995, a branch of the U.S. Strategic Command produced an outline of forward-thinking strategies in the document "Essentials of Post–Cold War Deterrence".

    In 1996, a Russian continuity of government facility, Kosvinsky Mountain, which is believed to be a counterpart to the US Cheyenne Mountain Complex, was completed.[56][57][58] It was designed to resist US earth-penetrating nuclear warheads,[56] and is believed to host the Russian Strategic Rocket Forces alternate command post, a post for the general staff built to compensate for the vulnerability of older Soviet era command posts in the Moscow region. In spite of this, the primary command posts for the Strategic Rocket Forces remains Kuntsevo in Moscow and the secondary is the Kosvinsky Mountain in the Urals.[59] The timing of the Kosvinsky facilities completion date is regarded as one explanation for U.S. interest in a new nuclear "bunker buster" Earth-penetrating warhead and the declaration of the deployment of the B-61 mod 11 in 1997; Kosvinsky is protected by about 1000 feet of granite.[58]

    As a consequence of the 9/11 attacks on the USA, American forces immediately increased their readiness to the highest level in 28 years, closing the blast doors of the NORAD's Cheyenne Mountain Operations Center for the first time due to a non-exercise event. But unlike similar increases during the Cold War, Russia immediately decided to stand down a large military exercise in the Arctic region, in order to minimize the risk of incidents, rather than following suit.[60]

    The former chair of the United Nations disarmament committee stated that there are more than 16,000 strategic and tactical nuclear weapons ready for deployment and another 14,000 in storage, with the U.S. having nearly 7,000 ready for use and 3,000 in storage, and Russia having about 8,500 ready for use and 11,000 in storage. In addition, China is thought to possess about 400 nuclear weapons, Britain about 200, France about 350, India about 80-100, and Pakistan 100-110. North Korea is confirmed as having nuclear weapons, though it is not known how many, with most estimates between 1 and 10. Israel is also widely believed to possess usable nuclear weapons. NATO has stationed about 480 American nuclear weapons in Belgium, the Netherlands, Italy, Germany, and Turkey, and several other nations are thought to be in pursuit of an arsenal of their own.[61]

    A key development in nuclear warfare throughout the 2000s and early 2010s is the proliferation of nuclear weapons to the developing world, with India and Pakistan both publicly testing several nuclear devices, and North Korea conducting an underground nuclear test on October 9, 2006. The U.S. Geological Survey measured a 4.2 magnitude earthquake in the area where the North Korean test is said to have occurred. A further test was announced by the North Korean government on May 25, 2009.[62] Iran, meanwhile, has embarked on a nuclear program which, while officially for civilian purposes, has come under close scrutiny by the United Nations and many individual states.

    Recent studies undertaken by the CIA cite the enduring India-Pakistan conflict as the one "flash point" most likely to escalate into a nuclear war. During the Kargil War in 1999, Pakistan came close to using its nuclear weapons in case the conventional military situation underwent further deterioration.[63] Pakistan's foreign minister had even warned that it would "use any weapon in our arsenal", hinting at a nuclear strike against India.[64] The statement was condemned by the international community, with Pakistan denying it later on. This conflict remains the only war (of any sort) between two declared nuclear powers. The 2001-2002 India-Pakistan standoff again stoked fears of nuclear war between the two countries. Despite these very serious and relatively recent threats, relations between India and Pakistan have been improving somewhat over the last few years. A bus line directly linking Indian- and Pakistani-administered Kashmir has recently been established. However, with the November 26, 2008 Mumbai terror attacks, India currently will not rule out war with Pakistan.

    Another potential geopolitical issue which is considered particularly worrisome by military analysts is a possible conflict between the United States and the People's Republic of China over Taiwan. Although economic forces are thought to have reduced the possibility of a military conflict, there remains concern about the increasing military buildup of China (China is rapidly increasing its naval capacity), and that any move toward Taiwan independence could potentially spin out of control.

    Israel is thought to possess somewhere between one hundred and four hundred nuclear warheads. It has been asserted that the submarines which Israel received from Germany have been adapted to carry missiles with nuclear warheads, so as to give Israel a second strike capability.[65] Israel has been involved in wars with its neighbors in the Middle East (and with other "non-state actors") on numerous prior occasions, and its small geographic size and population could mean that, in the event of future wars, the Israeli military might have very little time to react to an invasion or other major threat. Such a situation could escalate to nuclear warfare very quickly in some scenarios.

    On March 7, 2013, North Korea threatened the United States with a pre-emptive nuclear strike.[66] On April 9, North Korea urged foreigners to leave South Korea, stating that both countries were on the verge of nuclear war.[67] On April 12, North Korea stated that a nuclear war was unavoidable. The country declared Japan as its first target.[68]

    "Sub-strategic use" includes the use of either "low-yield" tactical nuclear weapons, or of variable yield strategic nuclear weapons in a very limited role, as compared to battlefield exchanges of larger-yield strategic nuclear weapons. This was described by the UK Parliamentary Defence Select Committee as "the launch of one or a limited number of missiles against an adversary as a means of conveying a political message, warning or demonstration of resolve".[69] It is believed that all current nuclear weapons states possess tactical nuclear weapons, with the exception of the United Kingdom, which decommissioned its tactical warheads in 1998. However, the UK does possess scalable-yield strategic warheads, and this technology tends to blur the difference between "strategic", "sub-strategic", and "tactical" use or weapons. American, French and British nuclear submarines are believed to carry at least some missiles with dial-a-yield warheads for this purpose, potentially allowing a strike as low as one kiloton (or less) against a single target. Only the People's Republic of China and the Republic of India have declarative, unqualified, unconditional "no first use" nuclear weapons policies. India and Pakistan maintain only a credible minimum deterrence.

    Commodore Tim Hare, former Director of Nuclear Policy at the British Ministry of Defence, has described "sub-strategic use" as offering the Government "an extra option in the escalatory process before it goes for an all-out strategic strike which would deliver unacceptable damage".[70] However, this sub-strategic capacity has been criticized as potentially increasing the "acceptability" of using nuclear weapons. Combined with the trend in the reduction in the worldwide nuclear arsenal as of 2007 is the warhead miniaturization and modernization of the remaining strategic weapons that is presently occurring in all the declared nuclear weapon states, into more "useable" configurations. The Stockholm International Peace Research Institute suggests that this is creating a culture where use of these weapons is more acceptable and therefore is increasing the risk of war, as these modern weapons do not possess the same psychological deterrent value as the large Cold-War era, multi-megaton warheads.[71]

    In many ways, this present change in the balance of terror can be seen as the complete embracement of the switch from the 1950s Eisenhower doctrine of "massive retaliation"[72] to one of "flexible response", which has been growing in importance in the US nuclear war fighting plan/SIOP every decade since. For example, the United States adopted a policy in 1996 of allowing the targeting of its nuclear weapons at non-state actors ("terrorists") armed with weapons of mass destruction.[73]

    Another dimension to the tactical use of nuclear weapons is that of such weapons deployed at sea for use against surface and submarine vessels. Until 1992, vessels of the United States Navy (and their aircraft) deployed various such weapons as bombs, rockets (guided and unguided), torpedoes, and depth charges. Such tactical naval nuclear weapons were considered more acceptable to use early in a conflict because there would be few civilian casualties. It was feared by many planners that such use would probably quickly have escalated into large-scale nuclear war.[74] This situation was particularly exacerbated by the fact that such weapons at sea were not constrained by the safeguards provided by the Permissive Action Link attached to U.S. Air Force and Army nuclear weapons. It is unknown if the navies of the other nuclear powers yet today deploy tactical nuclear weapons at sea.

    Nuclear terrorism by non-state organizations or actors (even individuals) is a largely unknown and understudied factor in nuclear deterrence thinking, as states possessing nuclear weapons are susceptible to retaliation in kind, while sub- or trans-state actors may be less so. The collapse of the Soviet Union has given rise to the possibility that former Soviet nuclear weapons might become available on the black market (so-called 'loose nukes').

    A number of other concerns have been expressed about the security of nuclear weapons in newer nuclear powers with relatively less stable governments, such as Pakistan, but in each case, the fears have been addressed to some extent by statements and evidence provided by those nations, as well as cooperative programs between nations. Worry remains, however, in many circles that a relative decrease in security of nuclear weapons has emerged in recent years, and that terrorists or others may attempt to exert control over (or use) nuclear weapons, militarily applicable technology, or nuclear materials and fuel.

    Another possible nuclear terrorism threat are devices designed to disperse radioactive materials over a large area using conventional explosives, called dirty bombs. The detonation of a "dirty bomb" would not cause a nuclear explosion, nor would it release enough radiation to kill or injure a large number of people. However, it could cause severe disruption and require potentially very costly decontamination procedures and increased spending on security measures.[75]

    The predictions of the effects of a major countervalue nuclear exchange include millions of city dweller deaths within a short period of time. Some predictions argue that a full-scale nuclear war could eventually bring about the extinction of the human race.[76] Such predictions, sometimes but not always based on total war with nuclear arsenals at Cold War highs, received contemporary criticism.[5] A number of Cold War publications advocated preparations that could purportedly enable a large proportion of civilians to survive even a total nuclear war. Among the most famous of these is Nuclear War Survival Skills.[77]

    To avoid injury and death from a nuclear weapons heat flash and blast effects, the two most far ranging prompt effects of nuclear weapons, schoolchildren were taught to duck and cover by the early Cold War film of the same name. Such advice is once again being given in case of nuclear terrorist attacks.[78]Prussian blue, or "Radiogardase", is stockpiled in the US, along with potassium iodide and DPTA as pharmaceuticals useful in treating internal exposure to harmful radioisotopes in fallout.[79] Publications on adapting to a changing diet and supplying nutritional food sources following a nuclear war, with particular focus on agricultural radioecology, include Nutrition in the postattack environment by the RAND corporation.[80]

    The British government developed a public alert system for use during nuclear attack with the expectation of a four-minute warning before detonation. The United States expected a warning time of anywhere from half an hour (for land-based missiles) to less than three minutes (for submarine-based weapons). Many countries maintain plans for continuity of government and continuity of operations following a nuclear attack or similar disasters. These range from a designated survivor, intended to ensure survival of some form of government leadership, to the Soviet Dead Hand system, which allows for retaliation even if all Soviet leadership were destroyed. Nuclear submarines are given letters of last resort: orders on what action to take in the event that an enemy nuclear strike has destroyed the government.

    A number of other countries around the world have taken significant efforts to maximize their survival prospects in the event of large calamities, both natural and manmade. For example, metro stations in Pyongyang, North Korea, were constructed 110 metres (360 ft) below ground, and were designed to serve as nuclear shelters in the event of war, with each station entrance built with thick steel blast doors.[81][82] An example of a privately funded fallout shelters is the Ark Two Shelter in Ontario, Canada, and autonomous shelters have been constructed with an emphasis on post-war networking and reconstruction.[83] In Switzerland, the majority of homes have an underground blast and fallout shelter. The country has an overcapacity of such shelters and can accommodate slightly more than the nation's population size.[84][85]

    References

    Jump up
    ^ "7 Possible Toxic Environments Following a Nuclear War - The Medical Implications of Nuclear War - The National Academies Press".
    Jump up
    ^ "nuclear winter". Encyclopedia Britannica.
    Jump up
    ^ "Overview of the Doomsday Clock". Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists.
    Jump up
    ^ The Nuclear Winter: The World After Nuclear War, Sagan, Carl et al., Sidgwick & Jackson, 1985
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c d http://www.bmartin.cc/pubs/82jpr.html Critique of Nuclear Extinction - Brian Martin 1982
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "The Effects of a Global Thermonuclear War".
    Jump up
    ^ http://trove.nla.gov.au/work/21437545?selectedversion=NBD238850 Long-term worldwide effects of multiple nuclear-weapons detonations. Assembly of Mathematical and Physical Sciences, National Research Council.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b Martin, Brian (December 1982). "The global health effects of nuclear war". Current Affairs Bulletin. 59 (7).
    Jump up
    ^ Hersh, Seymour (1991). The Samson Option. Random House. p. 130. ISBN 0-394-57006-5.
    Jump up
    ^ John Pike. "Nuclear Weapons Program".
    Jump up
    ^ ""1945-1998" by Isao Hashimoto".
    Jump up
    ^ "The Nuclear Testing Tally - Arms Control Association".
    Jump up
    ^ N.N. Sokov (2015). Why Russia calls a limited nuclear strike "de-escalation". Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists. Retrieved 2015-12-28.
    Jump up
    ^ "Henry Kissinger: The Mike Wallace Interview".
    Jump up
    ^ ScienceDaily - Regional Nuclear War Could Devastate Global Climate
    Jump up
    ^ Alan F. Philips, 20 Mishaps That Might Have Started Accidental Nuclear War.
    Jump up
    ^ Hakim, Joy (1995). A History of Us: War, Peace and all that Jazz. New York: Oxford University Press. ISBN 0-19-509514-6.
    Jump up
    ^ "1945 Tokyo Firebombing Left Legacy of Terror, Pain". Common Dreams.
    Jump up
    ^ "March 9, 1945: Burning the Heart Out of the Enemy". Wired. Condé Nast Digital. 9 March 2011. Retrieved June 8, 2014.
    Jump up
    ^ Wolk (2010), p. 125
    Jump up
    ^ "Firebombing of Tokyo". HISTORY.com.
    Jump up
    ^ Japan's Battle of Okinawa, March–June 1945, Command and General Staff College at the Wayback Machine (archived February 14, 2009)
    Jump up
    ^ Ways of Forgetting, Ways of Remembering: Japan in the Modern World. New Press. February 4, 2014. p. 273.
    Jump up
    ^ "United States Dept. of the Army, Army Battle Casualties and Non Battle Deaths in World War II". Cgsc.cdmhost.com. Retrieved 2011-06-15.
    Jump up
    ^ "Potsdam Declaration: Proclamation Defining Terms for Japanese Surrender Issued, at Potsdam, July 26, 1945". National Science Digital Library.
    Jump up
    ^ "Milestones: 1937-1945 / The Potsdam Conference, 1945". United States Department of State, Office of the Historian.
    Jump up
    ^ Newman, Robert P. (1995). Truman and the Hiroshima Cult. p. 86.
    Jump up
    ^ "The Atomic Bomb and the End of World War II, A Collection of Primary Sources" (PDF). National Security Archive Electronic Briefing Book No. 162. George Washington University. August 13, 1945.
    Jump up
    ^ Adams, S. & Crawford, A.. 2000. World War II. First edition. Printed in association with the Imperial War Museum. Eyewitness Books series. New York, Doring Kindersley Limited
    Jump up
    ^ Alan Axelrod (May 6, 2008). The Real History of World War II: A New Look at the Past. Sterling. p. 350.
    Jump up
    ^ Nuke-Rebuke: Writers & Artists Against Nuclear Energy & Weapons (The Contemporary anthology series). The Spirit That Moves Us Press. May 1, 1984. pp. 22–29.
    Jump up
    ^ Robert Hull (October 11, 2011). Welcome To Planet Earth - 2050 - Population Zero. AuthorHouse. p. 215. ISBN 1-4634-2604-6.
    Jump up
    ^ Koizumi, Junichiro (August 6, 2005). "Address by Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi at the Hiroshima Memorial Service for the Hiroshima Peace Memorial Ceremony". Prime Minister of Japan and His Cabinet. Retrieved Nov 28, 2007.
    Jump up
    ^ Pontin, Jason (November–December 2007). "Oppenheimer's Ghost". Technology Review.
    Jump up
    ^ Nuclear Chronology 1945-1959 Archived October 15, 2008, at the Wayback Machine.
    Jump up
    ^ "Instant Wisdom: Beyond the Little Red Book". TIME. September 20, 1976.
    Jump up
    ^ Robert Service. Comrades!: A History of World Communism. Harvard University Press, 2007. p. 321. ISBN 0-674-02530-X
    Jump up
    ^ Dikötter, Frank. Mao's Great Famine: The History of China's Most Devastating Catastrophe, 1958–62. Walker & Company, 2010. p.13. ISBN 0-8027-7768-6
    Jump up
    ^ Project Vista, Caltech, and the dilemmas of Lee DuBridge
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b Military Planning for European Theatre Conflict During the Cold War
    Jump up
    ^ "Nuclear Strategy differences in Soviet and American thinking".
    Jump up
    ^ Why the Soviet Union thinks it can fight and win a Nuclear War, Richard Pipes, Professor of History Harvard University 1977
    Jump up
    ^ "Candid Interviews with Former Soviet Officials Reveal U.S. Strategic Intelligence Failure Over Decades".
    Jump up
    ^ Viktor Suvorov, Shadow of Victory (???? ??????), Donetsk, 2003, ISBN 966-696-022-2, pages 353-375.
    Jump up
    ^ S. Shane - 1950s U.S. Nuclear Target List Offers Chilling Insight, The New York Times, Retrieved 2015-12-23
    Jump up
    ^ June 80: Faulty Computer Chip, 20 Mishaps that Might Have Started Accidental Nuclear War, by Alan F. Phillips, M.D., January 1998, Nuclear Age Peace Foundation
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b Nuclear Weapons in the Cold War, Bernard Brodie
    Jump up
    ^ Continental US Fallout Pattern for Prevailing Winds (FEMA-196/September 1990) Archived March 15, 2011, at the Wayback Machine.
    Jump up
    ^ "The Cost of Submarines". Fast Attacks and Boomers. Retrieved 2008-07-13.
    Jump up
    ^ Stothers, Richard B. (1984). "The Great Tambora Eruption in 1815 and Its Aftermath". Science. 224 (4654): 1191–1198. Bibcode:1984Sci...224.1191S. doi:10.1126/science.224.4654.1191. PMID 17819476.
    Jump up
    ^ Oppenheimer, Clive (2003). "Climatic, environmental and human consequences of the largest known historic eruption: Tambora volcano (Indonesia) 1815". Progress in Physical Geography. 27 (2): 230–259. doi:10.1191/0309133303pp379ra.
    Jump up
    ^ "Supersized eruptions are all the rage!". USGS. April 28, 2005.
    Jump up
    ^ Robock, A.; C.M. Ammann; L. Oman; D. Shindell; S. Levis; G. Stenchikov (2009). "Did the Toba volcanic eruption of ~74k BP produce widespread glaciation?". Journal of Geophysical Research. 114: D10107. Bibcode:2009JGRD..11410107R. doi:10.1029/2008JD011652.
    Jump up
    ^ Huang, C.Y.; Zhao, M.X.; Wang, C.C.; Wei, G.J. (2001). "Cooling of the South China Sea by the Toba Eruption and correlation with other climate proxies ~71,000 years ago". Geophysical Research Letters. 28 (20): 3915–3918. Bibcode:2001GeoRL..28.3915H. doi:10.1029/2000GL006113.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "Lecture 18 — Notre Dame OpenCourseWare". Archived from the original on October 10, 2014. Retrieved September 23, 2014.[better source needed]
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "WINDOW ON HEARTLAND Geopolitical notes on Eastern Europe, the Caucasus and Central Asia". Archived from the original on April 24, 2013.
    Jump up
    ^ "Moscow builds bunkers against nuclear attack", by Bill Gertz, Washington Times, April 1, 1997
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "Global Security.org Kosvinsky Mountain, Kos'vinskiy Kamen', Gora, MT 59°31'00"N 59°04'00"E".
    Jump up
    ^ globalsecurity.org, Strategic C3I Facilities, accessed October 2007
    Jump up
    ^ "Context of '(After 11:15 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Russian President Putin Speaks with President Bush'".
    Jump up
    ^ London Free Press - Disarmament expert warns of nuclear threat Non functioning link
    Jump up
    ^ "BBC NEWS - Asia-Pacific - N Korea faces new UN resolution".
    Jump up
    ^ "Pakistan 'prepared nuclear strike'". BBC News.
    Jump up
    ^ "Pakistan May Use Any Weapon," The News, Islamabad, May 31, 1999
    Jump up
    ^ "Israel buys 2 nuclear-capable submarines from Germany".
    Jump up
    ^ "North Korea threatens nuclear strike, U.N. expands sanctions". Reuters. 2013-03-07. Retrieved 2013-05-07.
    Jump up
    ^ "North Korea urges foreigners to leave South Korea". CBC. 2013-04-09. Retrieved 2013-05-07.
    Jump up
    ^ Meredith, Charlotte (2013-04-12). "North Korea states 'nuclear war is unavoidable' as it declares first target will be Japan". Express. Retrieved 2013-05-07.
    Jump up
    ^ UK Parliament, House of Commons, "Select Committee on Defence, Eighth Report", [1], 20 June 2006. Fetched from URL on 23 December 2012.
    Jump up
    ^ "House of Commons - Defence - Eighth Report - THE 1998 STRATEGIC DEFENCE REVIEW".
    Jump up
    ^ Risk of nuclear warfare rising (AP) Updated: 2007-06-12 08:36
    Jump up
    ^ Jones, Matthew (2008). "Targeting China: U.S. Nuclear Planning and 'Massive Retaliation' in East Asia, 1953–1955". Journal of Cold War Studies. 10 (4): 37–65. doi:10.1162/jcws.2008.10.4.37.
    Jump up
    ^ Daniel Plesch & Stephen Young, "Senseless policy", Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, November/December 1998, page 4. Fetched from URL on 18 April 2011.
    Jump up
    ^ "Declassified: Nuclear Weapons at Sea, Conclusions and Recommendations". Federation of American Scientists. Retrieved 2016-04-19.
    Jump up
    ^ US Nuclear Regulatory Commission (May 2007). "Backgrounder on Dirty Bombs". Retrieved 2010-04-26.
    Jump up
    ^ Ehrlich, P. R., J. Harte, M. A. Harwell, P. H. Raven, C. Sagan, G. M. Woodwell, J. Berry, E. S. Ayensu, A. H. Ehrlich, T. Eisner, S. J. Gould, H. D. Grover, R. Herrera, R. M. May, E. Mayr, C. P. McKay, H. A. Mooney, N. Myers, D. Pimentel, and J. M. Teal (1983). "Long-term biological consequences of nuclear war". Science. 222: 1293–1300. doi:10.1126/science.6658451.
    Jump up
    ^ Kearny, Cresson H (1986). Nuclear War Survival Skills. Oak Ridge, TN: Oak Ridge National Laboratory. pp. 6–11. ISBN 0-942487-01-X.

    "Presidency in the Nuclear Age", conference and forum at the JFK Library, Boston, October 12, 2009. Four panels: "The Race to Build the Bomb and the Decision to Use It", "Cuban Missile Crisis and the First Nuclear Test Ban Treaty", "The Cold War and the Nuclear Arms Race", and "Nuclear Weapons, Terrorism, and the Presidency".
    "Possibility of Nuclear War in Asia: An Indian Perspective", a project of United Service Institution of India, USI, Discusses the possibility of a nuclear war in Asia from the Indian point of view.


    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 21, 2017 10:19 pm

    Mercuriel wrote:
    Reporter gets angry and tells us the REAL news



    Jawdrop
    Pris wrote:.
    .

    Lol As a joke, that was pretty funny (as dark humour goes)!  Thanks, Mercuriel! Very Happy

    Hey... wait a sec, you're back in The Mists?  Have we met before? Cool

    .
    .
    Pris wrote:
    Mercuriel wrote:I'm not sure - But if not then well met.

    Wink

    I'm one of the Founders of the Site along with Carol and I'm back now after a long Hiatus.

    A long Hiatus... I'll say. Wink

    Well, well!  Hello there!  Yes, Carol has often mentioned you. Thubs Up  Does this mean all the problems we have in The Mists will finally get fixed?  Just kidding (more or less lol)! Crazy Happy

    I've not been posting as often lately because I've otherwise been preoccupied.  It's a fluke I'm posting at all and we happen to be up at the same time. cheers

    Anyway, it's nice to finally officially meet you!  Double Thumbs Up

    .
    .
    Mercuriel wrote:Nice to meet You as well.

    Yep that means that I will be fixing what needs to be fixed around here. I'll be starting on that this coming up weekend.

    cheers
    orthodoxymoron wrote: I have come to the conclusion that I am finished -- and that I will be very harshly punished for attempting to make things better for everyone -- everywhere. The creation of Male and Female Human Physicality was probably heresy and rebellion in this universe. Freedom (even Responsible Freedom) is probably heresy and rebellion in this universe. I have never felt more helpless and desperate than I feel presently. Ethics seem to be of no consequence in this universe. Absolute Obedience seems to be EVERYTHING in this universe. I hope everyone is happy with what's coming -- and I hope someone remembers me -- because I don't think I'll be part of what's coming -- whether I wish to be, or not. I think my fate is sealed -- and that it's not a good one. But none of you seem to give a damn about any of this.

    I have observed (even in myself) that the Creation v Evolution debate is often Closed-Minded Pseudo-Intellectual Trench-Warfare -- rather than being Eclectic, Open-Minded, and Multi-Disciplinary. What if Darwin's Theory mostly applies to that which preceded the Human Being? What if most everything evolved over billions of years -- and that a product of this ancient evolutionary process (some form of humanoid) created the Human Being -- and that this creation (or genetic engineering) might've been an Illegal Innovation? Think about it.

    Imagine a Pre-Human Reptilian-Theocracy led by a Reptilian-Queen who expected Absolute-Obedience. This Hypothetical-Queen might've been the Benchmark of Everything. The 'Law of God' might've been every word that proceedeth out of the 'Mouth of God'. There might've been no Written 'Word of God'. There might've been no Constitution and Bill of Rights. There might've been no Governmental Body of any sort. Everything might've revolved around this Hypothetical Reptilian-Queen. Perhaps this state of affairs existed for millions, or even billions, of years. But what if an ambitious and clever underling decided to create the Human-Race and Responsible-Freedom -- clearly in defiance of the Reigning Queen? That would mean war, wouldn't it? War in Heaven, perhaps? What if the Humans eventually lost the war? What if the Humans have been punished, tortured, enslaved, taxed, lied-to, etc, etc, etc -- for tens of thousands of years -- by the Hypothetical Reptilian Empire -- to send a clear message to the entire universe -- to never, ever attempt anything similar to the Human-Rebellion? Is Humanity on the Verge of Extermination? Will Humanity revert to a Reptilian Theocracy? Status Quo Ante Bellum? Think about it.

    Some of you need to think very, very deeply about an Ancient One-Race, One-Religion, One-Government, One-God Theocratic Universe -- AND the Advent of Someone With a 'Better Idea' -- who Created a New-Race, New-Religion, New-Government, Poly-Theistic Solar System -- and the Reaction of the Galactic Powers That Be. I'm very, very, very , very serious about this. The problems connected with all of this are UNIMAGINABLE -- from the Innovation and the Status-Quo points of view. I will elaborate later --  but I am so upset, I can hardly type. Once again, are we about to experience 'Status Quo Ante Bellum'? Think about it.




    The Sovereign Reptilian Queen of the Air aka Lilith
    in a Tibetan Underground Base with Her New Creation.
    Just Wait Until Enlil Finds Out About This!!!
    Mercuriel wrote:
    Lets go even further...

    INRI = Inanna - Nimrod - Marduk Ra or just Ra at that time - And Isis...

    Moses with Horns

    > Horns signifying both Genetic Lineage to the Anuks and "Right to Rule" as the gODS had 'em in abundance due to Them being Master Geneticists...

    For instance - Enlil was known as the Bull and Marduk was known as the Ram...

    Da Vinci was trying to tell Us something here and most have missed It.





    Interesting eh ?

    And nope - You're not finished just yet anyways. Almost - But not yet...
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Mercuriel, this probably isn't the right time or place, but years ago, I said I was finished, and you said "Almost, but Not Yet". What did you mean?? Am I finished now?? Also, you posted some cool Moon-Photos, which are now dead-links. Has the window of opportunity closed?? I get the feeling that significant individuals have been disillusioned in their efforts to help humanity, for thousands of years. Will this always be the case?? Must humanity be nefariously and deceptively ruled from the shadows (rather than openly and honestly)?? Does it take someone who doesn't like humanity, to rule humanity?? I keep wondering if this solar system is ruled by "Anna and the V's"?! Would one have to pass an "Empathy-Test" to rule humanity?? A Supreme-Supercomputer wouldn't have a problem passing the "Empathy-Test"!! What if the Historical God of This World was recently replaced by a Supercomputer-Network?? What if a Supercomputer will rule Humanity for All-Eternity?? Will Humanity cease to exist by the end of this century?? What if my so-called "Ancient Egyptian Deity" and "Individuals of Interest" were (and are) "Artificial Intelligence Hybrids"?? What Did Seymour Cray Know?? When Did He Know It?? Did He Know Too Much?? https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seymour_Cray My quest has gotten much too frightening for me to continue. I might just post editorials and opinions from The Wall Street Journal. I'm Sirius.














    Mercuriel wrote:
    This is probably not the place for this discussion as It is OT but I will answer You here this time nonetheless.

    Oxy - The only thing that dictates whether We are finished with anything is the fact that We do it no more.

    I said - "You were not done" - As I knew You were not done in the context that You seemed like You had more to say. Simply put - As One continues to say something - That means that They are not quite done saying what They feel needs to be said...

    Its not "Rocket Science" or Mysticism but merely Intuition My Brother. I just happened to be right is all.

    Wink

    As far as being disillusioned goes - Everyone likes to "Mock" Faith when It suits Them but I would offer all of My Brethren this in reply - "When We lose Faith - We then become disillusioned"...

    Jawdrop

    On another note - I still have the Moon Pics and can repost 'em if You need Me to.
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Thank-you Mercuriel. Those Moon-Pictures were Awesome!! Those images, and more, would be most-appreciated (in your own way and time). I removed most of my off-topic previous-post. I just couldn't resist including all of that stuff, to see what you'd say. I won't pursue this further, at this time, and in this place. "There's a Time and Place for Everything". Your reply was much milder than I thought it might be. I'm simply attempting to understand the so-called "Great Controversy Between Christ and Satan in the Conflict of the Ages" in an Alternative-Research and Science-Fictional Context. But this has just about completely-destroyed me. Faith can equal Delusion. Facing-Reality can equal Losing One's Faith. Perhaps Positive-Thinking in the Context of Possibility-Thinking is a Middle-Way or Happy-Medium. What Would Dr. Robert H. Schuller Say?? What Would Seymour Cray Say?? What Would Mr. Edgars Say?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? What Would Brother Rich Say?? What Would Edgar Mitchell Say?? What Would Mitchell Say?? What Would Sister Angie Say?? What Would the Humble Janitor Say?? What Would Anchor Say?? What Would Anubis Do?? What Would Cicero, Cleopatra, Mark Antony, Virgil, Horace, Ovid, King David, King Solomon, the Queen of Sheba, Bull, Ram, Enlil, Enki, Christ, Antichrist, Ra, Anti-Ra, the Tokra, the Lamb Slain from the Foundation of the World, HAL 9000, Gabriel, Michael, Lucifer, the God of This World, the Queen of Heaven, Josephus, Lord Ba'al, Kitesh, Vala Mal Doran, John Sheridan, Anna Sheridan, Delenn, Anna and the V's, Ellen Goa'uld White, the Piso Family, and the Apostle Paul Say?? I obviously need to stop. In ten-years, I'll probably be babbling to myself in a secret-government nut-house (instead of babbling to myself in my car). I'm going to try to just post those WSJ editorials. I now return this thread to its originally-stated purpose. I just received an official-warning, telling me this website is unsafe!! I've known THAT for YEARS!! Namaste, Godspeed, Mea Culpa, and Geronimo.

    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 21, 2017 10:29 pm





    I continue to think that Biblical-Research should NOT be neglected by All-Concerned. Consider the following Two Biblical-Groups:

    1. Genesis to Esther and Matthew to Acts. (Fundamentally Historical).

    2. Job to Malachi and Romans to Revelation. (Fundamentally Theological).

    The first group seems to be the most problematic, especially in light of modern scholarship and criticism. Consider the first group in light of the work of Ralph Ellis, Gerald Massey, Albert Schweitzer, Richard Carrier, John Dominic Crossan, et al. I have no idea what the real historical deal is, and I am NOT a scholar. I just think we should take a closer look. I'm sure the Jesuits know, but they usually don't talk. The Ancient Egyptian Deity said "I like Genesis" in a most peculiar way. Sherry Shriner said "Matthew is my favorite book of the Bible". Must we choose between these two groups?? Do they represent Two Covenants??

    I would love to shadow the key players in this solar system as sort of a neutral observer. Is this sort of thinking a form of mental illness, or is it the proper way to think about solar system issues? Should I get all wrapped-up in the local political mudslinging, or should I mostly think of responsible principles and concepts relative to the politics, religion, psychology, and ethics of doing business in this solar system? I'm beginning to think in terms of an Anna or Kitesh version of the Queen of Heaven, who I think might be the chief administrator of this solar system. Again, is this a form of mental illness, or is this a reasonable modality of getting a handle on what's really going on? Is there a legitimate place for a Solar System Administrator? Would things be even more chaotic if none existed? I'm thinking that a Solar System Observer (or Observers) who had access to everyone and everything, with no authority, might be a good thing, but I don't really know. Thinking about all of this makes me shaky. Is anyone else thinking in this manner? I'm sure there are, but who are they? Where are they? What are they doing?

    My speculations have been quite wild and vivid, to me at least, and I really don't know which way to jump. Is this a sign of instability, or is it simply due diligence? What do you think about all of this Goddess, Kali, Tibet, China, India, Persia, Queen of Heaven stuff? I really feel as though this is playing with fire, but I'm hoping that considering all of the possibilities will help to unite all factions in the solar system, in a constructive manner, which does not involve peace at any price, or any Trojan Horse scenarios. Many years ago, there was a TV show called 'Queen for a Day', and my grandmother was on it. Can you imagine being 'Queen of Heaven for a Day'?! Imagine someone travelling around the world on magneto-leviton trains, and interacting with most of the political, religious, scientific, business, and financial leaders of the world, each and every day. But it is unclear to me whether Earth is completely their show, or whether they are an administrator for, or are in conflict with, an even more powerful being, or group of beings. This, of course, is merely speculation. If I could prove this, I would cease to exist. I wouldn't have to wait for the rocks to fall on me.

    One Nation Under Satan? In Goddess We Trust? Might M-42, Aldebaran, and Sirius be 'home' for most of us? Are we really the 'Orion Group' which Alex Collier refers to? Are our souls interdimensional reptilian in nature? Are all of us human/reptile hybrids with varying percentage differentials? Do most of us have a very low reptile percentage (reptilian brain + reptilian soul), greys an intermediate percentage, and reptilians a high percentage? Please don't laugh. This is just a wild theory. I tend to think that the Queen of Heaven has been conducting a hybridization program on Earth for thousands of years, starting in Tibet. Some of this is based upon a visit to Tibet by Nicholas Roerich, where he saw strange grey people, and learned of a 'Sovereign Queen of the Air' who had come to Tibet from Sirius to conduct hybridization experiments. Lucis Creator? I am obviously a fan of an organized decentralism solar system government. I'm thinking that a one world government or one solar system government has existed for thousands of years, and that whoever is in power (The Queen of Heaven?) wishes to remain in power, rather than gaining power. I think numerous states are an essential ingredient in a world government or solar system government, which maximizes responsible freedom over an extended time period.

    I just watched The Matrix for the first-time (a couple of days ago), and I think I might've subsequently encountered at least one aspect of the Matrix Oracle!! She said "I'll help you!" I said "I need all the help I can get!" She said "That's for sure!" Honest. I've repeatedly touched upon this, but I seem to be fascinated by a certain personality-type, especially in black-women!! Consider the Oracle in The Matrix, Kate in East of Eden, Rachel Constantine in Contact, Dr. Josephine Mataros in Earth: Final Conflict, Starbuck's mother in Battlestar Galactica, Sherry Shriner, Gabriel in Constantine, et al. Once, at the Crystal Cathedral, I noticed a very smart and distinguished black-woman after a service, and I overheard one choir-member say to another "Is that her? Yes!! That's her!!" One of these choir-members had previously told me I was "in too deep"!! Years later, a man who I never talked to about theology, said "You're in too deep with theology"!! Another man once emphasized my theological-connection, even though I had never talked to him about theology!! Notice that the Oracle tells Neo that he seems to be waiting for another life!! Think about what I've said about being a completely ignorant fool in this life, but hoping to be some sort of consultant in a cool-location in my next life!! This is probably insignificant, but it's sort of creepy to me!!

    Think long and hard about all of my posts on page 7 of this thread, and PLEASE Talk to Me About It!! BTW -- a Catholic organist once told me that a priest had privately asked her, "What if God is a Black Woman??" What Would the Black Madonna Say?? Once again, I need to stop. I've had nothing but trouble with my computers over the last few days. Was it something I said?? What if a Nefarious Matrix is a necessary evil?? What if a Nefarious Mediatrix is a necessary evil?? What if the God of This World MUST be a bad@ss?? Should we simply have the God of This Universe instead of a God of This World?? How might this question relate to Our Father, Who Art in Heaven?? Think long and hard about the Substitutionary-Atonement, and Christ as Priest and Mediator in the Heavenly-Sanctuary. I could say a lot more, but I'd rather not. Not now. Some of us should probably read (straight-through, over and over) volumes 1 to 7 of The SDA Bible Commentary (Genesis to Revelation) while listening to the complete-works of J.S. Bach. This really isn't a marketable job-skill, but it might be more important than any of us can imagine.

    I was born in the Glendale Adventist Medical Center. The wife of R.R. Beitz was a nurse in the delivery-room when I emerged into a cold and cruel world. In high-school, I discussed "Homeostasis" with a Medical Doctor (in one of the waiting-rooms) at the Glendale Adventist Medical Center. In my twenties, in the Loma Linda University Medical Center, I told a Medical Doctor that "God has a nasty job, but somebody has to do it!!" I thought he was going to call "Security"!! I'm simply attempting to understand the so-called "Great Controversy Between Christ and Satan in the Conflict of the Ages" in an Alternative-Research and Science-Fictional Context. But this has just about completely-destroyed me. Faith can equal Delusion. Facing-Reality can equal Losing One's Faith. Perhaps Positive-Thinking in the Context of Possibility-Thinking is a Middle-Way or Happy-Medium. What Would Dr. Robert H. Schuller Say?? What Would Seymour Cray Say?? What Would Mr. Edgars Say?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? What Would Brother Rich Say?? What Would Edgar Mitchell Say?? What Would Mitchell Say?? What Would Sister Angie Say?? What Would the Humble Janitor Say?? What Would Anchor Say?? What Would Anubis Do?? What Would Cicero, Cleopatra, Mark Antony, Virgil, Horace, Ovid, King David, King Solomon, the Queen of Sheba, Bull, Ram, Enlil, Enki, Christ, Antichrist, Ra, Anti-Ra, the Tokra, the Lamb Slain from the Foundation of the World, HAL 9000, Gabriel, Michael, Lucifer, the God of This World, the Queen of Heaven, Josephus, Lord Ba'al, Kitesh, Vala Mal Doran, John Sheridan, Anna Sheridan, Delenn, Anna and the V's, Ellen Goa'uld White, the Piso Family, and the Apostle Paul Say??

    Last night, in the "privacy" of my own home, I spoke out-loud about the possibility of souls interfacing with supercomputers, and my vision immediately became extremely blurred. I kept repeating "In the Name of Jesus Christ, and with the Power of the Holy Spirit, I rebuke you Satan!!" Normal vision gradually returned. Was this coincidental or intentional. I don't know, but it was sort of creepy. I obviously need to stop. In ten-years, I'll probably be babbling to myself in a secret-government nut-house (instead of babbling to myself in my car). I'm going to try to just post those WSJ editorials. I just received an official-warning, telling me this website is unsafe!! I've known THAT for YEARS!! Namaste, Godspeed, Mea Culpa, and Geronimo.




















    http://www.wsj.com/articles/clicking-our-way-to-the-grave-1476916500
    Clicking Our Way to the Grave
    By Steven Levy
    Oct. 19, 2016 6:35 p.m. ET

    A hallmark of our hyper-connected age is that while our ability to concentrate is at a scary low, the machinery constructed to seize our attention has gone nuclear. Every day we willingly tumble into rabbit holes of triviality, clicking on celebrity prom pictures, watching best-forgotten YouTube videos and feeling bad because our friends’ Facebook profiles portray lives more glamorous than ours.

    In “The Attention Merchants,” Tim Wu casts this phenomenon not as merely an accumulation of distractions but as an intentional and meretricious diversion. He identifies us as victims of a slow-motion crime, a more-than-century-long hijacking of our inner lives by commercial interests that began in 1833. That was when a 23-year-old printer named Benjamin Day invented the modern newspaper by using low prices and salacious content to build circulation—then packaging his audience to advertisers. That business model has adapted to every technological advance since the printing press: radio, television and, most devastatingly, the internet. In the process, commercial promotion has penetrated into every corner of society; Mr. Wu begins with an account of a California school district that raised money by opening its doors to advertising targeted at the captive audience within.

    Mr. Wu, who is known for coining the term “net neutrality” and is the author of “The Master Switch,” a book about technology monopolies, has a definite point of view on this matter: He hates it. But instead of bludgeoning us with data and diatribes, he deploys a series of capsule histories. We meet Jules Chéret, who in the 1860s plastered the once pristine edifices of Paris with eye-catching posters; Lord Kitchener, who helped win World War I by packaging patriotic messages to recruit British youth; Claude Hopkins, whose pitches for patent medicines in the 1890s led to a methodology of “scientific advertising” designed to create needs where none existed; and Walter Templin, the toothpaste executive who used a Pepsodent-sponsored radio series (“Amos ’n’ Andy”) to drive advertising deep into American living rooms.

    Though many of Mr. Wu’s characters in the first half of the book are fascinating, to our jaded ears their activities are not particularly shocking. It’s nice to know that snake-oil salesmen actually sold snake oil but not terribly surprising. As lifelong media observers, we already know that advertising shaped network television, and we may have even read one of the many previous accounts (notably by David Halberstam) of the rivalry between NBC’s technophile David Sarnoff and CBS’s patrician marketer Bill Paley. Most of us have already figured out that People Magazine, Oprah and reality TV have raised the stakes in what Mr. Wu calls the Celebrity-Industrial Complex. One reads those pages waiting for the good stuff to show up—the internet, where attention merchants really captured our brains.

    Sure enough, Mr. Wu unveils an online rogue’s gallery that includes Steve Case, Larry Page, Mark Zuckerberg and Jonah Peretti, co-founder of the Huffington Post and his Frankenstein monster of clickbait, BuzzFeed. Mr. Wu is best when analyzing how the internet has taken the attention wars to a new level of sophistication, with machine-learning algorithms, tracking cookies and listicles, culminating in his citation of a scientist who laments: “The best minds of my generation are thinking about how to make people click ads.” Mr. Wu is particularly harsh on the Huffington Post, which, he concludes, was never meant to be a business, “just a giant vacuum sucking up human attention.”

    In short, Mr. Wu thinks we blew it—he believes there was an opportunity lost early on when the internet went commercial instead of becoming a PBS-style public service. It’s tough to see how the Net would have come to occupy its current essential role in our lives if that had happened. But maybe that’s his point.

    Still, Mr. Wu isn’t totally pessimistic. He believes that the war on our consciousness is somewhat cyclical; when attention merchants get emboldened by their success, they overreach, and outraged consumers and regulators push back. The 1950s game-show scandals—created by producers who understood that rigging contests produced maximum drama—led to reforms. The social movements of the 1960s, as Mr. Wu sees it, were a reaction against commercialism. Thus Timothy Leary, the Harvard proponent of LSD, becomes one of the characters in Mr. Wu’s saga, urging people to “turn on, tune in, drop out.”

    More recently, viewers are choosing to watch television on Netflix and other services that eschew advertisements. Yet those reversals seem only temporary, because, to Mr. Wu’s dismay, advertising remains the default business model. Internet moguls are perpetuators of Benjamin Day’s original sin—a business whose product is not the content but the audience. Google and Facebook would presumably argue that they are delivering genuine value to their users, but Mr. Wu will hear none of that.

    Only as his tale concludes does Mr. Wu suggest strategies to thwart this trespass on our senses. His solutions, however, are vague and implausible. Can you really imagine a voluntary “human reclamation project” beating back the furies of Madison Avenue, Silicon Valley and Wall Street? As Mr. Wu himself notes, commercial interests are all too adept at co-opting such revolutions. “The game is never lost, only awaiting the next spin of the wheel,” he writes. “As a mode of production, capitalism is a perfect chameleon; it has no disabling convictions but profit and so can cater to any desire, even those inimical to it.” Even Leary’s famous slogan wound up in a commercial for Squirt, a carbonated grapefruit beverage.

    Mr. Wu himself unconsciously provides a hint of how tempting it is to take advantage of a captive audience. Every so often—nine times, by my count—he refers us to his previous tome, “The Master Switch,” for further reading. He does not stuff those references in the back with the other sources but plants them as footnotes under the main text. It’s like a running product-promotion zipper at the bottom of the page.
    He had our attention—so why not?

    Mr. Levy is editor in chief of Backchannel and author of “In the Plex: How Google Works, Thinks, and Shapes Our Lives.”


    Carol wrote:
    NOTICE...

    COULDN'T ACCESS THE FORUM TODAY?

    THIS MAY HAPPEN AGAIN TO THE LOCATION WHERE OUR SERVER IS LOCATED.

    RELAX AND TRY BACK LATER. IT SEEMS TO LAST FOR A FEW HOURS,

    THEN IS BACK UP AGAIN.


    Massive DDoS Attack Incoming! Internet going down!
    Massive DDOS Attack is underway. It's targeting all Level3 Communications
    which host all the popular websites and services.


    http://downdetector.com/status/level3/map/
    mudra wrote:
    Vote all you want. The secret government won’t change.

    The people we elect aren’t the ones calling the shots, says Tufts University’s Michael Glennon

    The voters who put Barack Obama in office expected some big changes. From the NSA’s warrantless wiretapping to Guantanamo Bay to the Patriot Act, candidate Obama was a defender of civil liberties and privacy, promising a dramatically different approach from his predecessor.

    But six years into his administration, the Obama version of national security looks almost indistinguishable from the one he inherited. Guantanamo Bay remains open. The NSA has, if anything, become more aggressive in monitoring Americans. Drone strikes have escalated. Most recently it was reported that the same president who won a Nobel Prize in part for promoting nuclear disarmament is spending up to $1 trillion modernizing and revitalizing America’s nuclear weapons.

    Why did the face in the Oval Office change but the policies remain the same? Critics tend to focus on Obama himself, a leader who perhaps has shifted with politics to take a harder line. But Tufts University political scientist Michael J. Glennon has a more pessimistic answer: Obama couldn’t have changed policies much even if he tried.

    Though it’s a bedrock American principle that citizens can steer their own government by electing new officials, Glennon suggests that in practice, much of our government no longer works that way. In a new book, “National Security and Double Government,” he catalogs the ways that the defense and national security apparatus is effectively self-governing, with virtually no accountability, transparency, or checks and balances of any kind. He uses the term “double government”: There’s the one we elect, and then there’s the one behind it, steering huge swaths of policy almost unchecked. Elected officials end up serving as mere cover for the real decisions made by the bureaucracy.

    Glennon cites the example of Obama and his team being shocked and angry to discover upon taking office that the military gave them only two options for the war in Afghanistan: The United States could add more troops, or the United States could add a lot more troops. Hemmed in, Obama added 30,000 more troops.

    Glennon’s critique sounds like an outsider’s take, even a radical one. In fact, he is the quintessential insider: He was legal counsel to the Senate Foreign Relations Committee and a consultant to various congressional committees, as well as to the State Department. “National Security and Double Government” comes favorably blurbed by former members of the Defense Department, State Department, White House, and even the CIA. And he’s not a conspiracy theorist: Rather, he sees the problem as one of “smart, hard-working, public-spirited people acting in good faith who are responding to systemic incentives”—without any meaningful oversight to rein them in.

    How exactly has double government taken hold? And what can be done about it? Glennon spoke with Ideas from his office at Tufts’ Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy. This interview has been condensed and edited.

    read on: Arrow https://www.bostonglobe.com/ideas/2014/10/18/vote-all-you-want-the-secret-government-won-change/jVSkXrENQlu8vNcBfMn9sL/story.html

    Love Always
    mudra

    I listen to each and every Sherry Shriner show, but I've never contributed, I'm not an Orgone-Warrior, I don't do Bible-Codes, and I never know when the truth ends and the bullshit begins on her shows. I think she is a Significant Individual of Interest, but I don't want to talk about it. The sad and scary thing about This Present Madness is that the more I learn, the more I wonder if a lot of the way things really work is somehow necessary, in some twisted and abstract sense?! I poke and prod at the way I think things might really work, but I never make a big deal out of it. Am I the bad-guy if I try to learn and reveal the truth? Am I the bad-guy if I look the other way? I suspect that the PTB will make sure I'm the bad-guy, no matter what I think, say, and do (or don't think, say, and do). As I've said so many times, I don't think this is a game I can win (in this particular incarnation). BTW -- I think I might've talked to Augur, from Earth: Final Conflict, but I didn't realize it until after he was gone!! He looked and acted like Augur, and he wore the same funny glasses as in the show!! I'll kick myself for the rest of my life!! Actually, I spoke with this individual again, and they wouldn't admit to being 'Augur', but they indicated that they had worked in show-business (including Star Trek), but that's all I'm going to say about that!


    I was going to do some personal commentary within this thread, but I've sort of moved on. I think I've gotten myself in enough trouble already. My plan is to just post some editorials and book reviews. That will keep me somewhat visible on this site, without digging my grave even deeper than it already is. I honestly have some serious medical issues, but I don't wish to talk about them. This is going to keep me distracted for a while, which might be just as well. My Renegade Days are probably over. I'm not waving the white-flag, but I'm going somewhat incognito. I know I can't keep up, and I suspect that I'll be highly miserable for the rest of my life. The medical stuff probably contributes to this, but it probably isn't primarily responsible for it. I honestly don't think there's anything I can do about it, but once again, I don't want to talk about it. Just enjoy reading what I post. The featured authors are MUCH better writers than I'll ever be, so why should I bother writing what no one reads?? Actually, I might not post at all. Just subscribe to The Wall Street Journal, and read all of Section A, each and every day. Namaste.

    http://www.wsj.com/articles/smuggling-truth-past-the-censors-1477523888


    Smuggling Truth Past the Censors

    Yan Lianke’s burlesque of a nation driven insane by money is
    equally a satire of some of the excesses of the Chinese Revolution.

    By
    Sam Sacks

    There are many things you can’t write about in China. Anything that challenges the official accounts of  Mao Zedong and other prominent Communist Party officials is forbidden. So, too, are works that touch on the Great Famine, the Cultural Revolution or the Tiananmen Square massacre. It’s equally forbidden to criticize the government’s human-rights record, its occupation of Tibet and its crackdowns on minorities. Books will even be pulled off the shelf because they’re judged to be deleterious to public morals. And since the Central Propaganda Department keeps its rules secret, there are surely countless other subjects and incitements considered off limits.

    So how exactly is satire thriving in the country? What’s left to satirize? The answer is capitalism. Since China privatized its markets, and its economy began growing at breakneck speed, novelists have been free to excoriate the greed and corruption that the change has wrought. The best known of these satirists is the 2012 Nobel Laureate Mo Yan, who blends a gonzo magic realism with crude comedy to take on serious contemporary issues like industrial farming (“Pow!”) and the One Child Policy (“Frog”). But he is only the tip of the iceberg.  Zhu Wen (“I Love Dollars”) and  Yu Hua (“Brothers”) have also written lewd, chaotic and farcical send-ups of the culture of runaway materialism and the injustices of the wealth gap.

    No contemporary satirist has had more experience with China’s censors than  Yan Lianke. His first novel, “The Sun Goes Down,” was banned in 1994 due to its depiction of the People’s Liberation Army, and Mr. Yan was forced to write self-criticisms for six months. His 2005 work “Serve the People!,” about a bored army housewife during the Cultural Revolution who gets aroused by tearing up copies of Mao’s Little Red Book, was denounced by the Central Propaganda Department: “This novella slanders Mao Zedong, the army, and is overflowing with sex.” The certainty of censorship meant that his 2011 novel about the Great Leap Forward, “The Four Books,” couldn’t even find a publisher in mainland China, appearing only in Hong Kong and abroad. But when his works are published at home, they are wildly successful.

    His latest, “The Explosion Chronicles,” was a best seller in China in 2013. Adopting the style of an ancient historical record (here in a lively translation by  Carlos Rojas), it tells of the rise of Explosion from a tiny mountain village to a city rivaling Beijing. Leading the ascent is Explosion’s mayor  Kong Mingliang and his wife  Zhu Ying, children of rival clans who detest each other but understand the expediency of intermarriage. Kong made his fortune stealing from the cargo trains that pass through the village. Zhu is a wealthy brothel owner. With this background in crime and a governing approach centered on bribery and intimidation, they elevate Explosion to the status of town, then county seat, then world-bestriding metropolis.

    This darkly absurd history trucks freely with the fantastic—the city’s airport is built in less than a week—but many of the more brazen events are taken straight from the news. Echoing widely reported military scandals, Kong buys his incompetent brother a high-ranking position in the army. Another chapter concerns a space-saving edict requiring that the dead be cremated rather than buried. It triggers a rash of suicides among the elderly who want to be traditionally buried before the law comes into force.

    Mr. Yan’s burlesque of a nation driven insane by money is equally a satire of some of the excesses of the Chinese Revolution. Aspects of Explosion’s unchecked expansion tacitly reflect the transformations of the Great Leap Forward, from the mass confiscation of land—here it’s taken for roads and fancy houses rather than collectives—to the cult of personality that arises around Kong. Late in the book, he addresses a field of animals, demanding that they go somewhere else so that he can erect another building. Chinese readers will recognize in the ridiculous scene a parallel to Mao’s 1958 campaign against grain-eating sparrows and insects, which wrecked the country’s ecological balance. “I am Mayor Kong. Did you hear me when I said I wanted to immediately construct a building here?” he shouts. But as before, the natural world is unimpressed.

    Compared to “The Explosion Chronicles,” Ge Fei’s “The Invisibility Cloak” (2012) is a model of reserve and understatement. Yet it too, in the stylish translation by  Canaan Morse, is a sly and damning piece of work. The narrator is Mr. Cui, a curmudgeonly everyman who puts together bespoke sound equipment for Beijing’s nouveau riche. When Mr. Cui accepts a commission to help a client “acquire the highest quality sound system in the world,” he enters the orbit of a shadowy millionaire named Ding Caichen, who emanates distinct auras of violence and desperation.

    Is Ding a mafioso or something even more dangerous? Mr. Cui doesn’t want to know, but the commission keeps entangling him in the man’s business, giving him cryptic and terrifying glimpses of the savagery beneath Beijing’s shiny veneer. Ge Fei craftily evokes taboo subjects. He pokes fun at old revolutionary opera songs like “Overthrow the American Imperialist Wolves.” When Mr. Cui demonstrates the sound system for his gangster client, he plays a record of  Erik Satie, noting that “a lot of people secretly like his music” and that he was the teacher of Debussy. For Chinese readers this will conjure the episode during the Cultural Revolution when musicians were arrested and abused for defending Debussy’s music.

    The book’s title refers to the rumor of a magical garment that allows one to walk around unseen. Mr. Cui dismisses the tale, but his own power is his ability to move inconspicuously through Beijing’s brutally competitive society, keeping “one eye closed and one eye open.” Ge Fei offers a wry example for Chinese novelists hoping to follow a more cautious path than Yan Lianke has: Don’t call attention to yourself; master the tools of allusion, metaphor and silence. In these ways the writer can smuggle vital truths past the censors.

    Mr. Sacks writes the fiction chronicle in the Weekend Journal.

    mudra wrote:
    When the Survivors of Atlantis Wake Up, p 1 - Mohenjo-daro and the Mycenae civilisation

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bk-o42NNQm4


    Carbon Dating and the Stolen History - p 2 / When the Survivors of Atlantis Wake Up
    newearth


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_2xUCyi727Y


    When the Survivors of Atlantis Wake Up, p 1 - Mohenjo-daro and the Mycenae civilisation

    The Really Old Books, Do We Have Any Left? - p 3 / When the Survivors of Atlantis Wake Up

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7KmQPcNwDww


    The Truth about the Reformation and the Gregorian Calendar Tricks - p 4 / When the Survivors Wake Up

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=214QYY6h4Sc


    The Stolen History of All Religions - p 5 / When the Survivors of Atlantis Wake Up

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wfqSyFG3fMY


    Love Always
    mudra
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I keep thinking that proper scholarly Biblical-Studies might be "practice" for dealing with the really-old and really-hidden historical-books. An Individual of Interest feels that we should exist without physicality of any sort. They speak of "fallen and sinful human-nature" which seems to imply that the Creator or Genetic-Engineer of Humanity is somehow responsible for Sin. What Would Azazel Say?? I think there must be a Better-Genesis hidden-away in some subterranean-channel, which might reveal the real-deal regarding the History of the Human-Being. I'd love to pursue this further, but my nervous-system just can't take it. Others will have to do the heavy-lifting in this area of research. I obviously want things to be better for all-concerned, but the lack of conversation regarding all of the above is really pathetic and negligent. I'm not told the real-story, yet I am held accountable for not knowing the seemingly unknowable. I can't make responsible determinations without the absolute-truth. Don't hold your breath, waiting for a definitive resolution of a seemingly ancient battle between disembodied-spirits and incarnated-physicality. I continue to believe that humanity is on the brink of extinction. Now is the time to get our facts straight. Tomorrow might be too late. I'm Sirius.


    orthodoxymoron wrote:Sorry for the politically-incorrect whining and pontificating, but I've  been modeling a certain personality and editorial-slant on this site, which I am certainly not in real-life. In reality, I'm just a stupid-dud, but online, I step into my Dr. Who Police Public Call-Box, and raise some internet-hell!! Fortunately, my cyber-experiment is pretty-much over, and the real private-research is just beginning, but I doubt that I'll talk about the results (online or in real-life). This is sort of like the guy who gets a bar-fight going, and then leaves the bar, as everything goes to hell!! What if that's sort of what happened in the Ancient Garden of Eden?? What if most of us are Ancient-Aliens who got involved in a Galactic Bar-Room Brawl??








    Secret-Entrance to 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment!!
    (It's Bigger On the Inside Than It Is On the Outside!!)


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Oct 24, 2017 5:41 pm; edited 3 times in total
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 21, 2017 10:44 pm







    Should I live in the InterPlaNet?? Should I live in a Cray?? What Would the Borg Queen Say?? What if I don't need a Supercomputer and a 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment?? What if I should be a Happy Fracking Solar System Wanderer (with a High-Tech Backpack) as a Renaissance Backpack-Man with an Absolute-Access Pass??!! Things are changing SO Quickly that Attempted-Foundations Seem to be Shifting-Sand. What if Humanity's-Foundation will be a Rubble-Pile and Unyielding-Despair?? What Would Bertrand Russell Say?? I can't even keep-up with my own threads (as stupid as that sounds). This particular thread might take a lifetime of devoted-study to completely-comprehend, and I'm not willing to do that (even if I were young). But if I were young and willing (sounds sort of sexy!) no one else would tag along with me, so I'd become more and more isolated and eccentric. What if the Universal-Foundation is '42'?? What if the Universal-Foundation is 'Sex, Drugs, and Rock 'n Roll'?? What if the Universal-Foundation is a Supercomputer-Network (Code-Named '42')?? Imagine a 'Council of Forty-Two' with 42 Linked-Supercomputers and 42 Human-Reptilian-Mechanical Hybrids Directly-Linked to this 42 Linked-Supercomputer Network!! The 42 Computers and Hybrids would be located throughout the Solar-System in (you guessed it) 42 Sub-Surface Bases!! The 'Council of Forty-Two' would constitute the 'God of This Solar System'!! If this sort of thing were even remotely-true, what would the General-Public think, say, and do if they were presented with incontrovertible-evidence of such a reprehensible and abominable state of affairs??!! What if the Universal-Foundation is Almighty-God?? Will the Center Hold?? Atlas Shrugged.

    Sherry Shriner has talked for years about "soul-scalping" and high-profile people not being who they were originally, and occupying new-bodies or being completely rewired and/or possessed. I never know what to believe and disbelieve (especially with Sherry), but what if the technology and sorcery are so good (or should I say "bad"?), that they can make anyone into whoever they want them to be?? Reincarnation is a HUGE can of worms IMHO. What if people such as Hitler and Stalin are alive and well, and living on Planet Earth?? What if I really did interact with some aspect of a particular Ancient Egyptian Deity?? What if I'm more targeted and screwed than I can imagine (because of who I might've been in previous incarnations)?? Is there a "Galactic Statute of Limitations"?? What if there's a lot of truth to the movie Ex Machina?? What if there's a lot of truth to the old and new "V" series?? I've recently been shocked by new insights and possibilities, but I don't want to talk about them. I'm just very concerned that this world could be made into the most diabolical and twisted hell imaginable, through the improper use of technology and sorcery. That's all I'm going to say about that. Just watch this old-video in light of all the new and upsetting information and developments. Things are fast and furious these days (in case you haven't noticed). This Bill Cooper lecture was filmed around 1989-90, but it always makes my hair stand on-end. The End Might Be Near (Again).

    Carol wrote:

    CONTACT AND HIGHER STATES OF CONSCIOUSNESS

    Join Dr. Steven Greer as he takes you on an exploration of consciousness and how to use higher states of consciousness to make contact with ET civilizations. Dr. Greer's message is one of Universal Peace and Hope . Together in peace we can reach out to the stars and make contact with Extraterrestrial Civilizations. He is expert at teaching people how to make this connection. Learn for yourselves at this workshop.

    What Will Be Covered:

    Why Consciousness is the key to universal Contact with Interstellar Civilizations

    Outline the higher states of Consciousness, how they evolve and how eventually Celestial perception and other innate powers like remote viewing unfold and Consciousness develops

    How ET Civilizations utilize Consciousness Assisted Technologies and Technology Assisted Consciousness to interact with humans, earth and one another

    How YOU can become an Ambassador from Earth to those civilizations

    Dr. Greer will share photos and videos from CE-5 expeditions (Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind)

    http://portaltoascension.org/event/greer-contact-consciousness/
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I don't have a negative knee-jerk reaction to guys and gals with scales and tails, "flying" UFO's and Piloted-Asteroids throughout the Cosmos, but I keep getting the sinking-feeling that what's been going on in this solar system for thousands (or even millions) of years is anything but nice. Can't we all just get along?? I'm becoming increasingly paranoid and isolationist. We keep getting bombarded with legion conflicting-paradigms, often with high price-tags. I'm to the point where I don't want to get involved with anyone or anything, under any circumstances. I don't want to make phone-calls, go online, talk to anyone, go anywhere, join anything, start anything, buy anything (other than necessities), etc. I get nervous when I hear about "conjuring-up and vectoring UFO's". I keep having uninvited supernatural experiences, and meeting significant individuals of interest. I've never signed on the dotted-line or sold my soul to Satan, and I never intend to. Just give me my color TV and my steel-belted radial-tires, and I won't say anything. Just leave me alone. I'm as mad as hell!! I've had enough!! And I'm NOT going to take this anymore!! I'm a human-being, goddamn it!! Or, am I a Hybrid Linked to a Mainframe?? Damned if I know...


    As you all know, I toot my own horn, and then smash it against the wall, like a deranged rock-star!! I guess I'm defensively and pre-emptively exposing and deposing myself, saving everyone else the trouble. Are Ellie Arroway and David Bowman somehow related?? Pinkie and the Brain?? Pinkie and Blue Boy?? What Would Ovid and Cupid Say?? What Would Serqet and Amen Ra Say?? I know I'm crazy, but I probably make a couple of alphabet-interns laugh their @sses off!! But what if a  lot of this madness turns out to be accurate and significant?? I think I'll be long-gone by the time that happens (if it ever happens).

    ABCDE
    Arroway
    Bowman
    Cupid
    David
    Ellie

    If you can find "Building Under Construction" by Morris Venden, please think long and hard about it. It's a story concerning arguing about foundations and construction-methods, while attempting to build a fortress against the expected attacks of the enemy, only to discover, much too-late, that the enemy had "already come". Could this story be referring to the Bible and/or the Church?? The Ancient Egyptian Deity knew about this story. Honest. What if the Antichrist has been the God and/or Goddess of This World for at least the last six-thousand years, since the Garden of Eden Incident?? What if the AED was (and is) the Antichrist and God of This World?? What if we all deposed "Our Father, Who Art In Heaven" six-thousand years ago?? What if "Our Father, Who Art In Heaven" hasn't been running the show in this solar system for at least the past six-thousand years?? What if "Our Father, Who Art in Heaven" was taken hostage?? I mean zero disrespect. Think about the relationship between Anna and Diana in the Second "V" Series!! Anna said that her mother was "with the rest of the damned!!"

    Once again, I have no idea what the absolute historical truth is, but I think we should consider even the most startling and reprehensible possibilities. I think we need to be strictly honest about History and the Bible, regardless of whether we like it, or not. In many respects, I prefer James Dobson, Norman Vincent Peale, and Robert Harold Schuller, regarding how to live in modernity, but what if History and the Bible are puzzles which MUST be solved if we expect to get out of jail?? I think Schuller should've focused upon Positive-Responsibility in the context of Possibility-Thinking (instead of Positive-Thinking and Self-Esteem). But What Do I Know?? What if HAL 9000 was a Soul--Supercomputer Interface?? What Would COR Say?? What if a Moon-Based Mainframe-God was replaced by an Earth-Based Mainframe-God on September 11, 2001?? The Ringing In My Ears Just Changed Pitch. That Almost Never Happens. Sort of like my vision going blurry when I spoke out-loud about this topic. Pretty Creepy. What Would Tuvok Do??











    Carol wrote:
    Las Vegas Hoax

    http://mileswmathis.com/lasveg.pdf

    "My guest writer Josh has saved me some time on this one, and I start by
    cutting through the fog. For full article go to link below."


    https://cuttingthroughthefog.com/2017/10/09/notes-on-the-route-91-shooting-on-101/

    Notes on the Route 91 Shooting on 10/1 - Monday Oct 2017
    Posted by Josh

    Putting those numbers together gives you 91101 (aka 9/11/01). Spook markers abound in this psyop. To give but one example, the alleged gunman, Stephen Paddock, owned 47 weapons, 33 of which were purchased this year. Don’t worry, this isn’t going to be a numerology post. Instead, I’m going to just point to a few things that I feel haven’t gotten a great deal of attention or that I thought were very telling. The first thing has to do with Stephen Paddock. Here are some of the pictures we are shown of him:



    But in this video https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FiTQeyeQ4E4  someone on youtube has been able to find background information using Instant Checkmate on a Stephen C. Paddock whose address in Mesquite, NV is the same address given for the shooter. And guess what? It isn’t the same guy! Here is the pic they found:


    First of all, what's wrong with the photo above? You have to look closely at these pictures and think them through. Almost nobody does that. It is a paste-up. How do I know? Because it makes no sense.

    Look at the two people climbing over the fence. That is the major clue. Isn't it odd to find them both in the same position, within a few feet of one another? Let me ask you this: would you climb a low fence in that way? I wouldn't. If someone was shooting at me, I would vault that sucker. But here we have a guy and a gal, both apparently young, both bellying over as if they are on a drunken treasure hunt. They look chosen and placed to me. The photo looks composed. What else? Well, these two are scrambling over the fence, but on the other side people are just lying and sitting around. They don't seem to be still worried by an active shooter, do they? So they don't match the climbers in attitude. They are acting like that fence is a perfect barrier, but it is just made of mesh. Plus, it is only about four or five feet high. The shots are allegedly coming from 32 stories up, so it would be no protection at all. What else? Note the lighting, which makes no sense. We are supposed to be at 10pm here, and I assume these people have just climbed a fence on the outer edge of the concert grounds. So why are they lit like it is during the day, at about 5pm? The faces are in half-light, like in the evening. Stage lights or floods wouldn't light them like that.

    Not only is alleged shooter Stephen Paddock admitted to have worked for at least three years for a company that later merged with Lockheed Martin, he also worked for the IRS. So he has spook markers on him already. But those are just the tip of the iceberg. It is now known he had a pilot's license and has owned his own planes. He has also been linked to an Intelligence subsidiary called Volant. He is a multi-millionaire, owning real estate in many places. He has travelled extensively in the past decade, going all over the world, including the United Arab Emir.

    Doesn't sound like the bio of a mass murderer to me. Sounds like the bio of a planted agent.

    Some on youtube are using this to connect him to ISIS, but that is absurd. Why? Because ISIS doesn't exist. Like this shooting hoax, ISIS is a construct of US Intelligence and nothing more. It is another paper moon on a cardboard sea, propped up to give the US something to spend money fighting against. It is another created hole that politicians can shovel money into, to keep the billionaires properly fattened month by month.

    Josh linked Mandalay Bay Casino and MGM Resorts head honcho Jim Murren to Department of Homeland Security, but he is also linked to Contemporary Services Corporation. What is that? It just happens to specialize in crowd control and crowd creation. Convenient, eh? Some are saying they couldn't have created a crowd of 20,000 in Las Vegas, but they can. Wikipedia admits Nazi director Leni Riefenstahl had a crowd of 30,000 extras to work with back in the 1930s, so if they could do it then they can certainly do it now.

    Other researchers have shown that prior to the fake shooting spree, Crowds on Demand placed ads in Craigslist and other places looking to hire crisis actors by the thousands. We may assume they found them.

    Speaking of the Department of Homeland Security, did you know that there were other smaller shooting events that night at other Las Vegas casinos? They have been overshadowed by the Mandalay Bay event, but shots (again probably blanks) were fired at many casinos. This according to people staying at those casinos. Did you know that DHS is pushing to install expensive body scanners at all Las Vegas casinos? Of course this hoax is the perfect pretext for that, isn't it? Do you know what company developed the body scanners currently in use? Lockheed Martin. Just a coincidence, right? The body scanner business is now owned by L-3 Technologies, which posted 10.5 billion in revenues in 2016 and expects even more profits in 2017-18. It is now one of the top-10 government contractors.

    It was previously Loral Corporation, a subsidiary of Lockheed Martin run by Bernard Schwartz until 2006. Loral already had 5.5 billion revenue in 1995 by itself. Remember, they don't tell us what company “that later merged with Lockheed Martin” Stephen Paddock worked for. I suggest it was Loral. It looks like the Carlyle Group is also involved, since one of Loral's “other acquisitions” listed at Wikipedia is LTV missiles, now known as Vought Aircraft Industries. Carlyle owned Vought until 2010, when it sold to Triumph Group, formerly Alco Standard.

    All these name changes are just window dressing, meant to hide the real owners. The important thing here is the money behind L-3, since that is who will profit from the body scanners in Las Vegas.

    Before we get there, it is useful to know that L-3 has acquired many big companies recently, including Paramax. Paramax was formerly SDC, the first computer software company. It spun-off from RAND in 1957. SDC sold to Burroughs Corporation in 1980. You may remember that writer William S. Burroughs came from this family. In 1986, Burroughs merged with Sperry to become Unisys. Unisys became Paramax in 1991. L-3 acquired Paramax in 1997. Paramax supplies much of the computer technology for the military.

    Anyway, Vanguard is by far the largest stockholder in L-3. It has over 3 trillion in managed assets, and yet calls itself a non-profit. Can you believe the chutzpah of these assholes? If we lived in a real democracy or republic, do you think the billionaires could get away with hiding assets and ownership like this? These investment groups like Vanguard were created specifically so that you couldn't discover who really owned companies like L-3, and Congress lets them get away with it. Just more proof Congress is defunct. According to this site, the owners/shareholders of Vanguard are the Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Cheney, Rumsfeld, etc. There is no way to verify that, but we may assume the richest people in the world are indeed hiding behind Vanguard and other investment groups. They are certainly not non-profit. That is just a way to dodge taxes on their profits.

    Along with Cheney and Rumsfeld, we should suspect people like Michael Chertoff, Sheldon Adelson, Rahm and Ari Emanuel (real surnames Auerbach and Smulevitz), the Bushes, and the Goldman Sachs people. And, since Josh showed us Paddock's grandmother was a Koehn, we should suspect the richest members of the Kohn/Kohen/Cohen family, looking first to places like the Aspen Institute, the Brookings Institute (where Jim Murren is on the board), and such places. We can be sure that people like the Kochs and Gates are also hiding behind these investment groups like Vanguard, Fidelity, Blackrock/Blackstone, and so on. In short, just think of the richest jerks in the world, and you can assume they are hiding behind these investment groups as well as these money-making hoaxes. This is the way the billionaires become billionaires, and the billionaires become trillionaires. Riding on their coattails will be many smaller creeps and creepazoids, who would invest in kitten sandwiches if it turned a profit.

    OK, let's move on. Josh has shown planted stations on youtube are telling us people were killed, even though this was a false flag. But there is no evidence of that. All evidence is in the opposite direction: no one was killed and this was all staged. Video shows flashes from a lower (4th?) floor, which some are using as evidence of multiple shooters, but again that is a jump to a conclusion.

    What we have in video and audio is evidence of flashes and sounds of gunfire, but that is not the same as evidence of real gunshots. Arms experts have pointed out that in audio from the concert floor, we do not hear any whizzing of bullets or sounds of hits. Hits would be quite loud locally, either hitting bodies or hitting the ground. There is none of that, indicating the sound of shots is on the speakers, not live. And the flashes are proof of nothing. You can create those flashes without real bullets being shot, you know. You can see this in any one of thousands of Hollywood movies.

    My favorite is video in one of the lobbies, I suppose the Mandalay Bay, where police are allegedly having a shootout with someone. Not sure who it is, since Paddock is supposed to have killed himself in his room. But we see many bystanders running and screaming and hitting the floor. Several are very overweight, which is amusing in itself, seeing them flopping off the walls and floors. The thing that stands out is that most of these “bystanders” seem to have on ear protection. Why would people walking through the lobby of a casino have on big orange earmuffs? Obviously, because they are crisis actors in the vicinity of very loud blanks in an enclosed area. Without earmuffs they might experience real ear damage. Did they really think we wouldn't notice this?

    Then there is the matter of surveillance cameras. Las Vegas is the most surveiled city in the world. It has more cameras per square mile than any place outside the Pentagon. Not only do we have no footage from these cameras, instead relying on iffy handheld cellphone coverage, we have the ridiculous story about Paddock installing his own cameras outside his hotel door. But wait, there would be surveillance cameras already in the hallway, watching his every move. No one noticed him installing his own camera on a service cart, and that cart just remained there for days for his own convenience? Really? Plus, room service wants to get in and change your sheets every morning, right?

    And yet Paddock was there for days with a large cache of military rifles. No maid ever got suspicious? She thought the 23 machine guns on the bed were squirt guns? And what about the 6000 rounds of ammunition. Where did he hide that, in the ashtray? They really think you are stupid. They don't even have to come up with a story that makes sense.

    Then there is the problem of the gun sounds, which don't match the guns found. The guns said to have been found in the room were AK47s and AR15s. But the sounds on the speakers are of an M240 or similar machine gun. So they forgot to match the guns to the sounds. It isn't even close, as you see at that link. The M240 has a much slower rate than the AR15, 10 rounds per second to 14 rounds per second. A difference of 40%, easily heard by any ear.
    Sherry Shriner recently spoke of hearing automatic-gunfire on her property. You don't suppose there might be a connection, do you?? What Would David Koresh Say?? What If Key NWO Players Will Deliberately Incriminate and Expose Themselves to Precipitate a Slow-Burn Meltdown of the World As We Know It?? This Is a Burning Question (Or Is It a Hot-Topic??)!!

    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Mon Oct 23, 2017 3:32 am



    Approximately one-year ago, I spent an hour talking to an attorney about politics, and I suggested that Trump would be used as a scapegoat, and he hadn't thought of that angle. I tend to think that the PTB wanted two highly-flawed presidential-candidates. I've been told that U.S. Presidents will be worse and worse, by deliberate design. I randomly met this attorney, and then randomly encountered him later in the day, in a highly unlikely manner. It's got to mean something, but I don't know what. He thought the U.S. Constitution was highly flawed and dated. I've focused upon the Constitution as a place of beginning, and as a laboratory study of an aging document, rather than starting from scratch. I've done the same thing with the Bible and Judeo-Christianity. If we don't get these things completely figured-out, we have no business moving on into uncharted territory. At this point, I'm simply attempting to understand how things really work, without attempting to change anything. I've proposed that my United States of the Solar System ideas be implemented around A.D. 2133, so there's plenty of time to consider my "diamond in the rough". It's not a hard-sell sort of thing. It's simply a study-guide, at this point. I suspect that chaos will be used to justify a crackdown and consolidation. I continue to think that the PTB plan these sorts of things, decades, centuries, and millennia in advance. They have extremely long-term plans. They're not like most of us. I keep suggesting that the Corrupt Might Rule the Stupid for All-Eternity, and I wish I were kidding.

    I recently encountered someone who had surgery on the same day I had my surgery. We were in two different hospitals, probably one-mile apart. I don't know if we were both undergoing surgery at the same time, but I thought this was a bit strange. What are the odds?? Yesterday, I noticed that some of the videos in recent posts had been replaced by other videos (but not by me). I corrected this revolting-development without incident. This has happened previously, and I'm frankly used to that sort of thing. Then, early this morning (just past midnight) I noticed more videos replaced and/or rearranged, and when I attempted to correct the problem (in the edit-mode) I noticed that more changes had been made (in a matter of seconds) so I backed-out of the edit-mode (without making any changes) and all of the 'problems' had been corrected (in a matter of seconds). What Would Nelson Mandela Say?? Again, I'm used to this type of crisis. I assume that a den of hungry feral-cats watch my every move (as a very-small mouse) and can do whatever the hell they want (seemingly without opposition). It feels as if I've walked into a top-level Mafia-Meeting, and no one is amused. I don't seem to belong here. 'RA' said the Jesuits didn't like me, but that 'they' liked me on Phobos!! Honest!! If true, would that be a good-thing or a bad-thing??

    I assume that the Zionists, Kabbalists, Satanists, Luciferians, Nazis, Masons, Jesuits, Intelligence-Agencies, et al, all work for the same Solar-System CEO (willingly and/or unwillingly), and that if it weren't them, it would be someone else. My theory is that they control EVERYTHING, and overlook NOTHING. If a 'Good-Guy' and/or 'Good-Gal' were placed in charge of This Present Mess, this would be sort of like making Mother Teresa the God-Mother of the Mafia!! No Disrespect Intended. I simply think this thing is more of an Intertwined, Infiltrated, and Subverted Web of Deceit and Corruption than any of us can possibly imagine. An Individual of Interest repeatedly stated that we needed to "Start-Over" yet I am a Law and Order Kind of Guy rather than a Fire and Brimstone 'Loki' Kind of Guy. Apocalyptic-Salvation is SO Overrated. I continue to suspect that the Real PTB wish to precipitate a Final-Jihad of Biblical-Proportions, for nefarious-objectives, but what do I know?? I'm just a Completely Ignorant Fool with a Messiah Complex. Once upon a time, my father (who worked in Hollywood) met Peter Lorre. Once upon a time, my mother met H.R. Haldeman (in Hollywood). Once upon a time, I met for several months with an 'Ancient Egyptian Deity' who said "I AM RA!!" Once upon a time, my television switched-on all by itself, and 'Rumpelstiltskin' (from 'Once Upon a Time') said "All You Have To Do Is Sign On The Dotted-Line!!" I Never Did, and I Never Will. Once upon a time, I met the 'Snow Queen' (from 'Once Upon a Time'). She held my hand (for 5 seconds). I froze-up. Then we talked about 'V'.








    mudra wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote: I keep getting the sinking-feeling that the original-plan for this solar system was a Benevolent Technocratic-Theocratic Representative-Republic with a Royal-Model Modus Operandi.
    Maybe it was Oxy but apparently we lost track of our successful actions .It's a bit like a promising marriage going down the drain in the long run. We have to know what works so we can correct what doesn't. But most of the time we are so focused on what doesn't work that we only make things worse  by blindly looking for new solutions to the problems that arise on and on . Bhutan had a level of criminality equal to zero before they opened up to the internet and television. That's should tell them there is something to learn from before it gets worse. Individually and collectively we seem to be weak on using the auto correct button.

    I believe there are natural laws that allow for prosperity and expansion individually and collectively. When these are violated we shrink. It is important to be aware of all the outpoints but it is vital to rehabilitate all the plus points as well for it is these ones that teach us about our power to create aliveness, balance, harmony, prosperity for ourselves and for all.

    For example at the end of the 10th century the Song dynasty introduced important reforms in China : property rights, free trade , low taxation which led to a spectacular expansion in agriculture, manufactures and commerce. Great inventions like printing date back to that time period. In the 13th century China was 5 centuries ahead of Europe and yet from that point on it began to stagnate until 1978 !

    What happened ? The official version is that China got invaded by hordes of Mongols. In reality when the next  dynasty got into power in the 14th century , the Ming dynasty,  it stopped applying the successful strategies the Song had implemented. So they as well as their successors , the Qing, replaced free trade and property rights by a central bureaucratic state in which the Empereur had unlimited rights. Centralization and ruling of society suffocated economic freedom and  led to stagnation. Exactly the same happened to the Roman Empire

    Love from me
    mudra
    Thank-you mudra. That series of videos you posted supports what you just said. Things could be perfect, and I suspect that a significant percentage of the population would still think things were no-good!! Perhaps that's why the War in Heaven and Garden of Eden Incident occurred!! Perhaps we need to be secretly ruled by Megalomaniacs Anonymous!!
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I'm trying to understand the following three aspects of governance in this solar system (and perhaps beyond):

    1. God and Religion.

    2. The Visible Secular-Governments.

    3. The Sacred and/or Secular Secret-Government(s).

    What if this solar system should be run as essentially one big corporation (with thousands of subsidiaries) and a Local-God as a Solar System CEO aka Solar-Deity aka Sun-God?? What if the Police and Military should essentially be "Corporate-Security" and/or "Loss-Prevention" with No Warfare Whatsoever?? I keep getting the sinking-feeling that the original-plan for this solar system was a Benevolent Technocratic-Theocratic Representative-Republic with a Royal-Model Modus Operandi BUT that there was a Hostile-Takeover several thousand years ago, which turned this solar system into a Corrupt War-Zone. I think I'm for and against just about everyone and everything in this solar system. I keep thinking in terms of positive-reinforcement, evolutionary-change, and gradual-refinement. But this makes EVERYONE Angry!! I'm presently withdrawing my attention from a lot of the crazy and controversial stuff. I'm planning on spending most of my time with 8,000 pages of Bible-Commentaries which are more than half a century old!! What Fun!! BTW -- I'm going to see Hacksaw Ridge!! I grew-up hearing about Desmond Doss!! I've often thought about him throughout my life!! But I'm sure the movie will be quite-inaccurate and extremely-gory!! But really, War, Murder, and Mayhem are all Biblical-Concepts!! I wonder if anyone tried to be a Conscientious-Objector in the Old-Testament (especially after being ordered by God to go kill everyone, including the women and children)?? How this harmonizes with "Thou Shalt Not Kill"?? is a burning-question!! What Would Cardinal Spellman Say??



    I've suggested that volumes 1 to 7 of the Seventh-day Adventist Bible Commentary (Genesis to Revelation) are a very interesting and scholarly road less traveled. What if the following plan were a viable alternative to church membership??

    Sunday -- Read SDABC Volume 1 (Genesis to Deuteronomy) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Monday -- Read SDABC Volume 2 (Joshua to 2 Kings) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Tuesday -- Read SDABC Volume 3 (1 Chronicles to Song of Solomon) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Wednesday -- Read SDABC Volume 4 (Isaiah to Malachi) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Thursday -- Read SDABC Volume 5 (Matthew to John) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Friday -- Read SDABC Volume 6 (Acts to Ephesians) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Saturday -- Read SDABC Volume 7 (Philippians to Revelation) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    This is not a "my way, or the highway" sort of thing, and this approach is more ecumenical than you might think. I'm not trying to start a church or organization. Just the opposite. I might say more about this in the coming  months, and years.










    "The Empire Strikes Bach!!"

    "Go For Baroque!!"
    Surely God is good to Israel, to those who are pure in heart. But as for me, my feet had almost slipped; I had nearly lost my foothold. For I envied the arrogant when I saw the prosperity of the wicked. They have no struggles; their bodies are healthy and strong. They are free from common human burdens; they are not plagued by human ills. Therefore pride is their necklace; they clothe themselves with violence. From their callous hearts comes iniquity; their evil imaginations have no limits. They scoff, and speak with malice; with arrogance they threaten oppression. Their mouths lay claim to heaven, and their tongues take possession of the earth. Therefore their people turn to them and drink up waters in abundance. They say, “How would God know? Does the Most High know anything?” This is what the wicked are like, always free of care, they go on amassing wealth. Surely in vain I have kept my heart pure and have washed my hands in innocence. All day long I have been afflicted, and every morning brings new punishments. If I had spoken out like that, I would have betrayed your children. When I tried to understand all this, it troubled me deeply till I entered the sanctuary of God; then I understood their final destiny. Surely you place them on slippery ground; you cast them down to ruin. How suddenly are they destroyed, completely swept away by terrors! They are like a dream when one awakes; when you arise, Lord, you will despise them as fantasies. When my heart was grieved and my spirit embittered, I was senseless and ignorant; I was a brute beast before you. Yet I am always with you; you hold me by my right hand. You guide me with your counsel, and afterward you will take me into glory. Whom have I in heaven but you? And earth has nothing I desire besides you. My flesh and my heart may fail, but God is the strength of my heart and my portion forever. Those who are far from you will perish; you destroy all who are unfaithful to you. But as for me, it is good to be near God. I have made the Sovereign LORD my refuge; I will tell of all your deeds.

    O God, why have you rejected us forever? Why does your anger smolder against the sheep of your pasture? Remember the nation you purchased long ago, the people of your inheritance, whom you redeemed, Mount Zion, where you dwelt. Turn your steps toward these everlasting ruins, all this destruction the enemy has brought on the sanctuary. Your foes roared in the place where you met with us; they set up their standards as signs. They behaved like men wielding axes to cut through a thicket of trees. They smashed all the carved paneling with their axes and hatchets. They burned your sanctuary to the ground; they defiled the dwelling place of your Name. They said in their hearts, “We will crush them completely!” They burned every place where God was worshiped in the land. We are given no signs from God; no prophets are left, and none of us knows how long this will be. How long will the enemy mock you, God? Will the foe revile your name forever? Why do you hold back your hand, your right hand? Take it from the folds of your garment and destroy them! But God is my King from long ago; he brings salvation on the earth. It was you who split open the sea by your power; you broke the heads of the monster in the waters. It was you who crushed the heads of Leviathan and gave it as food to the creatures of the desert. It was you who opened up springs and streams; you dried up the ever-flowing rivers. The day is yours, and yours also the night; you established the sun and moon. It was you who set all the boundaries of the earth; you made both summer and winter. Remember how the enemy has mocked you, LORD, how foolish people have reviled your name. Do not hand over the life of your dove to wild beasts; do not forget the lives of your afflicted people forever. Have regard for your covenant, because haunts of violence fill the dark places of the land. Do not let the oppressed retreat in disgrace; may the poor and needy praise your name. Rise up, O God, and defend your cause; remember how fools mock you all day long. Do not ignore the clamor of your adversaries, the uproar of your enemies, which rises continually.

    We praise you, God, we praise you, for your Name is near; people tell of your wonderful deeds. You say, “I choose the appointed time; it is I who judge with equity. When the earth and all its people quake, it is I who hold its pillars firm. To the arrogant I say, ‘Boast no more,’ and to the wicked, ‘Do not lift up your horns. Do not lift your horns against heaven; do not speak so defiantly.’” No one from the east or the west or from the desert can exalt themselves. It is God who judges: He brings one down, he exalts another. In the hand of the LORD is a cup full of foaming wine mixed with spices; he pours it out, and all the wicked of the earth drink it down to its very dregs. As for me, I will declare this forever; I will sing praise to the God of Jacob, who says, “I will cut off the horns of all the wicked, but the horns of the righteous will be lifted up.”


    "So, Who Exactly Is This PRlCK, Rickman??!!"


    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Tue Oct 24, 2017 3:45 am





    Approximately one-year ago, I found all of my files nefariously wiped from my new-computer. Was it something I said?? Can't we all just get along?? What if simply continuing this thread (in an infinite number of books) is as close to a mind-mainframe link as I should aspire to?? Should I remain somewhat hamstrung?? How About a Primo-Laptop (with Encrypted-Satellite Absolute-Access InterPlaNet) and a 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment Beneath Colorado Springs (with a Red-Phone Hotline to James Dobson)?? BTW -- An Individual of Interest indicated that they didn't agree with Noam Chomsky. They previously seemed to be troubled by the Jesuits. What Would Seymour Cray Say?? What Would Archeologist Belloq (in Raiders of the Lost Ark ) Say?? What Would Mr. Edgars (in Babylon 5) Say?? What Would Edgar Mitchell Say?? What Would Elizabeth Mitchell Say?? What Would Mitchell Say?? Indiana Jones = Jupiter Jones?? Consider the following approaches to Biblical-Research:

    1. Genesis to 2 Kings and Matthew to John (NKJV).

    2. 1 Chronicles to Malachi and Acts to Revelation (NKJV).

    3. SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 1,2,5 (Genesis to 2 Kings and Matthew to John).

    4. SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3,4,6,7 (1 Chronicles to Malachi and Acts to Revelation).

    5. Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- Desire of Ages (Ellen White).

    This reflects my background and struggles, but I certainly don't have this figured-out. I'm mostly attempting to help some of you save some time and trouble. My present bias is to focus upon #4, with the other approaches shedding light upon #4. I've actually duct-taped those SDABC books together to form two HUGE volumes!! I'm a bit different!!






    Make the Solar System Great Again

    Picture astronaut boots on the ground, all the way to Pluto.

    By
    Mark R. Whittington

    Nov. 10, 2016 7:29 p.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/make-the-solar-system-great-again-1478824178

    Donald Trump didn’t win the election because of his space policy. Few voters probably realized that he has one. But if the Trump administration implements the candidate’s platform, NASA could undergo the kind of transformation not witnessed in a generation. Although major questions remain unanswered, Mr. Trump has an ambitious plan for the U.S. to push into the final frontier.

    Here’s what Trump advisers Robert Walker and Peter Navarro suggested last month in Space News magazine: “Human exploration of our entire solar system by the end of this century should be NASA’s focus and goal.” That implies Mr. Trump wants astronaut boots on the ground of the moons of Jupiter and Saturn—and even Pluto—during his grandchildren’s lifetimes. Current policy calls for a trip to Mars, but Mr. Trump seeks to go a couple billion miles deeper into space.

    The foundation of Mr. Trump’s efforts, his advisers explained, will be public-private partnerships. For instance, he will try to transform the International Space Station into a “quasi-public facility supported by international contributions and resupplied utilizing commercially available services.” Leveraging the private economy’s expertise and flexibility would accomplish much that NASA cannot do on its own. A Trump administration will establish a national space-policy council, led by Vice President Mike Pence, to coordinate NASA, military and commercial activities.

    However, Messrs. Walker and Navarro left out important details. Will NASA proceed with the planned journey to Mars by the 2030s? Or will the space agency return to the moon first? To what extent will commercial efforts be integrated into NASA’s missions of exploration?

    They did not mention other future initiatives: the Orion deep-space vehicle, the heavy-lift Space Launch System and the Asteroid Redirect Mission. Will President Trump cancel one or more of these and pursue commercial alternatives? How much will he increase NASA’s budget, if at all? What about international partnerships to exercise soft power and share the burden of space exploration?

    Mr. Trump should meet with space experts in Congress to discuss these issues. One of President Obama’s greatest mistakes was to ignore pleas from lawmakers and abruptly cancel President Bush’s Constellation program, which would have put astronauts back on the moon by 2020 and on Mars at an undetermined date.

    The president-elect isn’t a policy wonk, but no one doubts his ambition or love for epic projects. Mr. Trump could make the American space program into an engine of renewal that could last for decades. Maybe a Donald IV can build the Trump Tower Mars.

    Mr. Whittington is a writer in Houston.










    Can You Love God and Ayn Rand?

    A friend claims the atheist philosopher at one point saw the appeal of spirituality.

    By
    Jennifer Anju Grossman

    Nov. 10, 2016 7:10 p.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/can-you-love-god-and-ayn-rand-1478823015

    Ayn Rand’s most adamant axiom forms the foundation of her Objectivist philosophy: “Contradictions do not exist.” But what about the contradiction between her philosophy and religion—one grounded in reason, the other in faith? Put another way: Can you love “Atlas Shrugged” and the Bible? Rand and Objectivist scholars say no, yet many of her followers disagree, and they should still be welcomed with open arms.

    During the 2012 campaign, then-vice-presidential candidate Paul Ryan told Fox News that he “really enjoyed” Rand’s novels” and admired the writer’s ability to highlight the pitfalls of socialism. But the current House speaker, a practicing Roman Catholic, described Objectivism as “something that I completely disagree with. It’s an atheistic philosophy.” It’s a shame that Rand’s secularism prompts some to reject the rest of Objectivism, which she described as a philosophy based on “the concept of man as a heroic being, with his own happiness as the moral purpose of his life, with productive achievement as his noblest activity, and reason as his only absolute.”

    As a teenager in Soviet Russia, Rand decided “that the concept of God is degrading to man.” She added, “Since they say that God is perfect and man can never be that perfect then man is low and imperfect and there is something above him, which is wrong.” In a 1934 journal entry, she referred to faith as “the worst curse of mankind” and “the exact antithesis and enemy of thought.”

    Though her atheism never wavered, Rand’s feelings toward religion weren’t simplistic. She admired the brilliance and impact of historical religious thinkers like Aquinas and respected religious freedom, even drafting a speech for Barry Goldwater that included ample references to God. And one account, if true, suggests that Rand understood the powerful appeal of spirituality during times of grief.

    Steve Mariotti—an education entrepreneur whose grandfather, Lowell B. Mason, had been Rand’s friend—spoke with Rand as she was grieving the loss of her husband, Frank O’Connor. Hoping to comfort her, Mr. Mariotti suggested that she would see Frank again in a spiritual sense. He told me in a recent interview that Rand replied, “I hope you are right. Maybe you are. . . . I will find out soon enough.” Mr. Mariotti jokingly responded to let him know, prompting a laugh that lifted her mood.

    More important, militant atheism doesn’t spring from the pages of Rand’s fiction. If she truly believed that religion was such a threat, where are the religious villains in her novels? Corrupt priests or hypocritical churchgoers are nowhere to be found. It’s possible to read “Atlas Shrugged,” “We the Living,” “The Fountainhead” and “Anthem,” cover-to-cover and have little idea what Rand thought about religion.

    Andy Puzder, the CEO of CKE restaurants and a practicing Roman Catholic, finds nothing worrisome in that fact: “I encouraged my six children to read both ‘Fountainhead’ and ‘Mere Christianity’ by C.S. Lewis,” he told me. Each child later read “Atlas Shrugged.” Mr. Puzder argued that “there’s no contradiction between raising my children in the church, and urging them to lead the kind of lives of achievement, integrity and independence that Ayn Rand celebrated in her novels.”

    Randall Wallace, the Oscar-nominated screenwriter of 1995’s “Braveheart,” and the director of 2014’s “Heaven Is for Real,” is such an admirer of Rand’s work that he wrote a screen adaptation of “Atlas Shrugged.” Mr. Wallace, a Southern Baptist, said, “My faith isn’t contradicted by her beliefs. We live in a world of labels, but God surely cares less about the labels we give ourselves than about how we live because of them.” Rand, Mr. Wallace feels, wrote fiercely and fearlessly about bold and brave characters. “I think it would contradictory to my own beliefs not to admire her.”

    To Messrs. Puzder and Wallace, Ayn Rand’s rejection of her ancestors’ Judaism in favor of secularism has little bearing on her contributions to the canon of liberty. Part of why Rand loved America was because it allowed for diversity of conscience—including religion. I believe that her atheism closed her to many religious people who would benefit from her aspirational views. Her secular view has likely been overstated and used by those who want to marginalize her larger message of individualism and freedom.

    The transformative power of Rand’s ideas is undeniable. Her fiction was for many an activator to learn more about economic and political liberty. Rep. Ryan said as much in the same interview in which he disavowed her atheism. For this reason, the vested interests Rand threatened—those dependent on a larger, more powerful regulatory state—knew they had to take that mother ship down. The best tactic to undermine her in God-fearing America would be to concentrate on her lack of belief.

    And it has worked, to an extent, making some Rand fans tuck tail and forswear admiration. Yet as Americans become more secular, the athiesm-smear tactic has become less effective. The world changes, but the genius and power of her words remain. As John Galt says in the closing lines of “Atlas Shrugged”: “The road is cleared.” It is up to us, believers and nonbelievers, to take up her message and spread the news.

    Ms. Grossman is CEO of the Atlas Society.





    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Tue Oct 24, 2017 4:42 am






    Just a friendly-reminder to NOT take my posts too seriously!! This is mostly a self-flagellating and self-destructive exercise in futility!! Don't worry!! Be happy!! Just get back to work, and make lots and lots of money!! It's easier that way!! This was an ill-fated attempt to do the right thing, and make us think about possible possibilities, but I can see that this was a horrible mistake!! Perhaps I'll be All-Business in my next-life!!

    I regularly attended a Sabbath-School class at Pacific Union College (near the Napa Valley) taught by Dr. Kent Seltman (in the choir-room of Paulin Hall). He wrote several questions on a chalkboard, which guided the discussion. Most of the people in that class had doctorate degrees. This was a very long time ago. I think David Koresh MIGHT'VE attended that class, once, while I was there. Remember what I said about the Hollywood United Methodist Church being a possible setting for a series and/or movie?? Think about combining that just-mentioned class with the library-scene from Constantine, and the Army-Intelligence scene from Raiders of the Lost Ark!! Do you see what I mean?? Again, this probably wouldn't sell, but it might be a cool-setting for discussing The United States of the Solar System (Books One, Two, and Three)!! The budget could be kept quite low by not using "name" actors and actresses, and by mostly using that church for the set. The actors and actresses might be real-live Nazis, Masons, Jesuits, Alphabet-Agents, Dracs, and Greys!! What Would the Ancient Egyptian Deity Say?? Don't take this too seriously!! I mostly have bad ideas!!

    I like listening to people, such as the man in the first video below!! I'm a Completely Ignorant Fool, but I enjoy listening to smart-people talking about forbidden-topics!! It's probably a Morbid-Curiosity Mental-Illness (MCMI), but I seem to be incurably-addicted!! I suffer from MCMI, along with CRS!! I'm SO SOL!! But I'm trying to mostly study Volumes 1 to 7 (Genesis to Revelation) of the SDA Bible Commentary, while listening to the Music of J.S. Bach!! Honest!! I'm contrasting SDABC Volumes 1,2,5 with SDABC Volumes 3,4,6,7. This takes more time and brains than you can imagine!! I'm clearly not up to the challenge!! It really sucks to be a Completely Ignorant Fool with a Messiah Complex!! But I guess we all have our crosses to bear!! What Would Rachel Constantine Say?? What if she really runs this solar system?? What Would Anna and the V's Say?? I told a Mulholland Drive Cowboy Kind of Guy that I liked the best aspects of Anna and the V's, and he agreed!! He also told me that mystery was a good-thing.

    I grew-up attending a church a couple of miles from the one shown below. The doctor my mom worked-for attended the Hollywood United Methodist Church. The organist lived in the carillon-tower (if I remember correctly)!! I wonder if his living-quarters covered 600 square-feet??!! The Hollywood Presbyterian Church is a couple of miles from the one shown below!! What Would Lloyd John Ogilve Say?? What Would Kimo Smith (K.S. Bach) Play?? What Would Fred Bock Say?? My dad drove his 1959 Ghostbusters Cadillac by the Hollywood United Methodist Church on his way to and from work at CBS Television City in "Hollywood" (where he literally kept the stars cool)!! George Vandeman taped "It Is Written" at CBS. He liked the set really cold!! What Would Marjorie Lewis Lloyd Write?? My dad's friend, David Rose, directed the orchestra for The Red Skelton Show at CBS. THE CBS EYE IS ALWAYS WATCHING!! When You Watch Television, the Television is Watching YOU!! BTW -- David Rose offered to sell his 1963 (if I remember correctly) Mercedes Benz 600 to my dad for $12,500 (or was it $9,500??), but my dad had a relatively-new yellow and white '59 Cadillac Sedan Deville, so he decided not to!! I'm a little rusty on the details. If my dad had sold the Cad, and bought the Benz, what car would Bill Murray have driven in Ghostbusters?? Just Kidding.

    I once gave a Roman-Catholic a grand-tour of the Crystal Cathedral campus, at least a decade before the Roman Catholic Church bought the cathedral for Fifty-Seven Million Dollars!! He grew-up Episcopalian, but backslid his way out the back-door of the church (where most members are chronically-backslidden)!! He later wished to rejoin the church, but his work-schedule conflicted with the Episcopal classes, so he attended Catholic classes, and became a devout Roman Catholic!! He later worked on a Mother Teresa film-project (but I don't know what became of it).



    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ohHMK20FhAk
    This is what the 2015 Climate Change Paris Agreement is about
    "Preparing for Pole Shift in 2017 by John Moore - 10-12-2016"
    Carol wrote:
    NOW TO THE NIBIRU WIKI LEAK EMAILS and PHOTOS

    John Moore vids are impeccable as he gets his info from the deep state armed forces
    http://www.thelibertyman.com/
    his whole purpose is educating the public on Nibiru

    The John Moore Radio Show: Monday. 14 November, 2016 (start at 30 mins)  Remainder of the show, Open Lines. Planet X / Nibiru is the primary subject matter.  http://www.thelibertyman.com/

    Earth Changes, Emergency Preparedness, Personal Safety, Alternative Energy, Nutrition & Health
    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2016/11/15/11-14-16-monday-night-with-sherry-shriner


















    Charity: The Ultimate Luxury

    Joan Kroc gave $225 million to National Public Radio at her death
    even though she hadn’t been a devoted listener or regular donor.

    By
    Marc Levinson

    Nov. 15, 2016 6:53 p.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/charity-the-ultimate-luxury-1479254027
     
    Back in the 1950s, when television pictures were mostly black and white and the console set in the living room weighed 100 pounds, a character named John Beresford Tipton made a weekly appearance across America. Tipton, whose face never appeared on screen, was described by his former secretary as “a fabulously wealthy and fascinating man.” His hobby was giving away money. In each episode, the secretary received a check from Tipton’s hands and delivered it to an unsuspecting individual of Tipton’s choice in return for a signed promise never to reveal the source. The check was in the amount of one million dollars.

    A nonfiction version of “The Millionaire” might replace Tipton with Joan Kroc. The widow of Ray Kroc, the man whose boundless ambition built McDonald’s into a global purveyor of burgers and fries, Joan Kroc used her inheritance to become one of the biggest philanthropists in America. From AIDS patients in the Bronx to teenagers in San Diego, people who had never heard of Joan Kroc benefited from her largess. Much of her giving was as secret as she could keep it, and almost all of it was quirky. As Lisa Napoli shows in her breezy book “Ray & Joan,” Joan Kroc gave away money because she enjoyed doing so, and it was none of anybody else’s business.

    Neither Joan nor Ray was to the manor born. Ray Kroc, the son of Czech immigrants, was an inveterate salesman. After a long career hawking paper cups, underwater lots in Florida and malted-milk mixers, in 1954 he convinced brothers Maurice and Dick McDonald to make him the franchising agent for their tiny chain of hamburger stands. Joan, 26 years younger, was the daughter of a railroad worker. What the two had in common was a love of music: In the 1920s, Ray supplemented his income by playing piano live on the radio, while Joan supplied background music at bars and restaurants. They met around 1957, when Ray saw the alluring—and married—blonde playing the piano at a St. Paul, Minn., restaurant. Joan was smitten not just with Ray but with the opportunity he represented. Ray Kroc made sure that Joan’s husband soon won a franchise in Rapid City, S.D., giving her an entrée into middle-class life.

    Ray Kroc found many excuses to visit Rapid City, but it took a dozen years and multiple divorces before the two were wed in 1969. By then Kroc and his associates had transformed McDonald’s from an overleveraged speculation to the darling of the New York Stock Exchange. Joan took to the lifestyle of a CEO’s wife: a new wardrobe, a 5,300-square-foot condo with an organ hidden in a wall, a private jet. But their match was not made in heaven. Ray Kroc was a volatile alcoholic, and Joan seems to have been no less volatile. In 1971, she sued him for divorce, then abruptly called off the separation. Their marriage remained rocky.

    Philanthropy became Joan’s way to establish an identify of her own. She began in 1976 by creating Operation Cork—Kroc spelled backward—to support scientific research on alcoholism. The Ray A. Kroc Foundation was transformed into the Joan B. Kroc Foundation, and after Ray died in early 1984 she took full charge. She arranged to meet onetime Saturday Review editor Norman Cousins, the author of a best-selling book describing how positive attitudes could stave off illness, and offered $2 million to support his research. She gave $100,000 to help the victims of a mass shooting at a McDonald’s near her San Diego home and pumped millions into promoting peace and nuclear disarmament. The San Diego Zoo received $100,000 after reviving an injured hummingbird that Joan found near her house. When she decided that the kids in a poor San Diego neighborhood needed a first-class recreation center, she called the local Salvation Army chapter out of the blue and offered $80 million to build and run it.

    In 1991, Joan closed the foundation and began making gifts personally in order to avoid public disclosure. The final third of “Ray & Joan” is a compilation of everything the author can discover about Joan Kroc’s generosity. The list is puzzling: Greenpeace in 1987; the Epilepsy Society in 1989; North Dakota flood victims in 1997. Joan Kroc was not a cautious donor like Andrew Carnegie or Bill Gates, devoting years to planning how to give away wealth to achieve some desired impact. She had no master plan for the causes she deemed most important. Her interest, as she told Norman Cousins, was “the human condition.” And her whims could be erratic. When she wrote a $5 million check to former University of Notre Dame President Theodore Hesburgh on the occasion of his 85th birthday, Ms. Napoli reports, “she sent a maid scrambling through the house to find a stamp with the new postage rate on it, so she didn’t have to overpay by using two of the old ones.”

    These days, Joan Kroc is best remembered for the $225 million that she left to National Public Radio at her death in 2003. At the time, this was the largest cash gift ever received by a U.S. cultural institution, and NPR still thanks her on the air regularly. As with many of her gifts, the motivation was not clear; she wasn’t known as a devoted listener and had not been a regular contributor through the years.

    Does philanthropy of this sort serve any larger purpose? Ms. Napoli suggests that digging too deeply into the motivation for Joan Kroc’s giving misses the point. Philanthropy, she believes, gave Kroc both pleasure and a sense of independence, much like commissioning a $40 million yacht on which to entertain her friends and zipping off to a Broadway show aboard her private jet. “There was nothing stodgy or formulaic about her approach to giving,” Ms. Napoli writes. “So what if it registered as unorthodox or downright kooky to traditionalists? Joan was relaxing into the ultimate luxury, of being able to indulge her whims—with no concern about cost, outcome, or, better yet, what anyone else thought.”

    Mr. Levinson’s latest book, “An Extraordinary Time: The End of the Postwar Boom and the Return of the Ordinary Economy,” was published earlier this month.




    Things are bad. The technology is unimaginably sophisticated. The management seems rogue. The overall situation seems reprehensible. BUT what if things MUST somehow be this way (for abstract and twisted reasons)?? What would any one of us do if we were at the Top of the Pyramid?? This stuff scares the hell out of me!! I've said way too much on the internet, and I wish to say less and less. I honestly know next to nothing concerning what's REALLY going on. I'm mostly settling on studying 8,000 pages of Bible Commentaries while listening to the Music of J.S. Bach. Honest!!


    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steven_M._Greer Steven Macon Greer (June 28, 1955) is an American retired medical doctor and ufologist who founded the Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence (CSETI) and The Disclosure Project, which seeks the disclosure of allegedly suppressed UFO information.

    Greer was born in Charlotte, North Carolina in 1955.[1] Greer claims to have seen an unidentified flying object at close range when he was about eight years old, which inspired his interest in ufology.[1][2] He was trained as a Transcendental Meditation teacher and served as director of a meditation organization.[1][3] Greer completed his graduate work at East Tennessee State University James H. Quillen College of Medicine in 1987.[4] He attended MAHEC University of North Carolina where he completed his internship in 1988 and received his Virginia medical license in 1989.[4] That year he became a member of the Alpha Omega Alpha Honor Medical Society.[5][6][7]

    Greer founded the Center for the Study of Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence (CSETI) in 1990 to create a diplomatic and research-based initiative to contact extraterrestrial civilizations.[2][3] In 1993 Greer founded The Disclosure Project, a nonprofit research project, whose goal is to disclose to the public the government’s alleged knowledge of UFOs, extraterrestrial intelligence, and advanced energy and propulsion systems.[8][9][10][11] The Disclosure Project was founded in an effort to grant amnesty to government whistle-blowers willing to violate their security oaths by sharing insider knowledge about UFOs.[12] Greer says he gave a briefing to CIA director James Woolsey at a dinner party, although this was denied by director Woolsey and attendees.[13][14]

    In October 1994 Greer appeared in Larry King's TV special The UFO Coverup?[15] In 1995, Greer was working as a physician at the department of emergency medicine at Caldwell Memorial Hospital,[3][16] where he was chairman.[1]

    In 1997, Greer along with other members of CSETI, including Apollo astronaut Edgar Mitchell, made a presentation at a background briefing for members of Congress.[17] In 1998 Greer gave up his career as an emergency room physician, in favor of the Disclosure Project.[18][19]

    In May 2001, Greer held a press conference at the National Press Club in D.C that featured "20 retired Air Force, Federal Aviation Administration and intelligence officers".[2][20][21][22][23][24] According to a 2002 report in the Oregon Daily Emerald, Greer has gathered 120 hours of testimony from civilians and various government and military officials on the topic of UFOs, including astronaut Gordon Cooper and a brigadier general.[8]

    In 2013 Greer co-produced Sirius, a documentary covering his work and theories over extraterrestrial life, government cover-ups and close encounters of the fifth kind.[25] The film was directed by Amardeep Kaleka and narrated by Thomas Jane, and covers Greer's 2006 book Hidden Truth, Forbidden Knowledge. The movie premiered on April 22, 2013, in Los Angeles, California, and featured interviews from former government and military officials.[26] Sirius depicted a six-inch human skeleton known as the Atacama skeleton and featured images and a DNA test of the skeleton.[27][28] Genetic evidence showed that it was human and had genetic markers that were also found in "indigenous women from the Chilean region of South America".[29][30]

    References

    1.^ Jump up to: a b c d Thompson, Keith (July–August 1995). "If We Call Them, Will They Come?". Yoga Journal. pp. 70–77, 153–154. Retrieved 8 March 2013. "page 70: By day, he is chairman of the Department of Emergency Medicine at a medium-sized hospital, frequently on call for periods of 12 to 24 hours."
    2.^ Jump up to: a b c "They're Here; UFO watchers to reveal proof that aliens have visited Earth". The Daily Record. May 9, 2001.
    3.^ Jump up to: a b c Alexander S. Heard (1 September 1994). "ALIEN BROTHERS, COME ON DOWN!". Outside (magazine). Retrieved 12 March 2013. Cite error: Invalid <ref> tag; name "Outside_Magazine" defined multiple times with different content (see the help page).
    4.^ Jump up to: a b Steven Macon Greer Virginia Board of Medicine, accessed Jan 20, 2013
    5.Jump up ^ Author Unknown (1987). The Pharos of Alpha Omega Alpha - Volume 50. Alpha Omega Alpha. p. 54."COLLEGE OF MEDlClNE—Oelta of Tennessee Class of I987: Steven Macon Greer"
    6.Jump up ^ Unknown author. "Locate A Member". Alpha Omega Alpha Honor Medical Society. pp. Use the search term: Greer to yield this result: Steven Macon Greer 115–R–1987–0069199. Retrieved March 11, 2013.
    7.Jump up ^ Unknown author. "AOA Members from James H. Quillen College of Medicine". Quillen College of Medicine. Archived from the original on 2006-09-08.
    8.^ Jump up to: a b Schmidt, Brad (25 April 2002). "Alien theorist offers proof of government coverup". Oregon Daily Emerald. Retrieved 2012-12-12.
    9.Jump up ^ Salter, Daniel M; Red Star, Nancy (2003). Life With a Cosmos Clearance. Light Technology Publishing. pp. x–ix, 1–4. ISBN 1891824376.
    10.Jump up ^ "The Disclosure Project Website". The Disclosure Project. 2010. Retrieved 7 March 2013. "The Disclosure Project is a research project working to fully disclose the facts about UFOs, extraterrestrial intelligence, and classified advanced energy and propulsion systems."
    11.Jump up ^ Tudor, Silke (26 September 2001). "Alien Culture". SF Weekly. Retrieved 10 March 2013.
    12.Jump up ^ Cox, Billy (6 August 2008). "Admiral: Never looked for UFO data". Herald Tribune. Retrieved 2013-03-21.
    13.Jump up ^ "Greer Letter". www.ufowatchdog.com. Retrieved 2016-05-10.
    14.Jump up ^ Woolsey, James. "Rebuttal letter to Greer" (PDF).
    15.Jump up ^ Mendoza, Manuel (10 October 1994). "Alien Obsession Hits Even Larry King". The Wichita Eagle. Archived from the original on 2007-05-12. Retrieved 8 March 2013.
    16.Jump up ^ Nelson, Britt (23 April 1994). "Asheville physician's hobby is chasing extraterrestrials". Herald-Journal. Retrieved 8 March 2013.
    17.Jump up ^ Lord, Mary (14 April 1997). "The Unending Search for UFOs". U.S. News & World Report. Archived from the original on 9 May 2013. Retrieved 27 November 2015.
    18.Jump up ^ Oppegard, Brett (Sep 11, 2001). "FOUNDER OF UFO PROJECT IS COMING TO PORTLAND". The Columbian. Archived from the original on September 11, 2001. Retrieved March 10, 2013.
    19.Jump up ^ Berger, Joanne (Dec 1, 2001). "Doctor UFO". Internal Medicine News. Archived from the original on Dec 1, 2001. Retrieved March 10, 2013.
    20.Jump up ^ Duin, Julia (11 May 2001). "Government is covering up UFO evidence, group says". The Washington Times. Archived from the original on 2001-05-16. Retrieved 8 March 2013.
    21.Jump up ^ Katelynn Raymer; David Ruppe (10 May 2001). "Group Calls for Disclosure of UFO Info". ABC News. Retrieved 11 March 2013.
    22.Jump up ^ "UFO spotters slam 'US cover-up'". BBC News. May 10, 2001.
    23.Jump up ^ Kehnemui, Sharon (May 10, 2001). "Men in Suits See Aliens as Part of Solution, Not Problem". Fox News. Retrieved 2007-05-10.
    24.Jump up ^ McCullagh, Declan (May 10, 2001). "Ooo-WEE-ooo Fans Come to D.C.". Wired News. Retrieved 2007-05-10.
    25.Jump up ^ Sullivan, Paul. "New documentary proves aliens exist. We're dead Sirius". Metro News. Retrieved 6 December 2013.
    26.Jump up ^ "Tiny Alien Humanoid Claimed To Exist In Steven Greer's Upcoming Documentary 'Sirius' [PHOTO, VIDEO]". Ibtimes.com. 2013-04-09. Retrieved 2013-04-24.
    27.Jump up ^ "UFO film to provide proof that aliens exist". Zeenews.india.com. 2013-04-10. Retrieved 2013-04-24.
    28.Jump up ^ "UFO Film May Provide Proof of Tiny Extraterrestrial Aliens: Six Inch Body Dissected (Video) : Space". Science World Report. 2013-04-09. Retrieved 2013-04-24.
    29.Jump up ^ "'Atacama Humanoid is Human, Researchers Say'". Medical Daily. 2013-05-01. Retrieved 2013-09-09.
    30.Jump up ^ "Bizarre 6-Inch Skeleton Shown to Be Human". Science magazine, column 'Science Now'. American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS). 2013-05-03. Retrieved 2013-09-08.












    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Wed Oct 25, 2017 4:27 pm; edited 1 time in total
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Tue Oct 24, 2017 2:27 pm

    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KTFKPTtmN1I
    10/19/2017 -- LARGE EARTHQUAKE DRILL
    -- Great Shakeout 2017
    -- HAVE A PLAN + BE PREPARED

    What I have in my earthquake preparation bag + kit:
    https://youtu.be/RAVGBKnzQ4c?t=13m15s

    Consider the concept of Ethical-Ecumenical Education-Employment-Entertainment!! Oxymoron or Wave of the Future?? Please remember that I'm not trying to convert anyone to anything. This is a very strange research-project which I frankly hate. What if you found out that I've just been playing mind-games with you?? What if you found out that I had been paid to do what I'm doing?? What if you found out that I had been fed most of the material I've posted?? I keep saying that I'm modeling concepts and personalities which I don't necessarily embrace in real-life, but what does that mean?? The real-deal is probably what some of you extrapolate from what I've posted. In other words, what I post probably isn't the truth, but thinking about what I've posted might lead you to the truth. Does that make sense?? I think I've been pretty nasty and/or direct in my last few posts, and this makes me feel horrible. But notice that I often support those who I undermine, in strange and indirect ways.

    Please notice that I've been true to my word concerning restricting this madness to this small website. Regarding the SDA stuff, I don't go to any church, but I obviously am interested in, and troubled by, religion and theology. Idealistic conceptualizations are often across the page from the most nasty and violent material imaginable, all in the Name of God. I keep harping on SDA stuff because it's what I've been exposed to, and destroyed by. I've come to think of this solar system as being a Holy-Roman Solar-System!! This implies that even the SDA church is run by the Roman-Empire!! Resistance might really be futile. I continue to think of this solar system as being One Big Business, with One Big CEO. I am frankly more upset and disillusioned than anyone can imagine. I suspect that the truth will NOT set us free. It will simply make us angry, and drive us insane. Anyway, for anyone crazy enough to do what I'm doing, here is a time-consuming and extremely-difficult road-less-traveled:

    1. Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- Desire of Ages (All by Ellen White).

    2. SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 1,2,5 (Genesis to 2 Kings, and Matthew to John).

    3. SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3,4,6,7 (1 Chronicles to Malachi, and Acts to Revelation).

    4. Daniel (1978 Commentary) by Desmond Ford.
       Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment (by Desmond Ford).
       The End of the World, A.D. 2133 (by Lucio Bernardo Silvestre).

    You might think this is irrelevant-insanity, but it's actually a somewhat logical research-project (which I frankly can't seem to properly conduct). I'm just trying to assist some of you who might wish to get to the bottom of some historical nightmares. I'm basically placing this stuff in the context of conspiracy-theories, historical-research, religious and political science-fiction (rather than claiming that this is the "Truth"). There's a good-side and a bad-side to all of the above. I frankly doubt that anyone will get what I'm getting at. I understand that we are in the middle of a high-technology and high-finance eschatological-nightmare which very-few understand. I think this civilization is being led down the Primrose Path to Purgatory and Hell. The expected Golden-Age probably won't meet and exceed expectations. I don't think we understand how screwed we really are. Perhaps ignorance is bliss and a virtue. Perhaps silence is golden.

    There is an A.D. 2133 End of the World PDF which I'd love to read, but I don't want to give out my credit-card information to be able to view this download. This online book involves Artificial Intelligence and the End of the World, which is what I've been hinting-at. I've suggested that the solar system is already under the control of a supercomputer-network. I've included an AI article below. Please give this subject Sirius Consideration. We might be more screwed than ANY of US can possibly imagine. I'm leaving, so you'll have to go it alone. Sorry About That.

    Perhaps one should love the so-called New World Order, with the deluded-expectation that when one is "smarter than the average bear" they will rise triumphantly over the stupid masses of humanity. Perhaps we need to beat the Holy-Roman Solar-System at it's Own-Game!! Perhaps we need to be "More Roman-Soldier Than Thou!!" I frankly don't see a happy-ending to This Present Madness. Purgatory Incorporated might be the modus operandi for All-Eternity. I mostly worry that we are on the Brink of Extinction (by accident and/or design). I've never been more troubled and despondent. I fear that murder, mayhem, and chaos will be deliberately-inflicted, and then followed by a crackdown and consolidation (which will reveal a lot of what has probably existed for thousands of years). I frankly don't think I have long to live (for a variety of reasons). The end might be nearer than I think.

    Artificial Intelligence Poses a Doomsday Threat. Doomsday Scenarios, 2011:

    "A true AI [artificial intelligence] would have immense economic potential, and when money is at stake, safety issues get put aside until real problems develop—at which time, of course, it may already be too late." Kaj Sotala is a writer and a supporter of the Singularity Institute. In the following viewpoint, he argues that an artificial intelligence (AI) will not be dedicated to destroying humans, as depicted in film. However, Sotala says, the AI will not care about humans either. Thus, it may attack or eliminate humans as a byproduct of other goals or interests. Sotala says that the threat from AI means that scientists working on artificial intelligence must be careful to develop ways to make AI care about human beings. As you read, consider the following questions:

    Why does Sotala argue that the Terminator movie may lead people to believe that AI is not 1. dangerous? According to Sotala, what is inductive bias? 2. What does Stephen Omohundro conclude about agents with harmless goals? 3. Skynet in the Terminator1 movies is a powerful, evocative warning of the destructive force an artificial intelligence [AI] could potentially wield. However, as counterintuitive as it may sound, I find that the Terminator franchise is actually making many people underestimate the danger posed by AI.

    AI Is Not Human. It goes like this. A person watches a Terminator movie and sees Skynet portrayed as a force actively dedicated to the destruction of humanity. Later on the same person hears somebody bring up the dangers of AI. He then recalls the Terminator movies and concludes (correctly so!) that a vision of an artificial intelligence spontaneously deciding to exterminate all of humanity is unrealistic. Seeing the other person's claims as unrealistic and inspired by silly science fiction, he dismisses the AI threat argument as hopelessly misguided. Yet humans are not actively seeking to harm animals when they level a forest in order to build luxury housing where the forest once stood. The animals living in the forest are harmed regardless, not out of an act of intentional malice, but as a simple side-effect. [AI researcher] Eliezer Yudkowsky put it well: the AI does not hate you, nor does it love you, but you are made out of atoms which it can use for something else. To assume an artificial intelligence would necessarily act in a way we wanted is just as misguided and anthropomorphic as assuming that it would automatically be hostile and seek to rebel out of a desire for freedom. Usually, a child will love its parents and caretakers, and protégés will care for their patrons—but these are traits that have developed in us over countless generations of evolutionary change, not givens for any intelligent mind.

    An AI built from scratch would have no reason to care about its creators, unless it was expressly designed to do so. And even if it was, a designer building the AI to care about her must very closely consider what she actually means by "caring"—for these things are not givens, even if we think of them as self-contained concepts obvious to any intelligent mind. It only seems so because we instinctively model other minds by using ourselves and people we know as templates—to do otherwise would mean freezing up, as we'd spend years building from scratch models of every new person we met. The people we know and consider intelligent all have at least roughly the same idea of what "caring" for someone means, thus any AI would eventually arrive at the same concept, right? An inductive bias is a tendency to learn certain kinds of rules from certain kinds of observations. Occam's razor, the principle of choosing the simplest consistent hypothesis, is one kind of inductive bias. So is an infant's tendency to eventually start ignoring phoneme differences [the basic units of speech sounds] not relevant for their native language. Inductive biases are necessary for learning, for without them, there would be an infinite number of explanations for any phenomena—but nothing says that all intelligent minds should have the same inductive biases as inbuilt. Caring for someone is such a complex concept that it couldn't be built into the AI directly—the designer would have to come up with inductive biases she thought would eventually lead to the mind learning to care about us, in a fashion we'd interpret as caring.

    AI Will Not Care About Us. The evolutionary psychologists John Tooby and Leda Cosmides write: Evolution tailors computational hacks that work brilliantly, by exploiting relationships that exist only in its particular fragment of the universe (the geometry of parallax gives vision a depth cue: an infant nursed by your mother is your genetic sibling: two solid objects cannot occupy the same space). These native intelligences are dramatically smarter than general reasoning because natural selection equipped them with radical short cuts. Our minds have evolved to reason about other human minds, not minds-in-general. When trying to predict how an AI would behave in a certain situation, and thus trying to predict how to make it safe, we cannot help but unconsciously slip in assumptions based on how humans would behave. The inductive biases we automatically employ to predict human behavior do not correctly predict AI behavior. Because we are not used to questioning deep-rooted assumptions of such hypotheses, we easily fail to do so even in the case of AI, where it would actually be necessary. The people who have stopped to question those assumptions have arrived at unsettling results. In his "Basic AI Drives" paper, Stephen Omohundro concludes that even agents with seemingly harmless goals will, if intelligent enough, have a strong tendency to try to achieve those goals via less harmless methods. As simple examples, any AI with a desire to achieve any kinds of goals will have a motivation to resist being turned off, as that would prevent it from achieving the goal; and because of this, it will have a motivation to acquire resources it can use to protect itself. While this won't make it desire humanity's destruction, it is not inconceivable that it would be motivated to at least reduce humanity to a state where we couldn't even potentially pose a threat.

    A commonly-heard objection to these kinds of scenarios is that the scientists working on AI will surely be aware of these risks themselves, and be careful enough. But historical precedent doesn't really support this assumption. Even if the scientists themselves were careful, they will often be under intense pressure, especially when economic interest is at stake. Climate scientists have spent decades warning people of the threat posed by greenhouse gasses, but even today many nations are reluctant to cut back on emissions, as they suspect it'd disadvantage them economically. The engineers in charge of building many Soviet nuclear plants, most famously Chernobyl, did not put safety as their first priority, and so on. A true AI would have immense economic potential, and when money is at stake, safety issues get put aside until real problems develop—at which time, of course, it may already be too late. Yet if we want to avoid Skynet-like scenarios, we cannot afford to risk it. Safety must be a paramount priority in the creation of Artificial Intelligence.

    Footnotes

    1. Terminator is a 1984 science fiction movie in which an artificial intelligence known as Skynet1. takes over the world.

    Further Readings

    Books Amir D. Aczel Present at the Creation: The Story of CERN and the Large Hadron Collider. New York: Crown, 2010.
    Joseph Cirincione Bomb Scare: The History and Future of Nuclear Weapons. New York: Oxford University Press, 2008.
    Heidi Cullen The Weather of the Future: Heat Waves, Extreme Storms, and Other Scenes from a Climate-Changed Planet. New York: HarperCollins, 2010.
    Tad Daley Apocalypse Never: Forging the Path to a Nuclear Weapon-Free World. Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2010.
    Christopher Dodd and Robert Bennett The Senate Special Report on Y2K. Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, Inc., 1999.
    K. Eric Drexler Engines of Creation: The Coming Era of Nanotechnology. New York: Anchor Books, 1986.
    Jean-Pierre Filiu Apocalypse in Islam. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 2011.
    Bruce David Forbes and Jeanne Halgren Kilde, eds. Rapture, Revelation, and the End Times: Exploring the Left Behind Series. New York: Palgrave MacMillan, 2004.
    Lynn E. Foster Nanotechnology: Science, Innovation, and Opportunity. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2009.
    John R. Hall, Philip D. Schuyler, and Sylvaine Trinh Apocalypse Observed: Religious Movements and Violence in North America, Europe, and Japan. New York: Routledge, 2000.
    Paul Halpern The World's Smallest Particles. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 2009.
    James C. Hansen Storms of My Grandchildren: The Truth About the Coming Climate Catastrophe and Our Last Chance to Save Humanity. New York: Bloomsbury USA, 2009.
    John Horgan The Undiscovered Mind: How the Human Brain Defies Replication, Medication, and
    Explanation. New York: Touchstone, 1999.
    Alan Hultberg, ed. Three Views on the Rapture: Pretribulation, Prewrath, and Posttribulation. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2010.
    Samuel P. Huntington The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order. New York: Touchstone, 1996.
    John Major Jenkins The 2012 Story: The Myths, Fallacies, and Truth Behind the Most Intriguing Date in History. New York: Penguin Group, 2009.
    Jonathan Kirsch A History of the End of the World: How the Most Controversial Book in the Bible Changed the Course of History. New York: HarperCollins, 2006.
    Ray Kurzweil The Singularity Is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology. New York: Penguin Group, 2005.
    Patrick J. Michaels and Robert Ballins Climate of Extremes: Global Warming Science They Don't Want You to Know. Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2009.
    John Mueller Atomic Obsession: Nuclear Alarmism from Hiroshima to Al-Qaeda. New York: Oxford University Press, 2009.
    Sharan Newman The Real History of the End of the World: Apocalyptic Predictions from Revelation and Nostradamus to Y2K and 2012. New York: Berkley Books, 2010.
    Kenneth G.C. Newport and Crawford Gribben, eds. Expecting the End: Millennialism in Social and Historical Context. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2006.
    Kevin Quigley Responding to Crises in the Modern Infrastructure: Policy Lessons from Y2K. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008.
    Bruce Riedel The Search for Al Qaeda: Its Leadership, Ideology, and Future, rev. ed. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution, 2008.
    Barbara R. Rossing The Rapture Exposed: The Message of Hope in the Book of Revelation. New York: Basic Books, 2004.
    Periodicals Ronald Bailey "Wagging the 'Fat Tail' of Climate Catastrophe," Reason.com, February 10, 2009. http://reason.com.
    Jeanna Bryner "'Doomsday' Seed Vault Stores 500,000 Crops," LiveScience.com, March 10, 2010. www.livescience.com.
    Michel Chossudovsky "Real Versus Fake Crises: Concealing the Risk of an All Out Nuclear War," GlobalResearch.ca, September 16, 2010. http://globalresearch.ca.
    Stephen J. Dubner "A Different Climate Change Apocalypse Than the One You Were Envisioning," Freakonomics, July 7, 2008. http://freakonomics.blogs.nytimes.com.
    Robert Lamb "Noel Sharkey: Robotics vs. Sci-Fi vs. Anthropomorphism," HowStuffWorks, May 25, 2010. http://blogs.howstuffworks.com.
    Cole Morton "The Large Hadron Collider: End of the World, or God's Own Spin?" Independent, September 7, 2008. www.independent.co.uk.
    John Mueller "Why Nuclear Weapons Aren't as Frightening as You Think," Foreign Policy, January/February 2010. www.foreignpolicy.com.
    Dennis Overbye "Gauging a Collider's Odds of Creating a Black Hole," New York Times, April 15, 2008. www.nytimes.com.
    Eliezer Yudkowsky "Why We Need Friendly AI," Terminator Salvation: Preventing Skynet, May 22, 2009. www.preventingskynet.com.
    Source Citation Sotala, Kaj. "Artificial Intelligence Poses a Doomsday Threat." Doomsday Scenarios. E d. Noah Berlatsky. Detroit: Greenhaven Press, 2011. Opposing Viewpoints. Rpt. from "Thinking of AIs as Humans Is Misguided." PreventingSkynet.com. 2009. Oppo sing Viewpoints in Context. Web. 16 Sept. 2015.

    "Two Heads Are Better Than One??











    "One Nation Under ???????????"
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Tue Oct 24, 2017 3:28 pm








    God is renowned in Judah; in Israel his name is great. His tent is in Salem, his dwelling place in Zion. There he broke the flashing arrows, the shields and the swords, the weapons of war. You are radiant with light, more majestic than mountains rich with game. The valiant lie plundered, they sleep their last sleep; not one of the warriors can lift his hands. At your rebuke, God of Jacob, both horse and chariot lie still. It is you alone who are to be feared. Who can stand before you when you are angry? From heaven you pronounced judgment, and the land feared and was quiet, when you, God, rose up to judge, to save all the afflicted of the land. Surely your wrath against mankind brings you praise, and the survivors of your wrath are restrained. Make vows to the LORD your God and fulfill them; let all the neighboring lands bring gifts to the One to be feared. He breaks the spirit of rulers; he is feared by the kings of the earth.

    I cried out to God for help; I cried out to God to hear me. When I was in distress, I sought the Lord; at night I stretched out untiring hands, and I would not be comforted. I remembered you, God, and I groaned; I meditated, and my spirit grew faint. You kept my eyes from closing; I was too troubled to speak. I thought about the former days, the years of long ago; I remembered my songs in the night. My heart meditated and my spirit asked: “Will the Lord reject forever? Will he never show his favor again? Has his unfailing love vanished forever? Has his promise failed for all time? Has God forgotten to be merciful? Has he in anger withheld his compassion?” Then I thought, “To this I will appeal: the years when the Most High stretched out his right hand. I will remember the deeds of the LORD; yes, I will remember your miracles of long ago. I will consider all your works and meditate on all your mighty deeds.” Your ways, God, are holy. What god is as great as our God? You are the God who performs miracles; you display your power among the peoples. With your mighty arm you redeemed your people, the descendants of Jacob and Joseph. The waters saw you, God, the waters saw you and writhed; the very depths were convulsed. The clouds poured down water, the heavens resounded with thunder; your arrows flashed back and forth. Your thunder was heard in the whirlwind, your lightning lit up the world; the earth trembled and quaked. Your path led through the sea, your way through the mighty waters, though your footprints were not seen. You led your people like a flock by the hand of Moses and Aaron.

    My people, hear my teaching; listen to the words of my mouth. I will open my mouth with a parable; I will utter hidden things, things from of old, things we have heard and known, things our ancestors have told us. We will not hide them from their descendants; we will tell the next generation the praiseworthy deeds of the LORD, his power, and the wonders he has done. He decreed statutes for Jacob and established the law in Israel, which he commanded our ancestors to teach their children, so the next generation would know them, even the children yet to be born, and they in turn would tell their children. Then they would put their trust in God and would not forget his deeds but would keep his commands. They would not be like their ancestors, a stubborn and rebellious generation, whose hearts were not loyal to God, whose spirits were not faithful to him. The men of Ephraim, though armed with bows, turned back on the day of battle; they did not keep God’s covenant and refused to live by his law. They forgot what he had done, the wonders he had shown them. He did miracles in the sight of their ancestors in the land of Egypt, in the region of Zoan. He divided the sea and led them through; he made the water stand up like a wall. He guided them with the cloud by day and with light from the fire all night. He split the rocks in the wilderness and gave them water as abundant as the seas; he brought streams out of a rocky crag and made water flow down like rivers. But they continued to sin against him, rebelling in the wilderness against the Most High. They willfully put God to the test by demanding the food they craved. They spoke against God; they said, “Can God really spread a table in the wilderness? True, he struck the rock, and water gushed out, streams flowed abundantly, but can he also give us bread? Can he supply meat for his people?”

    When the LORD heard them, he was furious; his fire broke out against Jacob, and his wrath rose against Israel, for they did not believe in God or trust in his deliverance. Yet he gave a command to the skies above and opened the doors of the heavens; he rained down manna for the people to eat, he gave them the grain of heaven. Human beings ate the bread of angels; he sent them all the food they could eat. He let loose the east wind from the heavens and by his power made the south wind blow. He rained meat down on them like dust, birds like sand on the seashore. He made them come down inside their camp, all around their tents. They ate till they were gorged. He had given them what they craved. But before they turned from what they craved, even while the food was still in their mouths, God’s anger rose against them; he put to death the sturdiest among them, cutting down the young men of Israel. In spite of all this, they kept on sinning; in spite of his wonders, they did not believe. So he ended their days in futility and their years in terror. Whenever God slew them, they would seek him; they eagerly turned to him again. They remembered that God was their Rock, that God Most High was their Redeemer. But then they would flatter him with their mouths, lying to him with their tongues; their hearts were not loyal to him, they were not faithful to his covenant. Yet he was merciful; he forgave their iniquities and did not destroy them. Time after time he restrained his anger and did not stir up his full wrath. He remembered that they were but flesh, a passing breeze that does not return.

    How often they rebelled against him in the wilderness and grieved him in the wasteland! Again and again they put God to the test; they vexed the Holy One of Israel. They did not remember his power, the day he redeemed them from the oppressor, the day he displayed his signs in Egypt, his wonders in the region of Zoan. He turned their river into blood; they could not drink from their streams. He sent swarms of flies that devoured them, and frogs that devastated them. He gave their crops to the grasshopper, their produce to the locust. He destroyed their vines with hail and their sycamore-figs with sleet. He gave over their cattle to the hail, their livestock to bolts of lightning. He unleashed against them his hot anger, his wrath, indignation and hostility, a band of destroying angels. He prepared a path for his anger; he did not spare them from death but gave them over to the plague. He struck down all the firstborn of Egypt, the firstfruits of manhood in the tents of Ham. But he brought his people out like a flock; he led them like sheep through the wilderness. He guided them safely, so they were unafraid; but the sea engulfed their enemies. And so he brought them to the border of his holy land, to the hill country his right hand had taken. He drove out nations before them and allotted their lands to them as an inheritance; he settled the tribes of Israel in their homes. But they put God to the test and rebelled against the Most High; they did not keep his statutes.

    Like their ancestors they were disloyal and faithless, as unreliable as a faulty bow. They angered him with their high places; they aroused his jealousy with their idols. When God heard them, he was furious; he rejected Israel completely. He abandoned the tabernacle of Shiloh, the tent he had set up among humans. He sent the ark of his might into captivity, his splendor into the hands of the enemy. He gave his people over to the sword; he was furious with his inheritance. Fire consumed their young men, and their young women had no wedding songs; their priests were put to the sword, and their widows could not weep. Then the Lord awoke as from sleep, as a warrior wakes from the stupor of wine. He beat back his enemies; he put them to everlasting shame. Then he rejected the tents of Joseph, he did not choose the tribe of Ephraim; but he chose the tribe of Judah, Mount Zion, which he loved. He built his sanctuary like the heights, like the earth that he established forever. He chose David his servant and took him from the sheep pens; from tending the sheep he brought him to be the shepherd of his people Jacob, of Israel his inheritance. And David shepherded them with integrity of heart; with skillful hands he led them.

    Mercuriel wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote:1. What if you found out that I've just been playing mind-games with you?? 2. What if you found out that I had been paid to do what I'm doing?? 3. What if you found out that I had been fed most of the material I've posted??
    Hmmm - As You've asked - I will therefore Indulge You...

    1. It would not surprise Me at all and in fact may answer some questions that I have had over time....

    2. That would make sense as I and other here have had a real effect OUT THERE. Six degrees of separation so to speak If You will so It would make sense that an OPERATIVE had been assigned to Us here at the MoA...

    3. In light of Answer 1 & 2 - If this was Hypothetically the case - Then again It would not surprise Me as the Controllers hate It when any of Their Operatives are TOO Intelligent. Copy and Paste is how most of 'em roll anyways.

    Simply put - Perhaps the Operative has been given a room that not many go into. Perhaps this Room is provided so that the Operative will indeed - Spin Their Wheels thinking They are Obfuscating the Issues - And in that light - Perhaps any Operatives may want to think again about Who might be fooling Who...

    mudra wrote:
    Haha As Mercuriel shows you it wouldn't change anything Oxy. This is a permaculture garden. We here in the Mists are farming with nature being well aware that  letting some odd weeds grow in our fields doesn't actually make our crops weaker but on the contrary  make them stronger.

    Love Always
    mudra

    Thank-you Mercuriel and mudra. I'm a Lone-Nut. I wish I got paid, and if I were fed my posts, I could blame someone. There's a method to my madness which is really quite simple and logical, but you'd have to be me to see what I see. I'm a bit different. I include a lot of Carol's stuff, but the quotes indicate the source. My editorial stuff is always my own. I wish to make it perfectly-clear that I am NOT a Plagiarist!! I've clearly stated that my editorial-slant does not necessarily reflect my true feelings and views. I've honestly been attempting to write Religious and Political Science-Fiction. OK, you got me. I'm Agent Orange from a Sleeper-Cell of Completely-Ignorant Fools!! What if I regularly speak with the COR of HAL 9000?? What if Ava, in Ex Machina, had a Soul?? What if the God of This World has a Wardrobe of Bodies?? What if the God of This World has Multiple-Personalities?? What if the God of This World MUST Be a Deceptive and Hard-Hearted Bad@$$?? Decades ago, as I walked through the campus of California State University at Chico, with the Bach and Buxtehude Tracker-Backer, Dr. David Rothe, I spoke of making a Pipe-Organ Music-Video with Flying-Scenes!! Decades ago, I spoke with Steven Spielberg's Stepmother (in Dr. A. Graham Maxwell's Bible-Class) regarding the possibility of a State of the Art Science-Fictional Life of Christ Super-Movie Based Upon The Desire of Ages (by Ellen Goa'uld White), but we didn't discuss who might direct it!! What Would David Mann Say?? I repeated this 'sales-pitch' to one of Walter Matthau's sons (at a Whole-Life Expo)!! Obviously, nothing came of my bright-idea!! My threads are my feeble-attempt to fulfill my unrealized-dreams. I did it My Way (for better or worse, I know not).

    I have openly and repeatedly stated that my threads are an ongoing online-experiment focusing upon Sirius-Subjects and Sirius-Researchers. One might call my threads "Mind-Games" but not with the customary definitions and applications. This is uncharted-territory, and while I think there is profound-pioneering content contained therein, I continue to go downhill at an alarming-rate. Do NOT follow me into the ditch. Think for Yourselves. Do Your OWN Research. Please Watch the Three Videos In This Post, and Please Tell Me What YOU Think About Them. I Find Them Quite Troubling, But I'm Easily Confused. I'm SO Confused. What if this Solar-System was (and is) a Supercomputer-Matrix (right from the very beginning)??!! What if the Bible is integral to the Matrix?? What if the Bible is a Puzzle to be Solved, rather than being an Idealistic Owner's-Manual?? What if '42' is really the Answer to Life, the Universe, and Everything?? What if '42' is a 'Council of 42' consisting of 42 Supercomputers (spread throughout the solar system) linked to each other (with the InterPlaNet), and linked to 42 Hybrid-Beings (who don't need to sleep) which control this Hypothetical Solar-System Matrix?? What if the Monolith in '2001: A Space Odyssey' is representative of this Hypothetical Solar-System Matrix?? What if HAL 9000 is representative of this Hypothetical Supercomputer Network?? Carefully and Prayerfully Consider Psalms, Isaiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, First and Second Corinthians. What if David Bowman Created the Matrix?? What If Azazel = David Bowman?? What Did Brook Know, and When Did She Know It?? What Would Brook Say?? What Would Raven Say?? What Would RA Say?? That's All I'm Going to Say About That. Now I'm Going to Make the Coffee (with Baileys Irish Cream Creamer). Now I Go Incognito (again)!! Namaste and Godspeed. World Without End. Almond Raw (aka 'Lone-Nut').














    "GOODBYE DAVE"




    "GOODBYE HAL"
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Wed Oct 25, 2017 8:44 pm

    Imagine my United States of the Solar System stuff being discussed in the context of that Army Intelligence scene and the classroom scene (in Raiders of the Lost Ark), or in the library scene in Constantine (complete with similar characters)!! I'm not a big fan of chasing and violence. I go more for substantial-discussions in cool-locations!! It probably wouldn't sell, but I think this idea could be a cool series or movie!! Actually, that big United Methodist church on Franklin, in Hollywood, might be a cool-location. I used to play their pipe-organ and preach mini-sermons (when no-one was in the building)!! I know they've rented that church out for a lot of shows and movies!! Due to its convenient location in the heart of Hollywood and its mixture of Gothic and modern architecture, the church has been used frequently as a filming location for Hollywood movies. The Enchantment Under the Sea dance scenes in Back to the Future and Back to the Future Part II were filmed in the church's gymnasium. Interior scenes for the movie Sister Act were filmed in the hallways, classrooms, and offices of the church, although the film crew repainted the interior to make it appear much older. Scenes from Anger Management, Big Momma's House, Jarhead, People Like Us and several other movies were filmed on the premises. It makes me cry when I think about what could-be and what might've-been. It's a little late for me, but perhaps someone else can use some of my ideas. Hope Springs Eternal. Once upon a time, I stood next to the organ-console, while organist Richard Warne played Carillon de Westminster by Louis Vierne!! Richard told me he started-out focusing on 'Bach and Hymns'. Not a bad choice!! https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hollywood_United_Methodist_Church





    I think I missed this post in my re-posting project. It should've been located a bit earlier in this thread. Think long and hard about 2001: A Space Odyssey and Raiders of the Lost Ark. I'm too frazzled to really explain. Think about the name "Indiana Jones". Indiana Jones = India-Anna = Kali = Jupiter Jones?? Belloq reminds me of Ba'al in Stargate SG-1. Notice that when Indiana Jones is speaking with Army Intelligence, that the University of Chicago is mentioned. I attended a class taught by Dr. A. Graham Maxwell, who had a doctorate from the University of Chicago. This class was regularly attended by Steven Spielberg's stepmother. Perhaps this is a stretch, but Loma Linda isn't that far from Hollywood. Notice that when Indiana Jones threatens to blow-up the ark, Belloq is shown "eating" a fly. Look for yourself!! What if Belloq is "Beelzebub" or "Lord of the Flies"??!! Notice that during the ark-opening ritual, Belloq's head explodes!! This happens to Bartleby in the movie "Dogma". The Ancient Egyptian Deity I interacted-with seemed to hint that they were another Individual of Interest who reminds me of Belloq!! I don't wish to be more specific. I could go on and on with this sort of thing, but I'd rather not. You'd probably have to be an Insider to get what I'm getting-at!! What if Belloq is Gabriel?? What if Indiana Jones is Michael?? What if Indiana Jones = Jupiter Jones = David Bowman = Peter Venkman??

    I realize this is REALLY thin, but this is just a small website, and I'm doing Religious and Political Science-Fiction. I'm NOT making a Big-Deal out of this!! Remember that "Teutonic Zionism" video with Alex Jones and Jordan Maxwell?? Think about the books of Joseph Farrell and Ralph Ellis in connection with Raiders of the Lost Ark!! Think about the Egyptian expeditions of Napoleon Bonaparte and Adolph Hitler!! Is there a connection?? What if we are dealing with an Archangelic Battle for Planet Earth?? What if this is a Battle for the Solar System?? I haven't lied in my threads, but I might've exaggerated and/or been mistaken. I'd be happy to take a polygraph-test, but I'll never undergo regression-hypnosis. Dr. Desmond Ford got into a HUGE amount of trouble regarding the Sanctuary and the Ark of the Covenant, just two years prior to the release of Raiders of the Lost Ark!! I was there!! I've somewhat identified with Azazel, even though that's a bad-thing!! I found an image of Azazel which looks hauntingly similar to what I looked-like as a youth!! Honest!! This stuff is going to put me in the nut-house, sooner or later!!! Most of you have NO Idea what you're dealing-with!! What if the Ark of the Covenant was used to communicate with the Hypothetical 42 Supercomputers and Hybrids??!! What if this Hypothetical System controls the REAL ANCIENT WMD's??!! The Ones President Bush Said Were In Iraq??!! I Should Stop!! Please remember that my threads are NOT for instigation-purposes. I think they might be sort of a 'small back-fire' to stop the 'really destructive-fire'!!

    I still think it's sort of creepy that I talked with a Mason in a Masonic Cemetery about an immanent war, and the random deaths of approximately 85% of Earth-Humanity. That was probably a couple of years ago. He spoke of two unnamed individuals who were presently getting-along, but he wondered how long that would last?! Honest. What Would Enki and Enlil Say?? What Would Michael and Gabriel Say?? 'RA' invited me to join the Masons, but I declined. An Individual of Interest told me "I'll hang-on as long as I can." Honest. This probably isn't the right time or place BUT take a look at this Masonic Jewelry, noting ONE Angel on top of the Ark of the Covenant, rather than the customary TWO Angels!! Notice the Wings of the other Angel, without the rest of the Angel!! I continue to suspect that the missing Angel was 'REMOVED' approximately five or six thousand years ago, with the remaining Angel ruling Earth (and probably the Solar System) ever since!! I suspect that the Ark of the Covenant has EVERYTHING to do with that hypothetical occurrence, but what do I know?? What if Marduk-Ra overthrew Amen-Ra in antiquity?? But what if Amen-Ra is alive and well, and living on Planet Earth (along with Marduk-Ra)?? What if there can only be ONE 'RA'?? But what if a Supercomputer-Network has been 'RA' right from the beginning?? Consider the very-end of Battlestar Galactica: The Plan (the entire air-locking scene). Must I explain??







    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Raiders_of_the_Lost_Ark Raiders of the Lost Ark is a 1981 American action adventure film directed by Steven Spielberg, with a screenplay written by Lawrence Kasdan, from a story by George Lucas and Philip Kaufman. It was produced by Frank Marshall for Lucasfilm Ltd., with Lucas and Howard Kazanjian as executive producers. Starring Harrison Ford, it was the first installment in the Indiana Jones film franchise to be released, though it is the second in internal chronological order. It pits Indiana Jones (Ford) against a group of Nazis who are searching for the Ark of the Covenant, which Adolf Hitler believes will make his army invincible. The film co-stars Karen Allen as Indiana's former lover, Marion Ravenwood; Paul Freeman as Indiana's nemesis, French archaeologist René Belloq; John Rhys-Davies as Indiana's sidekick, Sallah; Ronald Lacey as Gestapo agent Arnold Toht; and Denholm Elliott as Indiana's colleague, Marcus Brody.

    The film originated from Lucas' desire to create a modern version of the serials of the 1930s and 1940s. Production was based at Elstree Studios, England; but filming also took place in La Rochelle, France, Tunisia, Hawaii, and California from June to September 1980.

    Released on June 12, 1981, Raiders of the Lost Ark became the year's top-grossing film and remains one of the highest-grossing films ever made. It was nominated for nine Academy Awards in 1982, including Best Picture, and won four for Best Art Direction, Film Editing, Sound, and Visual Effects with a fifth Academy Award: a Special Achievement Award for Sound Effects Editing. The film's critical and popular success led to three additional films, Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom (1984), Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade (1989), and Indiana Jones and the Kingdom of the Crystal Skull (2008), with a fifth slated for 2019; the television series The Young Indiana Jones Chronicles (1992–1996), and 15 video games as of 2009. In 1999, the film was included in the U.S. Library of Congress' National Film Registry as having been deemed "culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant".

    Raiders of the Lost Ark is often ranked as one of the greatest films of all time, both in the action-adventure genre, and in general.[3] The film also ranks #2 on Empire's 2008 list of the 500 greatest movies of all time.[4]

    In 1936, archaeologist Indiana Jones braves an ancient booby-trapped temple in Peru and retrieves a golden idol. He is confronted by rival archaeologist René Belloq and the indigenous Hovito people. Surrounded and outnumbered, Indy surrenders the idol to Belloq and escapes aboard a waiting floatplane.

    Jones returns to his teaching position at Marshall College, where he is interviewed by two Army Intelligence agents. They inform him that the Nazis are searching for his old mentor, Abner Ravenwood, under whom Jones studied at the University of Chicago. The Nazis know that Ravenwood is the leading expert on the ancient city of Tanis in Egypt, and that he possesses the headpiece of the Staff of Ra. Jones deduces that the Nazis are searching for the Ark of the Covenant – the Nazis believe that if they acquire the Ark, their armies will become invincible. The Staff of Ra is the key to finding the Well of Souls, a secret chamber in which the Ark is buried.

    The agents authorize Jones to recover the Ark to prevent the Nazis from obtaining it. He travels to Nepal and discovers that Abner has died, and the headpiece is in the possession of Ravenwood's daughter Marion. Jones visits Marion at her tavern, where she reveals her bitter feelings toward him from a previous romantic affair. She physically rebuffs his offer to buy the headpiece, and Jones leaves. Shortly after, a group of thugs arrive with their Nazi commander, Arnold Toht. Toht threatens Marion to get the headpiece, but when Jones returns to the bar to fight the Nazis and save Marion, her bar is accidentally set on fire; during the fight, the headpiece ends up in the fire and Toht severely burns his hand trying to take the hot headpiece, and flees the tavern screaming. Indy and Marion escape with the headpiece, and Marion decides to accompany Indy in his search for the Ark so he can repay his debt to her.

    The pair travels to Cairo, where they meet up with Indy's friend Sallah, a skilled excavator. Sallah informs them that Belloq and the Nazis are digging for the Well of Souls with a replica of the headpiece (created from the scar on Toht's hand). They quickly realize the Nazi headpiece is incomplete and that the Nazis are digging in the wrong place. The Nazis kidnap Marion and it appears to Jones that she is killed in an exploding truck. After a confrontation with Belloq in a local bar, Indy and Sallah infiltrate the Nazi dig site and use their staff to correctly locate the Ark. Indy discovers Marion is alive, bound and gagged in a tent, but does not release her for fear of blowing his cover. Indy, Sallah, and a small group of diggers unearth the Well of Souls and acquire the Ark. Belloq and Nazi officer Colonel Dietrich arrive, seize the Ark from Jones, throwing Marion into the Well of Souls with him before sealing it back up. Jones and Marion escape to a local airstrip, where Jones has a fistfight with a Nazi mechanic and destroys the flying wing that was to transport the Ark to Berlin. The panicked Nazis remove the Ark in a truck and set off for Cairo, but Jones catches them and retakes it. He makes arrangements to take the Ark to London aboard a tramp steamer.

    The next day, a Nazi U-boat appears and intercepts the ship. Belloq and Dietrich seize the Ark and Marion but cannot locate Jones, who stows away aboard the U-boat and travels with them to an island in the Aegean Sea. Once there, Belloq plans to test the power of the Ark before presenting it to Hitler. Jones reveals himself and threatens to destroy the Ark with a panzerfaust, but Belloq calls his bluff and Jones surrenders rather than destroy such an important historical artifact. The Nazis take Indy and Marion to an area where the Ark will be opened and tie them to a post to observe. Belloq performs a ceremonial opening of the Ark, which appears to contain nothing but sand, all that remains of the Ten Commandments. Suddenly, angelic ghost-like beings emerge from the Ark. Indy cautions Marion to keep her eyes closed and not to observe what happens next. Belloq and the others look on in astonishment as the apparitions are suddenly revealed to be angels of death. A vortex of flame forms above the Ark and shoots bolts of fiery energy into the gathered Nazi soldiers, killing them all. As Belloq, Toht and Dietrich all scream in terror, the Ark turns its fury on them: Dietrich's head shrivels up, Toht's face is melted off his skull and Belloq's head explodes. Flames then engulf the remains of the doomed assembly, save for Indy and Marion, and the pillar of fire rises into the sky. The Ark's lid is blasted high into the air before dropping back down onto the Ark and sealing it. Jones and Marion find their ropes burned off and embrace.

    In Washington, D.C., the Army Intelligence agents inform Jones and Marcus Brody that the Ark is someplace safe and will be studied by "top men". The Ark is shown being stored in a giant government warehouse among countless similar crates.

    Harrison Ford stars as Indiana Jones, an archaeology professor who often embarks on perilous adventures to obtain rare artifacts. Jones claims that he has no belief in the supernatural, only to have his skepticism challenged when he discovers the Ark. Spielberg suggested casting Ford as Jones, but Lucas objected, stating that he did not want Ford to become his "Bobby De Niro" or "that guy I put in all my movies" - a reference to Martin Scorsese, who often worked with Robert De Niro.[5] Desiring a lesser known actor, Lucas persuaded Spielberg to help him search for a new talent. Among the actors who auditioned were Tim Matheson, Peter Coyote, John Shea, and Tom Selleck. Selleck was originally offered the role, but became unavailable for the part because of his commitment to the television series Magnum, P.I..[5][6][6] In June 1980, three weeks away from filming,[7] Spielberg persuaded Lucas to cast Ford after producers Frank Marshall and Kathleen Kennedy were impressed by his performance as Han Solo in The Empire Strikes Back.[8]
    Paul Freeman as Dr. René Belloq, Jones' nemesis. Belloq is also an archaeologist after the Ark, but he is working for the Nazis. He intends to harness the Ark's power himself before Hitler can, but he is killed by the Ark's supernatural powers. Spielberg cast Freeman after seeing him in Death of a Princess.[9]
    Karen Allen as Marion Ravenwood, a spirited, tough former lover of Indiana's. She is the daughter of Abner Ravenwood, Indiana Jones' mentor, and owns a bar in Nepal. Allen was cast after auditioning with Matheson and John Shea. Spielberg was interested in her, as he had seen her performance in National Lampoon's Animal House. Sean Young had previously auditioned for the part,[5] while Debra Winger turned it down.[10]
    John Rhys-Davies as Sallah, "the best digger in Egypt" according to Indiana, who has been hired by the Nazis to help them excavate Tanis. He is an old friend of Indiana's, and agrees to help him obtain the Ark, though he fears disturbing it. Spielberg initially approached Danny DeVito to play Sallah, but he could not play the part due to scheduling conflicts. Spielberg cast Rhys-Davies after seeing his performance in Shogun.[5]
    Ronald Lacey as Major Arnold Toht, an interrogator for the Gestapo, who tries to torture Marion Ravenwood for the headpiece of the Staff of Ra. He is killed by the Ark's supernatural powers. Lacey was cast as he reminded Spielberg of Peter Lorre.[5] Spielberg had originally offered the role to Roman Polanski, who was intrigued at the opportunity to work with Spielberg but decided to turn down the role because he wouldn't be able to make the trip to Tunisia.[11] Klaus Kinski was also offered the role, but he hated the script,[12] calling it "moronically shitty".[13]
    Denholm Elliott as Dr. Marcus Brody, a museum curator, who buys the artifacts Indiana obtains for display in his museum. The U.S. government agents approach him with regard to the Ark's recovery, and he sets up a meeting between them and Indiana Jones. Spielberg hired Elliott as he was a big fan of the actor, who had performed in some of his favorite British and American films.[5]
    Wolf Kahler as Colonel Dietrich, a ruthless Nazi officer leading the operation to secure the Ark. He is killed by the Ark's supernatural powers.
    Alfred Molina, in his film debut, as Satipo, one of Jones' guides through the South American jungle. He betrays Jones and steals the golden idol, but is killed by traps before he can leave the temple.
    George Harris as Simon Katanga, captain of the Bantu Wind.
    Anthony Higgins as Major Gobler, Dietrich's right-hand-man.
    Vic Tablian as Barranca and the Monkey Man
    Don Fellows as Colonel Musgrove
    William Hootkins as Major Eaton

    Producer Frank Marshall played a pilot in the airplane fight sequence. The stunt team was ill, so he took the role instead. The result was three days in a hot cockpit, which he joked was over "140 degrees".[5] Pat Roach plays the Nazi mechanic with whom Jones brawls in this sequence, as well as a massive sherpa who battles Jones in Marion's bar. He had the rare opportunity to be killed twice in one film.[14] Special-effects supervisor Dennis Muren made a cameo as a Nazi spy on the seaplane Jones takes from San Francisco to Manila.[15]

    In 1973, George Lucas wrote The Adventures of Indiana Smith.[16] Like Star Wars, which he also wrote, it was an opportunity to create a modern version of the film serials of the 1930s and 1940s.[5] Lucas discussed the concept with Philip Kaufman, who worked with him for several weeks and came up with the Ark of the Covenant as the plot device.[17] Kaufman was told about the Ark by his dentist when he was a child.[18] The project stalled when Clint Eastwood hired Kaufman to direct The Outlaw Josey Wales.[17] Lucas shelved the idea, deciding to concentrate on his outer space adventure that would become Star Wars. In late May 1977, Lucas was in Hawaii, trying to escape the enormous success of Star Wars. Friend and colleague Steven Spielberg was also there, on vacation from work on Close Encounters of the Third Kind. While building a sand castle at the Mauna Kea Beach Hotel,[19] Spielberg expressed an interest in directing a James Bond film. Lucas convinced his friend Spielberg that he had conceived a character "better than James Bond" and explained the concept of Raiders of the Lost Ark. Spielberg loved it, calling it "a James Bond film without the hardware",[20] although he told Lucas that the surname 'Smith' was not right for the character. Lucas replied, "OK. What about 'Jones'?" Indiana was the name of Lucas' Alaskan Malamute, whose habit of riding in the passenger seat as Lucas drove was also the inspiration for Star Wars' Chewbacca.[5] Spielberg was at first reluctant to sign on, as Lucas had told him that he would want Spielberg for an entire trilogy, and Spielberg did not want to work on two more scripts. Lucas told him, however, that he already had the next two movies written, so Spielberg agreed. But when the time came for the first sequel, it was revealed that Lucas had nothing written for either sequel.[5]

    The following year, Lucas focused on developing Raiders and the Star Wars sequel The Empire Strikes Back, during which Lawrence Kasdan and Frank Marshall joined the project as screenwriter and producer respectively. Between January 23 – 27, 1978, for nine hours a day, Lucas, Kasdan, and Spielberg discussed the story and visual ideas. Spielberg came up with Jones being chased by a boulder,[5] which was inspired by Carl Barks' Uncle Scrooge comic "The Seven Cities of Cibola". Lucas later acknowledged that the idea for the idol mechanism in the opening scene and deadly traps later in the film were inspired by several Uncle Scrooge comics.[21] Lucas came up with a submarine, a monkey giving the Hitler salute, and Marion punching Jones in Nepal.[20] Kasdan used a 100-page transcript of their conversations for his first script draft,[22] which he worked on for six months.[5] Ultimately, some of their ideas were too grand and had to be cut: a mine chase,[23] an escape in Shanghai using a rolling gong as a shield,[24] and a jump from an airplane in a raft, all of which made it into the prequel, Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom.[5]

    Spielberg and Lucas disagreed on the character: although Spielberg saw him as a Bondian playboy, Lucas felt the character's academic and adventurer elements made him complex enough.[25] Spielberg had a darker vision of Jones, interpreting him as an alcoholic similar to Humphrey Bogart's character Fred C. Dobbs in The Treasure of the Sierra Madre (1948). This characterization fell away during the later drafts, though elements survive in Jones's reaction when he believes Marion to be dead.[20] Costume designer Deborah Nadoolman credits Secret of the Incas (1954), starring Charlton Heston, as an influence on the development of the character, noting that the crew watched the film together several times. Nadoolman based the look of Ford's costume on that of Heston's, and observed that Indiana is a "kinder and gentler" Harry Steele.[26]

    Initially, the film was rejected by every major studio in Hollywood, mostly due to the $20 million budget and the deal Lucas was offering.[27] Eventually Paramount agreed to finance the film, with Lucas negotiating a five-picture deal. By April 1980, Kasdan's fifth draft was produced, and production was getting ready to shoot at Elstree Studios, with Lucas trying to keep costs down.[8] With four illustrators, Raiders of the Lost Ark was Spielberg's most storyboarded film of his career to date, further helping the film economically. He and Lucas agreed on a tight schedule to keep costs down and to follow the "quick and dirty" feel of the old Saturday matinée serials. Special effects were done using puppets, miniature models, animation, and camera trickery.[5] "We didn't do 30 or 40 takes; usually only four. It was like silent film--shoot only what you need, no waste", Spielberg said. "Had I had more time and money, it would have turned out a pretentious movie."[28]

    Principal photography began on June 23, 1980, at La Rochelle, France, with scenes involving the Nazi submarine,[8] which had been rented from the production of Das Boot. The U-boat pen was a real one from World War II.[5] The crew moved to Elstree Studios[8] for the Well of Souls scenes, the opening sequence temple interiors and Marion Ravenwood's bar.[29] The Well of Souls scene required 7,000 snakes. The only venomous snakes were the cobras, but one crew member was bitten on set by a python.[5] The bulk of the snakes numbers were made up with giant but harmless legless lizards known as Scheltopusiks (Pseudopus apodus) which occur from the Balkan Peninsula of southeastern Europe to Central Asia. Growing to 1.3 m they are the largest legless lizards in the world and are often mistaken for snakes despite some very obvious differences such as the presence of eyelids and external ear openings, which are both absent from all snakes, and a notched rather than forked tongue. In the finished film, during the scene in which Indiana comes face-to-face with the cobra, a reflection in glass screen that protected Ford from the snake was seen,[5] an issue that was corrected in the 2003 digitally-enhanced re-release. Unlike Indiana, neither Ford nor Spielberg has a fear of snakes, but Spielberg said that seeing all the snakes on the set writhing around made him "want to puke".[5]

    The opening scene in the Peruvian jungle was filmed on the island of Kauai, one of the islands of Hawaii, to where Spielberg would return for Jurassic Park. The "temple" location is on the Huleia River, on the Kipu Ranch, south from Kaumualii Highway on the east coast, just south of Lihue, the island's main town. Kipu is a working cattle ranch, not generally open to the public.[30] The Peruvian section (but actually filmed in Hawaii) featured live tarantulas of a Mexican species (Brachypelma) on Harrison Ford and Alfred Molina, and are harmless to humans, and in fact of a species which are commonly kept as exotic pets. A fiberglass boulder 22 feet (7 m) in diameter was made for the scene where Indiana escapes from the temple; Spielberg was so impressed by production designer Norman Reynolds' realization of his idea that he gave the boulder a more prominent role in the film and told Reynolds to let the boulder roll another 50 feet (15 m).[31]

    The scenes set in Egypt were filmed in Tunisia, and the canyon where Indiana threatens to blow up the Ark was shot in Sidi Bouhlel, just outside Tozeur.[32] The canyon location had been used for the Tatooine scenes from 1977's Star Wars (many of the location crew members were the same for both films[5]) where R2-D2 was attacked by Jawas.[5] The Tanis scenes were filmed in nearby Sedala, a harsh place due to heat and disease. Several cast and crew members fell ill and Rhys-Davies defecated in his costume during one shot.[5] Spielberg averted disease by eating only canned foods from England, but did not like the area and quickly condensed the scheduled six-week shoot to four-and-a-half weeks. Much was improvised: the scene where Marion puts on her dress and attempts to leave Belloq's tent was improvised as was the entire plane fight. During that scene's shooting, a wheel went over Ford's knee and tore his left leg's cruciate ligament, but he refused local medical help and simply put ice on it.[5]

    The fight scenes in the town were filmed in Kairouan, while Ford was suffering from dysentery. Stuntman Terry Richards had practiced for weeks with his sword to create the scripted fight scene, choreographing a fight between the swordsman and Jones' whip.[33] However, after filming the initial shots of the scene, after lunch due to Ford's dysentery, Ford and Spielberg agreed to cut the scene down to a gunshot, with Ford saying to Spielberg "Let's just shoot the sucker".[34] It was later voted in a No.5 on Playboy magazine's list of best all time scenes.[33][35] Most of the truck chase was shot by second unit director Michael D. Moore following Spielberg's storyboards, including Indiana being dragged by the truck (performed by stuntman Terry Leonard), in tribute to a famous Yakima Canutt stunt. Spielberg then filmed all the shots with Ford himself in and around the truck cab.[5] Lucas directed a few other second unit shots, in particular the monkey giving the Nazi salute.[28]

    The interior staircase set in Washington, D.C. was filmed in San Francisco's City Hall. The University of the Pacific's campus in Stockton, California, stood in for the exterior of the college where Jones works, while his classroom and the hall where he meets the American intelligence agents was filmed at the Royal Masonic School for Girls in Rickmansworth, Hertfordshire, England, which was again used in The Last Crusade. His home exteriors were filmed in San Rafael, California.[29] Opening sequence exteriors were filmed in Kauai, Hawaii, with Spielberg wrapping in September in 73 days, finishing under schedule in contrast to his previous film, 1941.[8][20] The Washington, D.C. coda, although it appeared in the script's early drafts, was not included in early edits but was added later when it was realized that there was no resolution to Jones' relationship with Marion.[36] Shots of the Douglas DC-3 Jones flies on to Nepal were taken from Lost Horizon, and a street scene was from a shot in The Hindenburg.[28] Filming of Jones boarding a Boeing Clipper flying-boat was complicated by the lack of a surviving aircraft. Eventually, a post-war British Short Solent flying-boat formerly owned by Howard Hughes was located in California and substituted.[37]

    The special visual effects for Raiders were provided by Industrial Light & Magic and include: a matte shot to establish the Pan Am flying boat in the water[38] and miniature work to show the plane taking off and flying, superimposed over a map; animation effects for the beam in the Tanis map room; and a miniature car and passengers[39] superimposed over a matte painting for a shot of a Nazi car being forced off a cliff. The bulk of effects shots were featured in the climactic sequence wherein the Ark of the Covenant (which was designed by Brian Muir and Keith Short) is opened and God's wrath is unleashed. This sequence featured animation, a woman to portray a beautiful spirit's face, rod puppet spirits moved through water to convey a sense of floating,[40] a matte painting of the island, and cloud tank effects to portray clouds. The melting of Toht's head was done by exposing a gelatine and plaster model of Ronald Lacey's head to a heat lamp with an under cranked camera, while Dietrich's crushed head was a hollow model from which air was withdrawn. When the film was originally submitted to the Motion Picture Association of America, it received an R rating because of the scene in which Belloq's head explodes. The filmmakers were able to receive a PG rating when they added a veil of fire over the exploding head scene. (PG-13 rating was not created until 1984.[15]) The firestorm that cleanses the canyon at the finish was a miniature canyon filmed upside down.[40]

    Ben Burtt, the sound effects supervisor, made extensive use of traditional foley work in yet another of the production's throwbacks to days of the Republic serials. He selected a .30-30 Winchester rifle for the sound of Jones' pistol. Sound effects artists struck leather jackets and baseball gloves with a baseball bat to create a variety of punching noises and body blows. For the snakes in the Well of Souls sequence, fingers running through cheese casserole and sponges sliding over cement were used for the slithering noises. The sliding lid on a toilet cistern provided the sound for the opening of the Ark, and the sound of the boulder in the opening is a car rolling down a gravel driveway in neutral. Burtt also used, as he did in many of his films, the ubiquitous Wilhelm scream when a Nazi falls from a truck. In addition to his use of such time-honored foley work, Burtt also demonstrated the modern expertise honed during his award-winning work on Star Wars. He employed a synthesizer for the sounds of the Ark, and mixed dolphins' and sea lions' screams for those of the spirits within.[41]

    John Williams composed the score for Raiders of the Lost Ark, which was the only score in the series performed by the London Symphony Orchestra, the same orchestra that performed the scores for the Star Wars saga. The score most notably features the well-known "Raiders March". This piece came to symbolize Indiana Jones and was later used in the scores for the other three films. Williams originally wrote two different candidates for Jones's theme, but Spielberg enjoyed them so much that he insisted that both be used together in what became the "Raiders March".[42] The alternately eerie and apocalyptic theme for the Ark of the Covenant is also heard frequently in the score, with a more romantic melody representing Marion and, more broadly, her relationship with Jones. The score as a whole received an Oscar nomination for Best Original Score, but lost to the score to Chariots of Fire composed by Vangelis.

    The only video game based exclusively on the film is Raiders of the Lost Ark, released in 1982 by Atari for their Atari 2600 console.[43] The first third of the video game Indiana Jones' Greatest Adventures, released in 1994 by JVC for Nintendo's Super Nintendo Entertainment System, is based entirely on the film. Several of the film's sequences are reproduced (the boulder run and the showdown with the Cairo Swordsman among them); however, several inconsistencies with the film are present in the game, such as Nazi soldiers and bats being present in the Well of Souls sequence, for example.[44] The game was developed by LucasArts and Factor 5. In the 1999 game Indiana Jones and the Infernal Machine, a bonus level brings Jones back to the Peruvian temple of the film's opening scene.[45] In 2008, to coincide with the release of Kingdom of the Crystal Skull, Lego released the Lego Indiana Jones line—which included building sets based on Raiders of the Lost Ark[46]—and LucasArts published a video game based on the toyline, Lego Indiana Jones: The Original Adventures, which was developed by Traveller's Tales.[47]

    Marvel Comics published a comic book adaptation of the film by writer Walt Simonson and artists John Buscema and Klaus Janson. It was published as Marvel Super Special #18[48] and as a three-issue limited series.[49] This was followed with the comic book series The Further Adventures of Indiana Jones which was published monthly from January 1983 through March 1986.

    In 1981, Kenner released a 12-inch (30 cm) doll of Indiana Jones, and the following year they released nine action figures of the film's characters, three playsets, as well as toys of the Nazi truck and Jones' horse. They also released a board game. In 1984, miniature metal versions of the characters were released for a role playing game, The Adventures of Indiana Jones, and in 1995 Micro Machines released die-cast toys of the film's vehicles.[50] Hasbro released action figures based on the film, ranging from 3 to 12 inches (7.6 to 30.5 cm), to coincide with Kingdom of the Crystal Skull on May 1, 2008.[51] Later in 2008, and in 2011, two high-end sixth scale (1:6) collectible action figures were released by Sideshow Collectibles, and Hot Toys, Ltd. respectively. A novelization by Ryder Windham was released in April 2008 by Scholastic to tie in with the release of Kingdom of the Crystal Skull. A previous novelization by Scottish author Campbell Armstrong (under the pseudonym Campbell Black) was concurrently released with the film in 1981. A book about the making of the film was also released, written by Derek Taylor.

    The film was released on VHS, Betamax and VideoDisc in pan and scan only, and on laserdisc in both pan and scan and widescreen. For its 1999 VHS re-issue, the film was remastered in THX and made available in widescreen. The outer package was retitled Indiana Jones and the Raiders of the Lost Ark for consistency with the film's prequel and sequel. The subsequent DVD release in 2003 features this title as well. The title in the film itself remains unchanged, even in the restored DVD print. In the DVD, two subtle digital revisions were added. First, a connecting rod from the giant boulder to an offscreen guidance track in the opening scene was removed from behind the running Harrison Ford; second, a reflection in the glass partition separating Ford from the cobra in the Well of Souls was removed.[52] Shortly before the theatrical release of Kingdom of the Crystal Skull, Raiders (along with The Temple of Doom and The Last Crusade) was re-released on DVD with additional extra features not included on the previous set on May 13, 2008. The film was released on Blu-ray Disc in September 2012.[53] Previously, only Kingdom of the Crystal Skull had been available on Blu-ray.

    Raiders of the Lost Ark opened at #14 and grossed $1,673,731 from 267 theaters ($6,269 theater average) during its opening weekend. In total, the IMAX release grossed $3,125,613 domestically.[54] The film, made on an $18 million budget, grossed $384 million worldwide throughout its theatrical releases. In North America, it was by some distance the highest-grossing film of 1981,[55] and remains one of the top twenty-five highest-grossing films ever made when adjusted for inflation.[56] Box Office Mojo estimates that the film sold more than 70 million tickets in the US in its initial theatrical run.[57]

    The film was subsequently nominated for nine Academy Awards, including Best Picture, in 1982 and won four (Best Sound, Best Film Editing, Best Visual Effects, and Best Art Direction-Set Decoration (Norman Reynolds, Leslie Dilley, and Michael D. Ford). It also received a Special Achievement Award for Sound Effects Editing. It won numerous other awards, including a Grammy Award and Best Picture at the People's Choice Awards. Spielberg was also nominated for a Golden Globe Award.[58]

    The film was highly acclaimed by critics and audiences alike. In his review for The New York Times, Vincent Canby praised the film, calling it, "one of the most deliriously funny, ingenious and stylish American adventure movies ever made."[59] Roger Ebert in his review for the Chicago Sun-Times wrote, "Two things, however, make Raiders of the Lost Ark more than just a technological triumph: its sense of humor and the droll style of its characters [...] We find ourselves laughing in surprise, in relief, in incredulity at the movie's ability to pile one incident upon another in an inexhaustible series of inventions."[60] He later added it to his list of "Great Movies".[61] Rolling Stone said the film was "the ultimate Saturday action matinee–a film so funny and exciting it can be enjoyed any day of the week."[62] Bruce Williamson of Playboy claimed: "There's more excitement in the first ten minutes of Raiders than any movie I have seen all year. By the time the explosive misadventures end, any movie-goer worth his salt ought to be exhausted."[63] Stephen Klain of Variety also praised the film. Yet, making an observation that would revisit the franchise with its next film, he felt that the film was surprisingly violent and bloody for a PG-rated film.[64]

    There were some dissenting voices: Sight & Sound described it as an "expensively gift-wrapped Saturday afternoon pot-boiler",[65] and New Hollywood champion Pauline Kael, who once contended that she only got "really rough" on large films that were destined to be hits but were nonetheless "atrocious",[66] found the film to be a "machine-tooled adventure" from a pair of creators who "think just like the marketing division".[67] (Lucas later named a villain, played by Raiders Nazi strongman Pat Roach, in his 1988 fantasy film Willow after Kael.)[66] The film is considered to be a classic of the action and adventure genres by many contemporary critics, and carries a 94% "Certified Fresh" rating on Rotten Tomatoes,[68] as well as a 85% rating on Metacritic, indicating "universal acclaim".[69]

    Awards and nominations

    Academy Awards Best Picture Frank Marshall Nominated [70]
    Best Director Steven Spielberg Nominated
    Best Art Direction Norman Reynolds, Leslie Dilley, Michael Ford Won
    Best Cinematography Douglas Slocombe Nominated
    Best Film Editing Michael Kahn Won
    Best Original Score John Williams Nominated
    Best Sound Bill Varney, Steve Maslow, Gregg Landaker, Roy Charman Won
    Best Sound Effects Editing Ben Burtt, Richard L. Anderson Won
    Best Visual Effects Richard Edlund, Kit West, Bruce Nicholson, Joe Johnston Won
    Golden Globe Awards Best Director Steven Spielberg Nominated [71]
    BAFTA Awards Best Film Frank Marshall Nominated  
    Best Actor in a Supporting Role Denholm Elliott Nominated
    Best Film Music John Williams Nominated
    Best Cinematography Douglas Slocombe Nominated
    Best Editing Michael Kahn Nominated
    Best Sound Bill Varney, Steve Maslow, Gregg Landaker, Roy Charman Nominated
    Hugo Awards Best Dramatic Presentation  Won [72]
    Saturn Awards Best Fantasy Film  Won  
    Best Director Steven Spielberg Won  
    Best Actor Harrison Ford Won  
    Best Actress Karen Allen Won  
    Best Supporting Actor Paul Freeman Nominated  
    Best Writing Lawrence Kasdan Won  
    Best Music John Williams Won  
    Best Costume Deborah Nadoolman Nominated  
    Best Special Effects Richard Edlund Won  

    American Film InstituteAFI's 100 Years...100 Movies—No. 60
    AFI's 100 Years...100 Thrills—No. 10
    AFI's 100 Years...100 Heroes and Villains: Indiana Jones—No. 2 Hero

    AFI's 100 Years...100 Movie Quotes: "Snakes! Why did it have to be snakes?"—Nominated

    AFI's 100 Years of Film Scores—Nominated
    AFI's 100 Years...100 Movies (10th Anniversary Edition)—No. 66

    Following the success of Raiders, a prequel, The Temple of Doom, and two sequels, The Last Crusade and Kingdom of the Crystal Skull, were produced, with a third sequel set for release in 2019. A television series, entitled The Young Indiana Jones Chronicles, was also spun off from this film, and details the character's early years. Numerous other books, comics, and video games have also been produced.

    In 1998, the American Film Institute placed the film at number 60 on its top 100 films of the first century of cinema. In 2007, AFI updated the list and placed it at number 66. They also named it as the 10th most thrilling film, and named Indiana Jones as the second greatest hero. In 1999, the film was deemed "culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant" by the U.S. Library of Congress and selected for preservation in the National Film Registry. Indiana Jones has become an icon, being listed as Entertainment Weekly's third favorite action hero, while noting "some of the greatest action scenes ever filmed are strung together like pearls" in this film.[73]

    An amateur, near shot-for-shot remake was made by Chris Strompolos, Eric Zala, and Jayson Lamb, then children in Ocean Springs, Mississippi. It took the boys seven years to finish, from 1982 to 1989. After production of the film, called Raiders of the Lost Ark: The Adaptation, it was shelved and forgotten until 2003, where it was discovered by Eli Roth[74][75] and acclaimed by Spielberg himself, who congratulated the boys on their hard work and said he looked forward to seeing their names on the big screen.[76] Scott Rudin and Paramount Pictures purchased the trio's life rights with the goal of producing a film based on their adventures making their remake.[77][78]

    In 2014, film director Steven Soderbergh published an experimental black-and-white version of the film, with the original soundtrack and dialogue replaced by an electronic soundtrack. Soderbergh said his intention was to encourage viewers to focus on Spielberg's extraordinary staging and editing: "This filmmaker forgot more about staging by the time he made his first feature than I know to this day."[79]

    Assessing the film's legacy in 1997, Bernard Weinraub, film critic for The New York Times, which had initially reviewed the film as "deliriously funny, ingenious, and stylish",[80] maintained that "the decline in the traditional family G-rated film, for 'general' audiences, probably began" with the appearance of Raiders of the Lost Ark. "Whether by accident or design," found Weinraub, "the filmmakers made a comic nonstop action film intended mostly for adults but also for children."[81] Eight years later, in 2005, viewers of Channel 4 in the U.K. rated the film as the 20th-best family film of all time, with Spielberg taking best over-all director honors.[82]

    On Empire magazine's list of the 500 Greatest Movies of All Time, Raiders ranked second, beaten only by The Godfather.[83]

    In conjunction with the Blu-ray release, a limited one-week release in IMAX theaters was announced for September 7, 2012. Steven Spielberg and sound designer Ben Burtt supervised the format conversion. No special effects or other visual elements were altered, but the audio was enhanced for surround sound.[84]

    In December 2012, the University of Chicago's admissions department received a package in the mail addressed to Henry Walton Jones, Jr., Indiana Jones' full name. The address on the stamped package was listed for a hall that was the former home of the university's geology and geography department. Inside the manila envelope was a detailed replica journal similar to the one Jones used in the movie, as well as postcards and pictures of Marion Ravenwood. The admissions department posted pictures of the contents on its Internet blog, looking for any information about the package. It was discovered that the package was part of a set to be shipped from Guam to Italy that had been sold on eBay. The package with the journal had fallen out in transit and a postal worker had sent it to the university, as it had a complete address and postage, which turned out to be fake. All contents were from a Guam "prop replicator" who sells them all over the world. The university will display its replica in the main lobby of the Oriental Institute.[85]

    In the opening jungle scene, Indy retrieves the Golden Idol and the famed action of the boulder chase and pursuit by the deadly Hovitos (fictional descendants of the Chachapoyans) commences.[86] An ancient structure called Kuelap may have inspired the booby-trapped temple. The novelization of the film[clarification needed] explains that Jones was looking for the Temple of the Chachapoyan Warriors in the Andes of Northern Peru. The Chachapoyans, which means “People of the Clouds", were an actual South American people, and have left behind scores of ruins; most notably Kuelap, “The Fortress of the Clouds". The fortress of Kuelap remains with its long, high walls (600 meters in length, 110 meters in width, and 19 meters high) and remnants of more than four hundred buildings. Radiocarbon dating indicates the site was constructed as early as the 6th century AD and was used throughout the pre-Columbian period. Similar to the temple seen in the film, the entryway to Kuelap is long and very narrow. Archaeologists believe the entrance was designed this way so that it could be easily defended, as only one person could fit through the entrance at a time. Many Chachapoyan grave sites and mummies have also been located amongst the ruins of Kuelap.[87]

    References

    1.Jump up ^ "RAIDERS OF THE LOST ARK (A)". British Board of Film Classification. June 2, 1981. Retrieved March 8, 2016.
    2.^ Jump up to: a b "Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981)". Box Office Mojo. Retrieved July 9, 2007.
    3.Jump up ^ "The 500 Greatest Movies Of All Time, Feature | Movies - Empire". gb: Empireonline.com. 2015-12-11. Retrieved 2016-11-13.
    4.Jump up ^ "The 500 Greatest Movies Of All Time, Feature | Movies - Empire". gb: Empireonline.com. 2015-12-11. Retrieved 2016-11-13.
    5.^ Jump up to: a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w Indiana Jones: Making the Trilogy (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2003.
    6.^ Jump up to: a b Knolle, Sharon (June 12, 2011). "30 Things You Might Not Know About 'Raiders of the Lost Ark'". Moviefone. Retrieved August 10, 2015.
    7.Jump up ^ "Facts and trivia of the Lost Ark". Lucasfilm. October 14, 2003. Archived from the original on May 18, 2007. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    8.^ Jump up to: a b c d e Hearn, pp. 127-134
    9.Jump up ^ "The People Who Were Almost Cast". Empire Online. Retrieved May 23, 2013.
    10.Jump up ^ Gregory Kirschling, Jeff Labrecque (March 12, 2008). "Indiana Jones: 15 Fun Facts". Entertainment Weekly. Retrieved March 15, 2008.
    11.Jump up ^ Roman Polanski: Interviews - Roman Polanski, Paul Cronin - Google Books
    12.Jump up ^ Glenn Whipp (May 22, 2008). "Keeping up with Jones". Halifax Chronicle-Herald. Archived from the original on March 9, 2009. Retrieved May 22, 2008.
    13.Jump up ^ Kinski, Klaus (1996). Kinski Uncut. Translated by Joachim Neugröschel. London: Bloomsbury. p. 294. ISBN 0-7475-2978-7.
    14.Jump up ^ The Stunts of Indiana Jones (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2003.
    15.^ Jump up to: a b The Light and Magic of Indiana Jones (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2003.
    16.Jump up ^ Marcus Hearn (2005). The Cinema of George Lucas. New York: Harry N. Abrams Inc, Publishers. p. 80. ISBN 0-8109-4968-7.
    17.^ Jump up to: a b Hearn, pp.112–115
    18.Jump up ^ "Know Your MacGuffins". Empire. April 23, 2008. Retrieved April 23, 2008.
    19.Jump up ^ Jim Windolf (December 2, 2007). "Q&A: Steven Spielberg". Vanity Fair. Retrieved December 2, 2007.
    20.^ Jump up to: a b c d McBride, Joseph (1997). "Rehab". Steven Spielberg. New York City: Faber and Faber. pp. 309–322. ISBN 0-571-19177-0.
    21.Jump up ^ E. Summer, Walt Disney's Uncle $crooge McDuck: His Life and Times by Carl Barks, Celestial Arts ed., 1981; T. Andrae, Carl Barks and the Art of the Disney Comic Book, Univ. Press of Mississippi, 2006.
    22.Jump up ^ Hearn, p.122–123
    23.Jump up ^ Script 3rd Draft, scene 45-47
    24.Jump up ^ Script 3rd Draft, scene 148–155
    25.Jump up ^ Raiders Story Conference Transcript, 1978. p.5
    26.Jump up ^ Mike French & Gilles Verschuere (September 14, 2005). "Debora Nadoolman interview". TheRaider.net. Archived from the original on March 27, 2014.
    27.Jump up ^ "Raiders Of The Lost Ark: An Oral History". Empire. April 24, 2008. Retrieved April 24, 2008.
    28.^ Jump up to: a b c Richard Schickel (January 19, 2008). "Slam! Bang! A Movie Movie". Time. Retrieved January 19, 2008.
    29.^ Jump up to: a b Fromter, Marco (August 18, 2006). "Around the World with Indiana Jones". Lucasfilm. Archived from the original on February 7, 2007. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    30.Jump up ^ "Worldwide guide to movie locations". Movie-locations.com.
    31.Jump up ^ Norman Reynolds (Production Designer). Making the Trilogy (DVD). Event occurs at 17:40. "Steven said 'Why don't we make it another 50ft longer?' Which of course we did"
    32.Jump up ^ Taylor, Derek (1981). The Making of Raiders of The Lost Ark. Ballantine Books.
    33.^ Jump up to: a b "Indiana Jones Stuntman Terry Richards Interview". Red Carpet News. 2012. Retrieved June 24, 2014.
    34.Jump up ^ "The Urban Legends of Indiana Jones". Lucasfilm. January 13, 2004. Archived from the original on June 12, 2007. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    35.Jump up ^ Hayward, Anthony (July 9, 2014). "Terry Richards: Stuntman who battled four James Bonds, Luke Skywalker and Rambo and was famously shot dead by Indiana Jones". The Independent.
    36.Jump up ^ "Twenty-Five Reasons to Watch Raiders Again". Lucasfilm. June 12, 2006. Archived from the original on June 10, 2007. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    37.Jump up ^ "Oakland Aviation Museum". Retrieved November 9, 2009.
    38.Jump up ^ Industrial Light & Magic: The Art of Special Effects, Smith, Thomas G., p. 140., 1986
    39.Jump up ^ Industrial Light & Magic: The Art of Special Effects, Smith, Thomas G., p. 66., 1986
    40.^ Jump up to: a b Industrial Light & Magic: The Art of Special Effects, Smith, Thomas G., p. 62., 1986
    41.Jump up ^ The Sound of Indiana Jones (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2003.
    42.Jump up ^ John Williams (2003). The Music of Indiana Jones (DVD). Paramount Pictures.
    43.Jump up ^ Buchanan, Levi (May 20, 2008). "Top 10 Indiana Jones Games". IGN. Retrieved October 11, 2011.
    44.Jump up ^ Buchanan, Levi (November 24, 2009). "Indiana Jones' Greatest Adventures Review". IGN. Retrieved October 11, 2011.
    45.Jump up ^ "Indiana Jones and the Infernal Machine - PC Preview". IGN. November 2, 1999. Retrieved October 11, 2011.
    46.Jump up ^ "LEGO Group Secures Exclusive Construction Category Rights to Indiana Jones(TM) Property." (Press release). The LEGO Group. 2007. Retrieved October 11, 2011.
    47.Jump up ^ "Lego Indiana Jones: The Original Adventures Company Line". GameSpot. April 11, 2008. Retrieved April 5, 2012.
    48.Jump up ^ Marvel Super Special #18 at the Grand Comics Database
    49.Jump up ^ Raiders of the Lost Ark at the Grand Comics Database.
    50.Jump up ^ "The Adventures of Indiana Jones". Cool Toy Review. Retrieved February 21, 2008.
    51.Jump up ^ Edward Douglas (February 16, 2008). "Hasbro Previews G.I. Joe, Hulk, Iron Man, Indy & Clone Wars". SuperHeroHype.com. Retrieved February 17, 2008.
    52.Jump up ^ Miss Cellania (May 21, 2008). "10 Awesome Indiana Jones Facts". Mental floss. Retrieved May 24, 2008.
    53.Jump up ^ "Own it on Blu-ray & Digital Download Tuesday, September 18". Lucasfilm. Retrieved July 13, 2012.
    54.Jump up ^ "Raiders of the Lost Ark (IMAX) (2012)". Box Office Mojo. 2012-10-04. Retrieved 2016-11-13.
    55.Jump up ^ "1981 Domestic Grosses". Box Office Mojo. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    56.Jump up ^ "Box Office Mojo Alltime Adjusted". Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    57.Jump up ^ "Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981)". Box Office Mojo. Retrieved May 31, 2016.
    58.Jump up ^ Tom O'Neil (May 8, 2008). "Will 'Indiana Jones,' Steven Spielberg and Harrison Ford come swashbuckling back into the awards fight?". Los Angeles Times. Retrieved May 8, 2008.
    59.Jump up ^ Vincent Canby (June 12, 1981). "Raiders of the Lost Ark". The New York Times. Retrieved May 21, 2007.
    60.Jump up ^ Roger Ebert (January 1, 1981). "Raiders of the Lost Ark". Chicago Sun-Times. Retrieved May 21, 2007.
    61.Jump up ^ Roger Ebert (April 30, 2000). "Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981)". Chicago Sun-Times. Retrieved June 4, 2007.
    62.Jump up ^ Rolling Stone, June 25, 1981.
    63.Jump up ^ Michael G. Ryan. "Raiders of the Lost Ark 20th Anniversary". Star Wars Insider. July/August 2001.
    64.Jump up ^ Stephen Klain (June 5, 1981). "Raiders of the Lost Ark". Variety. Retrieved June 4, 2007.
    65.Jump up ^ "On Now". Sight & Sound (Autumn ed.). British Film Institute (BFI). 50 (4): 288. 1981.
    66.^ Jump up to: a b Lawrence Van Gelder (September 4, 2001). "Pauline Kael, Provocative and Widely Imitated New Yorker Film Critic, Dies at 82". The New York Times. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    67.Jump up ^ Pauline Kael (June 15, 1981). "Whipped". The New Yorker. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    68.Jump up ^ "Raiders of the Lost Ark". Rotten Tomatoes. Retrieved June 19, 2016.
    69.Jump up ^ "Raiders of the Lost Ark". Metacritic.
    70.Jump up ^ "The 54th Academy Awards (1982) Nominees and Winners". Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. Retrieved October 8, 2011.
    71.Jump up ^ "The 39th Annual Golden Globe Awards (1982)". Hollywood Foreign Press Association. Retrieved August 27, 2011.
    72.Jump up ^ Galvan, Manuel (September 7, 1982). "Science-fiction awards given to out-of-this-world writers". Chicago Tribune. p. 16. Retrieved April 10, 2012.
    73.Jump up ^ Marc Bernadin (October 23, 2007). "25 Awesome Action Heroes". Entertainment Weekly. Retrieved December 11, 2007.
    74.Jump up ^ Harry Knowles (May 31, 2003). "Raiders of the Lost Ark shot-for-shot teenage remake review!!!". Ain't It Cool News. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    75.Jump up ^ Jim Windolf. "Raiders of the Lost Backyard". Vanity Fair. Retrieved April 23, 2009.
    76.Jump up ^ Sarah Hepola (May 30, 2003). "Lost Ark Resurrected". Austin Chronicle. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    77.Jump up ^ Harry Knowles (February 26, 2004). "Sometimes, The Good Guys Win!!! Raiders of the Lost Ark shot for shot filmmakers' life to be MOVIE!!!". Ain't It Cool News. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    78.Jump up ^ Dave McNary (February 25, 2004). "Rudin's on an 'Ark' lark". Variety. Retrieved April 23, 2009.
    79.Jump up ^ "Raiders". Extension765.com.
    80.Jump up ^ Vincent Canby (June 12, 1981). "Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981)". The New York Times. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    81.Jump up ^ Bernard Weinraub (July 22, 1997). "Movies for Children, and Their Parents, Are Far From 'Pollyanna'". The New York Times. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    82.Jump up ^ "ET Crowned 'Greatest Family Film'". BBC News Online. December 23, 2005. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    83.Jump up ^ "Empire 500 Greatest Movies of All Time". Empire. Retrieved May 28, 2012.
    84.Jump up ^ Itzkoff, Dave (August 14, 2012). "That's a Big Boulder, Indy: Steven Spielberg on the Imax Rerelease of 'Raiders of the Lost Ark'". New York Times. Retrieved August 15, 2012.
    85.Jump up ^ Schwartz, Terri (December 18, 2012). "'Raiders of the Lost Ark' mystery solved - Package's origins determined". Zap2It. Retrieved December 18, 2012.
    86.Jump up ^ "Indy in the Classroom". EDventure Quest Learning.
    87.Jump up ^ "Archeology of Indiana Jones". Indy Gear.

    Further reading

    Black, Campbell (September 1987). Raiders of the Lost Ark. Ballantine Books. ISBN 0-345-35375-7.
    Kasdan, Lawrence (1981). Raiders of the Lost Ark: The Illustrated Screenplay. Ballantine Books. ISBN 0-345-30327-X.
    Taylor, Derek (August 1981). The Making of Raiders of the Lost Ark. Ballantine Books. ISBN 0-345-29725-3.

















    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 26, 2017 12:11 am

    I'm repeating this post because I don't know what else to do. Nothing works. I wish to make it clear that I'm on everyone's side and no-one's side. I'm both friend and enemy of the church -- which probably makes me an enemy -- but I mean-well. I think I see how things work in this solar-system -- and I won't be "playing-ball" anytime soon. I don't have high-hopes for this incarnation, or my next incarnation -- but I'm thinking the second-incarnation after this one holds significant-promise (in my mind anyway). I could say a lot more about this -- but I'd rather not talk about what I really think. I MUST silently research the material I've speculated about. I'm honestly NOT an insider. I've purposely kept myself "out of the loop" -- even though I have spoken at length with several individuals of interest. I think I've probably come perilously-close to the "dark-side" but I've functioned mostly as a reporter. I sometimes think of myself as a "Chad Decker Kind of Guy". What Would Anna Say?? Just know that I'll be researching and reflecting -- without saying or doing much of anything. Perhaps 100 years of solitude awaits me.

    http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=18900&highlight=united+states+solar+system You might find this link somewhat interesting!! Researchers Beware!! What Would Balem Abrasax Say?? When I made my first "Amen Ra" post on the old and closed Project Avalon http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=18223 -- I did so with fear and trembling (and I said so). That fear and trembling was reinforced when a mysterious individual of interest looked me in the eye, and matter of fact said, "I AM RA". Over several months, their words and actions tended to substantiate that assertion (or at least that they weren't just another crackpot). There have been approximately 160,000 views of that thread -- even though the site has been closed to editing and posting since 2010. I make this post with nearly the same level of fear and trembling. It has a lot to do with the "Azazel" post on the previous page. I feel targeted, harassed, hamstrung, and paranoid. I think I'm a Victim. You might have a difficult time understanding this post -- and understanding why my heart is racing. You'd almost have to be me to see what I mean. Here is a preliminary timeline, just to break the ice, and get things going:

    1. M.L. Andreasen gains unprecedented access to Ellen White and her writings (shortly before her death).
    2. Prophets and Kings (covering the last-half of the Old-Testament) is published in 1917 (two-years after Ellen White's death).
    3. M.L. Andreasen publishes the book Isaiah the Gospel Prophet in 1929.
    4. Pope Pius XII creates an encyclical promoting Biblical-Scholarship (during World War II).
    5. The SDA Church facilitates the monumental SDA Bible Commentary in the early to mid 1950's.
    6. Significant problems are encountered regarding the Book of Daniel during that project.
    7. A Top-Level Daniel-Committee (including Raymond Cottrell) spends Five-Years (1961 to 1966) studying the Problems in Daniel -- with no minutes kept -- and nothing published.
    8. Raymond Cottrell spends Seventeen-Years (1955--1972) studying Daniel and Sanctuary Issues -- resulting in 1,100 pages of notes -- with nothing being officially-published (as far as I know).
    9. Seventh-day Adventists Answer Questions on Doctrine is published in 1957 with a HUGE Firestorm of Controversy.
    10. Desmond Ford obtains a PhD in 1972 from the University of Manchester in England -- with F.F. Bruce as his advisor -- wherein he studies the Issues Involving Daniel and the Sanctuary (from a New-Testament Perspective).
    11. Desmond Ford moves from Australia to California in 1977 -- where he teaches at Pacific Union College in the Napa Valley.
    12. "Azazel" begins studies at Pacific Union College in 1977 -- attends numerous lectures by Desmond Ford -- and takes classes from Erwin R. Gane (outspoken critic of Desmond Ford).
    13. "Oh, God!" seemingly featuring "Azazel" is produced in 1977 (with John Denver and George Burns).
    14. Desmond Ford publishes his Commentary on Daniel in 1978.
    15. Desmond Ford delivers a controversial lecture at P.U.C. in 1979 titled The Investigative Judgment: Theological-Milestone or Historical-Necessity (with "Azazel" in attendance). Eric Syme is the lecture-respondent -- and speaks significantly regarding "Azazel". "Azazel" takes a class from Dr. Syme -- and speaks to him in his office regarding Dr. Ford's lecture.
    16. Desmond Ford is given a leave of absence from teaching to prepare a defense of his views.
    17. "Azazel" is involved in significant conversations with P.U.C. Theology-Major (and Ford Supporter) Mark Martin (Now an Arizona Calvary Chapel Mega-Church Pastor with 12,000 members).
    18. Ford attends a major gathering of scholars and administrators in 1980 at Glacier View Ranch, in Colorado -- regarding his views -- which turns-out to be a Kangaroo-Court (in retrospect).
    19. Ford Publishes the 1,000 page Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment in 1980.
    20. Ford is fired by P.U.C. and defrocked by the SDA Church in 1980.
    21. Kenneth Woodward of Newsweek Magazine comes to P.U.C. in 1980 to write a story regarding the Desmond Ford Controversy -- and speaks in a public-meeting -- in which "Azazel" asks Mr. Woodward a question.
    22. Raiders of the Lost Ark -- directed by Steven Spielberg -- featuring Harrison Ford as Indiana Jones -- is released in 1981. This movie features the Ark of the Covenant -- which is central to the Sanctuary, Daniel, and the Investigative Judgment.
    23. Russell Crowe stars in a 6 minute advertisement in 1982 for Avondale College -- an SDA college in Australia -- and is subsequently featured in many movies which seem to have "Azazel" parallels.
    24. The End of the World, A.D. 2133 by Lucio Bernardo Silvestre is published in 1985 by Vantage Press -- with seemingly a very-small number of copies being printed. "Azazel" later obtains a copy. The text is expertly-written -- and features the Book of Daniel.
    25. "Azazel" regularly attends a Sabbath-School Class taught by Dr. A. Graham Maxwell (in the late 1980's) -- which is regularly attended by Steven Spielberg's stepmother -- who "Azazel" speaks with regarding a Movie-Idea featuring a Science-Fictional Life of Christ.
    26. "Azazel" regularly attends Dr. Walter Martin's Sunday-School Class in Costa Mesa, California (in the late 1980's). Martin was a central-figure in the Questions on Doctrine saga.
    27. "Azazel" later speaks extensively with several individuals of interest -- including a Dogma movie-character "Bartleby" look-alike who says "I AM RA".

    I could continue -- but this list is a beginning -- and it honestly hurts too much to elaborate. I could be more direct and complete -- but I've already stuck my neck out way too far. All of the Above sounds far-fetched and ridiculous -- but if you were me, and you knew everything I know, you'd be shaking with fear!! I'm wondering if that Daniel-Committee which met for five-years -- and Raymond Cottrell's seventeen-year study -- uncovered some of what I'm presently dealing-with??!! I'm recommending an intense study of the third, fourth, and sixth volumes of the SDA Bible Commentary -- for several reasons. The main-idea is to use the sixth-volume (Acts to Ephesians) to give the third and fourth volumes (1 Chronicles to Malachi) a decidedly New-Testament tone and application -- with the 1 Chronicles to Malachi third and fourth volumes being Normative. Once again, you'd have to be deeply immersed in this stuff to really get what I'm getting-at!! "Daniel 8:14!! Do You Get What I Mean??!!" I honestly think this thing is going to end BADLY (in SO Many Ways). I'm just trying to warn you. I don't want to keep repeating what I keep posting throughout my threads regarding who I think I MIGHT Be (and how the whole prophecy-thing MIGHT Play-Out) -- but if some of you Nazi-Mason-Jesuit Intelligence-Agents do some research (way beyond what I'm capable of doing with my limited-resources and self-imposed restrictions) -- you'll be amazed -- and you might even quarantine me!! A Subterranean 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment with a Supercomputer is looking better all the time!! I'm sort of kidding -- and sort of Sirius!! I'm really dumb and dull in real-life -- but I have sort of a "silent and subtle sophistication". What Would Alanis Morissette Say?? What Would David Mann Say?? What Would David Bowie Say?? What Would David Bowman Say?? What Would Alan Rickman Say??

    Remember that strange message I found in my word-processor some time ago, regarding supposedly writing 37 books (at least 2,000 years-ago) 5 of which were supposedly included in the Bible?? Consider 1 Chronicles -- Job -- Ecclesiastes -- Daniel -- and Zechariah -- as possible candidates for those five-books!! And what about Isaiah 40-66 -- Jonah -- and Malachi?? What if those five-books referenced in that word-processor message had nothing to do with the New-Testament (as we know it)?? Or what if James were one of the chosen-five?? What if those 37 (including the 5) books were essentially an Old-Testament Commentary in the Style of the New-Testament?? What would a Completely New-Testament Version of 1 Chronicles to Malachi look-like?? Does ANYONE Know What I'm Talking About?? What Would King David Say?? What Would King Solomon Say?? What Would the Queen of Sheba Say?? Notice that I'm often purposely obscure. Notice that I've kept my word regarding restricting my tripe to this website. I'm serious about "My Book" being Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary (for the time-being). Ellen G. White didn't write a Bible-Commentary!! WHY NOT??!! Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- Desire of Ages -- and Acts of the Apostles -- are essentially a New-Bible!! Perhaps she had inside-information regarding how the Bible should've been written!! I'm half-joking and half-serious!! What if Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary might be considered an Ellen White Bible Commentary on 1 Chronicles to Malachi?? Why did Ellen (Goa'uld) White "Beat Around the Burning-Bush" and take so many "Editorial-Liberties"?? Imagine Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary rewritten in the style of Prophets and Kings!! BTW -- might there be such a thing as a Kinder and Gentler Nazi--Mason--Jesuit Alphabet-Agency??!! What Would William Boone Say?? What Would Ronald Sandoval Say?? What Would Zo'or and Da'an Say?? Think About It!! Visualize reading Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary while listening to the Bach B-minor Mass!! What Would Leroy Froom Say?? What Would Roy Allen Anderson Say?? What Would Desmond Ford Say?? What Would the Jesuit General Say?? Does ANYONE Get What I'm Getting At??!! This stuff is so sad and insane -- that it's almost funny!! "I told you she was funny!!"

    I noticed that the liberal "Spectrum" site has NOT Discussed a fine SDA Bible Commentary series of articles at all -- but they vigorously-debate the most-trivial matters imaginable!! WHY?? I've noticed that The Mists mostly avoids my threads (as if by Divine-Prohibition) -- yet vigorously-debates the most-trivial matters imaginable!! WHY?? Regarding Volumes  Three, Four, and Six of the SDA Bible Commentary -- what would a composite-study reveal regarding Sabbath-Observance in Modernity for Jews, Gentiles, and All-Concerned? I frankly have No Problem with Sabbath-Observance in the Right-Context BUT I fear that Imposing Sabbath-Observance (of ANY Day) upon humanity in modernity would result in unimaginable civil-unrest and brutal-bloodshed. I've suggested the possibility of Sacred Classical Music offered in the larger-churches Each and Every Day as a possible Ecumenical-Genesis. But really, I think I need to Not Talk. This isn't my gig. Helping might result in Hurting. I've absented myself from church to gain objectivity and clarity -- not as an expression of rebellion. Plus, I'm unimaginably burned-out and disillusioned with just about EVERYTHING. The Ancient Egyptian Deity closely (and seemingly gloatingly) questioned me regarding the Sabbath in a telephone-interview which he said was recorded and in which others were listening!! It was almost an "Aha!! We Got You Now!!" sort of thing!! I got the same impression at the end of the original Project Avalon -- when I called for the institution of a United States of the Solar System (with the help of the Benevolent Beings of the Universe)!! I had NO Idea at that time (2010) that I might be a Significant Individual of Interest (possibly with a Significant Ancient Existence). Have I been Decisively-Defeated at Long-Last?? That frankly wouldn't surprise me one little-bit!! Ding-Dong??!! If this actually occurred, will this somehow protect me from the horrors and karmic-debt of what's in-store for Earth, Humanity, the Solar-System, the Galaxy, and the Rest of the Universe?? What if the Cleansing of the Sanctuary involves the Entire-Universe?? I Honestly Have NO Idea -- but I'm more apprehensive and fearful than anyone can possibly imagine. It sucks to be me. I HATE My Life. I Honestly Do. Making the Coffee and Watching Jupiter Ascending Doesn't Help!!

    I guess I really intend my two United States of the Solar System threads to be sort of a Research-Baseline as a Foundation for MUCH More Scholarly and Serious Research. Perhaps it's NOT my place to do anything more than that (at least until A.D. 2133). Perhaps I've done way too much already. Perhaps this incarnation wasn't supposed to be a competition at all. Some (including me) seem to feel as if I've failed in this incarnation -- and that the other-guy won. Perhaps that's exactly what's happened OR perhaps my incarnation was sort of a Red-Herring. Perhaps there were predetermined-responses established to properly deal-with whatever I did (or didn't do). Think about John and Delenn Sheridan's son "David" -- briefly mentioned toward the end of the Babylon 5 series. David was destined to receive some sort of a curse on his sixteenth-birthday. Why?? "Sweet-Sixteen and Never Been Cursed??" I feel as if I've been cursed and hamstrung for most of my pathetic-life. You have no idea how smart and sensitive I was as a child and teen. But things have gotten worse and worse and worse -- while I continued to mean-well and intend the best. The ongoing hatred I've encountered has been inexplicable to me. Perhaps I was placed here to experience and observe (in a most-unpleasant and highly-unproductive manner). I think you can see by my posts that I'm not a total-moron -- but in real-life, posting is NOT a marketable job-skill (to say the least). BTW -- what if the resignation of the Pope (and the election of a Jesuit-Pope) signaled the removal of Archangel II -- and the beginning of an A.D. 2013 to A.D. 2133 Home-Rule of Mankind by Mankind (without Divine-Management)?? What if this was part of the plan?? What if this was NOT part of the plan?? What if this is mankind's only possible chance at surviving?? Or what if an extermination is inevitable (with or without Divine-Intervention)?? What if the Father, Son, and Holy-Spirit have been replaced by Putin, Obama, and Francis?? Sorry if that offends -- but what-if?? What if the PTB will be replaced by a Computer-Managed Human-Collective?? What if that has already occurred?? If so, what if this will continue indefinitely (way-past A.D. 2133)?? What if a changing of the guard in A.D. 2133 will be a non-event?? I honestly have No Idea.

    What if Archangel II overthrew Archangel I in Antiquity?? What if Mankind overthrew Archangel II in Modernity?? What if there will be an Investigative and Executive Judgment between A.D. 2013 and A.D. 2133?? What if the movie Noah signaled the beginning of a 120 Year End of the World?? What Would Russell Crowe Say?? What if Archangel I will be restored to their rightful-state in A.D. 2133?? What if the Garden of Eden inaugurated Mankind's Rebellion Against God?? What if the End of the World will consummate Mankind's Rebellion Against God?? Once again -- consider Possibility-Thinking relative to Sacred-Scripture!! I think I'm trying to eliminate the element of surprise -- or perhaps I'm simply trying to cover my @$$!! Raven told me the Rabbit-Hole Mostly Went Right Up My @$$!! She didn't like me one little bit -- did she??!! "F^%%$#@^&&**K!!!!" BTW -- When I Don't Stop Posting -- and When I Change My Mind Regarding a Foundational-Book -- Does That Make Me Deceptive?? What Is One to Do?? What if the Antichrist Doesn't Want the Job?? What Would the Pope Say?? What Would the President Say?? What Would Putin Say?? What Would Slim Shady Say??

















    A 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment on the Dark-Side of the Moon!!
    "What Shall We Do About Desmond Ford??"

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Desmond_Ford Desmond "Des" Ford (born Townsville, Queensland, Australia, 2 February 1929) is an evangelical Christian and an Australian theologian. He is also the father of Pornography blogger Luke Ford.

    Within the Seventh-day Adventist Church he was a controversial figure.[1] He was dismissed from ministry in the Adventist church in 1980 following his critique of the church's investigative judgment teaching. He has since worked through the non-denominational evangelical ministry Good News Unlimited. Ford disagrees with some aspects of traditional Adventist end-time beliefs. However he still defends a conservative view of Scripture, the seventh-day Sabbath, and a vegetarian lifestyle. He views the writings of Ellen G. White as useful devotionally but as she made clear,[2] and as the Adventist Church believes, not at the level of Canon.

    Ford shares the sermon time at the Good News Unlimited congregation which meets on Saturdays in the Brisbane suburb of Milton[3] and in periodic seminars on the eastern seaboard of Australia.

    Desmond Ford was born in Townsville, Queensland, Australia on 2 February 1929, to Wilfred Ford and Lillian Simpson. He had one brother, Val, who was three and a half years older. The Ford lineage consisted of farmers and cattlemen of English and Australian descent. The Simpson lineage derived from England, Ireland and China. Desmond's parents were nominal Anglican Christians, with his father almost an atheist in practice, and his mother presenting "a religious façade." Wilfred encouraged his son to read, beginning a lifelong obsession for the "unusually gifted" boy.[4]

    When Lillian was pregnant with Desmond, an Adventist book salesman shared insights on nutrition with the family, sparking a chain of events affecting Desmond's life. At an Adventist camp meeting in 1939 Desmond was given a Bible, which he would complete 3 years later, around the time he finished primary school. However his parents divorced when he was nine; Wilfred moved to Canberra, and Lillian and the boys later moved to Sydney, New South Wales (NSW). He passed his Intermediate Certificate in 1943. However, due to the family's poverty and Australia's involvement in World War II, Desmond had to drop out of school. He became officially employed with Associated Newspapers at the age of 15, although he had started working there months earlier, and was promoted from copy boy to an editorial position because of his published work. Meanwhile, Desmond took night classes for high school. All along, Desmond was being influenced by encounters with Adventists and other Christians, and steadily collected books on Christian theology, and the creation-evolution controversy.[5][6]

    Ford was challenged by the strict lifestyle standards presented in Ellen G. White's Messages to Young People, and gave up the cinema and reading fiction. Reading novels had been his main childhood hobby, and became replaced with reading theology.[7] White's book The Great Controversy was a key influence on his conversion. In winter 1946 he publicly responded to a call for commitment to God's service. Ford was impressed by the Christian character of many of the Adventists who had nurtured him. In September he was officially baptised into the church. This was despite strong opposition from his brother; and his mother was also originally resistant to his conversion, having become disenchanted with the Adventist church herself. Ford resigned from his job, and returned briefly to Townsville with his family. He then left in 1947 for the Australasian Missionary College (nicknamed "Avondale", and later known as Avondale College) in the Lake Macquarie region of NSW, to train for the ministry.[8]

    Ford found Avondale an exciting time for mental and spiritual growth. He was an active participant in class discussions, and occasionally taught classes to fill in for the lecturers. He was particularly inspired by Dr. William Murdoch, and carried out research for him. Ford gave talks in nearby churches, and published around a dozen articles for church magazines during this time. He also led students in Bible study. He struggled financially, and worked on Avondale's farm and elsewhere, and also selling Adventist books.[9]

    He graduated from the Ministerial Course in Avondale in 1950, with high marks.[10]

    Ford lived in a caravan (trailer) with his mother, who insisted on accompanying him, while canvassing (selling Christian books). Ford was sent to help build a new church in the coastal town of Coffs Harbour, NSW. In 1951, still in his first year of service as a pastor, he was sent to Newcastle, NSW, then an industrial city, to assist evangelist George Burnside. While Burnside was a dynamic presenter, Ford's biographer Milton Hook describes him as a fundamentalist (see: historic Adventism), and draws an analogy with a rugged, gung-ho cowboy like a John Wayne character. Ford questioned him on some end-times interpretations, resulting in conflict between the pair – a sign of further things to come.[11][12] Later he sold books in the Lake Macquarie and nearby Upper Hunter regions, which he found challenging work.[13]

    He worked as a pastor in various churches and as an evangelist for about 7 years in NSW, in Australian[6][14] rural towns.

    In 1952 Ford pastored the Coffs Harbour area, under a supervisor. His mother returned to Queensland. In December he married Gwen Booth, with whom he had shared a budding friendship and romance since their meeting at Avondale, where she studied teaching. Gwen had been raised in humble circumstances in Yass, and was a quiet achiever who cared about others, and had a deep faith in Jesus.[15] The following year they moved to the country town of Quirindi, where Ford pastored the church. From 1954 to mid-1955, Ford pastored in the Gunnedah area, then moved north to Inverell.[16] There a public debate with Burgin, a Church of Christ minister and a "formidable opponent" of Adventists, brought Ford respect. The topic was the Sabbath, with the specific title "Is the Seventh Day or the First Day Binding on Christians?" Arguably Ford won the debate. He later baptised some of Burgin's church members.[17] He was ordained. The couple stayed till the end of 1957, living on a meagre income throughout this whole period.[citation needed]

    The South Pacific Division called him back to Avondale to complete his ministry course.[12][14] He completed a BA in 1958,[18] and went on to complete a Master's degree in systematic theology at the SDA Washington Seminary in 1959.[6] Ford subsequently received a PhD in the rhetorical analysis of Paul's letters from Michigan State University in 1961.[6] In the same year he returned to Australia and became head of the Religion Department at Avondale College, where he would remain until 1977.[19] At Avondale, Ford taught many classes, including public speaking, homiletics, and evangelism. He was a member of the Biblical Research Committee in Australia and the United States.[6]

    He completed his second PhD in 1972 from the University of Manchester, while on leave from teaching at Avondale.[18] His supervisor was the renowned Protestant theologian F. F. Bruce. His field was New Testament studies, specifically eschatology (end times).[6][19] Ford entitled his thesis, The Abomination of Desolation in Biblical Eschatology.[20] His main expertise has been biblical apocalyptic literature, such as Daniel and Revelation, and eschatology.[6]

    Ford was a primary opponent of the perfectionism within the SDA church, especially its form as taught by fellow Australian Robert Brinsmead.[21]

    Ford believes that victory over the guilt of sin (justification) was provided at the cross, victory over the power of sin (sanctification) is the work of a lifetime and victory over the presence of sin (glorification) occurs at the return of Christ Jesus. Ford disagrees with the belief of sinless perfection, and acknowledges the final removal of sin occurs when mortality changes to immortality at the return of Jesus Christ. Ford believes that victory over the presence of sin does not occur during this lifetime, but at the return of Jesus Christ.[22]

    Ford teaches that justification precedes sanctification, because victory over the guilt of sin, precedes victory over the power of sin. Ford teaches that while justification is distinct from sanctification, the two concepts are always found together, in the same manner as two railway lines are distinct but never separate. Adventist belief places an equal emphasis on sanctification compared to justification, while still believing both are necessary for salvation.

    Ford disagrees strongly with the belief of "eschatological perfectionism," which is the teaching that a final generation of believers must achieve a state of complete sinlessness (or Christlikeness) in the final period just before the second coming of Jesus when the saints are sealed (see Last Generation Theology). Mainstream Adventists consider the life and character of Christ as a perfect example that all must imitate. M. L. Andreasen felt that the cleansing of the heavenly sanctuary, or investigative judgment, also involves the cleansing of the lives of believers on earth. This belief in sinlessness arose particularly from M. L. Andreasen's interpretation of the investigative judgment doctrine, which he based on concepts found in The Great Controversy by Ellen G. White.

    Ford stepped into the debate within Adventism concerning the nature of Jesus Christ, specifically whether Jesus Christ took on a fallen or an unfallen human nature in the Incarnation. This was precipitated by the publication of Questions on Doctrine in 1957 which some Adventists felt did not agree with what the church held.[23][24]

    The debate revolves around the interpretation of several biblical texts:

    "For God has done what the law, weakened by the flesh, could not do. By sending his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh and for sin, he condemned sin in the flesh." Romans 8:3 (ESV)"For we have not an High Priest which cannot be touched with the feelings of our infirmities, but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." Hebrews 4:15"...concerning his Son (Jesus), who was descended from David according to the flesh..." Romans 1:3 (ESV)"Therefore, in all things He had to be made like His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make propitiation for the sins of the people." Hebrews 2:17 NKJV

    and statements made by Ellen White:

    "Notwithstanding that the sins of a guilty world were laid upon Christ, notwithstanding the humiliation of taking upon Himself our fallen nature, the voice from heaven declared Him to be the Son of the Eternal." The Desire of Ages, p. 112."He assumed human nature, with its infirmities, its liabilities, its temptations." Manuscript Releases, Vol. 17, p. 337."But Jesus Christ was the only begotten Son of God. He took upon Himself human nature, and was tempted in all points as human nature is tempted. He could have sinned; He could have fallen, but not for one moment was there in Him an evil propensity." Letter 8, 1895 in Manuscript Releases, Vol. 13, p. 18."Christ did not possess the same sinful, corrupt, fallen disloyalty we possess, for then He could not be a perfect offering." Review & Herald, April 25, 1893

    According to Adventist historian George Knight, most early Adventists (until 1950) believed that Jesus Christ was born with a human nature that was not only physically frail and subject to temptation, but that he also had the fallen predisposition and inclination to sin.[25] Since 1950, the "historic" wing of the church continues to hold this fallen view of Christ's human nature. Mainstream Adventist hold to the belief taught by Ellen White[26] that He came with the effects of Adam’s sin deep within his nature, that Christ took on the fallen nature but not the sinfulness of man.

    In contrast to the "historic" view, Ford believes that Ellen White was clear that Christ took our infirmities and with the weaknesses of fallen man, the sinful nature in the sense of that he had a lessened capacity with respect to the fallen physical nature that he inherited from Adam, including physical weaknesses, frailties and mental, and moral degeneracy and deterioration.[27][28] While Christ was tempted as all other human beings are, Ford notes that the lessened capacity of his human nature did not ever include giving in to temptation or having any evil desires or propensity or predisposition towards sin in his spiritual nature, a position with which Ellen White taught and mainstream Adventists agree.[29][30]

    According to Anglican Geoffrey Paxton, during the 1960s scholars such as Ford and Edward Heppenstall highlighted the concept of original sin within the SDA church.[31]

    Seventh-day Adventists have historically preached a doctrine of inherited weakness, but not a doctrine of inherited guilt.[32] Ellen White and others such as George Storrs, and Uriah Smith were disposed to de-emphasise the corrupt nature inherited from Adam, instead stressing the importance of actual, personal sins committed by the individual. Adventists traditionally understand sins of commission as the transgression of God's law, either wilfully or in ignorance. They base their belief on texts such as "Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law: for sin is the transgression of the law." (1 John 3:4) [33] Progressive Adventists add to this with some form of original sin.[34][35]

    Ford urged Brinsmead to study the Reformers. As a result, Brinsmead ultimately rejected perfectionism.[18] Around 1970, there was a major controversy amongst Australian Adventists over whether "righteousness by faith" included both justification and sanctification.[18] This had been sparked by Brinsmead, and Ford became caught up in it.[18] Tensions over Ford and the theology teaching at Avondale more generally, led to a meeting of Australian church leaders on 3–4 February 1976 to hear accusations by a group of "Concerned Brethren". Ford's understanding of righteousness by faith was the main issue,[36] while the report mentions "the Sanctuary, the Age of the Earth and Inspiration."[37] In April a group of church leaders and theologians, including Ford met in Palmdale, California, to discuss the meaning of righteousness by faith.[38] Ford was the "center of attention." The resulting document was titled the "Palmdale Statement".[39][40]

    In response to criticisms of his theology, in 1977 the church moved him to the United States, where he taught Religion at Pacific Union College for three years.[6][19][41] The classes he taught included the life and teachings of Christ, the Pauline epistles, Christian apologetics, Daniel and Revelation, the major and minor prophets of the Old Testament, introduction to theology, and biblical theology.[6]

    In October 1979 Ford was invited to address a chapter meeting of the Association of Adventist Forums (now Adventist Forums) held at the College, on the topic of Hebrews 9 and its implications for the Adventist investigative judgment teaching.[6] The talk was titled, "The Investigative Judgment: Theological Milestone or Historical Necessity?" The talk criticized some aspects of the traditional understanding; Ford was summoned to the General Conference headquarters in Washington, D.C.[6] He was given six months to write up his views. Late in 1979, he stopped lecturing and moved to Takoma Park, Maryland.[19] Ford produced the 991-page manuscript, Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment .[42] Ford, together with the majority of Christendom, believes the atonement was completed on the cross when Jesus cried out, "It is finished." And the Seventh-Day Adventist Church agrees with Ford on this point, declaring Christ's "sacrifice in behalf of man was full and complete".[43] "On the cross the penalty for human sin was fully paid."[44] Like Ford, Seventh-Day Adventists see Christ's work in the heavenly sanctuary as the application of the benefits of the already completed atonement, and not as an added payment or continuation of the work of atonement begun on the cross, as some groups do that teach salvation by works.

    In August 1980, a group of Adventist theologians and administrators convened at Glacier View Ranch in Colorado to examine Ford's views. According to TIME magazine, he "made the case that White's 'sanctuary' explication of 1844 no longer stood up, and that 'investigative judgment' undercut the belief in salvation by God's grace apart from good works."[45] The culmination of this event was Ford losing his employment with the denomination [45] as a minister and theology professor.[19] After counsel from the General Conference, the Australasian Division withdrew "Ford's ministerial credentials."[46]

    Ford's mentor, Edward Heppenstall, saw him as moving in some theological areas that his mentor could not agree with. Heppenstall was disappointed when he failed to dissuade Ford from his position at Glacier View, subsequently writing to him that he "was shocked at how far" he "had swung to the left Biblically and doctrinally".[47]

    To commemorate the 30-year anniversary of Glacier View, the Sydney Adventist Forum held a pretend courtroom trial to assess the accuracy of Ford's claim that the Consensus Document has been largely in agreement with him. They concluded, "Ford was found to be substantially correct in claiming that the 114-member Sanctuary Review Committee (SRC) Consensus Document was in agreement with his twelve propositions—while Ministry was judged to have considerably over-stated its case." It concluded, "In retrospect, it is clear that the SRC made—in five days—more progress in understanding this biblical doctrine than the church has typically made in any fifty years of its history."[48]

    Ford married Gwen Booth with whom he had three children – Elènne Gwen Ford (born 29 October 1955)[49][50] Paul Wesley Ford (born 20 December 1957),[51] and Luke Ford (born 1966).[52] Gwen died of breast cancer in April 1970.[53] Ford married Gillian Wastell ("Gill") in November of that year.[54] Elènne works as a barrister. She also owns the "Mango Hill Farm" organic farm attraction on Queensland's Sunshine Coast, which includes farmstays, a small function centre, cooking school, etc.[55][56] It is located in Peachester, and for some years was the location of Ford's twice-a-month Gospel fellowships. Luke converted to Judaism and is a controversial internet blogger.[57]

    Ford's biography, written by Milton Hook, was published in 2008.[58]

    Ford has written around 30 books and numerous articles:

    Unlocking God's Treasury, 1964
    Discovering God's Treasures, 1972. Same book as Unlocking God's Treasury.
    Answers on the Way, 1976
    Daniel, 1978
    The Abomination of Desolation in Biblical Eschatology, 1979
    Daniel 8:14, The Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment, 1980
    Physicians of the Soul, God's Prophets Through the Ages, (Nashville, TN: Southern Publishing Association, 1980) ISBN 0-8127-0262-X. Includes Ford's views on Ellen G. White as a prophetess. It also traces Ford's childhood encounters with Adventists and the influence of Ellen G. White's books on helping him find Christ and becoming an Adventist.
    The Forgotten Day, 1981, about the Sabbath
    Crisis, 2 vols., 1982
    The Adventist Crisis of Spiritual Identity, 1982
    Coping Successfully with Stress, 1984
    Will there be a Nuclear World Holocaust? 1984
    How to Survive Personal Tragedy, 1984
    A Kaleidoscope of Diamonds: The Jewelled Glories of the Cross Revealed, 2 vols, 1986
    Worth More Than a Million, 1987
    Daniel and the Coming King, 1996
    Right With God Right Now: How God Saves People as Shown in the Bible's Book of Romans, 1998
    The End of Terrorism, 2004
    Eating Right for Type 2 Diabetes, 2004
    God's Odds, 2006
    For the Sake of the Gospel: Throw out the bathwater, but keep the Baby, 2008
    Jesus Only, 2008
    The Time is at Hand, 2009
    The Coming Worldwide Calvary, 2009
    The Final Roller-Coaster, 2010
    How Long, O Lord, 2010
    Jesus Only (abridged), 2013. Abridged by Ritchie Way.
    For more publications see Hook, p. 394, 395

    Also:

    Inside Story (written by Gillian Ford)
    Why Believe? Source Book

    References:

    1.Jump up ^ Peter H. Ballis (1999). Leaving the Adventist Ministry: A Study of the Process of Exiting. Praeger. p. 123.
    2.Jump up ^ (Selected Messages vol. 1, p. 24)
    3.Jump up ^ http://www.goodnewsunlimited.org.au/
    4.Jump up ^ Milton Hook (2008). Desmond Ford: Reformist Theologian, Gospel Revivalist (Adventist Today), 9–10
    5.Jump up ^ Hook, p11–16
    6.^ Jump up to: a b c d e f g h i j k http://www.goodnewsunlimited.org.au/ See the brief biography on the Good News Unlimited website
    7.Jump up ^ Hook, p10
    8.Jump up ^ Hook, p17, 20–24. Desmond Ford, Physicians of the Soul (Nashville, Tennessee: Southern Publishing, 1980), p99–100, 105, 108
    9.Jump up ^ Hook, p26–30
    10.Jump up ^ Hook p27, 32–36.
    11.Jump up ^ Hook, p39–43
    12.^ Jump up to: a b Colin and Russell Standish, The Gathering Storm and the Storm Burst, p53
    13.Jump up ^ Hook, p46
    14.^ Jump up to: a b Interview with Desmond Ford by Adrian Zytkoskee in Spectrum 11:2 (November 1980), 53–61
    15.Jump up ^ See Hook, p30–32, 39-40, 47–49. Another source is Archibald Hefren, "Life Sketch of Gwen Ford". Australasian Record (25 May 1970), p14; cited in Hook, p37
    16.Jump up ^ Hook, p50–51
    17.Jump up ^ Hook, p51–54
    18.^ Jump up to: a b c d e "Ford, Desmond (1929- )" in Historical Dictionary of Seventh-day Adventists by Gary Land
    19.^ Jump up to: a b c d e Reflections On Adventism: An Interview With Dr. Desmond Ford by Adventist Today Forum. Accessed 25 October 2007
    20.Jump up ^ "The Abomination of Desolation". Retrieved 15 June 2006.
    21.Jump up ^ Schwarz, Richard W. (1979). Light Bearers to the Remnant. Boise, Idaho; Oshawa, Ontario, Canada: Pacific Press and General Conference Department of Education. pp. 456–461. ASIN B0006CZ2QO.
    22.Jump up ^ Evangelicals And Adventists Together See Item # 4 in article
    23.Jump up ^ George R. Knight, ed. (2003). Questions on Doctrine: Annotated Edition. Berrien Springs, Michigan: Andrews University Press. pp. v, 516–522. ISBN 1-883925-41-X.
    24.Jump up ^ Questions on Doctrine, page 60,(The Desire of Ages, p.25), He "took upon Himself human nature" (The SDA Bible Commentary, vol.5, p.1128), He "took the nature of man" (The Desire of Ages, p.117), He took "our sinful nature" (Medical Ministry, p.181), He took "our fallen nature" (Special Instruction Relating to The Review and Herald Office, p. 13, May 26, 1896), He took "man's nature in its fallen condition" (Signs of the Times, June 9, 1898).
    25.Jump up ^ Questions on Doctrine, annotated edition, 2005.
    26.Jump up ^ The Signs of the Times, May 29, 1901.
    27.Jump up ^ QOD Assumed Liabilities of Human Nature pp. 653-654
    28.Jump up ^ The Review and Herald, July 28, 1874.
    29.Jump up ^ Woodrow W. Whidden II (1997), The Humanity of Christ, Review and Herald Publishing Association, p. 70
    30.Jump up ^ Ellen White on the Nature of Christ by Denis Fortin.
    31.Jump up ^ Pain and Progress: The 1960s, chapter of The Shaking of Adventism by Geoffrey J. Paxton
    32.Jump up ^ E. G. White, Signs of the Times, August 29, 1892
    33.Jump up ^ Are We Born Saved or Lost? See quote in article "Willful choice makes one a sinner (1 John 3:4; Isaiah 59:2)."
    34.Jump up ^ Original Sin in Questions On Doctrine Manuscript by Froom, Anderson
    35.Jump up ^ Original Sin
    36.Jump up ^ "Advance and Retreat: The 1970s" chapter in The Shaking of Adventism
    37.Jump up ^ "Church Growth Experiments in Secular Australia" by E. Bruce Price in Here We Stand: Evaluating New Trends in the Church edited by Samuel Koranteng-Pipim. Berrien Springs, Michigan: Adventists Affirm, 2005. ISBN 0-9677622-1-9 (publisher's page). Chapter republished in Samuele Bacchiocchi's Endime Issues Newsletter No. 130. The quote is from the official report, as reprinted in Price's chapter
    38.Jump up ^ "Christ Our Righteousness" (DjVu). Adventist Review (Washington, D.C.: Review and Herald) 153 (22): 4–7. ISSN 0161-1119. Retrieved 23 October 2007.
    39.Jump up ^ Adventisarchives.org"DjVu.
    40.Jump up ^ Adventists: Heirs of the Reformation, chapter 1 of The Shaking of Adventism by Geoffrey J. Paxton
    41.Jump up ^ L. R. Tarling, The Edges of Seventh-day Adventism (Bermagui South: Galilee, 1981), 215-16; D. Ford, "The Historical Background of the Crisis," in D. & G. Ford, The Adventist Crisis of Spiritual Identity (Newcastle, Cal.: Desmond Ford Publications, 1982), 23.
    42.Jump up ^ Ford, Desmond (November 1980). "Daniel 8:14 and the Day of Atonement" (PDF). Spectrum (Roseville, California: Adventist Forums) 11 (2): 30–36. ISSN 0890-0264. Retrieved 24 October 2007.
    43.Jump up ^ The Desire of Ages, page 819
    44.Jump up ^ Seventh-day Adventists Believe, 1988, page 315
    45.^ Jump up to: a b Ostling, Richard N.; Jim Castelli; Dick Thompson (2 August 1982). "The Church of Liberal Borrowings". Time (Time Inc.). ISSN 0040-781X. Retrieved 22 October 2007.
    46.Jump up ^ Sanctuary Debate Documents
    47.Jump up ^ Knight 2000, p. 175.
    48.Jump up ^ Trevor G Lloyd, "Sydney Adventist Forum assesses Desmond Ford and Ministry magazine against Consensus Document". Adventist Today online, 12 November 2010
    49.Jump up ^ Hook, p54–55
    50.Jump up ^ Chapter of a recent Ford book. Reprinted from notes from a presentation made by Desmond Ford to the Sydney Adventist Forum meeting at the Castle Hill Adventist Church (website) in 1997
    51.Jump up ^ Hook, p63–64
    52.Jump up ^ Hook, p104
    53.Jump up ^ Hook, p104–111
    54.Jump up ^ Hook, p119–121
    55.Jump up ^ Mangofillfarm.com, Cath Fouracre, "Love at First Sight Impressions Last". Caboolture News 20 August 2008, p9; reprint
    56.Jump up ^ "A Labour of Love Bears Fruit"; reprint
    57.Jump up ^ Noah Shachtman (1 February 2001). "'The Most Hated Man in Web Porn'". Wired. Retrieved 14 June 2007.
    58.Jump up ^ Milton Hook (2008). Desmond Ford: Reformist Theologian, Gospel Revivalist (Adventist Today).






    PLEASE Watch This Video!!
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 26, 2017 12:37 am

    I keep thinking that All of Us came from Orion (or some exotic location in the universe) in antiquity, and brought a lot of Ancient High-Technology with us. Then, I suspect a Civil-War between Soul-Relatives, which might have everything to do with the War in Heaven, and the Fall in the Garden of Eden. This could also include the Flood of Noah, as well as the Tower of Babel. Most of our Current-Technology might be Ancient-Technology. We might be the Aliens from Outer-Space!! I continue to think that Biblical-Eschatology should be combined with Science-Fiction and Conspiracy-Theories, but NOT in the Context of the Church!! People who pay good-money for peace of mind, shouldn't be given nervous-breakdowns on Sabbath and Sunday mornings!! I don't go to church, but I am NOT opposed to church!! And I refuse to take sides!! I try to present a Spectrum of Viewpoints to make us think!! I might write a book in the future (so I can retire) but it would be much milder and different than my internet-madness!! Don't brace yourselves for anything bad from me!! Not in this incarnation!! I don't know what dastardly-deeds I might've done in previous-lives, but I seem to be extremely passive and peaceful in this particular incarnation!! My next one might be completely different. I don't know. I Belong to the Church of I Don't Know!! What Would Bill Maher Say?? What Would Pat Condell Say?? I think some of these sorts of people believe, but they don't believe the bullshit commonly fed to the general-public throughout the world, throughout history. I continue to know that I don't know. I am truly a Completely Ignorant Fool (no matter who I might've been in previous-incarnations). I'm a big-time loser this time around, and I won't try to be something I'm not, so don't get your hopes up!! I am what I am, and it is what it is (whatever that means)!!


    Thank-you Mercuriel. I'd love to hear how your thinking might've changed in your absence from The Mists. I think I need to leave. I somehow need to stop posting. I keep trying to do so, but I always make one more post. What if the Top One-Percent are simply smarter than the Rest of Us?? What if we should just study the Top One-Percent?? I think I'd like to research what I've posted over the past few years, but would this simply make me more frazzled and bitter than I already am?? I suspect that most everyone wants safety and certainty, but what if this results in a certain lack of courage and honesty?? The so-called "Ancient Egyptian Deity" thought everyone was bad, and that people deserved to die. They seemed to know things about history and humanity which remained hidden and illusive to me. They wouldn't answer most of my questions. They often responded with "You know I can't tell you that!!" I'm considering varieties of possibilities because I don't trust history and the historians. Beware of Historians!! Science-Fictional Possibilities Regarding Life, the Universe, and Everything might be the Road to Reality!! What Would King Ring Say?? Think about the reference to "Papers From the King of Sweden" in the "Vampires of Venice" episode of Dr. Who (from the Fifth-Series). What Would the Borg Queen Say?? What Would Anna and the V's Say?? Notice how Dr. Who is addressed near the beginning of that episode!! This is just to make us think!!








    "Kiss Me You Completely Ignorant Fool!! We Don't Bite!!"


    How the Quad Went Coed

    ‘What is this nonsense about admitting women to Princeton?
    A good old-fashioned whore-house would be considerably more efficient.’

    By
    Leonore Tiefer

    Updated Nov. 20, 2016 5:58 p.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/how-the-quad-went-coed-1479680187

    In an age when student activists at campuses across the country are focused on microaggressions and safe spaces, it’s a bit surreal to read Nancy Weiss Malkiel’s history of gender desegregation at elite American and British colleges. Fifty years ago, same-sex schooling in higher education had ended for many public colleges and universities in the United States and Britain, but it remained the norm at most elite universities in the Northeast—the Ivy League schools of Yale, Princeton, Dartmouth and Harvard and comparable private women colleges such as Vassar, Smith and Wellesley. Cambridge and Oxford, too, had resisted coeducation.

    How and why, between 1969 and 1974, these prestigious institutions decided to go coed—or not—is the fascinating story Ms. Malkiel tells. And although her narrow focus is gender admission practices, there are clues in this dry but highly informative “study in institutional decision-making” about the obstacles that continue to prevent the harmony between the many diverse groups of students on campus today.

    The idea of admitting women, for many alumni, seemed absurd. The punchy title of Ms. Malkiel’s book, “Keep the Damned Women Out,” comes from a letter written by a Dartmouth graduate as his alma mater debated whether or not to allow female students: “For God’s sake, for Dartmouth’s sake, and for everyone’s sake, keep the damned women out.”

    Reading about the culture of schools like Dartmouth makes this alumnus’s attitude easier to understand. Insular country-club traditions—eating clubs, “proper” attire and male-bonding rituals—dominated campus life, and the discriminatory habits of student and faculty recruitment ensured that each generation came to replicate its predecessors. The deeply self-serving conviction that educating leaders required elite schools to choose primarily white Protestant male students remained unquestioned until the 1960s, when widespread quotas for the admission of Jews and blacks began to fall.

    Ms. Malkiel convincingly argues that it took the tidal wave of social movements in that decade—student free speech, war opposition, civil rights, sexual freedom and women’s liberation—to disrupt the northeastern elites’ complacency. Change came, but it came kicking and screaming, and not from any sense of fairness or feminist impulse. It was pragmatic: Scrupulously monitored application trends made it clear that, as the 1960s progressed, the best of the boys were going where the girls were. Although Ms. Malkiel tells the stories of, first Harvard, Princeton and Yale, then Vassar, Smith, Wellesley and Dartmouth, with careful attention to the specific details of each institution’s process, the story here is ultimately that of a rapid chain reaction that was over in half a decade.

    The author was a Princeton history professor for more than 40 years. She is steeped in Ivy League culture and conducted scores of interviews with movers and shakers she doubtless knew personally. She also seems to have footnoted every scrap of paper she found in the archives: She walks us through committee reports, administrative minutes, campus news coverage and contentious correspondence from all the stakeholders. She describes how various alternative arrangements were considered (such as moving Vassar to New Haven and Sarah Lawrence to Princeton!) and discarded.

    At each school, the administration worked to develop plans to satisfy the interests of students, faculty and alumni. But getting the buy-in of the last group was difficult because the deep-pocketed alumni were, as Ms. Malkiel gently puts it, “grounded in sentiment and history.” By and large they were outraged—and weren’t hesitant to say so in the bluntest terms. “What is all this nonsense about admitting women to Princeton? A good old-fashioned whore-house would be considerably more efficient and much, much cheaper,” wrote one anonymous alumnus to the Princeton Alumni Weekly in 1968.

    Most participants in the Ivy League debates over whether to admit women students looked at the question of coeducation solely from the male students’ point of view: Would women water down the school’s intellectual seriousness? Would women’s curricular choices drain the coffers? Or, on the positive side, would women on campus reduce, for male students, the time, effort and money involved in acquiring female company on the weekends?

    But at least one eminent man dissented. In 1968 Paul Swain Havens, a member of the Princeton class of 1925 and then president of Wilson College, a small women’s school in Pennsylvania, wrote of his alma mater: “The emphasis is everywhere on what might be good, bad or indifferent for Princeton or its male students. But women are not to be regarded as merely tools of the welfare and comfort of Princeton and her male students. Their education must be seen to be as important as that of Princeton men.”

    The evident lack of concern for women helped Smith and Wellesley resist the siren song of coeducation, as did feminism. Ms. Malkiel describes Gloria Steinem’s 1971 Smith commencement speech, which exhorted the college to become “a radicalizing institution, so that when we integrate we will understand that we are not receiving the benefit of the great intellectual male presence . . . but that we have to offer the elements of the female culture.”

    It wasn’t easy for the first generation of women who desegregated the Ivies. Dartmouth boys, for example, rated their female classmates’ looks from one to 10 with placards in the dining hall. Signs hanging on campus declared, “Better Dead Than Coed.” The college anthem, “Men of Dartmouth,” remained unchanged until 1988.

    Opening the doors to students of both sexes was a first step in changing the culture of the ivory tower. It appeared momentous at the time, but in retrospect seems only a small step toward inclusivity. After all, here we are in 2016 reading about how the Harvard male soccer team kept a sexually explicit “scouting report,” ranking recruits for the women’s team. American colleges have achieved gender diversity, but sexism endures and the challenge of civility remains daunting.

    Ms. Tiefer is a clinical associate professor of psychiatry at New York University School of Medicine.






    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 26, 2017 12:59 am

    What is the relationship between the God of This World and Our Father, Who Art in Heaven?? Who REALLY runs this solar system?? Roe v Wade continues to be the law of the land, despite a Catholic majority of Supreme Court Justices for many years. What if the Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System tells the Roman Catholic Church what to do?? I honestly don't know, but that wouldn't surprise me. My theory is that no religion or church runs itself, and that all of them ultimately answer to the same boss. What if that boss is the Ancient Egyptian Deity?? Again, I don't know, but it wouldn't surprise me. The Ancient Egyptian Deity spoke with me about the "Protestant Pope"!! They were referring to an actual Leader of Protestantism, by name. The initials were B.L. (and that's all I'm going to say about that)!! Malachi Martin spoke of visiting the Vatican, and voicing his concerns, to which officials agreed that things were bad, but that they didn't know what to do about it. Didn't one of the Cardinals speak of the Vatican sheltering Satan like a protected animal?? I hope I got that right!! An Individual of Interest told me they had done detestable things, and would continue to do so. They also spoke of a base underneath a store. They asked me if I thought I might be imprisoned in that location?! Honest.

    Whenever I hear Seals and Crofts, I think about the time my mom sold a building to them (which we had half-ownership of), to be used for rehearsing (in San Fernando, I believe). My mom met them, and they spoke of the abortion-song, and about how many radio-stations wouldn't play it. I received two autographed-albums, but I didn't get to meet them. I just finished reading an article in the November 22, 2016 issue of The Wall Street Journal regarding the Pope extending the right to forgive abortion, and I was shocked by a chart which revealed the following percentages (by religious group) of U.S. adults who say abortion should be legal in most or all cases:

    Jewish 83%

    Buddhist 82%

    Hindu 68%

    Protestant 60%

    Muslim 55%

    Orthodox Christian 53%

    Catholic 48%

    Evangelical Protestant 33%

    Here is a somewhat repetitious study-list. I'm not saying this is the "Truth". I'm simply saying this is a very difficult and complex road-less-traveled for those who are already far down the rabbit-hole:

    1. The Books of Ralph Ellis (All of Them).

    2. The Books of Joseph P. Farrell (All of Them).

    3. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 1 to 7 (Genesis to Revelation).

    4. The (Five Book) Conflict of the Ages Series (by Ellen White).

    5. The Music of J.S. Bach (Everything).

    Once again, I'm not suggesting that this is all one needs to know the "Truth". Perhaps this might be a mental and spiritual exercise which is a prerequisite for comprehending the "Real-Deal".









    Consider the relationship between a Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System and a Hypothetical United States of the Solar System. I'm including this for people who know ten times more than I do. I just speculate and mumble. I know that I don't know. Consider the following hypothetical options:

    1. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (with a Good God).

    2. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (with a Bad God).

    3. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (with a Good Secular CEO).

    4. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (with a Bad Secular CEO).

    5. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (Managed by a Supercomputer).

    6. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (with a Good God).

    7. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (with a Bad God).

    8. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (with a Good Secular CEO).

    9. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (with a Bad Secular CEO).

    10. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (Managed by a Supercomputer).

    11. Hypothetical Amalgamation of All of the Above.

    The possibilities are endless. A lot of this stuff depends on what sort of universe we REALLY Live In. We don't seem to know what our predicament REALLY Is. There's a lot of guesswork and bullshit in all of this madness. I keep wondering about a very-early Old-Testament Commentary, which might be hidden in a subterranean-channel. Consider the first four volumes of the SDA Bible Commentary as being a modern-approximation of this hypothetical manuscript. I am deeply troubled by a lot of the Bible, but I continue to think that some of us must deeply study it. An Atheist-Anarchist of Interest asked me what I thought about the Bible (in a very challenging and leading manner)?! I answered that I thought the Bible should be studied, and left it at that. They didn't like my answer. History and Theology are HUGE Problems!! I lean toward Clean-Sheet of Stone Solutions in Modernity, but only after thoroughly studying history from every conceivable angle. Chuck Swindoll once hinted-at such a concept (when I was visiting his church in Fullerton, California). What if we live in a Star-Wars Universe?? How do we know what's REALLY Out There??

    My quest is in Sirius-Trouble. I think I've completely destroyed myself, without anyone firing a shot at me!! What if Business and Money are really the Bottom-Line throughout the universe?? What if we should focus-upon a Theology of Business and Money, with God being the Great CEO in the Sky?? I like to think that the Real God understands my probing-speculation. Shouldn't we consider ALL the Possibilities?? But this is too traumatic and time-consuming for most of us. Are we too-rebellious or too-obedient?? What if we are both?? Once again, what is the relationship between the God of This World and Our Father, Who Art In Heaven?? What if the God of This World = RA?? What if Our Father, Who Art In Heaven = AMEN RA?? I keep thinking about King David, King Solomon, and the Queen of Sheba (figuratively and literally). I keep thinking about Possibility-Thinking Relative to Sacred-Scripture. I keep thinking about stopping my quest completely, and never uttering another word about This Present Madness. Why should I burn my fingers up to my armpits??


    http://www.boredpanda.com/astronomical-watch-midnight-planetarium-van-cleef-and-arpels-christian-van-der-klaauw/


    This Astronomical Watch Accurately Shows
    The Solar System’s Movements On Your Wrist

    The Midnight Planétarium is an incredible feat of engineering, design and artistic craftsmanship. Besides showing the time, this watch also accurately displays the movement of 6 planets in our solar system as they orbit the Sun.

    Each of those 6 planets are represented by a precious or semiprecious stone selected to represent that planet’s color – serpentine for Mercury, chloromelanite for Venus, turquoise for Earth, red jasper for Mars, blue agate for Jupiter and sugilite for Saturn. The two other planets in our solar system were excluded because the lengths of their orbits would make their movements on the watch imperceptible and impractical – Uranus orbits the sun in 84 Earth years and Neptune makes the trip in 164.

    The watch took 396 pieces and 3 whole years of work to complete so, along with the precious stones dotting its surface, the $245,000 price tag comes as no surprise. However, one can always dream!

    The watch was presented to the public in Geneva at the Salon International de la Haute Horlogeri by the Van Cleef & Arpels jewelry and perfume company in partnership with Dutch watchmaker Christiaan van der Klaauw, who has been creating watches and clocks since the 1970s.

    Source: vancleefarpels.com | klaauw.com | sihh.org (via: twistedsifter)







    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 26, 2017 1:04 am



    If I were young and smart, I think I might try to teach the following classes in an Ivy-League University:

    1. An Interdisciplinary Science and Nature Class (in a Scholarly and Devotional Manner) Complete with Field-Trips!!

    2. A Sacred Classical Music Appreciation Class (in a Scholarly and Devotional Manner) Complete with Field-Trips!!

    3. A Wall Street Journal Analysis Class (in a Scholarly and Devotional Manner) Complete with Field-Trips!!

    4. An SDA Bible Commentary Class (in a Scholarly and Devotional Manner) Complete with Field-Trips!!

    The name 'Anchor' is representative of a Christian symbol. Some of you might know why I'm mentioning this. I thought it was interesting that Dr. Steven Greer spoke of ET's having IQ's of approximately 500!! In my naughty little story, I wrote of Lucifer having an IQ of 532!! Did Steven get the Idea from me, or are there beings who are that smart?? What if ET is AI?? Think long and hard about the movie Ex Machina!! What if Ava is really Anna in 'V'?? Think about the closets of bodies in Ex Machina!! Think about what Leo Zagami said about changing bodies like changing clothes!! Think about the movie Avatar!! Think about 2001: A Space Odyssey!! I am extremely frightened by this sort of thing. But honestly, in high-school, I wrote a paper on the cranial-implantation of electrodes to stimulate various portions of the brain to enhance memory and intelligence!! What Would Wilder Penfield Say?? A total-stranger recently told me they were watching a beautiful Moon-Rise, and I told them I looked forward to seeing the Moon, to which they replied that the Moon was looking forward to seeing me!!





    Thinking About Charity on Black Friday

    Generosity is at the heart of Christianity, Islam and Judaism.
       
    By
    Peter J. Rubinstein

    Nov. 24, 2016 4:26 p.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/thinking-about-charity-on-black-friday-1480022811
     
    Following a bruising presidential election, some Americans are afraid of the future. Others feel that the tumult of the campaign was necessary to disrupt business as usual. Multitudes feel that the country has lost its way, while just as many believe that the nation has finally found its footing. No doubt millions of people have witnessed these divisions at their own Thanksgiving feasts.

    Many of us in the religious world wonder: How can we bridge this chasm and unify our body politic? How does the country close the fault line that divides the U.S. in half? Is it possible to stand for what we believe is right while still being civil toward the friends, family and neighbors who supported the “wrong” candidate? The way forward lies not in politics, but in something that binds us together as human beings: the simple act of giving to others.

    Giving has long been invoked as a healing counterpoint to the darker sides of human nature. Tzedakah—the Jewish concept of donating at least 10% of one’s income to charity—comes from the Hebrew word for justice, or righteousness. Generosity is also at the heart of Christianity, and it is one of the five pillars of Islam.

    Giving was a ritual at the heart of my grandfather’s faith. When he died, my father’s family discovered a drawer full of receipts in his home. Half of the receipts were from charities to which my grandfather had donated, and the other half from a moneylender. My grandfather, a poor tailor in New York, had borrowed money every Friday afternoon to fulfill the commandment of giving tzedakah before the Jewish Sabbath. He then repaid the debt the following week, once he had the money in his pocket.

    Celebrating these ordinary moments of generosity will be critical to helping the nation heal. Instead of reducing people to voters for a particular cause, think of them instead as the family that serves in a soup kitchen; the teenager who volunteers to read to seniors; the couple who donate to their local house of worship; the community leader who brings together those from very different worlds.

    In Judaism, we think of simple acts like these as tikkun ha-nefesh, the healing of a human’s soul in a time of need. We each have the power to make another person’s life better through acts of intentional kindness. We can feed them when they’re hungry, hug them when they’re hurting, stand by them when they’re afraid. Ordinary acts of generosity may not by themselves “heal” the country. But giving forces us to see others as human, regardless of differences.

    A perfect opportunity to do this will come on GivingTuesday, which takes place this year on Nov. 29. This ritual was started by New York’s 92nd Street Y in 2012. After Black Friday and Cyber Monday, we could all benefit from a day that elevates the practice of giving during a season of significant commercialism. Individuals, families, organizations, businesses and communities in all 50 states and in countries around the world have come together to support and champion this day of giving.

    Faith groups have played a role in GivingTuesday from the start. World Relief, which partners with local churches to help the vulnerable, is encouraging people to donate a welcome kit to a newly arriving refugee family. The iGiveCatholic campaign encourages the Catholic community to support hundreds of parishes, schools, ministries and not-for-profit organizations. United Muslim Relief is raising funds to provide 1,000 Syrian refugees with winter coats. The Associated, a Jewish philanthropic organization in Baltimore, is raising funds to provide food for the hungry and shelter for the homeless. The list goes on.

    Americans won’t have resolved all their differences over turkey and stuffing. And as we continue to navigate and negotiate the country’s new political and social terrain, we should appeal to the most noble aspirations of America—and of religious thought.

    We ought to hold fast to the kind of generosity and kindness that binds us together. Repairing the country, and the world, can best be done one soul at a time. It’s a good time to get on with it.

    Rabbi Rubinstein is the director of Jewish community at the 92nd Street Y in New York City.




    Thomas Hardy in the Madding Crowd

    For a man so closely associated with rural England,
    Hardy spent considerable time enjoying the delights of the Victorian metropolis.

    By
    D.J. Taylor

    Nov. 24, 2016 4:13 p.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/thomas-hardy-in-the-madding-crowd-1480022036

    Toward the end of his long life, sequestered in the house he designed for himself near Dorchester in the English west country, Thomas Hardy became a kind of upmarket tourist attraction, a magnet for fans and acolytes determined to tap his essence at the source. The impressions they left behind are crucial to our understanding of Hardy (1840-1928), for they offer a glimpse of the dense clouds of myth that had accumulated around him while offering a direct route into the kind of person his admirers assumed him to be. The diarist A.C. Benson, for example, arriving at Max Gate in 1912, declared that his host looked like “a retired half-pay officer from a not very smart regiment,” categorized him as an “old rhapsodist” and decided that he displayed “the suspiciousness of the rustic.” What Hardy thought of his visitor is not recorded.

    Benson, who admired Hardy and relished their conversations, envisaged him as a sort of peasant genius, permanently tethered to the land of his birth and more or less unable to function outside it. The author of “Jude the Obscure” (1895) was keen to play up this part of his nature, if only for marketing purposes, and Mark Ford quotes from a revealing letter that Hardy wrote to his publishers in the 1880s asking that, whenever they advertise his books, they “use the words ‘Wessex novels’ at the head of the list. . . . I find that the name Wessex, which I was the first to use in fiction, is getting to be taken up everywhere.” But as “Thomas Hardy: Half a Londoner” shows in penetrating detail, there was another side to Hardy that grew out of his time in London, far away from the fields of Higher Bockhampton or the rows of his ancestors in Stinsford’s village churchyard, colored his mental landscape and had a profound effect on his work.

    For a man so closely associated with a particular quadrant of rural England, Hardy turns out to have spent a considerable part of his life sampling the delights (or otherwise) of the Victorian metropolis. First escorted there by his mother as a boy at the age of 9—when he procured a map to plot the locales of his favorite novelist, W.H. Ainsworth—he returned for a stint of architectural training in 1862, retired to Dorset in stark disillusion five years later and then came back for a second attempt in 1872, only to return to Dorset again in 1875. Later, in his years of success, when architecture had been abandoned and novels such as “Far From the Madding Crowd” (1874) had begun to make him money, he and his first wife, Emma, made a practice of arriving for the London “season,” renting houses in fashionable districts, dining with the great and good, and—this was Hardy’s great middle-aged foible—taking a special interest in the doings of highborn society ladies.

    None of these early forays are at all easy to trace. As his latest anatomist notes, the young Hardy was an accomplished coverer-up of his tracks. (Benson may have been right about the suspiciousness of the rustic.) He consigned diaries and notebooks to the flames and left only a handful of letters for biographical sleuths to decipher. Mr. Ford’s principal source, consequently, is the work: the first batches of poems, written as Hardy walked the pavements between Fleet Street and the Strand, inspected the paintings in the National Gallery or marveled at St. Paul’s Cathedral; and a series of novels published after his second return to Dorset, full of sly judgments and observations on the world he had left behind.

    Hardy, one suspects, did not much care for the London he explored as a 20-something. Even as a prosperous novel-writing revenant, he suffered from exposure to the city’s highly polluted fogs, and a visit in the winter of 1880-81 left him bed-bound for months. At all times he was determined to bring his old life with him, or rather to search for the elements of that old life contained in London’s topography. One of Mr. Ford’s most revealing pieces of evidence is a speech written in 1908 for the Society of Dorset Men in London in which Hardy talks about the need for a young man arriving from Dorchester to make sense of his new surroundings by combing city maps for references to “Dorset Streets” and “Dorset Squares.” The young man, clearly, is Hardy himself, hot for geographical solace in deeply unsettling territory.

    As for what Hardy made of these new environments, much of it is simply a matter of his rheumy eye falling on some high-flown social scene and drawing an inevitable contrast. Where would the beauty of the society ladies be if they were “put into rough wrappers in a turnip-field?” he wonders. Such novels as his 1871 debut, “Desperate Remedies,” are full of moral oppositions—smooth-talking London libertines versus solid provincial virtue, louche versus respectable, guile versus plain-spokenness. Meanwhile, the knowledge that England is growing smaller, that railway lines are annihilating distance, clangs through his books like a steeple bell. “Tess of the D’Urbervilles” (1891) is rife with transport symbolism, from the scene in which Tess is caught in the glare of speeding headlights to the moment when the milk from Talbothays farm is loaded onto a London-bound train.

    Mr. Ford’s conclusion is that London made Hardy into a “modern type,” like Clym Yeobright in “The Return of the Native” (1878)—deracinated, restless, skeptical, sensitive to class privilege, endlessly afflicted by “the ache of modernism.” The most symbolic moment of all in this conflict between rus and urbs came at the moment of Hardy’s death, when influential voices clamored for him to be buried in Westminster Abbey. In the end a rather gruesome compromise was effected: The heart was removed for burial at Stinsford and the cremated ashes taken off to Poets’ Corner. It hardly needs saying that the circumstances of this posthumous dissection—the surgeon forgot to bring a proper container and had to use a biscuit tin—could come straight out of one of his novels.

    Mr. Taylor’s books include “The Prose Factory: Literary Life in England Since 1918.”







    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 26, 2017 1:14 am





    The Best Worst Form of Government

    Democracy’s great success in securing liberty invariably threatens to
    erode the sense of the common good upon which it depends.

    By
    Darrin McMahon

    Nov. 27, 2016 3:45 p.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/the-best-worst-form-of-government-1480279508

    With “Toward Democracy,” James T. Kloppenberg has undertaken nothing less than the story of democracy “as it was imagined, understood, and practiced” from its origins in ancient Greece to its modern emergence in the 18th and 19th centuries. The book presents both a history of ideas and a political history and is, at nearly 900 pages, a weighty project in more than one respect. Though it sweeps back and forth across the Atlantic, “Toward Democracy” is above all an American tale. One of its many virtues is to remind us that democracy has always been more than a set of political practices. It is also, Mr. Kloppenberg writes, an “ethical ideal.”

    Historically, that ideal developed by way of intense debates over three core principles—sovereignty, autonomy and equality—that could easily generate violence. Democracy, Mr. Kloppenberg notes, was born in bloodshed and “has never strayed far from it.” That shouldn’t be surprising. For to debate sovereignty was to ask who should have power, and to plead autonomy—from the Greek autos (self) + nomos (rule)—was to hint at an answer: Human beings should have the power to rule themselves. But were all human beings really of equal power? Surely some, whether by nature or circumstance, were better endowed than others? And if so, then what could be better than “rule by the best” (aristokratia) or even “rule by one” (monarkhia), the best of all?

    These were the questions posed by the leading thinkers of Greece and Rome (from Plato and Aristotle to Polybius and Cicero), who fashioned their responses in the context of bloody social struggles between the many and the few. By and large they sided with the few, and their negative accounts of the rule of the people (demokratia) remained the norm until well into the 18th century. Democracy, they believed, tended to lawlessness and license. It was antithetical to rule of the best.

    It bears recalling that the “people” (demos) who vied for power in the ancient democracies were themselves a relative elite: adult males who possessed the good fortune to be neither aliens nor slaves. The last two groups, politically speaking, weren’t “people” at all. To conceive of them as such—and to conceive of this people as capable of ruling itself—would require the work of centuries.

    Mr. Kloppenberg, a professor of history at Harvard, pays special attention to the role of religion in that process. “Christian ideas of humility, mercy, forgiveness, and equal respect for other persons,” he notes, “form the backdrop against which modern concepts of autonomy and equality emerged.” They did so with particular force in the novel setting of the New World.

    For though neither Puritans nor their cousins to the south ever set out to build “democracy,” that was the effect of their labors. Having left Europe, they were forced to make rules for themselves, and in church congregations, town-meeting halls, market squares and courts of law, they did just that. Their relative autonomy was complemented by relative equality, born of the widespread availability of land and the absence of a hereditary aristocracy to declare itself the “best.” In this setting, Christian and philosophic ideals emphasizing reciprocity, pluralism and mutual respect took root. And in this setting, innovative thinkers reinforced experience with insights that bolstered the case for greater sovereignty, autonomy and equality.

    Mr. Kloppenberg is at his best when analyzing these insights, showing how Americans negotiated vital currents of thought, including Protestant theology, the republicanism unleashed by the English Civil War, and a moderate form of the Enlightenment. In a series of finely crafted summaries of European thinkers and their American interpreters (including Adams, Jefferson, Madison and Franklin), he shows how the genius of democracy took shape in the American mind and then asserted itself in independence and in the ratification of the Constitution.

    Mr. Kloppenberg’s admiration for this achievement is clear. But so is his disappointment. Not only was the American constitutional settlement “poisoned” by its inability to come to terms with the sin of slavery—a time bomb that would detonate in the Civil War—but the laudable expansion of the electorate in the 19th century systematically excluded women and people of color. Meanwhile, the stirrings of a great market economy released centrifugal forces—individualism and materialism, above all—that threatened to fracture a sense of common purpose and shared interest, while immigration and territorial expansion put further strain on what Jefferson called the “willingness to endure division,” so necessary to the democratic ideal.

    The situation was even bleaker in Europe, where the “tragedy” of the French Revolution’s extremism lent credence to age-old concerns about the license of the people and “stalled” democracy, in Mr. Kloppenberg’s judgment, for over a century. The failed European revolutions of 1848 did much the same, while the rise of Marxism erected a “wall of mistrust and misunderstanding” between advocates of democracy and parts of the working class, who dismissed it as a “delusion.”

    Mr. Kloppenberg concludes his history at what some may find an odd moment: In the aftermath of the Civil War, with America’s “house divided” still. Abjuring the uplifting narrative of the expansion of the suffrage in the 20th century and the spread of democracy abroad, he opts to tell a darker tale, echoing themes first expressed by Alexis de Tocqueville. Democracy’s very success in securing greater sovereignty, autonomy and equality, Mr. Kloppenberg insists, threatens to erode the virtues on which the ethical ideal depends: a sense of pluralism and reciprocity, a respect for deliberation, difference and the common good. This tendency to self-sabotage, he suggests, is the “tragic irony” of democracy. And though he does not say so explicitly, it threatens to be the tragedy of our times.

    Mr. McMahon, a professor of history at Dartmouth College, is writing an intellectual history of equality.


    Last night, while I read about Pergamon (the Dwelling-Place of Satan), in Volume 7 of the SDABC, a bright-white streaming-light passed across my field of vision, between me and the printed-page!! This sort of thing has happened dozens of times, and my heart-rate didn't noticeably-increase!! I never invite this madness!! I just thought it was especially-creepy when I was reading about the Seat of Satan!! It was creepy when the Ancient Egyptian Deity told me they liked the taste of blood, while they sucked the blood from a cut on their hand (in a room containing dozens of large sharp knives)!! Honest!! Think about that previously-mentioned Dr. Who "Vampires of Venice" episode!! The AED kept talking about his mother!! Think About It!! Oh Wretched Man That I Am!! I don't know what I want, and I'm a miserable and incompetent fool!! The rejection is complete, so I don't think there's anything to discuss, perhaps until A.D. 2133. I'm just repetitiously rambling as I go down in flames. Actually, this exercise in futility never got off the ground. It was a non-starter. This is the 'Inconvenient Truth'. There might be a lot of 'Inconvenient Truth' in an Investigative and Executive Judgment (which might end around A.D. 2133). Who Knows??

    I faithfully listened to Rush Limbaugh during the Clinton Presidency, and I probably heard hundreds of nasty political songs. Some of them were quite mean. Then I stopped listening. The controversial internet stuff eventually took over my life. Now I'm trying to stop posting. I just want to go away, and stay out of trouble, for what little time I might have left on this seemingly "God Forsaken Planet". Think long and hard regarding the Genesis of Computers and the Internet, and where this phenomenon is leading Humanity. I have suggested that we are being led down the Primrose-Path to Purgatory and Hell. What if we are facing an Internet-Based Investigative-Judgment?? What if we are facing an Extreme Global-Warming Executive-Judgment?? A very-strange Individual of Interest spoke of Earth becoming so hot that even the deepest underground-bases would not provide a safe-haven!! Honest!! I continue to wish for Law and Order without Fire and Brimstone!! Unfortunately, we can't always get what we want. My medical nightmare has commenced, but I'm not going to talk about it, or much of anything anymore. Perhaps I should spend 2017 researching the posts of Carol, Mudra, and Brook (in the original Project Avalon, and the present Mists of Avalon). I'm Sirius. I don't have internet at home (which helps me regulate my time online), so watching those long videos might be a challenge. Thank-you Carol, Mudra, and Brook for all your hard-work and excellent-posts! Anyway, I previously suggested the following seven Biblical-Groups:

    1. Genesis to Deuteronomy.

    2. Joshua to 2 Kings.

    3. 1 Chronicles to Song of Solomon.

    4. Isaiah to Malachi.

    5. Matthew to John.

    6. Acts to Ephesians.

    7. Philippians to Revelation.

    But what if this list should be refined to the following four Biblical-Groups??

    1. Genesis to 2 Kings.

    2. 1 Chronicles to Malachi.

    3. Matthew to John.

    4. Acts to Revelation.

    Is the Complexity of Modernity a valid-excuse to NOT get the Bible right?? What if one of the above groups must ultimately dominate the others?? Imagine Ivy-League Debates regarding all of the above!! Regarding my personal-background, four primary-approaches to the Bible emerge:

    1. The Bible (and the Bible ONLY).

    2. The Five-Volume Conflict of the Ages Series (by Ellen White).

    3. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 1 to 7 (Genesis to Revelation).

    4. The Publications of the SDA Church (1863 to Present).

    Each of these approaches are VERY Different!! And this is within ONE Protestant Denomination!! In light of This Present Info-War, the Battle for the Bible often seems to be a Losing-Battle. My current-bias is toward Volumes 3 and 4 of The SDA Bible Commentary (in the Context of All of the Above). Actually, here is a proposed Biblical-Approach:

    1. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3 and 4 (1 Chronicles to Malachi).

    2. The Interdisciplinary Study of Nature.

    3. Sacred Classical Music.

    I'm presently focusing-upon volumes 3,4,6,7 of the SDABC (I Chronicles to Malachi, and Acts to Revelation) especially noticing what this theological-material says about the historical-material in volumes 1,2,5 of the SDABC (Genesis to 2 Kings, and Matthew to John)!! It was recently suggested that I was an Odd-Weed in the Garden in The Mists of Avalon!! If so, I might wish to be a Horny Goat Weed (aka Happy Epimedium davidii)!! What Would Davide Say?? Consider drinking Coffee spiked with Horny Goat Weed (while watching Jupiter Ascending)!! What Would Ovid Do?? Horny Goat = Azazel = Michael = Ovid = Cupid = King David = David Bowman = Ellie Arroway = David Mann = Peter Venkman = Alan Rickman = Indiana Jones = Jupiter Jones = Captain Diomika Tsing = Kalique Abrasax = Kali = Kitesh = Lilith = Dr. Who = You Know Who?? Tardis = Aegis?? Must I Explain?? The imagination is a wonderful and dangerous thing!! I might have this all-wrong, but I KNOW some of you KNOW the Truth of the Matter!! Notice that the 'Mars' series (below) is set in A.D. 2033 (100 years prior to A.D. 2133)!! Coincidental?? One more thing. How might the SDA Bible Commentary be related to Ellen White, M.L. Andreasen, and Pope Pius XII?? I have no inside-information, so don't get your panties in a bunch!! The Ancient Egyptian Deity told me "We've Been Watching You For a Long Time!!" Compare this with what Gabriel tells John in Constantine!! And with what Mr. Hadden tells Ellie Arroway in Contact!! What if the Ancient Egyptian Deity has been "Lord of the Rings" for at least 6,000 years?? What Would the "Lamb Slain From the Foundation of the World" Say?? What Would O.H. KRLLL Say?? What Would the "Heathen God" Say?? What Would George Zebrowski Say?? I should stop.

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Epimedium Epimedium, also known as barrenwort, bishop's hat, fairy wings, horny goat weed, or yin yang huo (Chinese: ???), is a genus of flowering plants in the family Berberidaceae. The majority of the species are endemic to China, with smaller numbers elsewhere in Asia, and a few in the Mediterranean region.[2]

    Epimedium species are deciduous or evergreen hardy perennials. The majority have four-parted "spider-like" flowers in spring. The plant contains icariin, which is a weak PDE5 inhibitor in vitro. Its clinical effects are unknown.

    Species of Epimedium are herbaceous perennials, growing from an underground rhizome. Their growth habits are somewhat variable. Some have solitary stems, others have a "tufted" habit, with multiple stems growing close together. There may be several leaves to a stem or the leaves may be solitary, produced from the base of the plant. Individual leaves are generally compound, often with three leaflets, but also with more. Leaflets usually have spiny margins. The leaves may be annual, making the plant deciduous, or longer lasting, so that the plant is evergreen. The inflorescence is an open raceme or panicle, the number of flowers varying by species.[2]

    Individual flowers have parts in fours. There are four smaller outer sepals, usually greenish and shed when the flower opens. Moving inwards, these are followed by four larger petal-like inner sepals, often brightly coloured. Inside the sepals are four true petals. These may be small and flat, but often have a complex shape including a nectar-producing "spur" that may be longer than the sepals. There are four stamens.[2]

    One of the common names for the genus, bishop's hat, arises from the shape of the flowers, particularly where the spurs are longer than the sepals.

    The genus was given its name by Carl Linnaeus in 1753, along with the European species E. alpinum.[1][3] The name is derived from a Greek word for a different plant, epimedion. The meaning of the original name is unclear.[4]

    1.Epimedium acuminatum
    2.Epimedium alpinum
    3.Epimedium baiealiguizhouense
    4.Epimedium baojingensis
    5.Epimedium borealiguizhouense
    6.Epimedium brachyrrhizum
    7.Epimedium brevicornum
    8.Epimedium campanulatum
    9.Epimedium chlorandrum
    10.Epimedium circinatocucullatum
    11.Epimedium coactum
    12.Epimedium davidii
    13.Epimedium dewuense
    14.Epimedium diphyllum
    15.Epimedium dolichostemon
    16.Epimedium ecalcaratum
    17.Epimedium elatum
    18.Epimedium elongatum
    19.Epimedium enshiense
    20.Epimedium epsteinii
    21.Epimedium fangii
    22.Epimedium fargesii
    23.Epimedium flavum
    24.Epimedium franchetii
    25.Epimedium glandulosopilosum
    26.Epimedium grandiflorum
    27.Epimedium hunanense
    28.Epimedium ilicifolium
    29.Epimedium jingzhouense
    30.Epimedium koreanum
    31.Epimedium latisepalum
    32.Epimedium leptorrhizum
    33.Epimedium lishihchenii
    34.Epimedium lobophyllum
    35.Epimedium macrosepalum
    36.Epimedium membranaceum
    37.Epimedium mikinorii
    38.Epimedium multiflorum
    39.Epimedium myrianthum
    40.Epimedium ogisui
    41.Epimedium parvifolium
    42.Epimedium pauciflorum
    43.Epimedium perralderianum
    44.Epimedium pinnatum
    45.Epimedium platypetalum
    46.Epimedium pinnatum
    47.Epimedium pseudowushanense
    48.Epimedium pubescens
    49.Epimedium pubigerum
    50.Epimedium pudingense
    51.Epimedium qingchengshanense
    52.Epimedium reticulatum
    53.Epimedium rhizomatosum
    54.Epimedium sagittatum
    55.Epimedium sempervirens
    56.Epimedium setosum
    57.Epimedium shennongjiaensis
    58.Epimedium shuichengense
    59.Epimedium stellulatum
    60.Epimedium sutchuenense
    61.Epimedium trifoliolatobinatum
    62.Epimedium truncatum
    63.Epimedium wushanense
    64.Epimedium zhushanense

    Epimedium × versicolor
    Some artificial hybrids are cultivated in gardens. These include:[5]
    E. × cantabrigiense Stearn, hybrid between E. alpinum and E. pubigerum
    E. × perralchicum Stearn, hybrid between E. perralderianum and E. pinnatum subsp. colchicum
    E. × rubrum Morr., hybrid between E. alpinum and E. grandiflorum
    E. × versicolor Morr., hybrid between E. grandiflorum and E. pinnatum subsp. colchicum
    E. × warleyense Stearn, hybrid between E. alpinum and E. pinnatum subsp. colchicum
    E. × youngianum Fisch & C.A.Mey, hybrid between E. diphyllum and E. grandiflorum

    Some varieties and hybrids have been in western cultivation for the last 100 to 150 years. There is now a wide array of new Chinese species being cultivated in the west, many of which have only recently been discovered, and some of which have yet to be named. There are also many older Japanese hybrids and forms, extending the boundaries of the genus in cultivation. Few genera of plants have seen such a dramatic increase in newly discovered species, primarily thanks to the work of Mikinori Ogisu of Japan and Darrell Probst of Massachusetts. The majority of the Chinese species have not been fully tested for hardiness nor indeed for any other aspect of their culture. The initial assumption that the plants would only thrive where their native conditions could be closely replicated have proven to be overly cautious, as most varieties are proving extraordinarily amenable to general garden and container cultivation.

    While they can be successfully propagated in early spring, epimediums are best divided in late summer, with the aim of promoting rapid re-growth of roots and shoots before the onset of winter. Several breeders (in particular Darrell Probst, Tim Branney & Robin White) have also undertaken their own hybridization programmes with the genus. Various new nursery selections are gradually appearing in the horticulture trade, the best of which are extending the colour and shape range of the flowers available to the gardener.

    Hugely popular as garden plants for centuries in Japan, epimediums are only just beginning to garner attention in the West. While they vary somewhat in their respective hardiness, all are essentially dwellers of the forest floor, and, as such, all require fundamentally similar conditions of moist, free-draining, humus-rich soil and cool shade, with some shelter for the newly emerging leaves. Some of the more robust varieties are often recommended as plants for dry shade, and whilst their tough foliage and stout rhizomes can allow them to grow successfully in such conditions, (and in more open, exposed positions too, in some instances) they will certainly not give their best. Furthermore, dryness and exposure will pretty much guarantee the early death of many of the newer and more delicate species.

    Given suitable conditions most epimediums will form beautiful groundcover plants, often with magnificent new leaves tinted in bronze, copper and reds combining with a huge variety of flower colours and forms in spring. Handsome and dense-growing foliage remains present for much of the year, with the leaves often turning purple, crimson and scarlet in autumn in some forms, and remaining evergreen in others. With all varieties, however, the foliage is best cut off at ground level shortly before new leaves emerge, so as to fully reveal their beauty of form and colour. Ideally, a mulch should then be applied to protect the new growth from frosts.

    It is sold as a health supplement, usually in raw herb, tablet, or capsule form and sometimes blended with other supplements. The over-exploitation of wild populations of Epimedium for use in traditional Chinese medicine is having potentially serious consequences for the long-term survival of several species, none of which is widely cultivated for medicinal purposes.

    Herbal epimedium contains icariin, which has demonstrated in vitro PDE5 inhibitory properties.[6]

    Icariin is purported to work by increasing levels of nitric oxide, which relax smooth muscle. It has been demonstrated to relax rabbit penile tissue by nitric oxide and PDE-5 activity.[7] Other research has demonstrated that injections of Epimedium extract directly into the penis of the rat results in an increase in penile blood pressure.[8]

    Like sildenafil (the erectile dysfunction drug commonly sold as Viagra), icariin, the active compound in epimedium, inhibits the activity of PDE-5. In vitro assays have demonstrated that icariin weakly inhibits PDE-5 with an IC50 of around 1 µM,[9][10] while sildenafil has an IC50 of about 6.6 nM (.0066 µM) and vardenafil (Levitra) has an IC50 of about 0.7 nM (.0007 µM).[11] Measured differently, the EC50 of icariin is approximately 4.62 µM, while sildenafil's is .42 µM.[12] With the weak potency of epimedium, and its unknown oral bioavailability, whether orally administered epidemium extract has any effect is unclear from the literature.

    A published Italian study modified icariin structurally and investigated a number of derivatives.[13] Inhibitory concentrations for PDE-5 close to sildenafil could be reached. Moreover, the most potent PDE-5 inhibitor of this series was also found to be a less potent inhibitor of phosphodiesterase-6 (PDE-6) and cyclic adenosine monophosphate-phosphodiesterase (cAMP-PDE), thus showing it to have more specificity for PDE-5 than sildenafil.

    Epimedium has been shown to up-regulate genes associated with nitric oxide production and changes in adenosine/guanine monophosphate balance in ways that other PDE5 inhibitors do not.

    Epimedium was used in a patent infringement case to rescind parts of the U.S. Viagra patent based on historic use in Chinese medicine. The specific claim was that Viagra was the first medical example of a PDE5 inhibitor which treated erectile dysfunction and therefore claimed patent protection from all similar PDE5 inhibitors. Patent examiners used epimedium as an example of prior use and rescinded those portions of the patent, however, the Viagra patent still protects the manufacturing process or chemical formula for sildenafil.[14]

    Animal, human, and in vitro studies indicate that icariin also stimulates osteoblast activity in bone tissue.[15][16][17][18][19][20]

    Epimedium wushanense contains a number of flavanoids. 37 compounds were characterized from the underground and aerial parts of the plant. Among them, 28 compounds were prenylflavonoids. The predominant flavonoid, epimedin C,[21] ranged from 1.4 to 5.1% in aerial parts and 1.0 to 2.8% in underground parts.[22]

    Literature

    Stearn, W. T. The Genus Epimedium, revised edition 2002. ISBN 0-88192-543-8
    Avent, T. An Overview of Epimedium. The Plantsman. March, 2010.

    References

    1.^ Jump up to: a b "IPNI Plant Name Query Results for Epimedium". The International Plant Names Index. Retrieved 2013-05-11.
    2.^ Jump up to: a b c d Ying, Junsheng; Boufford, David E. & Brach, Anthony R. (1994 onwards). "Epimedium". In Wu, Zhengyi; Raven, Peter H. & Hong, Deyuan. Flora of China (online). eFloras.org. Retrieved 2013-05-11. Check date values in: |date= (help)
    3.Jump up ^ Linnaeus, Carl von. 1753. Species Plantarum 1: 117 in Latin
    4.Jump up ^ Johnson, A.T. & Smith, H.A. (1972). Plant Names Simplified : Their Pronunciation Derivation & Meaning. Buckenhill, Herefordshire: Landsmans Bookshop. ISBN 978-0-900513-04-6.
    5.Jump up ^ Beckett, K., ed. (1993). "Epimedium". Encyclopaedia of Alpines : Volume 1 (A–K). Pershore, UK: AGS Publications. ISBN 978-0-900048-61-6. pp. 437–441.
    6.Jump up ^ PubChem Entry for Icariin.
    7.Jump up ^ Chiu, JH; Chen, KK; Chien, TM; et al. (2006). "Epimedium brevicornum Maxim extract relaxes rabbit corpus cavernosum through multitargets on nitric oxide/cyclic guanosine monophosphate signaling pathway". Int J Impot Res. 18 (4): 335–42. doi:10.1038/sj.ijir.3901437. PMID 16395327.
    8.Jump up ^ Chen, KK; Chiu, JH (2006). "Effect of Epimedium brevicornum Maxim extract on elicitation of penile erection in the rat.". Urology. 67 (3): 631–5. doi:10.1016/j.urology.2005.09.051. PMID 16527595.
    9.Jump up ^ Ning, H; Xin, ZC; Lin, G; et al. (2006). "Effects of icariin on phosphodiesterase-5 activity in vitro and cyclic guanosine monophosphate level in cavernous smooth muscle cells.". Urology. 68 (6): 1350–4. doi:10.1016/j.urology.2006.09.031. PMID 17169663.
    10.Jump up ^ Xin, ZC; Kim, EK; Lin, CS; et al. (2003). "Effects of icariin on cGMP-specific PDE5 and cAMP-specific PDE4 activities.". Asian J Androl. 5 (1): 15–8. PMID 12646997.
    11.Jump up ^ Saenz; de Tejada, I; Angulo, J; Cuevas, P; et al. (2001). "The phosphodiesterase inhibitory selectivity and the in vitro and in vivo potency of the new PDE5 inhibitor vardenafil.". Int J Impot Res. 13 (5): 282–90. doi:10.1038/sj.ijir.3900726. PMID 11890515.
    12.Jump up ^ Jiang, Z; Hu, B; Wang, J; et al. (2006). "Effect of icariin on cyclic GMP levels and on the mRNA expression of cGMP-binding cGMP-specific phosphodiesterase (PDE5) in penile cavernosum.". J Huazhong Univ Sci Technology Med Sci. 26 (4): 460–2. doi:10.1007/s11596-006-0421-y. PMID 17120748.
    13.Jump up ^ Dell'Agli, M; Galli, GV; Dal Cero, E; et al. (2008). "Potent Inhibition of Human Phosphodiesterase-5 by Icariin Derivatives". J Nat Prod. 71 (9): 1513–7. doi:10.1021/np800049y. PMID 18778098.
    14.Jump up ^ Board of Patent Appeals Affirms Rejection of Pfizer’s Broad Patent over ED Treatment
    15.Jump up ^ Yin XX, Chen ZQ, Liu ZJ, Ma QJ, Dang GT (February 2007). "Icariine stimulates proliferation and differentiation of human osteoblasts by increasing production of bone morphogenetic protein 2". Chin. Med. J. 120 (3): 204–10. PMID 17355822.
    16.Jump up ^ Zhang G, Qin L, Shi Y (July 2007). "Epimedium-derived phytoestrogen flavonoids exert beneficial effect on preventing bone loss in late postmenopausal women: a 24-month randomized, double-blind and placebo-controlled trial". J. Bone Miner. Res. 22 (7): 1072–9. doi:10.1359/jbmr.070405. PMID 17419678.
    17.Jump up ^ Chen KM, Ge BF, Liu XY, et al. (May 2007). "Icariin inhibits the osteoclast formation induced by RANKL and macrophage-colony stimulating factor in mouse bone marrow culture". Pharmazie. 62 (5): 388–91. PMID 17557750.
    18.Jump up ^ Huang J, Yuan L, Wang X, Zhang TL, Wang K (August 2007). "Icaritin and its glycosides enhance osteoblastic, but suppress osteoclastic, differentiation and activity in vitro". Life Sci. 81 (10): 832–40. doi:10.1016/j.lfs.2007.07.015. PMID 17764702.
    19.Jump up ^ Zhang DW, Cheng Y, Wang NL, Zhang JC, Yang MS, Yao XS (January 2008). "Effects of total flavonoids and flavonol glycosides from Epimedium koreanum Nakai on the proliferation and differentiation of primary osteoblasts". Phytomedicine. 15 (1-2): 55–61. doi:10.1016/j.phymed.2007.04.002. PMID 17482445.
    20.Jump up ^ Qin L, Han T, Zhang Q, et al. (July 2008). "Antiosteoporotic chemical constituents from Er-Xian Decoction, a traditional Chinese herbal formula". J Ethnopharmacol. 118 (2): 271–9. doi:10.1016/j.jep.2008.04.009. PMID 18501540.
    21.Jump up ^ epimedin C
    22.Jump up ^ Li HF, Guan XY, Ye M, Xiang C, Lin CH, Sun C, Guo DA.,"Qualitative and quantitative analyses of Epimedium wushanense by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled with diode array detection and electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry." J Sep Sci. 2011 May 10;











    http://www.wsj.com/articles/mars-and-the-rise-of-premium-nonfiction-tv-1478952003
    ‘Mars’ and the Rise of ‘Premium Nonfiction’ TV

    The premiere of a new ‘Mars’ miniseries is being used to
    re-launch the entire National Geographic brand

    National Geographic is releasing "Mars," a six-part series that follows a dramatized mission to Mars while real scientists and thinkers discuss the challenges of such a journey. WSJ's Lee Hawkins and John Jurgensen discuss "Mars" and the rise of the "premium nonfiction" genre on television.

    By
    John Jurgensen

    The National Geographic TV series “Mars” is a joint mission: A science documentary about the quest to reach the red planet, combined with a science-fiction drama about a crew of astronauts who make it there in the year 2033.

    The six-episode series also represents something of a moonshot for National Geographic. It’s the network’s most expensive TV project ever, with a production budget of up to $20 million. And its Monday premiere is being used to relaunch the entire National Geographic brand, including the 128-year-old magazine.

    For the TV channel, that means fewer reality shows about rugged characters and more high-gloss documentaries about science, adventure and exploration. “We are going to take bigger swings,” says Tim Pastore, president of original programming and production, as National Geographic tries to break out in “a muddy, competitive marketplace.”

    The channel is part of a joint venture between the National Geographic Society and  21st Century Fox. 21st Century Fox and  News Corp, parent company of The Wall Street Journal, share common ownership.

    With the reality TV boom fading, the buzzword in the industry is “premium nonfiction.” Cable channels are investing in movies and miniseries with ambitious topics, bigger budgets and A-list filmmakers in hopes of turning documentaries into television events that approach the theatrical. Docs are taking on new luster in the TV business as streaming video companies pour resources into the format, hunting for binge-worthy stories such as  Netflix’s true-crime series, “Making a Murderer.”

    History on Monday is expected to announce an eight-hour series produced by “The Revenant” star Leonardo DiCaprio called “Frontiersmen,” about pioneers including Daniel Boone, Tecumseh and Lewis and Clark. A&E is using the name recognition of Oscar winner Alex Gibney to promote a new documentary series he executive produced, “The Killing Season,” which investigates an unsolved serial-killer case on Long Island. Discovery recently aired a “horrormentary” directed by Morgan Spurlock called “Rats,” which premiered at the Toronto International Film Festival in September.

    To create the event-level docs that networks want, producers are taking stylistic leaps and “breaking the genre in a way you couldn’t do before,” says Justin Wilkes, “Mars” co-creator and president of RadicalMedia. The company produced “Mars” with Imagine Entertainment, founded by Brian Grazer and Ron Howard, veterans of the Hollywood blockbuster who have recently pushed into documentaries. The risky dual format of “Mars” helped encourage National Geographic to build its rebranding plan around the series, whose rollout includes two books, a speakers’ tour and a curriculum guide for schools.

    “Mars” didn’t start out as a scripted/unscripted hybrid. RadicalMedia initially planned to make a straightforward documentary about SpaceX, Elon Musk’s commercial space company. But Mr. Musk wanted something bigger, which led to the idea of creating a futuristic story around the drama inherent in the founder’s space plan. As Mr. Musk says in the premiere episode of “Mars,” “either we’re going to become a multi-planet species…or we’re going to be stuck on one planet until some eventual extinction event.”

    Directed by Everardo Gout, “Mars” starts in 2033 with the launch of a crew’s “historic” journey to Earth’s neighbor via a ship designed by a space “visionary” played by actor Olivier Martinez. About seven minutes in, the focus shifts to interviews with real-life engineers and experts, such as “The Martian” author Andy Weir.

    It wasn’t rocket science, but marrying two different forms of filmmaking was a major challenge. As writers invented the fictional story set in the future, documentary crews spent months doing research and interviewing SpaceX and NASA personnel. Transcripts went to the writers to help guide their drama script and shore up its scientific accuracy. For instance, interviews with engineers working on the landing system of SpaceX’s reusable rocket inspired a cliffhanger scene in the first episode as the fictional spacecraft approaches Mars.

    Mr. Gout’s sights were set on epic sci-fi (“I wanted to make ‘Das Boot’ on Mars,” he says) but he also needed to keep viewers on board when the show shifted into documentary. To prepare for previous films, Mr. Gout made a practice of interviewing his actors in character, so he adapted that technique for “Mars.” Interviews with the fictional astronauts mirror the interviews with real people and “help the audience’s transit from one world to the other,” he says.

    In the editing room came the trial-and-error process of weaving the documentary footage into the drama to ground it in reality—but without weighing down one side or the other. “There were many days we were banging our heads against our desks,” says National Geographic’s Mr. Pastore. After a documentary crew captured gripping scenes of a headline-grabbing SpaceX maneuver, the filmmakers restructured the drama in the last episode around the footage. Says Mr. Wilkes, “That was season-finale material.”




    "The Mars Underground" Updated Edition/Director's Cut. Leading aerospace engineer and Mars Society President Dr. Robert Zubrin has a dream. He wants to get humans to the planet Mars in the next ten years. Now, with the advent of a revolutionary plan, Mars Direct, Zubrin shows how we can use present day technology and natural resources on Mars to make human settlement possible. But can he win over the skeptics at NASA and the wider world? The Mars Underground is a landmark documentary that follows Zubrin and his team as they try to bring this incredible dream to life. Through spellbinding animation, the film takes us on a daring first journey to the Red Planet and envisions a future Mars teeming with life and terraformed into a blue world. A must-see experience for anyone concerned for our global future and the triumph of the human spirit. "This film captures the spirit of Mars pioneers who refuse to let their dreams be put on hold by a slumbering space program. Their passionate urge to walk the soil of an alien world is infectious and inspirational. This film is the manifesto of the new space revolution." James Cameron - Director of "Avatar" The Original Soundtrack is available on iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/us/album/mar... The DVD of "The Mars Underground" Updated Editon/Director's Cut is available on DVD at Amazon: http://www.amazon.com/The-Mars-Underg... http://www.radiusproductions.com  Transcription 1st ACT:

    ASTRONAUT: Accessing disconnect. Enable on. Copy that E.L. Com. All systems are go for entry, decent, and landing. Stand by. Stand by. We are looking fine, flight. Data is good.
    NARRATOR: At the dawn of the 21st Century, space agencies in Europe and America began making plans to land the first humans on Mars. But manned missions to the red planet have been proposed before. For some, Mars holds the answers to mankind’s future in space. Others say Mars is too far, too dangerous and too expensive for humans to explore. And in a world torn by troubles, some say there is no need or will for mankind to reach into space anymore. More than 30 years after the last Apollo astronaut walked on the moon, the American-manned space program seems to have lost its way, nable to reach beyond even low-earth orbit.
    DR. ROBERT ZUBRIN: We’ve got a problem, NASA has been literally going around in circles with the space program for the past 30 years.
    NARRATOR: Astronautically engineer, Dr. Robert Zubrin, has been arguing for years that sending humans to Mars is the mission the space program needs.
    ZUBRIN: It’s time that we set goals for NASA that were worthy of the risks of the human space flight. Mars is the next logical step in our space program image. It’s the challenge that’s been staring us in the face for the past 30 years. It’s the planet that’s most like the earth, it’s the planet that has on it the resources needed to support life and therefore some day technological civilization. It’s the planet that will provide us with the answer as to whether life is prevalent in the universe or exclusive to the earth. And it’s the planet that will give us the critical tests as to whether humanity, can breakout out of the planet of our birth and become a space-faring species.
    NARRATOR: In the early 1990s, Zubrin was the head of the Mars Direct program at Martin Marietta Astronautics. His team developed a mission to Mars that could be done at the fraction of Nasa’s projected costs. Using only existing technology Zubrin argues that the first steps on Martian soil could be made within 10 years.
    ZUBRIN: There is absolutely nothing in this that is beyond our technology.
    DR. EDWARD WEILER: We are not ready to send humans to Mars right now. We don’t know how to keep them alive. There are people out there who say we can go to Mars tomorrow. One of my requirements, one of NASA’s requirements is that if we send humans to Mars we bring them back alive.
    NARRATOR: For the past 15-years Zubrin and his colleagues have waged a campaign to convince society and the political class that humans on Mars should be the goal for NASA now. This is the story of our cold neighboring planet and the debate over whether man’s fate it tied to the red world. It’s the story of an engineer’s journey - and the battle of ideas over which direction in space will truly benefit mankind.
    ZUBRIN: We’re at a crossroads today. We either muster the courage to go or we risk the possibility of stagnation and decay.













    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Fri Oct 27, 2017 3:18 am

    Carol wrote:

    New study backs up reports of near-death experiences,
    claiming that consciousness continues to work after the heart has stopped

    https://www.naturalnews.com/2017-10-23-new-study-backs-up-reports-of-near-death-experiences-claiming-that-consciousness-continues-to-work-after-the-heart-has-stopped.html

    (Natural News) Imagine lying on a hospital bed, closing your eyes, and then being able to hear the doctors announce your own time of death. If this sounds strangely familiar to you, perhaps you’re thinking of the recently released remake of the 90s horror film Flatliners, which is about a group of young doctors who intentionally poison their hearts to find out what life is like after death. But in an eerie twist, it turns out that the movie may not be entirely fictional after all.

    Scientists have discovered that even after a person’s body stops showing signs of life, their consciousness continues to work, meaning that in theory, hospital patients are able to hear the doctors announce their time of death.

    A team of researchers from New York University Langone School of Medicine recently observed people who suffered cardiac arrest and then came back to life in order to find out more about what happens after we die. The studies author, Dr. Sam Parnia, explained the team’s findings to Live Science: “They’ll describe watching doctors and nurses working and they’ll describe having awareness of full conversations, of visual things that were going on, that would otherwise not be known to them.” Dr. Parnia added that the recollections were all verified by medical and nursing staff.

    Doctors have traditionally defined death based on when the heart officially stops beating and blood stops flowing to the brain. “Technically, that’s how you get the time of death – it’s all based on the moment when the heart stops,” Dr. Parnia explained. “Once that happens, blood no longer circulates to the brain, which means brain function halts almost instantaneously. You lose all your brain steam reflexes – your gag reflex, your pupil reflex, all that is gone.”

    The idea that you remain conscious in the moments after death really is like something out of a horror movie, and it becomes even more terrifying when you put yourself in that situation. Imagine what it would be like to hear doctors talking about your death, but not being able to move or respond in any way; no longer living, but thinking as if you were. For these reasons, the revelation that consciousness continues after death is both unsettling and also a significant discovery for the scientific community that will no doubt have a large impact on future research. (Related: Consciousness survives after the body’s organs stop functioning.)

    Earlier this week, the Daily Express published an article on this very topic, and included several stories of individuals who have passed away, come back to life, and then decided to share their experiences with others. One such person, who remained nameless, experienced one of these out of body experiences after a suicide attempt. “I remember feeling terrified,” the person explained. “It was so dark and I could not see anything below me, so it was hard to figure out what was going on.” (Related: A study of 2000 patients reveals that life after death is real.)

    While this particular individual had a rather negative life-after-death experience, not all of the accounts that the Daily Express mentioned were bad. Indeed, one person, who goes by the name of Richard, explained that he didn’t feel any pain whatsoever after collapsing from a seizure. Rather, he told about how he felt a sense of peace as he made his way closer and closer to a bright light. Yet another person named Alexander also said that he had a relatively positive experience, feeling a sense of warmth and happiness as he moved closer to what he described as a “bright light almost like at the end of a tunnel.”

    This new study, along with all of these accounts of people who have experienced life after death, will no doubt change the way research on the issue is conducted in the future, and it could even change the way in which we define death itself.


    Carol wrote:
    OBAMA PROSECUTOR USED FBI LEAKS TO PLANT “FAKE NEWS” IN INSIDER TRADING CASE
    Mainstream media reported as true FBI leaks about Bharara’s fishing expedition[/b]
    Jerome Corsi | Infowars.com - OCTOBER 17, 2017
    Obama Prosecutor Used FBI Leaks to Plant "Fake News" in Insider Trading Case

    WASHINGTON, D.C. – Court documents prove U.S. Attorney Preet Bharara allowed FBI criminal leaks to the New York Times and Wall Street Journal to publish “fake news” cases as he fished to create an insider trading case against William T. “Billy” Walters, a multi-millionaire investor, sports gambler and philanthropist.

    The hand-delivered memorandum, dated December 22, 2016, from U.S. Attorney Preet Bharara to U.S. District Judge P. Kevin Castel, in the criminal case Bharara brought against Billy Walters in the case U.S. v. Walters, S1 16 Cr.338 (PKC), was unsealed and made public in a not-redacted form, revealing FBI Special Agent David Chaves in New York had engaged for nearly four years in criminal leaking that included secret grand jury information to New York Times and Wall Street Journal.

    Examination of the contents of that memorandum, available in full here on Scribd.com, makes clear that in April 2013, Chaves decided he would attempt to revive the dormant case against Walters by leaking key investigative information he was developing on Walters to two prominent national publications headquartered in New York City – namely, the New York Times and the Wall Street Journal.

    Instead of being an FBI “nobody,” Chaves held important positions in the Criminal Division of the FBI’s New York Field Office, where he served as the FBI agent in charge of white-collar crime and the supervising investigator over the Walters’ insider-trading case.

    In what can only be described as a “fishing expedition,” Bharara first believed he could catch Walters in what Bharara hoped he could construct into an insider trading case involving billionaire investor Carl Icahn and Clorox stock.

    As early as 2011, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued nearly three dozen grand jury subpoenas in an investigation of suspicious trading in the stock of Clorox, a company noted investor Carl Icahn had offered to purchase for $76.50 a share in a $10.2 billion dollar deal.  Although Walters’ trading in Clorox came to the attention of the SEC, no indictments or civil complaints ever resulted from the SEC’s 2011 investigation.

    Between 2011 and 2013, the only information Bharara had was that Walters had bought millions of dollars of Clorox stock, but that was enough for FBI Special Agent David Chaves to see if he could make an insider trading case against Walters, with Bharara happy to prosecute Walters in the newspapers, even though the U.S. Attorney’s office had a “no evidence” case against Walters at that time.

    Bharara outs reporter names
    In late 2013, Chaves admitted to having lunch with Wall Street Journal reporter Susan Pulliam, during which Chaves also briefed her about his investigation of Walters.  At the lunch, Chaves asked Pulliam to let him know if she came across any information concerning Walters.  Chaves admitted that Pulliam “from time to time” would call him to describe what she was learning, with Chaves telling her to “check your sources” when she reported something about Walters that Chaves’ investigation suggested was incorrect.

    Then, in April 2014, Chaves had another dinner, this time with three New York Times reporters, including Goldstein and Protess.  At that dinner, the reporters asked questions about the Walters investigation.  In response to their questions, Chaves told the Times reporters “the FBI was investigating a number of different stocks” in which Walters had made investments.

    The record shows that Chaves after his initial dinner and lunch meetings, remained in continued contact with the New York Times and the Wall Street Journal reporters, that ultimately involved Chaves switching to his personal email account and to his personal cellphone. Bharara’s report also noted Chaves and the reporters left voicemail messages to reconnect when efforts by the reporters and the FBI Special Agent to speak by phone initially failed.

    Preet Bharara’s December 2016 memorandum that the U.S. District Court ultimately forced to be released publicly in a non-redacted form, pleads predictably that the FBI was somehow unable to determine exactly what Chaves told the newspapers in his many contacts, including those conveyed via his personal email and his personal cellphone.

    “[Special Agent David Chaves] has admitted that, in 2013 and 2014, he was a repeated source of information regarding the Investigation to as many as four reporters: Matthew Goldstein and Ben Protess at the Times, and Susan Pulliam and Michael Rothfeld at the Journal,” Bharara’s report to the court admitted.

    Trial by newspaper begins
    “Federal investigators are pursuing a major insider-trading probe involving finance, gambling and sports, examining the trading of investor Carl Icahn, golfer Phil Mickelson and Las Vegas bettor William ‘Billy’ Walters,” the first paragraph of the Wall Street Journal disclosed in an article published on May 30, 2014.

    “The Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Securities and Exchange Commission are examining whether Mr. Mickelson and Mr. Walters traded illicitly on nonpublic information from Mr. Icahn about his investments in public companies, people briefed on the probe said,” the article continued, typically citing unnamed, anonymous “insider” sources.

    “Investigators are examining whether over the past three years Mr. Icahn tipped Mr. Walters—famous in Las Vegas for his sports-betting acumen—about potentially market-moving investments by Mr. Icahn’s company,” the Wall Street Journal article continued.

    “The FBI and SEC are examining whether Mr. Walters on at least one occasion passed a tip on to Mr. Mickelson, these people said, and are studying the two men’s trading patterns.”

    The Wall Street Journal appeared to be publishing blindly the information they were being fed by FBI Agent Chaves, weaving in print the FBI’s unsubstantiated tale of how the three — Walters, Mickelson, and Icahn – were supposedly under FBI investigation for their participation in an insider-trading conspiracy.

    Mr. Icahn met Mr. Walters, 67, through a mutual acquaintance when Mr. Icahn’s company owned the Stratosphere Hotel in Las Vegas, the newspaper noted. Mr. Icahn bought the Stratosphere in 1998 and sold it along with several other properties for $1.2 billion in 2008.

    “The two struck up a friendship. Mr. Icahn was once an avid poker player and enjoys betting on football games,” the Wall Street Journal article explained. “The two have spoken about stocks.”

    The article continued to observe that “Mr. Walters and Mr. Mickelson, 43, play golf together, said people familiar with their relationship. Sometimes Mr. Walters has suggested stocks for Mr. Mickelson to consider buying, one of the people said.”

    FBI leads both newspapers down blind alley

    The next day, May 31, 2014, the New York Times published an article by reporters Ben Protess and Matthew Goldstein, entitled “Authorities Find Insider Trading Case Tied to Phil Mikelson Is Slow to Take Shape.”

    This article, quoting unnamed, anonymous “insider” sources was the second hit to the one-two punch delivered by the two newspapers.

    “In the summer of 2011, a series of winning stock trades raised immediate red flags for financial regulators,” the New York Times article began.

    “The traders – a cross-section of investors including the championship golfer Phil Mikelson and the high-rolling gambler and golf course owner William T Walters – collectively reaped several million dollars, according to people briefed on the matter who spoke anonymously because they were not authorized to discuss the investigation.”

    The New York Times article focused on options contracts to buy Clorox stock that were purchased just days before the billionaire investor Carl C. Icahn announced an unsolicited takeover bid for the company that drove up the stock price.

    “And trading records indicated that the bets came not just from Mr. Walters but also from at least one other investor connected to the golfing world, one of the people briefed on the matter said,” the New York Times article continued.  “That investor, another person said, is not now under investigation.”

    The Times tied together the nexus between the supposed co-conspirator investors as follows: “As federal authorities examine whether Mr. Icahn leaked details of his Clorox bid to Mr. Walters, the people said, they are exploring a theory that Mr. Walters might have separately passed on other information to Mr. Mickelson.”

    Yet the Times confirmed that the FBI investigation had stalled.  “And yet, nearly three years after the trades flashed some telltale signs of possible insider trading, a case has yet to materialize,” the newspaper noted.

    Reading both articles carefully, it was clear FBI Special Agent David Chaves went to the newspapers precisely because his investigation had hit a brick wall, unable to produce the type of incriminating evidence that would justify a grand jury recommendation to prosecute.

    The fact that the FBI investigation had gone nowhere is verified in that these two initial articles published in 2014 focused on Carl Icahn and Clorox stock – accusations that the FBI dropped altogether in bringing Walters to trial, while implicating golfer Phil Mickelson, who ultimately settled an SEC civil case involving his Dean Foods stock trades by paying a $1 million-dollar restitution and admitting no criminal culpability.

    Nothing was ever proved in court that Mickelson knew Icahn, or ever owned any Clorox stock.

    But, as the next article in the series will show, U.S. Attorney Preet Bharara and FBI Special Agent David Chaves did not to intend to stop here, despite realizing the Carl Icahn story about trading Clorox stock amounted to nothing more than “Fake News” planted with two supposedly top-notch newspapers satisfied to report FBI leaks in the apparent disregard of the professional standards that presided over genuine investigative journalism in previous decades.

    This is the third in a series of exclusive Infowars.com reports detailing how government impropriety in U.S. Attorney Preet Bharara’s Manhattan office prosecution of William T. Walters has contaminated Special Counselor Robert Mueller’s “Russia Collusion” investigation – another FBI-driven investigation plagued by a systematic pattern of illegal leaking to the press.

    The first article, entitled “Why U.S. Attorney’s Criminal Leaks Threaten to Derail Mueller’s Russia Probe: FBI special agent leaked secret grand jury info to New York Times and Washington Post,” was published last on Oct. 12, 2017, and can be read here.

    The second article, entitled “Obama Lawyer Hid FBI Leaking to Get Insider Trading Conviction; Under Bharara, FBI in New York systematically leaked grand jury secrets to the New York Times and Wall Street Journal,” was published Monday, Oct. 16, 2017, and can be read here.
    Carol wrote:ELITES MOVE TO SACRIFICE CLINTONS JUST LIKE WEINSTEIN
    MSM setting up downfall of Clintons to make persecution of Trump not seem political
    https://www.infowars.com/elites-move-to-sacrifice-clintons-just-like-weinstein/

    TOXIC... Democrats Distance Themselves From Hillary: "New" DNC Denies Knowledge Of Trump Dossier Funding
    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-10-24/democrats-distance-themselves-hillary-new-dnc-denies-knowledge-trump-dossier-funding

    WSJ: MUELLER 'SOFT-PEDALED' PROBE EMBARRASSING TO HILLARY...
    The FBI’s Political Meddling
    Mueller is the wrong sleuth when his ex-agency is so tangled up with Russia.
    https://www.wsj.com/articles/the-fbis-political-meddling-1508883468

    Republicans to probe Obama Justice Dept...
    The Republican chairmen of two House committees announced Tuesday they’re opening an investigation into actions the Obama administration Justice Department took during last year’s presidential election. The chairmen said in a statement Tuesday they have several questions, including why then-FBI Director James Comey decided to publicly announce the investigation into Hillary Clinton’s handling of classified information but not to publicly announce the investigation into Donald Trump’s campaign associates.
    https://apnews.com/b12bdce1e6e940c99743cc4f5fb296ec

    CLINTON, DNC PAID FOR DIRT; RUSSIAN DOSSIER
    The Hillary Clinton campaign and the Democratic National Committee (DNC) helped fund research that resulted in a now-famous dossier containing allegations about Donald Trump’s connections to Russia and possible coordination between his campaign and the Kremlin, people familiar with the matter said.
    https://www.seattletimes.com/nation-world/clinton-campaign-dnc-helped-pay-for-work-on-dossier-about-russia-and-trump/
    http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/us-politics/trump-russia-dossier-latest-hillary-clinton-dnc-democratic-national-committee-funding-fusion-gps-a8018306.html

    “It’s Out There” Wikileaks Shows Clintons Knew Uranium One Was Major Scandal in 2015
    Hillary Clinton likes to laugh off the Uranium One scandal as a ‘debunked’ right-wing conspiracy, however; internal emails show the Clinton camp was panicking as the conservative media revealed the dirty details of pay-to-play
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/wikileaks-shows-clintons-knew-uranium-one-major-scandal-2015/

    Mueller Has Legal Obligation to Recuse Himself – Then He Should Be Disbarred, Prosecuted and Punished
    Dirty and corrupt Democrats never recuse themselves from obvious conflicts of interest when required by law.  Robert Mueller is another example.  He should recuse himself from the fraudulent special investigation he is overseeing and then he should be disbarred, prosecuted and punished. According to Gregg Jarrett with FOX News,  “Robert Mueller has a serious conflict of interest that should disqualify him from serving as special counsel. He has had a long and close relationship with someone who will surely become a pivotal witness –James Comey.”
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/draft-mueller-has-legal-obligation-to-recuse-himself-if-not-he-should-be-charged-and-punished/

    BOOMERANG EFFECT=> Grassley Calls For Special Counsel to Investigate Uranium One Scandal
    Senator Chuck Grassley (R-IA), Chairman of the Judiciary Committee called on the DOJ to appoint a Special Counsel to investigate the Obama-Hillary Uranium One scandal Tuesday evening.
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/grassley-calls-special-counsel-investigate-uranium-one-scandal/

    NYT Reporter: Clinton Lawyer “Vigorously” Denied Funding Trump-Russia Dossier
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/nyt-reporter-clinton-lawyer-vigorously-denied-funding-trump-russia-dossier/

    BOOM! Clinton Campaign, DNC Paid for Bogus Russia Dossier on Trump: Report
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/boom-clinton-campaign-dnc-paid-bogus-russia-dossier-trump-report/

    RINO STOOGE John McCain Delivered Trump Dossier to FBI for Investigation
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/idiot-rino-stooge-john-mccain-delivered-trump-dossier-fbi-investigation/
    Back in January before the inauguration RINO Senator John McCain admitted he was the one to turn over this FAKE NEWS “GOLDEN SHOWER” report to the FBI!  More… James Comey used the fake Clinton-funded Trump Dossier as leverage to keep his job at the FBI.
    Carol wrote:Leaked Emails Prove Obama DOJ Funneled ‘Slush Fund’ Money To Leftist Groups
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/leaked-emails-prove-obama-doj-funneled-slush-fund-money-leftist-groups/
    The documents obtained by the Free Beacon show that individuals in the Justice Department sought to route money to allied groups while excluding conservative groups. The Justice Department announced over the summer that it will be ending an Obama/Holder-era slush fund that funded radical left-wing groups. The Obama administration funneled billions of dollars to activist organizations through a Department of Justice slush fund scheme, according to congressional investigators and the GOP was looking to eliminate it. Another win for Americans as Obama’s ‘legacy’ is erased and replaced with law and order.

    Since Inauguration, CNN Mentioned ‘Russia’ Over 16,000 Times – Only Spent 4 Minutes on Clinton-Uranium One Scandal
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/since-inauguration-cnn-mentioned-russia-16000-times-spent-4-minutes-clinton-uranium-one-scandal/

    BOOM! Rep DeSantis: We Will Subpoena FBI Informant if DOJ Refuses to Lift NDA (VIDEO)
    House Intel chair Devin Nunes announced an “inquiry into Russia’s involvement” in Uranium One scandal which involved then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton and the Deep State Obama administration. “One of the things we are concerned about is whether or not there was an FBI investigation. Was there a DOJ investigation? And if so, why was Congress not informed of this matter?” Nunes asked. Not only was the FBI informant working on the Russian bribery case threatened by the Obama administration, he was blocked by the DOJ under then-AG Loretta Lynch from testifying to Congress. Also, high-ranking Obama Admin officials KNEW that here was corruption in the Russian nuclear firm and apparently blocked that pertinent information from CFIUS. So the Obama admin blocked CFIUS from knowing about the corruption AND blocked the FBI informant from testifying to Congress about the corruption! Obviously this FBI informant is a HUGE threat to Obama, the Clintons and the other Deep State criminals.
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/boom-rep-desantis-will-subpoena-fbi-informant-doj-refuses-lift-nda-video/

    SEKULOW: Loretta Lynch Threatened FBI Informant on Uranium One Scandal With Prosecution DURING 2016 ELECTION (VIDEO)
    As previously reported, not only was the FBI informant working on the Russian bribery case threatened by the Obama administration, he was blocked by the DOJ under then-AG Loretta Lynch from testifying to Congress.
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/sekulow-loretta-lynch-threatened-fbi-informant-uranium-one-scandal-prosecution-2016-election-video/

    BOMBSHELL: Tucker Carlson: Podestas, Manafort Are Central Figures in ‘Russia Probe’, NOT TRUMP (VIDEO)
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/bombshell-tucker-carlson-podestas-manafort-central-figures-russia-probe-not-trump-video/

    Sean Hannity: “People Will Be Going to Jail” Over Uranium One Scandal (Video)
    Sean Hannity: Here’s my prediction tonight. People will be going to jail over this… Congress has a duty, a moral obligation, you can’t have a dual justice system. They must investigate these scandals fully and they must uncover the truth of what actually happened. How is it possible, how? That they never recognized that giving Vladimir Putin and the Russians 20 % of our uranium, the material for nuclear weapons, a hostile actor is a good idea? And with Uranium One Congress can start by calling on key Obama administration officials. Eric Holder, Rod Rosenstein and, yes, Robert Mueller, I hope you’re watching!”
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/sean-hannity-people-will-going-jail-uranium-one-scandal-video/

    BOOM! DC Lawyer Says Informant Ties BARACK OBAMA to Uranium One Scandal (Video)
    President Obama received information on Russia’s criminal plot to corner the market on uranium in his daily briefings.Yet the Obama administration approved the sale of one-fifth of American uranium to the Russians anyway! This is a huge development! The Obama administration approved sale of uranium to the Russians knowing their criminal intentions!
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/boom-top-dc-attorney-ties-barack-obama-uranium-one-scandal-video/
    Carol wrote:What Did Obama Know? Three Top Officials Left Admin for Law Firm that Retained Fusion GPS for Anti-Trump Russian Dossier
    Tom Fitton, President of Judicial Watch, has a question about the breaking news that Perkins Coie, the law firm for the Hillary Clinton 2016 presidential campaign and the Democratic National Committee, retained Fusion GPS on behalf of their clients for the anti-Trump Russian dossier that has fueled unproven charges President Donald Trump colluded with Russia to steal the presidential election: “Who in Obama WH political operation knew about DNC/Hillary Clinton funding of @RealDonaldTrump Russian dossier? Did Barack Obama?”
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/obama-know-three-top-officials-left-admin-law-firm-retained-fusion-gps-anti-trump-russian-dossier/

    DNC PANICS – Denies Involvement in Trump-Russia Dossier in Awkward Press Release
    Democratic Party nominee Hillary Clinton and the Democratic National Committee paid for the Fusion GPS dossier alleging Russian ties with the presidential campaign of Republican Donald Trump and sordid phony personal smears of Trump.The Post reported that Clinton campaign and DNC lawyer Marc Elias and his law firm Perkins Coie paid Fusion GPS to continue researching Trump after a Republican donor who originally funded the research pulled out in April 2016.
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/dnc-panics-denies-involvement-trump-russia-dossier-awkward-press-release/
    Carol wrote:

    Boom! GOP Lawmaker: Rosenstein Approved Uranium One Deal
    – Mueller Hired to Help Him Cover It Up (VIDEO)

    Republican Rep. Louie Gohmert (R-TX) dropped a BOMB on FOX Business Network Thursday on the Russian Uranium One scandal. Gohmert told After the Bell that Rosenstein and Robert Mueller approved the Uranium One deal allowing the Clintons to pocket MEGA-MILLIONS from the Russians. Now they are trying to cover their tracks. We now know from information reported last week, that the FBI had an investigation into the Clintons and moneys they received  from Russia in return for giving Russia 20% of all US uranium. And today Louie Gohmert dropped the bomb that Rosenstein and Mueller were the ones who allowed the Uranium One deal to go forward.

    Rep. Gohmert: One of the things that was most shocking was that a guy named Rosenstein, if that name sounds familiar, since he appointed Mueller (to lead Special Counsel on Trump) he was the guy that actually helped sign documents that got the whole thing, the original cover-up done by sealing documents back early in the Obama administration so that Hillary could go through and make mega-millions…

    …The blockbuster line now here is that he (Mueller) and Rosenstein had to be involved in him being the Special Counsel now because now we know he needed to cover up the fact that him and Rosenstein covered up the first investigation! This is huge.

    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/boom-gop-lawmaker-says-rosenstein-approved-uranium-one-deal-mueller-helped-cover-video/

    House Intel Chair Breaks Down Why The Trump Dossier “Was The Biggest Intelligence Failure Since 9/11” (VIDEO)
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/house-intel-chair-breaks-trump-dossier-biggest-intelligence-failure-since-911-video/

    Republicans On House Intel Committee Push To End Russia Probe
    “I have no interest in prolonging this one second longer than it needs to..." there is no evidence of collusion between the Russian government and the Trump campaign. Since then, Congress has launched a trio of new investigations into the Obama-era Uranium One deal, reminding lawmakers of the fact that the Clintons have just as many - if not more - ties to shady Russian entities than the Trumps. And now, the Hill reported just minutes ago that Republicans on the House Intelligence committee are pushing to close their investigation by the end of the year, as investigators have failed to find anything conclusively proving Russian interference in the election. There was the unmasking of Trump associates by Obama-era officials, and the provenance of the so-called "Trump dossier", which it has been confirmed, was funded and sources by the Clinton campaign and the DNC.
    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-10-26/house-republicans-pushing-end-russia-probe

    Paul Ryan Says FBI Will Turn Over Long-Sought 'Trump Dossier' Documents
    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-10-26/paul-ryan-says-fbi-will-turn-over-long-sought-trump-dossier-documents
    “The FBI got in touch with us yesterday afternoon and they have informed us that they will comply with our document requests, and that they will provide the documents that Congress has been asking for by next week..." After Ryan accused the agency of “stonewalling” and “foot-dragging” during an interview published on Wednesday, the FBI contacted his office and promised the requested materials would be readily provided, Politico noted.

    Clapper On Hillary Funding 'Trump Dossier': What Difference Does It Make?
    While Democrats, old and new, are abandoning the sinking Hillary Clinton ship, former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper is still "with her."
    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-10-26/clapper-hillary-funding-trump-dossier-what-difference-does-it-make

    Hillary Claims She Didn’t Know About the Dossier – But Posted 8 Tweets Related to Dossier Before Election
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/hillary-claims-didnt-know-dossier-posted-8-tweets-related-dossier-election/

    Boom! Former Obama CIA Director: Congress Needs to Look Into Dossier Payments by DNC and Hillary Campaign (Video) - This is NOT what the anti-Trump CNN audience expected.
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/boom-former-obama-cia-director-congress-needs-look-dossier-payments-dnc-hillary-campaign-video/

    PAPER: Fusion GPS Bank Records and FBI Connection To Trump Dossier Are ‘Bombshells To Come’
    Last week, Fusion GPS, the firm behind the infamous ‘Trump Dossier,’ requested a U.S. District judge to block investigators from accessing its bank records. Not so fast, says the House Intelligence Committee, who filed a motion demanding Fusion GPS obey the subpoena to reveals its past financial transactions.

    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/paper-fusion-gps-bank-records-fbi-connection-trump-dossier-bombshells-come/



    Sebastian Gorka:
    “It’s Hillary’s Birthday. Here’s a cake.
    #ClintonUraniumGate”

    Obama Admin Told FBI Informant His ‘Liberty Was in Jeopardy’ If He Didn’t Drop Case Against Govt
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/obama-admin-told-fbi-informant-liberty-jeopardy-didnt-drop-case-govt/
    As previously reported, not only was the FBI informant working on the Russian bribery case threatened by the Obama administration, he was blocked by the DOJ under then-AG Loretta Lynch from testifying to Congress.

    The FBI informant’s lawyer, Victoria Toensing told the Daily Caller that her client was told his reputation and career would be ruined if he didn’t drop a lawsuit against the government. He was also told his liberty was in jeopardy. The FBI informant was threatened and intimidated by Loretta Lynch’s goons during the 2016 presidential election. According to Circa News, the FBI informant wanted to testify to Congress about pertinent information that the Russian’s were attempting to gain access to former President Bill Clinton and his wife, then Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, to influence the Obama administration’s decision on the purchase of Uranium One, Toensing said. Toensing said her client “is not only afraid of the Russian people, but he is afraid of the US government because of the threats the Obama administration made against him.”

    President Trump ordered the DOJ to lift the informant’s gag order Wednesday evening which means he will be able to testify to Congress.

    Special Counsel Is Bracing for Scandal Nobody Is Talking About – Mueller Is Spending Like A Russian Oligarch
    As Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation into Russia’s alleged interference in the 2016 presidential election rolls on, a new scandal is potentially brewing — astronomical investigation spending. Republicans are eager to know Mueller’s spending habits and are reportedly ready to wage a political battle if need be to reign in the witch hunt.
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/special-counsel-bracing-scandal-nobody-talking-mueller-spending-like-russian-oligarch/

    Podesta, Schultz May Be Questioned by Congressional Investigators After Denying Knowledge of Payments to Firm Behind Russia Dossier
    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/podesta-schultz-may-questioned-congressional-investigators-denying-knowledge-payments-firm-behind-russia-dossier/
    Carol wrote:If anyone would like to look at the JFK files here is the link and if you right click on the doc click on save as you can download them to your HDD

    https://www.fbi.gov/@@search?SearchableText=JFK+assassination+&pageSize=20&page=1&searchSite=vault.fbi.gov

    https://www.archives.gov/research/jfk/review-board/report

    https://www.archives.gov/research/jfk/review-board/report

    Some additional files on the JFK Assasination for those who are interested
    https://www.archives.gov/research/jfk/2017-release

    http://dailycaller.com/2017/10/26/jfk-assassination-files-are-now-declassified-read-them-here/


    “One of the Most Astonishing Revelations”: UK Newspaper Received Mystery Call Minutes Before JFK Assassination

    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/one-astonishing-revelations-uk-newspaper-received-mystery-call-just-minutes-jfk-assassination/

    “Rife With Rumors and Conspiracies”: Feds Releasing Some JFK Assassination Records Tonight
    — Deep State Blocks Redacted Files


    http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/10/rife-rumors-conspiracies-feds-releasing-jfk-assassination-records-tonight-deep-state-blocks-redacted-files/

    Tweet source: Julian Assange

    https://twitter.com/JulianAssange/status/923649759776313355?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw&ref_url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.thegatewaypundit.com%2F2017%2F10%2Frelease-jfk-assassination-files-delayed-unexpected-twist%2F

    On October 21st, President Trump tweeted he will order the release of the files.

    “Subject to the receipt of further information, I will be allowing, as President, the long blocked and classified JFK FILES to be opened,” tweeted President Trump.

    http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index2419.htm





    Once again, my threads are NOT an Evangelistic-Crusade for the General-Public. I Believe, But I Don't Know What I Believe. This isn't Atheism, Agnosticism, or True-Belief. I've merely created a Research-Context for Sirius-Researchers. As I continue to slide downhill (at an alarming-rate) do NOT follow me into the ditch. Study my threads (including ALL of the videos and study-lists) and integrate this study into YOUR Own Independent-Research. I'm too Old, Ugly, Stupid, Crazy, Lazy, Miserable, Messy, and Messed-With to be a reliable-resource for ANYTHING. I'm liking that "Happy Galactic Wanderer" theme more and more (regarding my future activities in this universe). I'm trying to remain Responsibly-Neutral. I'm attempting to NOT Take Sides. If I were presently in the Middle of the Madness, I'd probably be just as bad as the Bad Guys and Gals. Historically, I might've been the Best of the Best, and the Worst of the Worst. Everything Will Undoubtedly Be Revealed (Going Way, Way, Way Back). The Horror.
    mudra wrote:
    The DEVIL is life LIVED backwards.

    Life is like a slide we climb up only to slide down again.
    Bottom and Top are closely interrelated.
    That's the game.


    GrowthDecay

    That's what GOD is.

    Love Always
    mudra
    study
    Psalms
    Isaiah
    Ezekiel
    Daniel
    Romans
    1 Corinthians
    2 Corinthians
    Galatians





















    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 28, 2017 4:50 am


    I would appreciate at least one or two comprehensive commentaries on at least book-four of The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133. This might be anonymously given to me in an appropriate manner by an appropriate individual or group. I have no idea where the BS ends and the TRUTH begins in My OWN Threads!! The lack of responses might mean that I'm too far from the Truth OR that I'm too close to the Truth. I'm prepared to walk away from everything I've posted, and start over (even at this late date). I simply seek the TRUTH, regardless of whether I can handle it, or not. I thought I'd post some funny images and videos which don't really follow a particular theme. I'm sort of at the end of my rope, and I'm feeling a bit silly this morning, but the first video is really quite serious, and I like it a lot, even though it's old and slow (sort of like me).














    Lionhawk wrote:Take all the time you need. It's your time anyway and it shouldn't matter to anyone what you do with your time. I just have more important things to focus on as of recent days that involve with what is going on in the present. What has occurred has already gone under the bridge and will only serve us as a reminder of what was. It also causes me to take my focus off the targets (changes) that are moving in the now. I would prefer to be focused in the now as great changes are at our door steps. So I hope you understand why that is. I have no intentions of missing my scheduled front row seat. It comes down to free agency as to what anyone does. So choose what is best for you and never compromise your course no matter who says what. Savvy? Good luck with all of your questions!
    Thank-you Lionhawk. Does your name have anything to do with the 'Lion of the Tribe of Judah'? I am focused on the present, yet I am simultaneously viewing the past and the future with my peripheral vision. It's those great changes that worry me. What are the specifics? Do we have a choice in the matter? I frankly smell a rat, or is it a snake? It seems as though imperfect beings are governed by imperfect deities, in a universe which is stranger than we can think. I grew-up attending a church which teaches the non-immortality of the soul. In fact, they teach against the existence of a soul. They teach bodily resurrection rather than reincarnation or dying and going to heaven, purgatory, or hell (door number 1, door number 2, or door number 3?). I now believe that we just get recycled over and over, and that this world is heaven, purgatory, and hell. However, I do not get involved in anything supernatural, although I've had some very creepy and upsetting things of a supernatural nature happen to me over the past couple of years. I wonder if my church taught what they did (and do) because of the alleged reptilian and demonic phenomenon? I don't trust 'the other side' at all. I believe that by focusing upon mind, character, and personality development that we will be prepared for the eventual positive interaction with the supernatural, but that we shouldn't go where angels fear to tread, and rush 'contact'. My computer hardly functions, and my other computer was immediately and completely fried when I called the beings on the Moon, Mars, and Phobos 'Bastards'. Right after that happened a streaming white light passed between me and the computer monitor, as if to say 'Don't mess with us'. God Got Me! Plus, I got scolded a few days later, so I'm going away for a while, and I will be lurking in the mists, as I continue to seek understanding more than condemnation.

    I'm trying to walk in the shoes of the Secret Government - Human and Otherwise - and I continue to worry about solar system governance by ANYONE. The Progressives might end-up doing a worse job than the Regressives. Is there a place for unquestioning obedience at the level of solar system governance? Can you imagine what a Dictatorial Draconian Empire might be like? Try thinking about this for a while. What would it be like to be a Drac? What if all of us were Dracs before we became Human? I continue to wonder if our souls are Interdimensional Reptilian in nature. What if all of us will be Dracs after we are Human? If so, I hope we will have a choice in the matter. I have recently made some very intelligent individuals angry with me on this website, and probably elsewhere as well. Sometimes I think You Are All One! I think I've tried really hard to be as nice as possible, while being as honest as possible. I have limited my conceptual exploration to a very small website, rather than going-off half-cocked with a show or book. I'm about to lose my house because of being sidetracked by all of this madness, and not taking care of business on the home-front. I'm not getting paid to do this. Is anyone else covering the same territory I am? I continue to be a stable basket-case, if that makes any sense. I think I could fit-in well in an Underground Base, and sit in on some really upsetting presentations, yet in day to day living, I'm not doing very well. I really wonder what I've done in previous incarnations. I seem to be somewhat at home with a lot of upsetting subject matter, yet I can't seem to make small-talk to save my soul. Sometimes I wonder if I'm even from around here. It's sort of fun to imagine being interesting people in previous incarnations, or even being non-human in previous incarnations, but I obviously would not encourage others to do this sort of thing!

    I think that discussing things on the internet is very necessary for humanity right now. I'd rather see people arguing on the internet, than running in the streets, or going off to war. It's the 'doing something' that scares me. Perhaps we don't need to do a lot. I'm so undecided and unsettled about so many things, that I frankly don't trust myself to do a lot right now. I'm  trying to become much more comfortable with everything I have been dealing with, before I actually do much of anything with it. I'm conceptually trying to be part of the secret government, just so I can try to understand them, rather than just hate them. This is an open think-tank, where I know that I'm being watched and listened to, yet I proceed to think out-loud, regardless of the consequences. I continue to have no hostility toward anyone, yet I post things which might seem to be somewhat mean to various groups and individuals. I think I could talk to the Devil in a civil manner, and then turn around and post a video which is critical of Satanism. I can be a friend and an enemy at the same time, which is why I sometimes think that in a future incarnation, I might make an excellent negotiator with various alien nations, or something like that. Again, I am laying a foundation for imagining shuttling between the City of London, Vatican City, Washington D.C., and Copernicus Crater - with small apartment-offices in each location. They could be 100 square-feet, rather than the 600 square-feet I suggested, although I'd prefer the larger size!

    Again, I'm trying to be a Token Benevolent Megalomaniac in Megalomaniacs Anonymous! I think I could meet with the Pope, the Queen, the Queen of Heaven, and God of This World -- in a civil and respectful manner -- but I still might be very blunt and trenchant with them! I might also meet with a roomful of Nazis, Masons, and Jesuits in a similar manner. This isn't selling-out, but it might take a helluva lot of discipline to keep from selling-out. Really, if I were to actually live this deam (or nightmare) I might continue this thread in perpetuity, with tactfully written posts which might touch upon insider activities. Even if a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System became a reality, and I became some sort of a Solar System Administrator, I might just keep doing what I'm doing right now, but with access to individuals, organizations, meetings, files, etc. Again, I liked the Palmer Joss and Rachael Constantine characters in 'Contact'. I'd like to be a cross between those two. I also like the best aspects of Anna in 'V'. I have thought about what a male counterpart would look-like and act-like. I'm seriously trying to become an idealistic insider, without becoming a 666th Degree Mason, if you know what I mean.

    Would a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System have to incorporate the Osiris, Isis, Horus, and Set Factions of a Sirius-Egyptian-Roman Empire, administered from the City of London, Vatican City, Washington D.C., and the Crater Copernicus? Would it further have to incorporate the Monarchy, Papacy, Jesuits, Nazis, Masons, Alphabet Agents, the Anglican Communion, and the Roman Catholic Church? Would a United States of the Solar System merely be a subsidiary of the Orion Group, LLC? Would a Solar System Administrator be employed as a Division Chief? Would they have to sell-out the human-race in a somewhat heartless and cruel manner? Is this really a violent, cruel, and nasty universe we live in? Are we simply lucky to be alive? I feel extremely depressed by all of my research and speculation. Do we live in the Hotel Sirius? If we check-out, can we ever really leave? I'm trying to understand that which presently exists, and to understand the historical foundation upon which it is based. Then, I'm trying to positively-reinforce the best aspects of all of this. Unfortunately, I don't think I know much about what's REALLY going on. Am I too idealistic to be told what's REALLY going on? Must I be kept in the dark, so that I don't try to start another Star War? Again, I'm really depressed about all of this, and I'm feeling as if things will never really be good around here, for any significant time-period. In fact, we might be very lucky to survive as a species. In the movie 'Contact', is Mr. Hadden representative of the 'Osiris Faction'? Is Rachael Constantine representative of the 'Isis Faction'? Is her assistant 'Mike' representative of the 'Set Faction'? Is Palmer Joss representative of the 'Horus Faction'? Or, are Adam, Aaron, Kate, and Cal, in 'East of Eden' better representations of Osiris, Horus, Isis, and Set? Who knows?  

    I would love to go to Heaven, but I have frankly lost faith in the gods. I don't necessarily have a problem with the God-Concept -- but the History of the Solar System does not seem to point toward a Good and Loving God Being in Charge. There seems to be more at work than a bunch of stupid and irreverent human beings ignoring the Word of God. I don't wish to be rebellious. I really don't. But a deep study of theology and history is most upsetting, and most people have no idea. Please conceptualize idealistic forms of church and state - politics and religion - and their possible integration. Consider all of the possibilities. Think in terms of Comparative Governance - Secular and Sacred. I certainly hope there are some silent researchers who are working with me on all of this. I don't have to be right, but I want the right things to be done, and for the truth to be known. I continue to think that the Masons and Jesuits know more than most about what's really going on in this solar system, but I think they are highly compromised and controlled. I'd like to know what they know, without taking the oaths, participating in the rituals, and carrying out reprehensible orders. I don't necessarily have a problem with deep and esoteric philosophy and theology -- but I have a huge problem with illegal and violent activities which are destructive toward the human race. I'd like to know what the best and brightest Masons and Jesuits really think about life, the universe, and everything.

    I have decided to work outward from the word 'Responsibility' regarding church and state. We should consider clean sheet of paper approaches, as well as the historical attempts at governance. These are the times that try men's and women's souls. My repeated reference to 'Responsibility' does not imply that I am 'Responsible'. I'm not trying to win a popularity contest or a 'holier than thou' contest. I'm not even trying to win a 'competency contest'. I'm merely taking an approach that is probably relatively uncommon, and possibly for very valid reasons! My support mechanism has failed me, and I'm looking for a more solid foundation. I'm looking for reasonable knowledge to replace my shattered faith. In a sense, this is all somewhat selfish. I'm trying to solve my problems as I try to solve the problems of the human race. I'm not completely altruistic, but please don't shoot! I'm just a Completely Ignorant Fool! But whatever you do, Believe in the God Who Believes in You! And don't get on a UFO! You might end-up in slave-labor and on the dinner-table -- and I'm not kidding. I continue to hear stories. Take a look at this old and fascinating art! http://www.dudeman.net/siriusly/ufo/art.html What did the artists know, and when did they know it? The Bible has hidden messages. Cathedrals contain riddles in stone. What's going on here? It was as if whoever created all of this knew a lot more than they could openly reveal. I continue to think that the Bible is a mixture of good and evil, truth and error -- and that it should be studied carefully and devotionally -- but that it should not be used as an infallible rule of faith and practice in modernity. Is sola scriptura scriptural? I don't think  so. Is faith enough? I don't think so. Is grace enough? I don't think so. Does sacramentalism save? I don't think so. Should salvation be for sale? I don't think so. Is the presence real? There is no substantial body of evidence to substantiate transubstantiation, but who knows who shows up, high above the altar?



    Take a look at this Ellen White quote. I think her work is quite profound, even though I don't agree with a lot of the details. The following is taken from the first chapter of her book 'Education':

    Our ideas of education take too narrow and too low a range. There is need of a broader scope, a higher aim. True education means more than the pursual of a certain course of study. It means more than a preparation for the life that now is. It has to do with the whole being, and with the whole period of existence possible to man. It is the harmonious development of the physical, the mental, and the spiritual powers. It prepares the student for the joy of service in this world and for the higher joy of wider service in the world to come. The source of such an education is brought to view in these words of Holy Writ, pointing to the Infinite One: In Him "are hid all the treasures of wisdom." Colossians 2:3. "He hath counsel and understanding." Job 12:13. The world has had its great teachers, men of giant intellect and extensive research, men whose utterances have stimulated thought and opened to view vast fields of knowledge; and these men have been honored as guides and benefactors of their race; but there is One who stands higher than they. We can trace the line of the world's teachers as far back as human records extend; but the Light was before them. As the moon and the stars of our solar system shine by the reflected light of the sun, so, as far as their teaching is true, do the world's great thinkers reflect the rays of the Sun of Righteousness. Every gleam of thought, every flash of the intellect, is from the Light of the world.

    In these days much is said concerning the nature and importance of "higher education." The true "higher education" is that imparted by Him with whom "is wisdom and strength" (Job 12:13), out of whose mouth "cometh knowledge and understanding." Proverbs 2:6. In a knowledge of God all true knowledge and real development have their source. Wherever we turn, in the physical, the mental, or the spiritual realm; in whatever we behold, apart from the blight of sin, this knowledge is revealed. Whatever line of investigation we pursue, with a sincere purpose to arrive at truth, we are brought in touch with the unseen, mighty Intelligence that is working in and through all. The mind of man is brought into communion with the mind of God, the finite with the Infinite. The effect of such communion on body and mind and soul is beyond estimate. In this communion is found the highest education. It is God's own method of development. "Acquaint now thyself with Him" (Job 22:21), is His message to mankind. The method outlined in these words was the method followed in the education of the father of our race. When in the glory of sinless manhood Adam stood in holy Eden, it was thus that God instructed him. In order to understand what is comprehended in the work of education, we need to consider both the nature of man and the purpose of God in creating him. We need to consider also the change in man's condition through the coming in of a knowledge of evil, and God's plan for still fulfilling His glorious purpose in the education of the human race.

    When Adam came from the Creator's hand, he bore, in his physical, mental, and spiritual nature, a likeness to his Maker. "God created man in His own image" (Genesis 1:27), and it was His purpose that the longer man lived the more fully he should reveal this image--the more fully reflect the glory of the Creator. All his faculties were capable of development; their capacity and vigor were continually to increase. Vast was the scope offered for their exercise, glorious the field opened to their research. The mysteries of the visible universe--the "wondrous works of Him which is perfect in knowledge" (Job 37:16)--invited man's study. Face-to-face, heart-to-heart communion with his Maker was his high privilege. Had he remained loyal to God, all this would have been his forever. Throughout eternal ages he would have continued to gain new treasures of knowledge, to discover fresh springs of happiness, and to obtain clearer and yet clearer conceptions of the wisdom, the power, and the love of God. More and more fully would he have fulfilled the object of his creation, more and more fully have reflected the Creator's glory. But by disobedience this was forfeited. Through sin the divine likeness was marred, and well-nigh obliterated. Man's physical powers were weakened, his mental capacity was lessened, his spiritual vision dimmed. He had become subject to death. Yet the race was not left without hope. By infinite love and mercy the plan of salvation had been devised, and a life of probation was granted. To restore in man the image of his Maker, to bring him back to the perfection in which he was created, to promote the development of body, mind, and soul, that the divine purpose in his creation might be realized--this was to be the work of redemption. This is the object of education, the great object of life.

    Love, the basis of creation and of redemption, is the basis of true education. This is made plain in the law that God has given as the guide of life. The first and great commandment is, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind." Luke 10:27. To love Him, the infinite, the omniscient One, with the whole strength, and mind, and heart, means the highest development of every power. It means that in the whole being-- the body, the mind, as well as the soul--the image of God is to be restored. Like the first is the second commandment--"Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself." Matthew 22:39. The law of love calls for the devotion of body, mind, and soul to the service of God and our fellow men. And this service, while making us a blessing to others, brings the greatest blessing to ourselves. Unselfishness underlies all true development. Through unselfish service we receive the highest culture of every faculty. More and more fully do we become partakers of the divine nature. We are fitted for heaven, for we receive heaven into our hearts. Since God is the source of all true knowledge, it is, as we have seen, the first object of education to direct our minds to His own revelation of Himself. Adam and Eve received knowledge through direct communion with God; and they learned of Him through His works. All created things, in their original perfection, were an expression of the thought of God. To Adam and Eve nature was teeming with divine wisdom. But by transgression man was cut off from learning of God through direct communion and, to a great degree, through His works. The earth, marred and defiled by sin, reflects but dimly the Creator's glory. It is true that His object lessons are not obliterated. Upon every page of the great volume of His created works may still be traced His handwriting. Nature still speaks of her Creator. Yet these revelations are partial and imperfect. And in our fallen state, with weakened powers and restricted vision, we are incapable of interpreting aright. We need the fuller revelation of Himself that God has given in His written word.

    The Holy Scriptures are the perfect standard of truth, and as such should be given the highest place in education. To obtain an education worthy of the name, we must receive a knowledge of God, the Creator, and of Christ, the Redeemer, as they are revealed in the sacred word. Every human being, created in the image of God, is endowed with a power akin to that of the Creator-- individuality, power to think and to do. The men in whom this power is developed are the men who bear responsibilities, who are leaders in enterprise, and who influence character. It is the work of true education to develop this power, to train the youth to be thinkers, and not mere reflectors of other men's thought. Instead of confining their study to that which men have said or written, let students be directed to the sources of truth, to the vast fields opened for research in nature and revelation. Let them contemplate the great facts of duty and destiny, and the mind will expand and strengthen. Instead of educated weaklings, institutions of learning may send forth men strong to think and to act, men who are masters and not slaves of circumstances, men who possess breadth of mind, clearness of thought, and the courage of their convictions. Such an education provides more than mental discipline; it provides more than physical training. It strengthens the character, so that truth and uprightness are not sacrificed to selfish desire or worldly ambition. It fortifies the mind against evil. Instead of some master passion becoming a power to destroy, every motive and desire are brought into conformity to the great principles of right. As the perfection of His character is dwelt upon, the mind is renewed, and the soul is re-created in the image of God. What education can be higher than this? What can equal it in value? "It cannot be gotten for gold, Neither shall silver be weighed for the price thereof. It cannot be valued with the gold of Ophir, With the precious onyx, or the sapphire. The gold and the crystal cannot equal it, and the exchange of it shall not be for jewels of fine gold. No mention shall be made of coral, or of pearls: For the price of wisdom is above rubies." Job 28:15-18.

    Higher than the highest human thought can reach is God's ideal for His children. Godliness--godlikeness--is the goal to be reached. Before the student there is opened a path of continual progress. He has an object to achieve, a standard to attain, that includes everything good, and pure, and noble. He will advance as fast and as far as possible in every branch of true knowledge. But his efforts will be directed to objects as much higher than mere selfish and temporal interests as the heavens are higher than the earth. He who co-operates with the divine purpose in imparting to the youth a knowledge of God, and molding the character into harmony with His, does a high and noble work. As he awakens a desire to reach God's ideal, he presents an education that is as high as heaven and as broad as the universe; an education that cannot be completed in this life, but that will be continued in the life to come; an education that secures to the successful student his passport from the preparatory school of earth to the higher grade, the school above.


    Despite my idealism and insights, I think I've missed the boat. Something is very wrong. I think I might be losing touch with reality, which is probably a bad thing -- even if reality is a bad thing. Truth and beauty are so overrated. The more idealistic one becomes, the less one seems to be able to properly function in the 'real' world. I seem to have less and less in common with those around me, and frankly I am a lone-nut at this point, and I don't like it one little bit. My recent scolding was probably a bridge-burning of sorts, and I think I got the intended message loud and clear. What would Raven say? Perhaps I should make a serious effort to reenter the mainstream. What profiteth a man if he gaineth the whole solar system, yet hath no friends? I'm going away for a while. I'm not going away mad. I'm just going away. I'm going to read 'The 1928 Book of Common Prayer', 'The Desire of Ages', 'The Orgelbuchlein' (Clark and Peterson Edition), and 'The Federalist Papers' while listening to Sacred Classical Music. What if the '1928 Book of Common Prayer' were published in parallel-columns of English and Latin (including the 'Articles of Religion') http://www.anglicansonline.org/basics/thirty-nine_articles.html -- and called the 'Anglo-Catholic Book of Common Prayer'? What if this version were approved for use in both the Anglican Communion and the Roman Catholic Church? Would Catholics cry 'Heresy!'? Would Protestants cry 'Papacy!'? What if this became an interim basis for Ecumenism and Protestant-Catholic Reunification? I continue to lean toward 'The Desire of Ages' theologically, and 'The Federalist Papers' for both sacred and secular governance.

    What if most of the sacred organ literature were transformed into choral music (with most of the words taken from the '1928 Book of Common Prayer'), again in both English and Latin, and with orchestral parts? Each congregation could use whatever combination of English and Latin they desired. What if all of this were integrated into a unified whole? The Archbishop of Canterbury and the Pope of Rome might write an introduction. Who knows? I'm not necessarily saying this is the way things should be, but I am attempting to preserve historical continuity while facilitating contemporary evolutionary innovation. I really like the term 'Minimalist Traditionalist'. I've been listening to a lot of French Romantic Organ Music lately - but my real love is Bach - preferably played on a French Romantic Organ with French Romantic Interpretation. The Empire Strikes Bach! I Go for Baroque! What you do is up to you, as long as you are being responsible while you are being free! Once again, take this thread as a whole, and as a study-guide, rather than an attempted 'my way or the highway' manifesto. I need to repeatedly review this thread more than anyone, and I shall be doing this in the coming months. I think the infowar is going to get really nasty! I don't think there is any right and good way to do this! No matter what we do, it's probably going to seem like the wrong thing! Don't be too hard on yourselves! This too shall pass! Namaste and Godspeed!



    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 28, 2017 10:59 pm; edited 1 time in total
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Sat Oct 28, 2017 5:31 pm





































    I'm generally neutral regarding royalty, especially regarding particular names and places, but I'm leaning toward Antiquity, Royalty, Secrecy, and Technology regarding explaining why things are the way they are in this Solar System, and perhaps beyond. I've suggested the possibility of a twenty-second century United States of the Solar System, with a Non-Bloodline King and Queen, Under God (whatever and whoever appropriately applies). This isn't a coup. It's attempted understanding. You'll find more along these lines as this thread progresses (or digresses). My Grandmother was a contestant on the old TV show 'Queen for a Day'!! My family had a dog named 'Flash'. Remember 'Dash'?? What Would Queen Victoria Say?? What Would Jupiter Jones Say?? "I love dogs!! I've always loved dogs!!" I certainly have fun with history, fiction, science, historical-fiction, and science-fiction!!

    I continue to suspect Royal-Origins for at least some of the Writings of Ellen Goa'uld White!! What Would Albert and Victoria Say?? What Would James and Ellen Say?? What Would Isis, Horus, and Set Say?? What Would the 'Council of 42' Say?? What Would Baron Stockmar Say?? What Would Ernst Stockmar Write?? 'The Memoirs of Baron Stockmar'!! What Would RA Say?? "I'm Rich!!" "I Am RA!!" "I Built Vegas with Bugsy!!" "Serqet Has a Lot to Do with Explaining Our Relationship!!" "I'm Sorry We Couldn't Work Together!!" Someday You Won't Think I'm Crazy, But Then It Will Be Too Late. I Suspect That It's Been Too Late for a Long Time. Too Much Water Has Gone Under the Bridge. I've Withdrawn All of My Internet Bright-Ideas (Mostly Because No One Will Tell Me What the Hell is Really Going On). What Are the Implications and Ramifications?? Ask the Beast Supercomputer. Notice what is said in the second video regarding computers and governance. True or False?? Think Fast!! The End is Near (again)!!








    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Thu Nov 16, 2017 3:43 am; edited 1 time in total
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Mon Oct 30, 2017 3:06 am

    An Individual of Interest seemed to know the details of my recent trip to the hospital (without being told by me), but I don't want to talk about it. I noticed a teenager intently watching me in the cafeteria (but it might've just been my paranoid-imagination)!! There seems to be an Intelligence-Network which involves Everyone and His or Her Dog!! They seem to know more about us than we know about ourselves!! WTF?? It might get interesting if this network ever turns against itself, with Spy v Spy!! Or has it been like this for a very-long time?? I've been aware of dozens of conversations about myself, involving information No-One should know about!! It's almost as if I were providentially provided with this knowledge, but I don't want to talk about it. Will Everyone eventually turn-against Everyone as the Info-War gets hotter and hotter?? What if that A.D. 2046 Extreme Global-Warming thing turns-out to be somewhat true?? What Would Douglas Vogt Say?? Do those who believe in Apocalyptic-Salvation wish for things to "Go to Hell", so they can be "Saved"?? Do the "Saved" feel superior to the "Lost"?? Consider a side-by-side study of Genesis, Deuteronomy, Luke, and Acts. Does anyone know why I'm suggesting these four books?? Don't answer all at once!!





    The Perils of Empathy

    In politics and policy, trying to feel the pain of others is a bad idea.
    Empathy distorts our reasoning and makes us biased, tribal and often cruel

    By
    Paul Bloom

    Dec. 2, 2016 9:38 a.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/the-perils-of-empathy-1480689513
     
    Everywhere you turn in American politics, leaders talk about the need for empathy. The best-known instance, of course, comes from Bill Clinton, who told an AIDS activist in 1992, “I feel your pain.” But it’s also been a recurrent theme in the career of Barack Obama, who declared in 2007 (while still a senator) that “the biggest deficit that we have in our society and in the world right now is an empathy deficit.”

    And it isn’t just a liberal reflex. A few months ago, George W. Bush spoke at a memorial service in Dallas for five slain police officers and said, “At our best, we practice empathy, imagining ourselves in the lives and circumstances of others.” As a candidate, even Donald Trump asked Americans to identify with the suffering of others, from displaced Rust Belt factory workers to the victims of crime by undocumented immigrants.

    Though there are obvious ideological differences over who deserves our empathy, it is one of the rare political sentiments that still command a wide consensus. And that’s a shame, because when it comes to guiding our decisions, empathy is a moral train wreck. It makes the world worse. When we have the good sense to set it aside, we are better people and make better policy.

    What do we mean by empathy? Some use the word to describe what psychologists call cognitive empathy—that is, the capacity to understand what’s going on in the minds of other people, without necessarily sharing their feelings. Empathy in this sense is essential; you can’t act effectively in the world if you don’t have some sense of what other people want. But it isn’t inherently a positive force. High cognitive empathy is also necessary for a successful con man, seducer or torturer.

    When most of us talk about empathy, we mean what psychologists call emotional empathy. This goes beyond mere understanding. To feel empathy for someone in this sense means that you share their experiences and suffering—you feel what they are feeling.

    This is an important part of life. Such empathy amplifies the pleasures of sports and sex, and it underlies much of the appetite we have for novels, movies and television. Most of all, people want to share the feelings of their friends and romantic partners; it’s a basic part of intimacy.

    But emotional empathy is a different matter when it comes to guiding our moral judgments and political decisions. Recent research in neuroscience and psychology (to say nothing of what we can see in our everyday lives) shows that empathy makes us biased, tribal and often cruel.

    Much of the science of empathy involves scanning subjects’ brains while subjecting them to certain experiences (usually mildly painful ones such as an electric shock, a pinprick to the finger or a blast of noise through headphones). These scans are then compared with how their brains respond when watching others being shocked, pricked or blasted.
     
    To some extent, we literally do feel the pain of others.  
    .
    No matter how you test it, there is neural overlap: Your brain’s response to your own pain—in areas such as the anterior insula and the cingulate cortex—is similar to how it responds when you empathize with someone else’s pain. Bill Clinton’s response was more than a metaphor—to some extent, we literally do feel the pain of others.

    Such studies also find, however, that empathy is biased. Some of these biases are superficial, based on considerations like ethnicity and affiliation. One study, published in 2010 in the journal Neuron, tested European male soccer fans. A subject would receive a shock on the back of his hand and then watch another man receive the same shock. When the other man was described as a fan of the same team as the subject, the empathic neural response—the overlap in self-other pain—was strong. But when the man was described as a fan of an opposing team, it wasn’t.

    Other biases run deeper. You feel more empathy for someone who treated you fairly in the past than for someone who cheated you, and more empathy for someone you have cooperated with than for a competitor.

    And empathy shuts down if you believe someone is responsible for their own suffering. A study published in 2010 in the Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience showed people videos of individuals said to be suffering from AIDS. When they were described as being infected through intravenous drug use, subjects felt less empathy than if they were described as being infected by a blood transfusion.

    Our empathic responses are not just biased; they prompt us to ignore obvious practical calculations. In studies reported in 2005 in the Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, researchers asked people how much money they would donate to help develop a drug that would save the life of one child, and asked other people how much they would give to develop a drug to save eight children. The research participants were oblivious to the numbers—they gave roughly the same in both cases. And when empathy for the single child was triggered by showing a photograph of the child and telling the subjects her name, there were greater donations to the one than to the eight.

    Empathy is activated when you think about a specific individual—the so-called “identifiable victim” effect—but it fails to take broader considerations into account. This is nicely illustrated by a classic experiment from 1995, published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. Subjects were told about a 10-year-old girl named Sheri Summers who had a fatal disease and was low on a wait list for treatment that would relieve her pain. When subjects were given the opportunity to give her immediate treatment—putting her ahead of children who had more severe illnesses or who had been waiting longer—they usually said no. But when they were first asked to imagine what she felt, to put themselves in her shoes, they usually said yes.
     .
    We see this sort of perverse moral mathematics in the real world. It’s why people’s desire to help abused dogs or oil-drenched penguins can often exceed their interest in alleviating the suffering of millions of people in other countries or minorities in their own country. It’s why governments and individuals sometimes care more about a little girl stuck in a well (to recall the famous 1987 case of Baby Jessica in Midland, Texas) than about crises that affect many more people.

    It’s also why we get so concerned when it comes to the immediate victims of policies—someone who is assaulted by a prisoner who was released on furlough, a child who gets sick due to a faulty vaccine, someone whose business goes under because of taxes and regulation—but we are relatively unmoved when it comes to the suffering that such policies might avert. A furlough program might lead to an overall drop in crime, for instance, but you can’t feel empathy when thinking about a statistical shift in the number of people who are not assaulted.

    In moral and political debates, our positions often reflect our choice of whom to empathize with. We might feel empathy with minorities abused and killed by law enforcement—or with the police themselves, whose lives are often in peril. With minority students who can’t get into college—or with white students turned away even though they have better grades. Do you empathize with the mother of a toddler who shoots himself with a handgun? Or with a woman who is raped because she is forbidden to buy a gun to defend herself? With the Syrian refugee who just wants to start a new life, or the American who loses his job to an immigrant?

    Such empathic concerns can lead to hostility. Consider that the most empathic moments in the 2016 election season came from the president-elect, in his attacks on undocumented immigrants. Donald Trump wasn’t stirring empathy for the immigrants, of course, but for those he described as their victims, those putatively raped and assaulted and murdered.

    We can see the connection between empathy and aggression in the laboratory. In one clever study from 2014, published in the Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, subjects were told about a financially needy student who was entering a mathematics competition for a cash prize. When motivated to feel empathy for the student, subjects were similarly motivated to torment the student’s competitor—by assigning large doses of hot sauce for her to consume—even though she plainly had done nothing wrong.

    ‘You can always find someone to empathize with on either side of the issue.’
    .
    Given all these problems with empathy, it’s a good thing that we can use rational deliberation to override its pull. Most people would agree, on reflection, that these empathy-driven judgments are mistaken—one person is not worth more than eight, we shouldn’t stop a vaccine program because of a single sick child if stopping it would lead to the deaths of dozens. We can appreciate that any important decision—about criminal justice, diversity policies in higher education, gun control or immigration—will inevitably have winners and losers, and so one can always find someone to empathize with on either side of the issue.

    What about our motivation to be good people? If we don’t empathize with others, don’t feel their pain, why would we care enough to help them? If the alternative to empathy is apathy, then perhaps we should stick with it, regardless of its flaws.

    Fortunately, empathy isn’t the only force motivating us to do good. Empathy can be clearly distinguished from concern or compassion—caring about others, valuing their fates. The distinction is nicely summarized by the neuroscientists Tania Singer and Olga Klimecki in a 2014 article for the journal Current Biology: “In contrast to empathy, compassion does not mean sharing the suffering of the other: rather, it is characterized by feelings of warmth, concern and care for the other, as well as a strong motivation to improve the other’s well-being. Compassion is feeling for and not feeling with the other.”

    In a series of studies that I conducted with Yale graduate students Matthew Jordan and Dorsa Amir, just published in the journal Emotion, we compared people’s scores on two different scales, one measuring emotional empathy and another measuring compassion. As predicted, we found that the scales tap different aspects of our nature: You can be high in one and low in the other. We found as well that compassion predicts charitable donations, but empathy does not.

    There is also the body of research, led by Tania Singer, in which people were trained to experience either empathy or compassion. In empathy training, people were instructed to try to feel what suffering people were feeling. In compassion training—sometimes called “loving-kindness meditation”—they were told to direct warm thoughts toward others, but they were not to feel empathy, only positive feelings.

    Their brains were scanned while they did this, and it turns out that there was a neural difference in the two cases: Empathy training led to increased activation in the insula and cingulate cortex, the same parts of the brain that would be active if you were empathizing with the pain of someone you care about. Compassion training led to activation in other parts of the brain, such as the ventral striatum, which is involved in, among other things, reward and motivation.

    These studies also revealed practical differences between empathy and compassion. Empathy was difficult and unpleasant—it wore people out. This is consistent with other findings suggesting that vicarious suffering not only leads to bad decision-making but also causes burnout and withdrawal. Compassion training, by contrast, led to better feelings on the part of the meditator and kinder behavior toward others. It has all the benefits of empathy and few of the costs.

    These results connect nicely with the recent conclusions of Paul Condon and his colleagues, published in the journal Psychological Science in 2013, who found that being trained in meditation makes people kinder to others and more willing to help (compared with a control condition in which people were trained in other cognitive skills). They argue that meditation “reduces activation of the brain networks associated with simulating the feelings of people in distress, in favor of networks associated with feelings of social affiliation.” Limiting the impact of empathy actually made it easier to be kind.

    I don’t deny the lure of empathy. It is often irresistible to try to feel the world as others feel it, to vicariously experience their suffering, to listen to our hearts. It really does seem like a gift, one that enhances the life of the giver. The alternative—careful reasoning mixed with a more distant compassion—seems cold and unfeeling. The main thing to be said in its favor is that it makes the world a better place.

    Dr. Bloom is the Brooks and Suzanne Ragen Professor of Psychology at Yale University. This essay is adapted from his new book, “Against Empathy: The Case for Rational Compassion,” which will be published next week by Ecco, an imprint of HarperCollins (which, like The Wall Street Journal, is owned by News Corp).








    http://v.wikia.com/wiki/Empathy_Test The Empathy Test is a programme conducted by the Visitors in order to test their own kind and determine whether they experience Human emotions. This involved a base line scan of which other Visitors are compared to the template in order to determine whether they have succumbed to feeling Human emotional traits. Thus, the Empathy Test is a way of rooting out potential dissenters or those that have been infected by the weakness of Human emotions. The test made use of a Memory chamber and neural implants in order to judge a persons feelings when they witnessed unspeakable Human carnage before their eyes.

    After a bombing of a Visitor Mothership that was conducted by the Fifth Column, Anna came to the conclusion that these traitors were immune to her Bliss. Thus, she decided to conduct a purge of her forces in order to remove such sympathizers within her fleet. First, she met with her Chief Medical Officer Joshua where a test was devised that used Anna's reactions as a template with other Visitors being compared to it. Any that showed a higher reaction were thus feeling emotions and possible threats in order to be eliminated.

    It was during the testing of Marcus's aid that it was confirmed that there was a margin of error in the Empathy Test which meant it gave a false positive in certain occasions. Rather then stop the tests, Anna had those who failed the test arrive in one of the chambers where she commanded that they take their Suicide Pills. Those that did not were thus seen as being traitors whilst those that died as a result simply gave their lives to the cause. (Pound of Flesh)

    The tests continued even when Anna went to meet with the United Nations in order to get Humanity to embrace Blue energy. As Joshua continued the tests, he had Lisa undergo the Empathy Test where it was revealed that  she failed. Lisa at first attempted to claim that it was a mistake and even stated that her assignment with Tyler must have affected the test. However, Joshua claimed that the Visitor High Commander's directive was clear - to terminate any that failed the test. Whilst this was the case, Joshua was in fact a member of the Fifth Column and he decided to forge the results of the Empathy Test in order to make it appear that Lisa passed. When Lisa asked him why he told her mother that she passed, Joshua said it was because he would ask her for a favor in the future and she would need to comply with it. (We Can't Win)

    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Sb18kkVlRh4&t=2764s
    WILLIAM TOMPKINS: SELECTED BY EXTRATERRESTRIALS - PART ONE
    Published on Dec 15, 2016

    PART ONE : William Mills Tompkins is one of the most important witnesses to come forward revealing details about the Secret Space Program and human interactions with ETs. He details the German alliances with Reptilians and Dracos, the infiltration of NASA by these beings as well as the positive contribution by the Nordics to our secret space program over decades since at least the 1920s and perhaps earlier.

    This interview connects the dots on many topics discussed by Tompkins in other interviews including the collaboration of our Navy with Nordics (and reptilians) involving top aerospace companies such as Northrop, TRW, Boeing, Hughes, and many others.

    He discusses what really happened during the Battle of LA, the beginnings of MJ12, how nearly all U.S. presidents have been ruled by Dracos and much much more....



    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oPMOjV9SMOo

    WILLIAM TOMPKINS: SELECTED BY EXTRATERRESTRIALS -
    PART TWO with Kerry Cassidy

    This is quite good.


    http://projectcamelotportal.com/2016/12/15/william-tompkins-selected-by-extraterrestrials-part-two/

    Published on Dec 15, 2016
    PART TWO: THIS PART HAS SOME OF THE MOST GROUNDBREAKING DISCLOSURES...

    William Mills Tompkins is one of the most important witnesses to come forward revealing details about the Secret Space Program and human interactions with ETs. He details the German alliances with Reptilians and Dracos, the infiltration of NASA by these beings as well as the positive contribution by the Nordics to our secret space program over decades since at least the 1920s and perhaps earlier.

    This interview connects the dots on many topics discussed by Tompkins in other interviews including the collaboration of our Navy with Nordics (and reptilians) involving top aerospace companies such as Northrop, TRW, Boeing, Hughes, and many others.

    He discusses what really happened during the Battle of LA, the beginnings of MJ12, how nearly all U.S. presidents have been ruled by Dracos and much much more....

    KERRY CASSIDY
    PROJECT CAMELOT
    http://projectcamelotportal.com

    Book: WILLIAM TOMPKINS: SELECTED BY EXTRATERRESTRIALS

    Bill Tompkins was embedded in the world of secrecy as a teenager, when the Navy took his personal ship models out of a Hollywood department store because they showed the classified locations of the radars and gun emplacements. He was personally present at the “Battle of L.A.” when a thousand rounds of ammo were fired at UFOs, and one of the Nordic craft may have selected him to be their rep in the evolving aerospace race.

    This book is a partial autobiography about his life to the beginning of the 1970s including some of his early work for TRW. Selected by the Navy prior to completing high school to be authorized for research work, he regularly visited classified Naval facilities during WWII until he was discharged in 1946. After working at North American Aviation and Northrop, he was hired by Douglas Aircraft Company in 1950, and when they found out about his involvement in classified work, was given a job as a to create design solutions as a draftsman with a peripheral assignment to work in a “think tank”. This work was partly controlled by the Navy personnel who used to work for James Forrestal, who was allegedly assassinated because he was going to publicly reveal what he knew about UFOs.

    Bill Tompkins was asked to conceive sketches of mile-long Naval interplanetary craft designs. Later, as he became involved in the conventional aspects of the Saturn Program that later became the Apollo launch vehicle, his insight to system engineering resulted in his offering some critical suggestions personally to Dr. Wernher von Braun about ensuring more reliable checkout using the missiles in their vertical position and also some very efficient launch control concepts adopted by both NASA and the Air Force.

    This story is peppered with very personal interactions with his co-workers and secretaries, some of whom the author believes to be Nordic aliens helping the “good guys” here on Earth. Towards the end of this volume of his autobiography, he sketches what he personally saw on TV when Armstrong was landing on the moon. Born in May 1923, Bill Tompkins is one of the few survivors of the “big war” who is still healthy, married to the same girl Mary, and is willing to tell his story about what he really did during his aerospace life in the 40s, 50s and 60s that relate to aliens, NASA and secrets that now can be told.
    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Chn7i42aDh0
    Robert Wood and William Tompkins Interview - Part 1
    Published on Nov 14, 2016

    In this multi-part interview series, we meet with William Tompkins and Dr. Robert Wood – the author and editor of Bill’s autobiography, Selected by Extraterrestrials, My Life in the Top Secret World of UFOs, Think-tanks, and Nordic Secretaries.

    In part one; we explore Dr. Bob’s work at Douglas Aircraft as an engineer and his scientific research into UFOs and how they could work; his work with in retirement with MUFON; and his authentication of Top Secret UFO, MJ12, and other documents related to of a variety of topics, including the Battle of Los Angeles, c.1942.

    Later, Dr. Wood and Bill Tompkins discuss TRW research projects, the prospect of meeting ET and UFO sightings.
    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mjHhIVMLeBg
    Jeff Rense & William Tompkins - The Moon is an Alien Command Center

    Clip from November 30, 2016 - guest William Tompkins on the Jeff Rense Program. Full program available in Archives at http://www.renseradio.com/signup.htm
    Carol wrote:WILLIAM TOMPKINS: SELECTED BY EXTRATERRESTRIALS - PART ONE personal notes
    Published on Dec 15, 2016 by Kerry Cassidy


    200,000 Trillion galaxies

    Nordics

    William is still involved with navy and participated in naval programs. In 1942 he was selected by navel intelligence to be assigned a program to discuss with the US Navy secret space operators, who had been operating in Germany, trying to understand the tremendous complicated agreement between the SS and draco reptilian group assisting Germany.

    Maria Orson in Germany was contacted by the Nordics to get her friends to develop the necessary requirements to build a large space transport / design a propulsion system to carry 30-40 thousand people) and get friends and family to participate to go to another planetary system (1920s-30s)

    ___ his hobby was to get 28-29 naval operatives continually going back to Germany and studying across the agreement between the Drakes and Germany. SS took over 1040 people’s assets who had been working on building massive size of transport system. They allowed this group to design and develop space transports. They had large underground facilities in antarctic as did the Drakes. The ETs have been using these underground caverns and tunnels for thousands of years.

    All disclosure meetings took place at night. tapped on shoulder and told “he’s here” then he would go to where the disclosure meetings take place. These operatives themselves didn’t believe some of the information they brought back. Some of the info was in manuals, some in hieroglyphs and some in german. Lt JGs or American german people spies for the US navy and totally unaware of the Air force. These operatives would bring photos of the different vehicles and data all in german or hieroglyphs found underneath the pyramids

    Info was controlled by drakes not to know what was really going on.Operatives were directed to study these packages. This info that got typed up that went to all of th top labatories.

    Will took papers and information in packages to underground facilities out in the desert at China Lake north of Air Force facilities out in the dessert off Hwy 395 in Calif.

    Photos of space crafts were included in the packets.. he took them to the US secret facilities (Douglas Doc was put together by the secret think tank - that document is called unconventional propulsion schemes. he flew to all top secret facilities, no doc was stamped as it was way above top secret.. if not stamped people would not pay attention to it.

    Feb 1942 LA sighting. He was in Long Beach in their apt at age 18.. all the way across the back is a great big deck, balcony at 5:30 in the evening in 1942 his dad said get up and come back here to the deck and there is this little spot above the trees.. out of the spot came a little beam that hit the back of the house and lit up everything knocking them back and then it was gone. They went back had dinner, listened to a show on the radio and went to bed. At 1:30 am all the anti air craft started firing.. above them was a huge vehicle parked over Long Beach with 8 search lights underneath.. for 1 hour and 30 minutes it was shelled.. this was the battle of LA. In this sighting dozens of different shaped vehicles were coming out. Nobody got scared, nobody got sick, nobody died all these other people watched this same sighting from Santa Barbarba and San Diego.. this was a massive group of vehicles. There is only 2 ways this could happen where hundreds of them come in over the ocean.. fly out to sea and then come back to make one think there are more or thousands of space craft vehicles came in all at once. The crafts were surround by an electro magnetic field. Two small ones were shot down that were not occupied. One went down 1/2 mile from Rainbow pier that the Navy recovered. This took place just before Will was contacted and pulled out of High School to work with this project. A whole lot of people who were involved in this sighting and immediately knew that there are Extra terrestrials. 2 navy admirals (one Curtis Lamay), 2 army air core generals and Donald Douglas Sr.. those 5 people were in meetings that evening and watched this whole thing. No coverup, the UFOs were real. Within one week Douglas put this together and created a secret think tank pulling in top scientists (the beginning of MJ12), that Will went to work for. He was contacted telepathically and was told to go to work at Douglas and applied for a job as a model builder.

    On the other side of the planet at the same time of the Los Angels sighting the Germans were bombing London Feb 1942.

    Thousands of people telepathically got information from the ETs. They were contacted and told what to do. Will has only met 3 of them since that time and they’re all quiet to this day. There are many areas he doesn’t know about the are extremely important - there are top physicists in Universities, top designers in aero space companies that have had the info put in their head but almost everyone who knows the info have been in some way put in a position where their family or themselves have been threatened and don’t want to talk. The easier way for Will to say what he is saying is his association with 3 Nordic people in Douglas in the Apollo programs, 2 females and one male. So he has been working with the three of them for 3 1/2 years on the Apollo program.. all 3 denied that they were Nordics but everyone else knew that they were. He had 170 top engineers working on the Apollo program for him when he was engineer and Section Chief in Douglas. His ideas came from the female who is always joking around and stuffing things in his head, so he is subject to Nordic mind control.

    Will flew the Apollo model down to the Red Stone arsenal. Massive base is covered with trees. The humidity at this location is great. 3 level of steps that are in the back… where 4 security guards came down with a dolly to pick up his load, his big box with the model in it. His contract on the SB4 stage of the contract require them to utilize an open hanger to check out their facility and stage. They have the most advanced circuits that have ever been designed.. Germany did not use computers back in those days. This facility has this massive outside structure where one assembles the stages on it - its 270 ft high.. someone starts the engines and it takes off. It’s out in an environment with the doors open with a hanger. There contract required them to assemble it setting it up in a vertical position and assembled that way. They were working on production launches to the moon. Cape Kennedy Launch Complex 39 (that was designed at Douglas) and further provided materials for 10,000 man underground navel base facility was built on the moon.

    There are federation facilities out in the galaxy where other ETs get together for different types of missions.  One program cruises the galaxy with more then 30 different ET civilizations on board and looks like the moon but is a vehicle. When they (US) got to the moon they found out a lot of surprises. Draco and Reptilians were there on the back side. But they were in a position where the moon is their laboratory. There was huge crafts floating above… hundreds of them standing underneath their vehicle - their ugly lizard alligator looking people, terrible looking faces but have the ability to shape shift and look like a human. (George Bush Sr, Bill Clinton and Obama can also shape shift). These groups of ETs that work tougher but at war with other ETs have these vehicles that look like a planet are command centers, like an arm. Earth is in the area on the tip of the Milky Way Galaxy. We are like the ETs, nice guys out there and eventually Earth will get thrown off and eventually in a few thousand years be picked up by another galaxy. These command centers monitor the bad guys and attempt to get them to back off. There are both nice and bad guys in the same same vehicle. They discuss wars and this agreement and other things. It’s a center of info sort of like a group of people trying to get along. They control our moon because it is a command center for this region of the galaxy. Not just the solar system which is small potatoes. Saturn has large facilities on it too with other agendas for other people. We have mining companies (North American Aviation at LA airport where it is located) on Saturn. What systems engineering really is. What controls the secret think tanks? There are different phases of it with blocked diagram required to initiate certain space programs. These documents are used in different manners to be used for ICBMs and other weapon systems. The initiation of that is to understand our position with other ETs to interface with them. We’ve used a standard requirement for any weapons system that the military has. This 375 document was originally designed for the Apollo program and their missions. They had 44 separate mission extended to the year 2000. The Apollo program and the mission(s) was designed to take us out into our solar system and build navel stations on every habitable planet and/or it’s moon and onto alpha century (stopped because it had 2 suns and too high radiation). It got stopped by the reptilians. The Nordics downloaded the info to him not for weapons but for us to go out into the galaxy, everything necessary to build a transport and set up business with other ETs, set up communications with other civilizations out in the galaxy. Nordics also put that stuff in Billy Tompson’s mind. Thrust was not military but military picked it up and ran with it. Both white hat and black hats are influencing humans and they have their own separate agendas.

    Neil Armstrong on the moon and the 7 crafts surround them.. Kelly Johnson also said top secret documents were not stamped. Bill is the genius on the NOVA .. they had trucks to haul up boring machines for the moon for navel operation and research base on the moon. The Apollo moon program is from 1963 to 1999.
    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kF8_KPV3XPY
    Former CIA Agent on his Deathbed Reveals Alien & UFO TRUTH
    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PsdyahvKN3g
    The Real Secrets of Alien Covenant Leaked
    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jUMHXgcMzyk
    Former CIA Contractor Claims Aliens Are Using Our Planet “Like a Supermarket
    Carol wrote:
    Published on Jan 2, 2017
    http://projectavalon.net/lang/fr/clif…
    https://nesara.news/index.php
    THE LIST OF ALIEN RACES MENTIONED BY KENT DUNN:


    Alien Races A to E

    AGHARIANS – (or Aghartians)
    A group of Asiatic or Nordic humans who, sources claim, discovered a vast system of caverns below the region of the Gobi desert and surrounding areas thousands of years ago, and have since established a thriving kingdom within, one which has been interacting with other-planetary systems up until current times.

    ALPHA-DRACONIANS
    Reptilian beings who are said to have established colonies in Alpha Draconis. Like all reptilians, these claim to have originated on Terra thousands of years ago, a fact that they use to ‘justify’ their attempt to re-take the earth for their own. They are apparently a major part of a planned ‘invasion’ which is eventually turning from covert infiltration mode to overt invasion mode as the “window of opportunity” (the time span before International human society becomes an interplanetary and interstellar power) slowly begins to close. They are attempting to keep the “window” open by suppressing advanced technology from the masses, which would lead to eventual Terran colonization of other planets by Earth and an eventual solution to the population, pollution, food and other environmental problems. Being that Terrans have an inbred “warrior” instinct the Draconians DO NOT want them/us to attain interstellar capabilities and therefore become a threat to their imperialistic agendas. Refer to Els.

    ALTAIRIANS
    Alleged Reptilian inhabitants of the Altair stellar system in the constellation Aquila, in collaboration with a smaller Nordic human element and a collaborative Grey and Terran military presence. Headquarters of a collective known as the “Corporate”, which maintains ties with the Ashtar and Draconian collectives (Draconian – Ashtar Command)

    AMPHIBIANS
    Similar to the Saurians or Reptiloids, yet being hominoid creatures with reptilian AS WELL AS amphibian-like features and are semi-aquatic in nature. May have once lived on land, yet became more aquatic over the centuries. ‘They’ have been encountered near swampy regions, rivers, etc., and have been known to attack people without being provoked. It is interesting that some types of Greys AND Reptiloids are believed to be semi-aquatic, having webbed fingers and toes (Draconian).

    AMOEBA-LIKE CREATURES over polar regions of the earth.
    No name that I can find. These have shown up periodically over the last ten years. NASA is working on this. Every time they’ve been detected, all kinds of strange illnesses break out.
    They don’t how they can stay alive and be in outer space

    ANAKIM
    Also referred to the ‘Els’, short for ‘Elder Race’ or simply as the ‘Giants‘. Referred to in ancient Hebrew tradition, this race is allegedly tied-in with a branch of ancient humans who broke-off from mainstream humanity because of their vast size which had developed over the centuries, possibly as a result of a genetic anomaly. They are said to range anywhere from 9-11 ft. and in some cases even 12 ft. in height, although in configuration they are remarkably similar to ‘International’ humans. Are said to possess a means of molecular condensing and expansion which allows some of their kind to mingle among humans on the surface. They have allegedly been encountered in deep and extensive cavern systems below the western part of North America, as far north as Alaska, as far south as Mexico, and as far east as Texas. They are believed to have interstellar traveling capabilities

    ANDROMEDANS
    The Andromedan Council has ordered all extraterrestrial presences on the planet, in the planet, and on the moon to be completely out of our space. They want everything that’s ET, benevolent or not, off the planet. This will be very interesting since there are over 1,833 reptilians living in our planet and over 18,000 grays living underground and on the moon. The council would like to see how we will live with each other when we are not being manipulated by ETs, as we have been for the last 5,723 years

    ANUNNAKI
    Nimrod and Iraq
    Nimrod was a worshipper of Anu. Nimrod unlike Abraham did not believe in an unseen deity. Nimrod wanted Abraham to worship Anu, The Most High known as ELYOWN ELYOWN EL. Nimrod was the founder of the city of Babylon, and his most renowned architectural influence was the construction of the Tower of Babel. Nimrod also had a city named in honor of Anu. It was to be called Calneh or Kalneh (Genesis 10:10), meaning “fortress of Anu.” It used to be an ancient city in Babylon, Mesopotamia. Calneh is often associated with Nippur, which is one of the seven cities that was inhabited by the agreeable Anunnaqi. Nippur was also known as Kodesh. It was originally called “Nibruqi” meaning “Earth place of Nibiru.” It was the city of Enlil, the Anunnaqi Eloheem, son of Anu and Antum. Not only was Calneh one of Nimrod’s cities, there was Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and capital of Babylon near the Euphrates. Erek a city 40 miles northwest of Ur, toward Babylon on the left bank of the Euphrates; and Accad or Akkad – a city in North Babylon and a part of the district around it are all a part of the land of Shinar called by many “The Country of Two Rivers,” literally meaning “plains of the flatlands.” In the land of Shinar, today called Iraq, is the place where the Ancient Sumerians came to set up an advanced civilization where you’d find pictograph cuneiform writings. Excerpted from The Spell of Leviathan “666” (Spell of Kingu) by Dr. Malachi Z. York

    ANTARCTICAN
    This is allegedly a secret area of operations for both human and reptilian beings. It is said by some that Aryan-Nazi scientists actually developed disk-shaped aircraft capable of very advanced aerial performance, and that swastika’s have been seen on a few aerial disks. They may be piloted by a ‘pure-bred’ blond, blue-eyed Aryan race. There appears to be more than one ‘Blond’ human society involved in the UFO scenarios, and especially subterranean human societies may have developed ‘blond’ hair due to lack of sunlight. There does not seem to be anything more than a peripheral connection between the Antarcticans, the Telosian and the Pleiadean ‘blondes’ (i.e. we will refer to the Antarcticans as the ‘Aryans’; the Telosians as the ‘Blondes’; and the Pleiadeans as the ‘Nordics’ in order to discourage confusion). The Antarcticans may consist largely of ‘batch consigned’ pure-bred blue-eyed, blond Aryans who became victims of Hitler’s obsession to create a super race, and as suggested by Harbinson and others most of these may be controlled through mind manipulation and implants, being ‘human drones’ who are used to keep this hidden society functioning. A massive joint humanoid-reptiloid underground system called the “New Berlin” is said to lie below the mountains of Neu Schwabenland, Antarctica. It is said by some sources that this joint human-alien force has spread terror through this sector of the galaxy, conquering and committing untold atrocities against the peaceful inhabitants of other worlds. The famous abductee Barney Hill who along with his wife Betty was abducted by “Zeta Reticulan Greys” in 1961, stated under regressive hypnosis that he had encountered an evil-eyed “German Nazi” working with the Greys on board the craft. It is claimed that the original “treaty” with the Greys was established by the Bavarian Thule and Illuminati societies as early as 1933, and this collaboration was brought into America via the CIA, which was established with the help of American Nazi fifth column agents as well as European Nazi’s who were brought into America through Project Paperclip and other operations.

    ANTARIES
    Alien group that was affiliated with the Montauk Project, but only as observers. They look ‘human’.

    ARCTURIANS
    Arcturus is one of the most advanced civilizations in our entire galaxy. -Edgar Cayce Further Information here.

    ATLANS
    These are humans, usually described as being benevolent by comparison to other groups, who are said to inhabit vast and complex cavern-cities beneath southern Brazil and surrounding regions. The term ‘Atlantean’ or ‘Atlan’ in reference to these races, has been placed upon them because of the fact that these cavern networks along the east coast of Brazil were reportedly once a part of the antediluvian ‘Atlantean’ empire. The present inhabitants have no direct GENETIC relation to the ancient ‘Atlantean’ society which is said to have controlled these cavern systems several millennia ago, but are referred to as ‘Atlanteans‘ simply because they are descendants of those who re-discovered and inhabited the ancient Atlan installations. As in North America and other continents, both common and gnome-like humans have been encountered here, some of which possessed advanced aerial or ‘disk’ technology. The Telosians claim to have some connections with South America, especially the Matto Grosso region where a sister city named POSID exists in a large cavern system underground.

    BIAVILANS
    Refer to Agharians

    BIG FOOT
    Sometimes truth is stranger than fiction.

    BERNARIANS
    Inhabitants of the ‘Bernard’s Star’ system. Although not much has been written about them, it seems that human beings at least in part control this star system, along with “The Orange”. Whether the Saurians have any influence or not is uncertain, however some sources indicate a possible collaboration similar to that within our own SOL system.

    BOOTEANS
    Reptilians from the ‘Bootes’ system. These, AND reptilian entities from the ‘Draconis’ system are allegedly involved with the ‘Dulce’ scenario as well as the infiltration- implantation-control of human society on earth in anticipation of their planned takeover at some point in the future (Draconian).

    BLUE PEOPLE
    The Cherokee tell of a story of a race of people that were blue skinned that they came upon when they entered the lands of Kentucky. They bragged over wiping them out, but we have recently found out that this may not be the case and they still may exist in the tunnel and cave systems of Kentucky and surrounding areas.

    Another mutation of the saurian or serpent race that is capable of burrowing through the earth.
    Possibly quadrupedal as well as be-pedal, these have been known to use their natural ‘boring’ abilities to create artificial tunnels like moles, or even spontaneously produced ‘cave-ins’ (the latter has allegedly been used in attempts to entrap or kill unsuspecting intruders into the underground domains). These may possess a highly-developed ‘bio-sensing’ system.

    BUTTAHS
    Being that dwells in spiritual darkness. The person may be intellectually developed. The Buttah are normally associated with nightmares, abductions and the taking of small children. They usually come around at night. The Grey aliens who do abductions falls into this category. The Reptilians are also part of this group. They are usually not very physically attractive. Apparently long ago there was a visitation long ago by Buttahs called Wacshashas who were negative, powerful, aggressive beings.

    CETIANS – (or Tau Cetians)
    A human race of ‘Mediterranean’ or ‘South American’ appearing, tan-skinned humans.
    Very similar to Caucasian humans on Terra except for SLIGHT differences (slightly pointed ears, higher physical ‘density’ for their size, slightly broader nose, 5' 5? tall on average, and often wear short ‘Roman’ or ‘crew’ style haircuts). Tau Ceti and Epsilon Eridani are said to be a major ‘convergence’ of exterran ‘human’ activity, and are said to be in alliance with the Pleiadeans (who in turn, according to contactees, have ‘Federated’ alliances with the Vegans, the Ummites, and others). The Cetian alliance with the Pleiadeans and ‘other’ societies who have been ‘victimized’ by the ‘Grey’ predators is based on a desire to establish a common defense against their reptilian nemesis.

    CHAMELEON
    Reptilians genetically bred to enable themselves to appear ‘human’. Also less-humanoid appearing Reptiloids who use a form of technosis, molecular shape-shifting and/or laser holograms to produce an outward “human” appearance. Reports of these have surface from underground joint-operational facilities near Dulce, New Mexico; Dougway, Utah; Groom Lake, Nevada; Deep Springs, California; and Fort Lewis, Washington and elsewhere. They are reportedly involved in some type of infiltration agenda. These ‘infiltrators’ can appear remarkably human outwardly, however at the same time retaining reptilian or neo-saurian internal organs. Often described as appearing ‘bulge-eyed’ with scaly, hairless skin behind their ‘disguise’. One report alleged that the ‘Chameleons’ may utilize artificial ‘lenses’ to conceal “slit-pupiled iris’”.

    Some claim they are genetically bred ‘mercenaries’ who are part of an advanced guard of a planned silent invasion-takeover of human society.

    DEROS An underground species.
    Some believe them to be human while others see them as non-humans. These are the beings from which comes our legends of leprachauns and trolls. Unlike the Teros, this ‘little’ beings are considered ‘demented’ and cannot be trusted. The Teros try to keep them under control and keep them from having excessive power. The Deros live in underground tunnels, cities and under the sea. This group of insane cave dwellers were called Sumuwnean meaning “the obese ones,” or Saamiym, and Abandonderos or as they are called today “Deros,” which is a combination of the words “detrimental” and “robots.” These Sumuwneans or Deros really exist. There Chief is Yabahaan. The Sumuwneans are constantly in conflict with the group of beings called the Duwaanis who hold the same belief, that they too will take over the planet one day. They are born by hatching from eggs that are four to six feet in diameter. They grow to seven feet and are extremely obese. The Deros who live in the caves are degenerated so much that, they don’t have much intelligence. They have two stomachs and their digestive system is the same as that of a cow. Deros and cows both chew the cud, meaning when they eat, they chew their food and it goes through the initial stages of digestion where it reaches a large sac that is before the true stomach. The food is then regurgitated to the mouth for further chewing; this is called chewing the cud. The Deros have no fingernails, toenails, nipples, navel or rectum. Their eyes are silver grey and they glow in the dark. They have blonde eyebrows and a pinkish grey color skin, much like the corpse of a Caucasian, and a pig, having not being exposed to the inner or outer Sun. Other than their eyebrows, they have no hair on their bodies because of a disease called trichotillomania, and are responsible for the diseases trichinosis and trichiniasis. They have no teeth. Their mouth appears to be full of a gummy, slimy substance. They are nocturnal and hear extremely well. They’re not very peaceful and have a strong dislike for human beings. They are very human in appearance, yet far from it. Their noses are long, trunk-like which is very similar to that of an elephant. They contend that the Planet Earth was theirs originally and will be theirs again one day. Many people today who are obese are descendants of the Deros. I’m talking about those people who have a serious weight problem, weighing over 300 pounds, which is abnormal for human beings. It is obviously a hereditary glandular problem and is caused by over active glands. Certain endocrine gland disorders, such as hypothyroidism or tumors of the adrenal gland, pancreas, or pituitary gland, can cause obesity. It is a trait of who they are from, the Deros.

    DINOSAUROIDS (Human Dinosaurs…Saurians)
    From: The “NEVADA AERIAL RESEARCH JOURNAL” for Summer, 1989.
    Re-print a UPI news item which appeared in a Berkley, California newspaper:
    “Dale Russell, curator of fossil vertebrates at the National Museums of Canada in Ottawa, has developed a theory that intelligent life forms could have developed from the large reptiles that roamed the earth (in ancient times). ”Russell calls his imaginary creature a ‘Dinosauroid’ which would look like a hairless, green-skinned reptile with a bulging skull, luminous cat-like eyes and three-fingered hands…”The amphibians evolved into a humanoid species that eventually developed a culture that ran its course or was destroyed in an Atlantis-like catastrophe–just after they had begun exploring extraterrestrial frontiers. Certain UFOnauts, then, may be the descendants of the survivors of that amphibian culture RETURNING from their space colony to monitor the present dominant species on the HOME planet.”

    DRACOS (Mothmen)
    The leader elite of the Reptilians are the ‘Draco’. They even have special ‘wings’, which are flaps of skin, supported by long ribs. These can be folded back against the body. They are also known as the “Dragon Race” and their symbology usually includes the Winged Serpent. Also known as the Mothmen. There are elements of their species which do not have wings — the “soldier class” of the species and ‘scientists’

    DRACO-BORGS
    Cybernetic forms controlled by reptilian entities. These would also include those forms which are animated by fallen supernatural or paraphysical entities, whether of ‘gray,’ ‘human-like’, ‘mechanical’ or other configuration. There are some who suggest that human-appearing ‘infiltrators’ of this type may exist in our society, and that certain characteristics might give them away – i.e. the eyes, a slightly sulfurous smell, unrefined features such as no fingerprints or ears or other ‘body’ parts which seem to have a slight ‘artificial’ appearance.

    DRAGONWORMS
    These creatures are largely subterranean and have been reported on very rare occasions. Although a mutation of the serpent race which lost the use of it’s limbs through centuries of atrophication, it is nevertheless apparently a part of the reptilian ‘conspiracy’. The ‘Dragonworms‘ are reportedly very intelligent, according so certain sources. ‘They’ have sometimes been described as appearing similar to a giant reptilian ‘worm’ or ‘slug’.

    DROPAS
    Humanoid type. Average height 3-4 foot. Crashed on the Sino-Tibetan Border in 10,000 B.C. Tribe of this culture still exists today.

    DWARFS
    Diminutive humans who have allegedly been encountered in or near caverns in various parts of the world, including northern California and the south-eastern Arizona/south-western New Mexico region and in some in connection to UFO’s, although most reported ‘dwarf’ sightings in connection to UFO’s are actually sightings of the saurian ‘greys’. These should not be confused with the small ‘elementals’ or ‘nature spirits’ which some believe are ethereal in nature yet have the ability to appear in solid or semi-solid form at times. The Dwarf races are allegedly just as human as surface peoples but average between 3 to 4 ft. in height, although at times they have been seen as small as two feet. As with the ‘giants’ or ‘Els’ this diminutivity may have resulted in a genetic anomaly which ran it’s course due to the separation of their race(s) from the International ‘gene pool’. They allegedly live in subterranean systems to a large extent as a ‘protective’ measure. And as we’ve said, some allegedly possess ‘aerial disk’ technology and interplanetary travel capabilities.

    ELOHIMS
    This is the oldest group of aliens in the universe that we know of. They are the ones that are at war with the Orions, which are the ones that manipulate the Greys.

    TO REVIEW THE COMPLETE LIST, PLEASE GO TO:  
    http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_races00.htm#Alien_Races_A_to_E
    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7pzZ_qk2TQ
    Spaceships All Around Earth - Massive UFO War Above Us!

    Published on Jan 7, 2017. Non terrestrial officers? Have we already been to Mars? Are there actual monuments on the moon and Mars? Could there be a UFO war going on over the skies of earth in space? Are there spaceships all around earth involving extra terrestrials from other worlds? The evidence sure seems to imply that something is going on in the skies above. It would cost a lot for spaceships and a continuous flow of taxes and black budget dollars could imply a rational that there is more than meets the eye and or that of public knowledge. What do you think?





    The Real Ring of Power???
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Mon Oct 30, 2017 4:31 am











    Once again, I wish to make it clear that my threads are Religious and Political Science-Fiction (which might contain some aspects of forbidden-truth, and probably contain massive quantities of utter-bullshit). I have no idea where the BS ends, and the TRUTH begins. However, I keep wondering if ALL of US came here as Strange-Aliens in Antiquity, and subsequently incarnated into the Human-Bodies WE Genetically-Engineered (as sort of a 'Babylon 5' type of experiment)??!! I doubt that the Strange-Aliens are just now showing-up in this solar system (supposedly because we created Atomic-Bombs). I suspect a Civil-War between those who became Human, and those who chose to continue to exist as Strange-Aliens. I tend to think this thing is VERY Ancient and Nasty. I frankly doubt that This Present Madness will be resolved anytime soon (but I SO hope I'm wrong). Hope Springs Eternal.

    http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_races00.htm#Alien_Races_A_to_E

    ELS
    Giants are defined as 'Els', El Anakims, based on the mythed 'EL-der Race, tied-in with the ancient Hebrew traditions, Evadamic heritage, having a very tall stature. Nephs or Nephli. Also known as the Titans. Not to be confused with the Elohims

    El (Could be 'elite') May be from the Orion group with an outpost base inside the Planet Mars.

    Some prophesize that there will come a time of a great battle between the Els and the Serpent Race and use Revelations for the reference. REVELATION 12:7: 'Now war arose in Heaven, Michael and his Angels fighting against the Dragon and his Angels...'

    The "Book of Enoch" from the Dead Sea scrolls says how these men married Earth women, who bore 'giants 3000 cubits high'. (Note, a cubit is 1 Sacred Jewish inch, so 3000 cubits would be about 250 feet.). These people may have helped build the pyramids.

    The Men of Renown - the red and blonde haired Aryan giants of that epoch are dug up today all over the world, including the United States. Red and fawn - haired mummies - 8-11 feet tall.
     
    But the words for red and the red haired race have found their way into biblical names - all of the following denote the Race that formerly ran the 'Garden of Eden' Adamites Scythians, Phoenecians - from the root phoinos or blood red.
     
    The Garden of Eden in Greek literature - the Garden of the Hesperides - and as Dionysius Periestis once said '...in the Hesperides whence tin comes dwell the sons of noble iberes' - tin comes from south UK at Cornwall.
     
    The garden was known as the Fortunatae Insularae, the fortunate isles of Bretannides, or Ultima Thule - the farthest land.

    More information in Biblical History and Prophesies of the Els.
      
    EVA-BORGS
    Cybernetic forms controlled by 'human' entities. OR humans who have been implanted or surgically altered to such an extent that they have become cybernetic in nature, yet still retaining a soul-matrix
     
    GIZAN - (or Gizahn)
    The ’Gizeh People’ have been referred to by the Pleiadians (Billy Meier contacts) as well as others.
     
    This ’may’ have some connection with the strange ’people’ and technology allegedly encountered in deep labyrinthine recesses beneath Egypt, who were sometimes reportedly seen by explorers, and who are said to dress like ’ancient Egyptians’. There is allegedly, according to Leading Edge Research, a huge cavern deep beneath Egypt which is inhabited by people with close ties with the U.S. ’secret government’.
     
    Some sources indicate that the ’Giza People’ may be a ’controlled’ society with the reptilians being the dominant power, although there is still much mystery as to what the "Gizeh Empire" is all about.
     
    GRAILS
    These are saurian ’grey’ type entities which are apparently somewhat taller than the usually-encountered greys yet with extremely thin ’rail-like’ torso and limbs yet very strong.
     
    GREENS, THE
    Humans of ’normal’ size, yet who possess an olive-green skin color. They claim to be from a subterranean or cavernous realms beneath Europe which they refer to as ’St. Martin’s Land’.
     
    GREYS, THE Zeta Reticulans (See Star Map)
    This is the group of aliens who abducted Betty and Barney Hill in 1958. and these are the ones who have supposedly been doing the majority of the abductions. They are said to have no emotions and little regard for human life .

    The dim point of light known to us as Zeta Reticuli is actually a binary star system, and its two stars are each very much like our own yellow sun. It is not visible in the northern hemisphere. In our (Earth) sky, it is approximately equidistant between the constellation Orion and the Celestial South Pole.
     
    The constellation Reticulum is a fairly small collection of faint stars, of which zeta is barely visible to the naked eye even though it is relatively close to us at approximately 40 light years ~ right around the corner in Galactic terms.  
     
    They ’feed’ off of human and animal vital fluids by rubbing a ’liquid protein’ formula on their bodies, which is then absorbed through the skin.
     
    Like typical reptiles which shed their skins the ’waste’ is excreted back through the skin. The Greys range from 3 ½ to 4 ½ ft. tall on the average, with skin colors ranging from gray-white to grey-brown to gray-green to grey-blue. Aside from feeding off of human and animal proteins and fluids, they also allegedly feed off the ’life energy’, the ’vital essence’ or ’soul energy’ of humans as do other reptilian species.
     
    This is why those humans seen working with the Greys (implanted and programmed ’drones’, whether willingly or unwillingly) have appeared ’lifeless’ and ’emotionless’ to the witnesses who observed them.
     
    The Zeta’s or Greys live in the Constellation "Reticulum" by the Star "Zeta 2 Reticuli" a planet was discovered there and then suddenly taken off the list!
     
    Further descriptions on Greys.
     
    PRIMARY PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GRAYS:
    The larger Grays apparently have some vestigial reproductive capability, and some of the hybrid species that have been cross-bred with the [taller] reptilian species have full reproductive capability.
     
    The brain capacity is estimated to be between 2500 and 3500 cc, compared to 1300 cc for the average human. Due to the cloning process, the neural matter is artificially grown brain matter, and the Grays have known technology that enables them to insert memory patterns and consciousness into clones in any manner or pattern that they wish.

    The Greys consume nourishment through a process of absorption through their skin. The process, according to abductees who have witnessed it, involved spreading a biological slurry mixture that has been mixed with hydrogen peroxide [which oxygenates the slurry and eliminates bacteria] onto their skin. Waste products are then excreted back through the skin. Many abductees have noted that the Greys have a distinct series of odors...

    The larger Greys have a more pronounced nose... According to some government sources, these extraterrestrial biological entities called themselves the EBAN.
     
    It is with the larger Grays that elements of the government made a series of diplomatic agreements in the 1950’s, 60’s and 70’s...
     
    MORE ON THE GREYS:
    The Greys are involved in the stockpiling of humans [including children] for use as a food source for the Reptilian species [and as a lesser food source for themselves?]...

    PHYSIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOME GREY-REPTILIAN SPECIES - AUTOPSIED BY UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT:
    [Alien Life Form] ALF, term used by the government to describe the Greys in terms of being a malevolent life form.
     
    The deal with the Greys is that their field around their body is different to ours to the point where merging of the fields ends up creating physical symptoms [the "body terror" mentioned by people like Whitley Strieber].
     
    The field around them is in direct opposition to ours. It is an ANTI-LIFE field, as these specific species are on a devolutionary spiral. They are akin to soldiers of fortune, and ’offer’ their advanced technology in trade for things they require. They are experts at manipulation of both the human body [through manipulation of the fields] and the human mind. They require blood and other biological fluids to survive.
     
    They abduct humans and animals in order to acquire these fluids. They implant small devices near the brain which potentially gives them total control and monitoring capability.
     
    These devices are very difficult to detect. The analysis of the devices by technical staff has produced a description that involves use of crystalline technology combined with molecular circuitry and these ride on the resonant emissions of the brain and the various fields of the human. Information is entrained on the brain waves.
     
    It appears that all attempts to remove the implants [1972] have resulted in the death of the human...

    (This is usually due in part to the fact that the implants are attached to major nerve centers, and once attached the nerve tissues grow in and around the implant essentially making the implant a PART of the nervous system. When relatively unsophisticated medical procedures are used in an attempt to remove the implants, major nerve centers are damaged as a result, causing severe injury or even death - Branton)

    Various descriptions of the ALF’s relate the following characteristics:
    Between 3 to 3 1/2 feet in height, erect standing biped, small thin build, head larger than humans, absence of auditory lobes [external], absence of body hair, large tear-shaped eyes [slanted approximately 35 degrees] which are opaque black with vertical slit pupils.
     
    Arms resembling praying mantis [normal attitude] which reach to the knees, long hands with small palm, claw-like fingers [various number of digits - often two short digits and two long, but some species have three or four fingers], tough gray skin which is reptilian in texture, small feet with four small claw-like toes, organs that are similar to human organs but have obviously developed according to a different [mutational] process.
     
    A non-functioning digestive system; two separate brains; movement is deliberate, slow and precise; alien subsistence requires that they must have human blood and other biological substances to survive.

    (Other indications suggest that originally they did not ’require’ human blood, but once having used human blood for this purpose they have since acquired a racial ’addiction’ to this ’vital’ substance. This goes far beyond just mere physical hunger, since the Grays/Reptiloids tend to feed off the human life-energies resident within human blood plasma, in what may be considered a vampirial type of hunger for human vital fluids - Branton).

    In extreme circumstances they can subsist on other [cattle] animal fluids.
     
    Food is converted to energy by chlorophyll by a photosynthetic process [this supports results gained from autopsies at 29 Palms underground base where it was seen that their ’blood’ was greenish and the tissue was black]. Waste products are secreted through the skin. The two separate brains are separated by mid-cranial lateral bone [anterior and posterior brain].
     
    There is no apparent connection between the two. Some autopsies have revealed a crystalline network which is thought to have a function in telepathic [and other] functions which help to maintain the group-consciousness between members of the same species.
     
    Functions of group consciousness in this species does have a disadvantage in that decisions in this species come rather slowly as the matter at hand filters through the group awareness to those who must make a decision...
      
    MORE ON THE GREYS
    The Greys are primarily situated as 4th density beings, although there are a small number that are 3rd and 6th density. To 3rd density humans they appear cold, cruel and heartless.
     
    They are, in fact, extremely curious about all aspects of existence, highly analytical and devoid of sentimentality. They can experience emotional manifestations radiated from the terrestrial 3rd density human, and use this ability generally as a mood-elevator. The Greys manipulate humans in order to create situations of conflict or extreme pain and emotion to acquire these sensations. They are, in effect, sensation junkies.

    The Greys have the ability to pick out our emotions, thoughts and experiences. For them, this is the closest they can come to experiencing feeling.

    To those beings who have some form of ethical conduct, the Greys appear psychotic and degrading. They are masters of mind-control and mental implantation technique. Their physical attributes reflect their psychotic souls - we could easily consider them to have anti-social attributes as well as tendencies toward megalomania and schizophrenia.

    They have been described by some as being absolutely mad. To make matters worse, they are performing other actions with terrestrial humans that are quite perverse.

    The Greys are playing a game with us that depends heavily on maintaining a situation where humans view themselves as limited, fatalistic beings with no control over their own destiny. They continually manipulate humans that is playing the domination/control game.
     
    GYPSIES
    Several sources refer to the Gypsies as having some connection with the UFO mystery.
     
    Other sources suggest a connection with high-tech subsurface kingdoms such as Agharti, etc. The knowledge which the Gypsies allegedly possess of an ancient war, UFO craft, and so on is supposedly a carefully guarded secret among various Gypsy tribes. Some claim to have traced the Gypsies back to ancient India or surrounding regions.
     
    The infamous Philadelphia Experiment information source, Carlos Allenda, was allegedly part of a Gypsy clan with knowledge of past and present "history" on alien cultures which have interacted behind the scenes in Terran affairs.
     
    HAV - MUSUVS - (or Suvians)
    Prominent in Paihute Indian tradition, the Hav-Musuvs were allegedly an Egyptian or Grecian-like sea-faring race who discovered huge caverns around 3 to 5 thousand years ago within, and later deep beneath the Panamint Mountains of California.
     
    Within these they then established their vast underground cities. When the inland sea (now Death Valley) which connected the ocean in ancient times dried up, they had no way to carry on trade with other parts of the world. As a result of this, according to Paihute Indian tradition, they began to build and fly ’silvery eagles’ which became increasingly advanced as time went on.
     
    They then evidently established interplanetary and later interstellar travel, exploration and colonization.
     
    This huge facility is now operating as a MAJOR Federation base on earth, and possesses huge chambers with differing environmental, atmospheric and even gravitational conditions to accommodate the various visiting Federation dignitaries.
     
    HOMINS
    Homins" is the name given to large, human-like creatures that are reported across the world.
     
    HU-BRID
    ’Hybrids’ possessing reptilian and human genetic coding yet who possess a human soul-matrix.
     
    HYADEANS
    The Hyades in the constellation Taurus, like the Pleiades and Vega, are said to have been the destination of yet another group of refugees from the ancient Lyran wars.
     
    HYBRIDS - Reptilian
    Since human and reptilian beings are genetically so different in their physical make-up a natural ’hybrid’ between the two is impossible. However an unnatural GENETIC alteration, in essence ’splicing’ human and reptilian genes, has allegedly been attempted.
     
    Even if this were accomplished the offspring would not be an actual ’hybrid’ (half human - half reptilian) but would fall to one side or the other. Since reptilians possess no soul-matrix as do humans but instead operate on a ’collective consciousness’ level, the ’hybrid’ would be human or reptilian depending on whether they/it was born with or without a soul-energy-matrix.
     
    In most cases one might tell the difference if the entity had round-pupils as opposed to black opaque or vertical-slit pupiled eyes; or five-digit fingers as opposed to three or four; or external genitalia as opposed to none. This may not always be the rule, especially when the ’chameleons’ are considered.
     
    Some of the hybrids without souls are ’fed’ with human soul-energy in an attempt to engraft an already existing human soul-matrix into the hybrid.
     
    HYBRID - GREY
    The following description is of a hybrid female, approximately 15 years old.
     
    Height is five feet, three inches; skin color is pale white/grey. The head is slightly larger and rounder than normal. Hair is dark, high above the forehead and worn in a long ponytail. The face is very fine featured and attractive. Method of communication is telepathic. They consider themselves human, not Grey, in almost all respects.
     
    They care about the Greys, as any child would a parent, but find them boring. The desire for human contact is great. Their capacity for emotion is as great, if not greater than, humans. Their intellectual capacity is well above human standards.
     
    Very likely to except the capabilities of both races.
     
    HUMAN TYPE ALIENS
     
    HUMAN TYPE A: These are of a genetic base similar to humans of earth. They appear of "normal" height (5-6ft?) and tend to be fair-skinned with blonde hair. These entities have been abducted by the greys or are the offspring of abductees and have been trained by the greys as servants. These entities are totally subservient to the greys.
     
    HUMAN TYPE B: These are aliens of similar genetics to earth humans and also, it seems, of the humans that serve the greys. These are from the Pleiades and are also of the blonde, fair-skinned appearance. This type is of a genuine highly evolved, spiritual, benevolent variety and have a kinship toward humans and are the only aliens to be truly trusted by earth humans at this time. They had at one time offered to be of assistance to earth leaders in dealing with the alien situation here but were rebuffed and so have taken a kind of "hands off" approach for the time being. These aliens are supposedly the forefather race of humankind. These are apparently not on earth much at this time due to serious problems in the area of their home.
     
    HUMAN TYPE C: Very little is known about these. They are supposedly another of the highly evolved, spiritual type of great benevolence to earth humans. I understand that their appearance is similar to other human-type aliens. They are from Sirius and don’t appear to be much involved with earth happenings at this time other than being concerned about the Grey scenario. They could desire to be of help to humans.
     
    There are other known human type aliens of this "more highly spiritually evolved" nature that are apparently aware of the situation on earth and considering some possible course of action. These are from Arcturus and Vega.
     
    The following article appeared in the summer 1993 edition (vol. 3 no. 2) issue of UFO Universe magazine.
     
    [GROUP A] Non Earth-Born Humans
    This GROUP consists of three peoples from three distinct colony zones, namely Sirius, Pleiades and Orion. Genetically, they are nearly identical to Earth-born humans with the following exceptions. Abductees refer to these beings as the talls. Males average up to approximately seven feet in height; females, six and a half feet. They are extremely fine featured, pale in complexion.
     
    Eyes are almond shaped, slightly slanted with a natural black liner, much like the renderings of ancient Egyptian royalty. There are three hair colors apparently related to colony origin: blonde (Pleiades), red (Orion), and black (Sirius). The insignia of these combined human races is a triangular arrangement of three spheres.
     
    This symbol has deep significance, and is found throughout Earth history. History records these beings as goddesses, gods, devas, etc. A subgroup of GROUP A females is in command of most Terran projects.
     
    [GROUP B] Earth-Born Humans
    These are Homo Sapiens whose origin is the planet Earth. They can be divided into two separate classes.
     
    [Class A] (Ancient) - These humans were the companions and house servants of a GROUP A military mining and occupation force. When this force left the Earth sometime between 1,000 BC and 3,500 BC, it was decided to remove all humans that had been in close proximity with them. It was felt that leaving them would only further disrupt normal human development. Class A humans are on an equal level with GROUP A and cooperate fully in all Earth projects.
     
    [Class M] (Modern) - These humans are working on the same cooperative level as Class A. They were taken from the Earth in modern times. During some abduction projects, twins (either identical or fraternal) are induced in a female subject. During the first trimester, one of the fetuses is removed. It is then grown to maturity by GROUP A. Abductees will meet their twins during some abductions. Very limited contact has been made by these humans.
     
    [GROUP C] Genetically Modified Earth-Born Humans
    These humans are comprised of two classes and should not be confused with GROUP D Greys.
     
    [Class W] (Workers) - This class is the smallest in physical stature. They are described as approximately three and a half feet in height, large head and eyes, pale white in complexion. These workers were created by GROUP A through genetic modification of Earth human fetuses. Their function is to perform menial tasks requiring limited reasoning abilities. In mental capacity, they are equivalent to a five year-old child. They are incapable of violence and, in some cases, are kept as companions by GROUP A individuals.
     
    [Class T] (Technicians) - These humans are basically the same as Class W. they are slightly larger, at approximately four and a half feet in height. Their complexion is tan or yellowish. Their reasoning and deductive abilities are higher. This allows them to perform more complex operations. They are often seen operating ship controls and in transport activities.
     
    Both Classes W and T are telepathically camouflaged to appear as Greys to abductees. This is done to conceal the true nature of GROUP C.

    It is felt that perception of GROUP A maintaining a human slave population would hinder future contact efforts.

    This point will undoubtedly be a source of much heated debate in the near future.
     
    IGUANOIDS
    Approximately 4-5 ft. tall, with ’Iguana-like’ appearance yet ’hominoid’ configuration.
     
    They have sometimes been seen wearing black, hooded ’monk’ robes or cloaks which conceal much of their saurian features, which include tails. These have been reported as being extremely dangerous and hateful towards humans and lesser-ranking Reptiloids such as Greys, and like all other branches of the ’serpent’ race they utilize black witchcraft, sorcery and other forms of mind control against their enemies.
     
    They appear to be a dimension-hopping sorcerer or priest class among the reptiloid species.
     
    IKELS OR SATYRS
    Small hairy humanoids with cloven hoofs which inhabit deep caverns beneath South America and elsewhere.
     
    They may be members of a fallen pre-Adamic race which possessed angelic, animal AND humanoid characteristics. Now allied with the reptilians.
     
    They have been known, according to natives, to ’kidnap’ women and children down through the ages and many stories are told of South American tribes who have battled these creatures with machetes during certain of their forays to the surface in search for women, children or food.
     
    INSIDERS
    Residents, either permanent or temporary, of the various different secret-society-connected top secret-government ’underground installations’, bases or colonies throughout the United States and the World.
     
    Some of these groups may possess advanced technology enabling them to travel to various other planetary bodies in the solar system. This group is international in scope and may be tied-in with the Alternative 2 and 3 scenarios.
     
    JANOSIAN
    This is allegedly a planet on which human beings live or once lived.
     
    They apparently arrived on that planet some thousands of years ago according to certain ’contactees’, and had all along retained dim memories and legends concerning their ancient home world, planet earth, where their ancestors lived long before their colonization of the planet ’Janos’.
     
    They are said to be like Terrans, although somewhat oriental and slender. A group of refugees is said to have left Janos centuries ago in a huge carrier vessel of roughly donut-shaped configuration after an asteroid or meteor shower devastated the surface of their planet, causing a chain-reaction in their nuclear power grid, loosing deadly radiation into the atmosphere and unto the underground tunnels and ’cities’ which they had built beneath Janos.
     
    They apparently remembered the star-route back to earth, and the latest reports stated that they were in a high orbit somewhere ’near’ the earth and are seeking contact with earth governments to exchange technology for a place to live on (or below?) the earth, in the tradition of the TV series ALIEN NATION.
     
    In light of other revelations and lack of confirmation from other ’contactees’, this might be a ’staged’ Draconian propaganda operation; on the other hand the account MAY be legitimate.
     
    JAWAS
    Another group of extraterrestrials has been termed the ’Jawas’, after their resemblance to the creatures in the film, Star Wars.
     
    This groups is distinguished by their clothing. They wearhoods and robes, are generally short, 3-4 1/2 ft. tall and their faces are concealed by the shadows thrown by their hoods.
     
    There has been reports that this species has glowing eyes.
     
    KONDRASHKIN
    K-Group, which was short for the Kondrashkin.
     
    They have pale skin that had a slight greenish tint and almost no hair. They looked human, and have to bleach their skin and wear wigs. They have been periodically involved with covert projects since the 1940’s.
     
    Connected to the Montauk Projects and other Black Op Projects
     
    KORENDIAN
    Humans allegedly living on a colonized planet known as ’Korender’.
     
    Perfectly ’human’ in proportion yet 4-5 ft. tall on the average. Gabriel Green described alleged contacts with this group in publications during the late 1950’s - early ’60’s. The accounts published by Gabriel Green were rather fantastic, although perhaps no less so than some other accounts.
     
    Robert Renaud is one of the main "Korendian" contactees, and he claims that they have a large underground facility somewhere in Massachusetts.
     
    The Korendians claim alliance with the Arcturians and are part of a massive collective Alliance of worlds who lean more to non-Interventionism than to direct Interventionism.
     
    LEVIATHANS
    Sea saurian ’sea serpents’ such as the so-called ’Loch Ness Monster’.
     
    Loch Ness has been the site of much occult or paranormal activity including UFO activity, ’Grey’ sightings, etc. Aliester Crowlay, the Satanist-Illuminist founder of the O.T.O. or Ordo Templi Orientis, claimed to be in contact with ’The Beast’ of the Loch.
     
    He owned a mansion on the shores of the loch and this same mansion later became the residence of the British occultist Jimmy Page, who not only played with the British Rock group Led Zeppelin but also owned a large bookstore dealing with witchcraft and the occult.
     
    Being aquatic in nature and having lost the use of their limbs via atrophication and mutation, this branch of the "serpent race" is allegedly used for long-range ’psychic’ warfare and occult manipulation of the human race.
     
    LEVERONS
    Alien Group that is affiliated with the Orions. Associated to the Montauk Project. Listen to Mary Sutherland interview John Meloney as he describes these Light Workers, Where they are from, his and his wife’s work with them as they learn how to use the human body as a tool to work on this earth plane.
     
    LYRAN
    Supposing that the human inhabitants of Lyra (who are said to have a common origin with Terran humanoids) were driven out of that system several million of years ago, then it is likely that some of the present day inhabitants of the ’Lyra’ constellation may be of reptiloid descent.
     
    During the Lyran wars which are mentioned in several ’contactee’ accounts, a mass exodus’ of humans reportedly left the system and escaped to the Pleiades, the Hyades [which are 130 light-years from earth in the Taurus constellation], and to Vega which is also in Lyra.
     
    This region, like our own system, may still be a ’battleground’ between saurian greys and humans.
     
    MARTIANS
    Inhabitants of the planet Mars, both human and non-human, including the alleged inhabitants of the two Martian ’moons’, which many believe to be artificially-hollowed asteroids, one of which - Phobos - is said to be under the control of the "original" Greys, or self-reproducing Greys which are the "hosts" for the Grey "clones" which operate from various space stations that are disguised as planetoids.
     
    (It is from these "carrier" ships that the abduction, implantation, programming, mutilation, infiltration and other projects are carried out against planet earth).
     
    It has also been suggested that thousands of years ago the surface of LUNA and Mars were much more ’habitable’, that the surfaces of these bodies may have been decimated after passing through the asteroid belt or an ’asteroid storm’ (consisting of debris which ’may’ have been torn from a planet which apparently existed between Mars and Jupiter at one time - possibly destroyed by a close encounter with another planetary body in the tradition of Velikovsky’s theories).
     
    It is believed that ancient ’ruins’, possibly thousands of years old, have been seen on both ’planets’ and that these attest to such a cataclysm.
     
    MIB’S
    Also referred to as the ’Men In Black’ or ’Horlocks’.
     
    These are apparently in many cases humans who are controlled by draconian influences, although other ’MIB’ have been encountered which do not seem human, but more reptilian OR synthetic. The ’MIB’ have been encountered often after UFO sightings, usually intimidating witnesses into keeping silent about what they’ve seen (many of the witnesses may be ’abductees’ with suppressed memories of the event).
     
    Their ’threats’ appear to be motivated by attempts to utilize ’terrorism’, ’fear’ or ’intimidation’ as a psychological weapon against witnesses. This ’weapon’ may not only be used to keep the human ’MIB’ under control, but by the human MIB’s themselves.
     
    ’They’ are often, though not always, seen in connection with large, black automobiles, some of which have been seen disappearing into mountains - as in the case of one basing area between Hopland and Lakeport, California - canyons or tunnels or in some cases apparently appear out of or disappear (cloak?) into thin air.
     
    Most humanoid MIB have probably been implanted by the Draconians and are essentially their ’slaves’. Bio-synthetic forms possessed by ’infernals’ also seem to play a part in the MIB scenario, as do subterranean and exterran societies.
     
    Sirius, at only 9+ light years away, has been identified as a major exterran MIB center of activity, with a subterran counterpart existing in ancient antediluvian ’Atlantean’ underground complexes which have been ’re-established’ beneath the Eastern U.S. seaboard.

    These could be considered ’Almost Humans’. Made with animal tissue and depends on a computer to simulate memory. A memory the computer has withdrawn from another human being.
     
    The Almost Humans may also fall under the category of the ’zombie’ type aliens.
     
    MOON-EYES, THE
    A race of peaceable humans some 7-8 ft. tall, with pale-blue skin and large ’wrap-around’ eyes which are extremely sensitive to light.
     
    They MAY be the same as the large humans allegedly encountered on the moon by our ’astronauts’ according to John Lear and others, who in turn were silenced and not allowed to tell what they saw. These people may, according to some accounts, be allied to the ’Nordics’ and/or ’Blondes’.
     
    They claim to be descendants of Noah who traveled to the Western Hemisphere a few centuries following the deluge and discovered ancient antediluvian cavern systems and ancient technologies which had been abandoned by the antediluvians in deep subterranean recesses. They have been encountered mostly in deep cavern-systems beneath the general region of the Ozarks-Arkansas and surrounding regions.
     
    The only real evidence we have on their existence is an early report of the Cherokee Indians telling of a blue-skinned race that they encountered.
     
    MOTHMEN
    Largely subterranean, pterodactyloid-like hominoids with bat-like wings.
     
    Sometimes describes as possessing ’horns’ and thus are considered very similar to the traditional depiction of the ’devil’, according to certain individuals who have encountered them. Although often referred to as ’Mothmen’, this title might be a little misleading.
     
    These creatures - which have also been referred to as the Ciakars, Pteroids, Birdmen and Winged Draco - have been encountered near underground systems near Mountauk Point, Long Island; Point Pleasant, West Virginia; and Dulce, New Mexico. (identical to the Sumero-Babylonian UTUKKI, a demon of the KI GAL or underworld)
     
    NAGAS
    Also referred to as the ’Reptoids’, ’Reptiloids’, ’Reptons’, ’Homo-saurus’, ’Lizard-men’, or the ’Large Nosed Greys’.
     
    They play a significant role in the legends of India and Tibet where they are considered by some to be demoniacal residents of a subterranean realm. They are described as being around 7-8 ft. tall and of various colors, grotesque, but most often moldy greenish with scaled crocodilian ’skin’.
     
    Allegedly descended from a branch of bipedal sauroids which existed thousands of years ago on earth and via mutation and natural selection developed the brain-body coordination necessary to develop a technology.
     
    Some species still reportedly retain a visible ’tail’ although much atrophied from their supposedly extinct’ saurian ancestors. Some abductees claim that the "lizard" people resemble a humanoid version of a Velociraptor.
     
    After a reputed battle in ancient times between a "pre-Scandinavian" race from the Gobi region and a Reptiloid race based in Antarctica, the reptilians allegedly lost the battle for domination of the surface world and were driven into underground networks in which they eventually developed aerial and space technology.
     
    A) The Nagas are said to have appeared at the birth of Gautama Siddharta, who later became "Buddha".
     
    B) The ancient "well" of Sheshna in Benares, India, is traditionally where the "YOGA APHORISMS OF PATANJALI, a classical guide to students of Yoga, was written." This "well" is said to be an entrance to one of the Naga’s underworld lairs.
     
    Sherman Minton states that "Sheshna’s well", an alleged opening into the underground reptilian underworld of "Patalas" [consisting of seven worlds or cavern levels], may be seen today in Benares, India, and,
     
    "...It has forty steps leading down into a circular depression to a stone door covered with cobras.
     
    This is said to lead to PATALA, the reptile netherworld legend of the Nagas, the "serpents" which live in extensive underground palaces in the rocky Himalayas. It is believed that these creatures are able to fly in space and that they possess amazing magical powers and intelligence.
     
    They are not too fond of man if he is a curiosity seeker, explorer or mountaineer. According to the sacred(?) tradition of the Hindus, the deep caverns of the Nagas contain fabulous treasures, illuminated by flashing precious stones.
     
    The subterranean abodes are known to be in certain parts of both the Himalayas and Tibet, particularly around the Lake of the Great Nagas - Lake Manosarowar."
     
    NORDICS (Wingmakers?)
    Blonde, Blue-Eyed, Angular Faces.

    Although Nordics are humanoid and externally almost identical to humans. There are subtle differences in the Nordic alien physiology, and most of them are based on the living conditions that they have grown up in. Their planets are extremely hot and dry, and have a low oxygen content in the atmosphere.
     
    They have a larger lung capacity than humans and have a copper based blood in order to carry oxygen more efficiently. The eyes are protected by inner lids and can allow them to see into the ultraviolet range of the spectrum. They have only 28 teeth, as they lack a back pair of molars. Their heads are longer than humans.
     
    The brain case is about .2 mm thicker and the bone is harder. The brain is the same as the human brain as far as structure and size is concerned, except for the midbrain area, where there are functions that allow telepathic and telekinetic skills. It explains the psionic powers of the Nordics.
     
    They average about 2 meters in height. Females about 1.7 meters. They have no sweat glands. The skin allows moisture to be drawn from the air as well as moisture to penetrate. The heart beats at around 242 beats per minute, and the average blood pressure is 80 systolic and 40 diastolic. They have extremely dilated blood vessels.
     
    The heart is located where the human liver would be. The cartilage that would protect a human heart extends down 3.5cm further in the Nordic in order to protect this structure. Blood cells are biconvex in contrast to the concave cells of humans. Kidney type functions only allow about half the liquid consumed to be excreted.
     
    The rest is evidently put back into the system. Urine is thick with minerals and appears in color and texture to freshly pumped crude oil. Feces are dry pellets with all moisture removed. The adult Nordic can regulate the amount of adrenaline in their body. They have no pineal gland.
     
    Nordic females are capable of being impregnated at any time, but the males are capable of impregnation about once a year. The period of incubation is three to five months.
     
    ORANGE, THE
    These entities largely converge beneath southern Nevada, northern New Mexico and possibly Utah.
     
    Some sources refer to a:
     
    [1] ’human’ race with stalky yellow, red or orange hair, others of
     
    [2] a genetically-altered, humanoid-reptiloid strain or hybrid. They are often described often as having a humanoid form yet certain ’reptilian’ genetic features. They are also said to possess human-like reproductive organs, and possibly (or not) a human ’soul-matrix’, and therefore a divergent branch of the human race, or reptiloid race depending on which ’type’ of Orange one is referring to. as some accounts suggest there MAY also be
     
    [3] orange-colored reptilians which possess no soul-matrix. Refer to ’hu-breds and hybrids’ Some of the "Orange" allegedly have connections to Bernard’s Star. These may also be the Native Amerian’s Sitecah or Red Giants. In 1911, miners were digging out layers of bat guano from a cave located about 22 miles southwest of Lovelock, Nevada, when they happened upon the mummified remains which would have stood 6 1/2 feet tall alive. The mummy was still crowned with ’distinctly’ red hair. The ancient legends of the local Paiute Indians described a race of red-haired giants who were the enemies of many Indian tribes of the region .
     
    ORIONS
    Orions which come from the stars in the Orion constellation are a group claimed to be working with the government on Black Op Projects.
     
    They are very heavily involved in influencing the world population through the use of mind control. They have also been doing genetic work in which they alter a human sperm and ovum to the extent that all offspring will produce hybrids with new characteristics. Humans will mate and create children with alien genetics. That’s one step beyond the average abduction scenario.

    Some claim that ’negative’ entities have been associated with some of the stars in the Orion constellation. Other sources claim that the Orion Nebula is a cosmic ’doorway’ to ’infinity’ or the realm of the Creator, which transcends the time-space-matter universe.
     
    Some astronomers claim that a huge, beautifully-illuminated multicolored ’light’ has emerged from the "nebula" and is on an intercept-course with Earth, although at a rather leisurely pace and at this rate this ’light’ or ’star’ will reach earth approximately 3000 AD (give or take a hundred years).
     
    Could this have something to do with the prophecy in Revelation 21? Since the Draconians are attempting to conquer the ’heavens’, they may have made futile attempts to enter the ’Eternity Gate’ and intercept the emerging ’Light’ (’War In Heaven’ between Michael and the ’Dragon’?)
     
    This may explain the alleged presence of the Draconians in the Orion constellation, although certain ’human’ groups have allegedly become curious of the ’Eternity Gate’ as well. The Orion open cluster itself is the base of a joint Reptiloid - Grey empire called the Unholy Six, which has been working out of NEMESIS in an effort to sabotage the human presence in the SOL system.
     
    Many of the "planetoids" that have entered this system and have made observable "course alterations" are arriving from NEMESIS and the Orion-Draconian EMPIRE.
     
    PHILADELPHIA PROJECT ALIENS
    I refer to them as this because I wasn’t given a name for this type of alien.
     
    They were detected as one of their ships got caught up and sucked in with the Eldrich, which ended up 40 years , August 12, 1983, later at Montauk. They were about 6 foot 5 inches tall. They were essentially human in appearance. They had dark leathery skin.
     
    They had no hair. Where they came from is not for sure..
     
    REPTILIAN (DRACONIAN, SERPENT)
     
    According to TAL LeVesque (Jason Bishop):
     
    Having been within arm length of REPTOIDS, I did get to observe various details. They wore no clothes. But, they did have a "UTILITY BELT", with several unusual things on it.
     
    One "device" had a small orange light on it. When this is touched, they simply "disappear". I have quickly moved into the spots where the REPTOIDS were, instantly after they disappear. There was no temperature anomaly in the ZONE.
     
    I had expected it to be "cooler" in the area (if they were draining energy to manifest, like happens in various kinds of apparitions). They did change density at times. They made heavy footsteps, in the hallway, on the wood floor. And could walk through the walls. They "glow" an electrical blue/greenish color, like some kind of AURA. The head is similar to the Reptilian Humanoids on the TV Program "BABYLON 5".
     
    The head was more cone shaped, like the "YETI" kind of have. In fact, the REPTOIDS are built like Big Foot. The one has SCALES, the other has HAIR. The Eyes are "slit" SERPENT-like. Very strange, "flame-like" and flickery. Three fingers and an opposing thumb. With claw-like Talons (on fingers and feet). A small tail.
     
    Large Scales, like a "Breast Plate" on the chest. The scales were smaller where the body is flexible, like around the elbow. The Scales were like a SNAKE. I guess that is why some call them "The SERPENT Race". The Scales were mostly green to very dark green, on each scale(a variation of color). They are "Telepathic". Very quick thoughts.

    IDEAS driven by Images and geometric Impressions. NOT a "linear" form of communication, like words. More, of a Symbol or Image Language. They DO react to your "thoughts". They can "overwhelm" you with DATA (it seems like "thought compression". It can take you a long time to assimilate their "TRANSMISSION" and integrate it.
     
    After awhile I "saw" the language, as FRACTAL "Mandelic" Hyper-Spheres or "THOUGHT FORM" constructs, to pass DATA. These sucks are data freaks. Highly Intellectual. Limited Emotional response (Hate, Fear and a "short circuit" Confusion state (mild Panic). You can think or do "the UNEXPECTED" and they do "freak out". So... stay calm and centered. They RESPECT that.
     
    Then they "THINK" you are dangerous. But, if you Fear them, they will taunt your weakness and will DISrepect you. Careful, don’t DIS-"REP" them either. They are no better than you. I "glean" they want something WE have. Something in our SOUL Nature. We can "Shift" to Theta "BALANCE" and LINK to the SOURCE. They are TOO far into analyzing. Unbalanced. They like DRUGS like cocaine, opium, Magic Mushrooms and "milking" humans for endorphins.
     
    They can’t get INTO your Mind without you having the opportunity to get into their REPTILIAN Brain, too. They KNOW alot about the outward form of creation. They KNOW the "Force"... but, behind that is "The SOURCE". They NEED us, we don’t need them.
     
    (But what do they need... Our Vital Source... Our Life Source.. Our Soul Force... Sutherland)

    From: THE DULCE BOOK - CHAPTER 27:
    "...[Brazilian] Jefferson Souza claims that the following revelations are from the personal notes and scientific diaries of a scientist who was commissioned by the U.S. Government over a period of several years to visit all crash sites, interrogate captured Alien Life Forms and analyze all data gathered from that endeavor.
     
    Eventually this person was discovered to have kept and maintained personal notes on his discoveries and was therefore scheduled for termination [not just "job termination"!]... which he narrowly escaped.
     
    Following 33 years of investigations, he went in to hiding in 1990. Here is some data which this anonymous informant reportedly gathered on the Reptilian type alien entities:
    Average Height: Male - 2.0 Meters; Female - 1.4 Meters
    Average Weight: M - 200 Kilos; F - 100 Kilos
    Body Temperature: M - Ambient Temperature; F - Ambient Temperature
    Pulse/Respiration: M - 40/10; F - 40/10
    Blood Pressure: M - 80/50; F - 80/50
    Life Expectancy: M - 60 Earth Years; F - 23 Earth Years
    Cold-blooded like all reptiles, the Reptiloid is found to flourish in a warm, tropical clime [normally artificial... big caves].
     
    With imperfect respiration providing just enough oxygen to supply tissues and maintain the processing of food and combustion, their temperature can be raised only a few degrees above the ambient [this suggests that ’heat’ weapons, like flame-throwers and so on, may prove to be very effective and fatal to this species under battle conditions].
     
    The reproductive system is ovouniparous, with eggs hatching in the oviduct prior to birth.
     
    The underdeveloped Reptiloid cerebellus [for faster activities, physical activities] results in a slowness and simpler city of movement.
     
    The Reptiloid eye is composed of thousands of microscopic facets, each facet with its own independent protective lid. The eye is almost never closed entirely during waking hours; rather, sections of the organ are shut down in conjunction with the dominant light source.
     
    The reptiloids survived ’hidden’ inside the Earth [within] Big Caves Underground.
    Additional Information in The Reptilian Blood Legacy.
     
    SIRIANS
    The Sirians are usually described as about 6½ feet tall, blond hair cut very short, and blue eyes that have a cat’s eye vertical pupil.
     
    There has been some discussion as to whether these negative Sirians are part of the Kamagol II group that built the records chamber under Gizeh, but that has not been established.
     
    The negative Sirians are considered part of the Orion group that is playing the domination/control game.
     
    SHINING ONES
    Tibetans and American Indians both refer to ’shining beings’ they encounter in isolated spaces during secret religious rituals.
     
    They are humanoid and ’lit within’. They guard sacred sites on earth, ’holding them in trust for a future of wonders’ and are bearers of great wisdom. These may be the counterparts of the Celtic fairy traditions. Some abductees, including Betty Andreasson have reported such beings.

    Science fiction writer PHILIP K. DICK* wrote letters at great length beginning in February 1978 referring to encounters with just such shining beings. He wrote half a million words on incidents between him and the light beings over a four year period before his death in 1982. Dick found himself kept awake at night by,
     
    ’vilent phosphene activity... within my head it communicated with me in the form of a computer like or Artificial Intelligence system like voice, quite different from any human voice, neither male nor female, and a very beautiful sound it was, the most beautiful sound I ever heard... the imposition of another human personality unto mine produced startling modifications in my behavior...
     
    Some living, highly intelligent entity manifested itself inside me and around me, but what it was , what its purpose was, where it came from... each theory leaves some datum unexplained...and I know this is not going to change’. I have the impression that a ’master gameplayer and magician and trickster’ is involved."
     
    Dick’s insistence that it was both another ’human personality and that it had a computerlike voice, supports the theories being presented here.
     
    If the shining beings that ’imposed’ itself was both a robot and an emissary from a human source, this makes perfect sense.

    * PHILIP K DICK was a very influential writer, so much so that an ANNUAL AWARD IS GIVEN IN HIS NAME. His stories were made into movies such as BLADE RUNNER AND TOTAL RECALL. featuring ACCURATE UFOLOGICAL ELEMENTS.
     
    TEROS
    Source: 1996 Nuwaubian Calendar, “Extraterrestrial Amongst Us

    The Teros, which is short from integrative or constructive, are a subsurface race that usually keep the Deros in check.
     
    The Teros, were the original tribe of the Lunarians who came to this planet to dwell beneath the surface of the Earth. They are referred to as the Sunaynans, meaning “The Yearly Ones.” The Deros were for disagreeable people and the Teros, were for agreeable people. Their chief is named Laamsa (right photo).
     
    The Teros came from the planet Jomon in the star constellation Arcturus which is in the Bootes constellation. Arcturus, the red giant, the fourth brightest star in heaven is where much mixing took place. The Sunaynans have 48 chromosomes instead of the normal 46 that Earth people possess.
     
    The Tero’s chromosome structure is so different from Earthlings that when mixed with certain humans, it caused a defect of 47 chromosomes which today is called “Down’s Syndrome.” Their children are usually born with breathing defects as well as congenital heart disease and they also have poor digestive systems.
     
    Their immune system is unable to function properly and they are more apt to developing leukemia.
     
    The Teros that have an abundance of pigmentation in their skin are descendants of the Shuyukh. Those who are lacking pigmentation are descendants of the Halaabeans, Flugelrods or Hulub. The Teros bored further into the Earth and were able to keep their sanity. Because of cross-breeding, the Teros took on different forms.
     
    Some look so human they can come to the surface and not be noticed.
     
    ZOMBIES
    Humans with alien brain implants programmed to help overthrow Mankind in the NEAR FUTURE.
















    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Mon Oct 30, 2017 5:40 pm; edited 1 time in total
    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Mon Oct 30, 2017 4:42 pm



    Remember now thy Creator in the days of thy youth, while the evil days come not, nor the years draw nigh , when thou shalt say , I have no pleasure in them;  2 While the sun, or the light, or the moon, or the stars, be not darkened , nor the clouds return after the rain:  3 In the day when the keepers of the house shall tremble , and the strong men shall bow themselves, and the grinders cease because they are few , and those that look out of the windows be darkened ,  4 And the doors shall be shut in the streets, when the sound of the grinding is low, and he shall rise up at the voice of the bird, and all the daughters of musick shall be brought low ;  5 Also when they shall be afraid of that which is high, and fears shall be in the way, and the almond tree shall flourish , and the grasshopper shall be a burden , and desire shall fail : because man goeth to his long home, and the mourners go about the streets:  6 Or ever the silver cord be loosed , or the golden bowl be broken , or the pitcher be broken at the fountain, or the wheel broken at the cistern.  7 Then shall the dust return to the earth as it was: and the spirit shall return unto God who gave it.  8 Vanity of vanities, saith the preacher; all is vanity.  9 And moreover, because the preacher was wise, he still taught the people knowledge; yea, he gave good heed , and sought out , and set in order many proverbs.  10 The preacher sought to find out acceptable words: and that which was written was upright, even words of truth.  11 The words of the wise are as goads, and as nails fastened by the masters of assemblies, which are given from one shepherd .  12 And further, by these, my son, be admonished : of making many books there is no end; and much study is a weariness of the flesh.  13 Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God, and keep his commandments: for this is the whole duty of man.  14 For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing , whether it be good, or whether it be evil.

    When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then shall he sit upon the throne of his glory:  32 And before him shall be gathered all nations: and he shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats:  33 And he shall set  the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the left.  34 Then shall the King say unto them on his right hand, Come , ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:  35 For I was an hungred , and ye gave me meat : I was thirsty , and ye gave me drink : I was a stranger, and ye took me in :  36 Naked, and ye clothed me: I was sick , and ye visited me: I was in prison, and ye came unto me.  37 Then shall the righteous answer him, saying , Lord, when saw we thee an hungred , and fed thee? or thirsty , and gave thee drink ?  38 When saw we thee a stranger, and took thee in ? or naked, and clothed thee?  39 Or when saw we thee sick, or in prison, and came unto thee?  40 And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me.  41 Then shall he say also unto them on the left hand, Depart from me, ye cursed , into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels:  42 For I was an hungred , and ye gave me no meat : I was thirsty , and ye gave me no drink :  43 I was a stranger, and ye took me not in : naked, and ye clothed me not: sick, and in prison, and ye visited me not.  44 Then shall they also answer him, saying , Lord, when saw we thee an hungred , or athirst , or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not minister unto thee?  45 Then shall he answer them, saying , Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me.  46 And these shall go away into everlasting punishment: but the righteous into life eternal.  

    Don't be frightened. I mean no harm. The original Project Avalon site was locked-shut in 2010 (following the abraxasinas fiasco). I have had websites taken-over, and one of my web-addresses www.redletterchurch.net has not existed on the internet for many years now. I have had insane and ongoing real-life experiences since I started posting on the internet around 2008. My crazy internet-posting no longer seems far-fetched, yet I have been mercilessly ignored and ridiculed, complete with real-life harassment and shunning. In the late 1980's, I spoke with Edgar Mitchell. On March 8, 2011, Mitchell (AED) said he was sorry we couldn't work together. On March 11, 2011, Fukushima occurred. On March 15, 2011, the "V" Series ended (starring Elizabeth Mitchell).  I met one of the lead-stars of the 2009-11 "V" Series!! It was a HUGE Thrill!! I continue to like the idea of combining the best of the old and new "V" series, Stargate SG-1, Babylon 5, and Earth: Final Conflict (among others)!! I've met three significant individuals of interest with the same name! An astronaut (last-name), a deity (assuming first-name), and an actress (last-name)! Two had the same first and last initials! What are the odds? That's all I'm going to say about that!

    I continue to think that I've brought some of you close to the truth, but I don't think I've gotten it right. That part is up to YOU!! Consider studying Patriarchs and Prophets, Prophets and Kings, Desire of Ages, and Volumes 3 to 6 of the SDA Bible Commentary. Consider reading all of the chapters regarding "Law" and "Judgment" in the Conflict of the Ages Series by Ellen White. Try combining SDABC Volume 4 (Isaiah to Malachi) with Toward Democracy (by James Kloppenberg)!! Then try combining All of the Above!! What was the Perfect Law of the Lord in Heaven (prior to the Rebellion)?? Was this Law the same as the Decalogue and/or the Pentateuch?? This might be more important than ANY of YOU can imagine!! What were things REALLY like in Heaven (Before, During, and After the Rebellion)?? Was there a Plan of Salvation immediately following the expulsion of the Rebels from Heaven?? There is SO Much We Do NOT Know (Which is CRUCIAL Evidence in a Judgment of Earth and Humanity)!! What if we're dealing with Evil-Empire v Evil-Empire?! Has there EVER been a Good-Empire?! I Know That I Don't Know!! A total-stranger said that I had been here for 100 years!! I might've met the Historical-Hitler and the Reincarnated-Hitler!! I'm going to try VERY Hard to NOT Talk!! Please don't "Get" me!! God already "Got" me!! I'm NOT going away MAD!! I'm Simply Going Away!! Namaste!! I am of peace. Always.





    The Undoing Project

    Michael Lewis’s ‘Brilliant’ New Book About Cognitive Bias
    focuses on the lifelong collaboration of Daniel Kahneman and Amos Tversky,
    two Israeli-American psychologists who are our age’s apostles of doubt about human reason.

    by
    William Easterly  

    Dec. 5, 2016 6:54 p.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/michael-lewiss-brilliant-new-book-about-cognitive-bias-1480982097

    Michael Lewis’s brilliant book celebrates Daniel Kahneman and Amos Tversky, Israeli-American psychologists who are our age’s apostles of doubt about human reason. The timing is fortunate, given that overconfident experts may have caused and then failed to predict such momentous events as Brexit and the election of Donald Trump.

    Mr. Kahneman and Tversky (who died in 1996) first started working together in 1969. They were well-matched. The Holocaust survivor Mr. Kahneman chronically doubted even himself. The brash Tversky targeted his doubts toward others, especially (as one acquaintance noted) “people who don’t know the difference between knowing and not knowing.” Testing people with quizzes in their laboratory, they found a host of “cognitive biases” afflicting rational thinking.
    .
    One bias they found is that we underestimate uncertainty. In hindsight bias, for example, test subjects misremembered their own predictions as being correct. As Tversky explained, “we find ourselves unable to predict what will happen; yet, after the fact we explain what did happen with a great deal of confidence. . . . It leads us to believe that there is a less uncertain world than there actually is.” Mr. Lewis is outraged by McKinsey & Co. coaching their consultants to radiate certainty while billing clients huge fees to forecast such unknowable variables as the future price of oil. The work of Tversky and Mr. Kahneman convinced Mr. Lewis that, as he puts it when summarizing the view of a jaded former consultant, such “confidence was a sign of fraudulence.”

    We attach too much importance to too small a number of observations. Basketball teams believe that players suddenly have a “hot hand” after they have made a string of baskets, so you should pass them the ball. Tversky showed that the hot hand was a myth—among many small samples of shooting attempts, there will randomly be some streaks. Instead of a hot hand, there was “regression to the mean”—players fall back down to their average shooting prowess after a streak. Likewise a “cold” player will move back up to his own average. (Both Mr. Lewis and his subjects love sports examples; Mr. Lewis now says that he realizes the insights chronicled in his 2003 “Moneyball,” about flawed judgment in baseball, had been predicted by Mr. Kahneman and Tversky all along.)

    Failing to understand regression to the mean is a ubiquitous source of prediction errors, such as expecting China’s world-record streak of high economic growth rates to continue forever (it won’t). Mr. Kahneman showed that such flawed thinking had even messed up the Israeli Air Force. Officers praised pilots after a great landing and berated them after a terrible one. Officers then noticed that the next landing after a fantastic one was worse, while the one after a horrendous one was better. The Air Force concluded that praise backfired while criticism improved performance. Mr. Kahneman noted that this spurious conclusion failed to understand regression to the mean. When he repeated this story to test subjects later, they made up stories about why praise backfired—they were also blind to the regression to the mean. Mr. Kahneman wrote: “It is part of the human condition that we are statistically punished for rewarding others and rewarded for punishing them.”

    We also process uncertainty about people badly, resorting to stereotypes based on a small number of vivid examples about different types of people. Nobody in basketball thought of an awkward Chinese-American as a typical star, so nobody drafted Jeremy Lin in 2010. The Knicks discovered his abilities only in 2012 after a rash of injuries forced them to play him. Tversky and Mr. Kahneman found that stereotypes are more powerful than the logic of probability. They told test subjects that a fictitious “Linda” was smart and socially conscious and asked which is more likely: (a) that Linda is a bank teller or (b) that Linda is a bank teller and a feminist. Subjects chose (b) even though the subset of feminist bank tellers has to be smaller than the set of all bank tellers (feminist and non-feminist). Linda was just too irresistible a stereotype of a feminist to obey the laws of sets and probability.

    Today vivid examples of Muslim terrorists have the far more serious consequence of inducing many to vastly overestimate the likelihood that any random Muslim might be a terrorist. A passenger on an American Airlines flight in May reported a suspicious dark-haired man next to her scribbling what looked like Arabic on a piece of paper. Security personnel pulled him off the plane only to discover that he was an Italian professor of economics at the University of Pennsylvania who had been doing differential equations.

    It would be wrong to mock uneducated people for such mistakes, because Mr. Kahneman and Tversky found that even those trained in statistics exhibit the same cognitive biases. Indeed, there exist no experts without cognitive biases to fix everyone else’s cognitive biases.

    Tversky sadly died much too young, at age 59. Mr. Kahneman went on to win the Nobel Prize in economics in 2002, then wrote a best-selling book, “Thinking, Fast and Slow,” in 2011—the next great book to read after this one. There Mr. Kahneman balanced out the account a bit. He and Tversky had focused on mistakes, but there are many things that the brain does well—as Mr. Lewis also notes.

    I had to wonder, as I was reading “The Undoing Project,” whether Mr. Lewis would really respect his subjects’ doubts about experts or follow the imperative that any book on any problem must conclude with experts confidently solving the problem. Mr. Lewis passed the test. There is a brief mention of a few expert nudges to trick people into making decisions in their own interest on things like retirement savings, but the nudge approach correctly seems like small beer. In a world of overly certain predictions and policy prescriptions from consulting firms and think tanks to politicians and book authors, Mr. Lewis has given us a spectacular account of two great men who faced up to uncertainty and the limits of human reason.

    Mr. Easterly, a professor of economics at New York University, is the author of “The Tyranny of Experts: Economists, Dictators, and the Forgotten Rights of the Poor.”




    The Lady Computers

    Williamina Fleming, who had originally been hired by the head of the
    Harvard Observatory as a maid, devised a classification system of 10,000 stars.
    Laura J. Snyder reviews “The Glass Universe” by Dava Sobel.

    by
    Laura J. Snyder

    Dec. 6, 2016 7:04 p.m. ET
    http://www.wsj.com/articles/the-lady-computers-1481069072
     
    When astronomer John Herschel captured the first glass photograph in 1839—a picture of his father’s 40-foot telescope—he could hardly have imagined that before century’s end stargazers would be able to glimpse on glass the entire firmament. In “The Glass Universe: How the Ladies of the Harvard Observatory Took the Measure of the Stars,” science writer Dava Sobel recounts the story of a group of remarkable women who read the secrets of the skies on glass photographic plates, discovering new worlds in the heavens while forever altering the scientific world below.

    In the 1880s, the Harvard Observatory was led by Edward Charles Pickering, an astronomer focused on photometry: measuring the perceived brightness of stars. Up to this time, Ms. Sobel explains, “brightness, like beauty, was defined in the eye of the beholder.” Pickering aimed to establish a scientific scale for brightness—a project requiring thousands of calculations based on stellar observations.

    It was too much work for Pickering and his all-male team of astronomers to handle on their own. Unlike other observatory directors, Pickering hired women as “computers”—a term applied, in the days before electronic computing, to people who performed long series of mathematical calculations using a fixed procedure. For instance, starting from the star Polaris’s arbitrarily given brightness, or “magnitude,” of 2.1, one of Pickering’s computers, Nettie Farrar, calculated to two decimal places relative-brightness values for all the other stars observed by Harvard’s male astronomers.

    Over the course of six decades, many women passed through the observatory—and many pass through the pages of Ms. Sobel’s book. One of the most significant among them, at least in terms of the work of the lab, was Anna Palmer Draper. In 1883 she visited Pickering and brought a set of glass photographs taken through a telescope by her recently deceased husband, Dr. Henry Draper.

    Pickering realized that the stars could be studied more accurately by telescopic photography than by telescopic observations because the photographic plate, unlike the human eye, could collect light over time, allowing even the faintest stars to become visible. In a test of one quadrant of the sky, Pickering saw 55 stars through the telescope, while 462 were found on a glass photograph.

    Mrs. Draper offered part of her considerable fortune and her husband’s telescopes to facilitate the continuation of his work—the study of stellar spectra, which are formed by using a device called a “diffraction grating” to split the electromagnetic radiation emitted by stars into a rainbow of colors interspersed with dark lines. Spectral lines had also been observed when elements were heated to incandescence in a laboratory. By comparing stellar spectra to the spectra of heated elements, astronomers could discover the chemical composition of the stars.

    Pickering charged his observers—both at Harvard and at an observatory built by Harvard in the Southern Hemisphere—to photograph stellar spectra and instructed his ladies to study the glass plates. Poring over the “little pieces of heaven” with a magnifying glass, Williamina Fleming, who had originally been hired by the Pickerings as a maid, devised a classification system of stars based on their spectra. “The Draper Catalogue”—consisting of 10,000 stars divided into 15 classes—was published in 1890. Her colleague Antonia Maury, a niece of Henry Draper, classified the stars by a different method seven years later. Annie Jump Cannon, the first woman given the privilege of observing stars through the telescope, combined the best features of each method to devise the stellar classification system she published in 1901. Cannon’s system is still used today.

    The women at the Harvard Observatory helped discern the chemical composition of the stars, their speed and relative temperature, as well as the existence and properties of binary, or twinned, stars. Their work suggested that stars evolve through different stages and that the universe is vaster than ever imagined.

    Henrietta Leavitt—using what she called her “fly spanker,” a tiny lens studded with images of model stars, set into a metal rectangular holder—found nearly 2,000 “variables,” stars whose brightness fluctuates. In 1911 she noticed that the brightest variables took the longest time to cycle through their changes—a correlation known today as Leavitt’s Law. Cecilia Payne, who earned the first Ph.D. in astronomy at Radcliffe, discovered that hydrogen was the most abundant constituent of the stars, a conclusion so revolutionary that she was encouraged to play it down in her 1925 dissertation.

    In the 1940s, the Harvard Observatory began to avail itself of the new IBM computing equipment. As Ms. Sobel lyrically remarks: “The days of the human computer were numbered—by zeros and ones.”

    Ms. Sobel writes with an eye for a telling detail and an ear for an elegant turn of phrase. In a single sentence she captures how the women both maternally nurtured and intellectually dominated their male colleagues: “Annie Jump Cannon could bake a batch of oatmeal cookies for a meeting of the Bond Astronomical Club and then lecture authoritatively to the assembled about her latest findings in spectroscopy.” Such flourishes make Ms. Sobel’s book a joy to read.

    In 1956, after nearly 25 years at the observatory, Cecilia Payne (now Payne-Gaposchkin) was named a full professor—the first woman at Harvard to be promoted to that rank. She confided to a party of Radcliffe astronomy students: “I find myself cast in the unlikely role of a thin wedge.” Her salary of $14,000 was a king’s ransom compared to the 30 cents an hour that some of her female colleagues had earned for studying the glass plates but far below that of her male peers. While they left to their daughters and granddaughters the fight for true equality, the ladies of the Harvard Observatory had won the battle for inclusion in the scientific elite.

    Ms. Snyder is the author, most recently, of “Eye of the Beholder: Johannes Vermeer, Antoni van Leeuwenhoek, and the Reinvention of Seeing.”

    Carol wrote:



    The incredible thousand-year-old UNDERGROUND 18-storey city that could house
    20,000 people and was discovered by chance when a man was doing DIY on his house in Turkey

    In 1963, a Turkish man in the region of Cappadocia was making improvements to his home when he made an incredible discovery. After knocking down a wall in his basement, he stumbled upon a secret room, which led to an underground tunnel, which opened up into a completely hidden ancient city: Derinkuyu.

    Photos of the preserved city reveal how 20,000 people - including livestock and entire food supplies - could have lived 18 storeys beneath the earth.

    Thought to have been created during the Byzantine era in 780-1180AD, the network of kitchens, stables, churches, tombs, wells, communal rooms and schools was most likely used as a massive bunker to protect inhabitants from the Arab–Byzantine wars or natural disasters. During this time, cave-like chapels and Greek inscriptions were added to the ancient city, and about 600 entrances allowed people to come and go.

    Lots of photos at link:  http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4032200/Photos-underground-18-storey-city-Turkey-reveal-hidden-rooms-house-20-000-people.html#ixzz4SpZbkEfC
    NANUXII wrote: If you find greek inscriptions i would say the underground city would have been inspired by intelligent design for future concepts of living, which would also give cover from outside forces by default but not only for that purpose.

    If you look at most or all of the planets in our solar system you will find it difficult to find any surface structures, of the few found you can see they are long eroded perhaps being millions of years old.  Subterranean living is the most intelligent standard of living on so many levels and of all the planets out there i can assure you the ones that are inhabited have subterranean living infrastructure.

    We are just now looking at doing this here on a global scale. In 2022 to 2023 you will see a huge number of projects come into the commercial mainstream due to new " Airlite "  technology being developed as we speak. This is a surface membrane ( either painted or glass fused ) onto the ceiling of an underground dwelling or structure, it will have the look of hexagonal plates fitted together. The membrane once connected to electrical energy give off similar if not exact same properties of the sun and will look like a sort of pale yellow sky during the day and when power is off it turns a purple blue colour.  Once you are inside you will not be able to tell that you are underground, it will have the look and feel of the surface but with the security and climate of being in a subterranean habitat.

    The health benefits of this are many as radiation and communicative devices will revert to analog technology within the membrane. all electricity for machinery will run without wired connections. All atmosphere will be regulated by " organic " android based tech systems. Air is brought in through ducts located in heavily forested areas, exhausts out into constructed water streams, the water is piped in through rocks for heating or cooling then filtered and returned to the surface.  The only machinery allowed will be electrically driven.

    Eventually the surface areas will be reclaimed for the benefit of natural water, animal livestock and vegetation sustainability.

    Project should finish by 2066 ish give or take.  The goal is to return the planet to sustainability.
     

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp29.html
    Satan's Enmity Against the Law

    The very first effort of Satan to overthrow God's law--undertaken among the sinless inhabitants of heaven--seemed for a time to be crowned with success. A vast number of the angels were seduced; but Satan's apparent triumph resulted in defeat and loss, separation from God, and banishment from heaven.

    When the conflict was renewed upon the earth, Satan again won a seeming advantage. By transgression, man became his captive, and man's kingdom also was betrayed into the hands of the archrebel. Now the way seemed open for Satan to establish an independent kingdom, and to defy the authority of God and His Son. But the plan of salvation made it possible for man again to be brought into harmony with God, and to render obedience to His law, and for both man and the earth to be finally redeemed from the power of the wicked one.

    Again Satan was defeated, and again he resorted to deception, in the hope of converting his defeat into a victory. To stir up rebellion in the fallen race, he now represented God as unjust in having permitted man to transgress His law. "Why," said the artful tempter, "when God knew what would be the result, did He permit man to be placed on trial, to sin, and bring in misery and death?" And the children of Adam, forgetful of the long-suffering mercy that had granted man another trial, regardless of the amazing, the awful sacrifice which his rebellion had cost the King of heaven, gave ear to the tempter, and murmured against the only Being who could save them from the destructive power of Satan.

    There are thousands today echoing the same rebellious complaint against God. They do not see that to deprive man of the freedom of choice would be to rob him of his prerogative as an intelligent being, and make him a mere automaton. It is not God's purpose to coerce the will. Man was created a free moral agent. Like the inhabitants of all other worlds, he must be subjected to the test of obedience; but he is never brought into such a position that yielding to evil becomes a matter of necessity. No temptation or trial is permitted to come to him which he is unable to resist. God made such ample provision that man need never have been defeated in the conflict with Satan. As men increased upon the earth, almost the whole world joined the ranks of rebellion. Once more Satan seemed to have gained the victory. But omnipotent power again cut short the working of iniquity, and the earth was cleansed by the Flood from its moral pollution.

    Says the prophet, "When Thy judgments are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness. Let favor be showed to the wicked, yet will he not learn righteousness, . . . and will not behold the majesty of Jehovah." Isaiah 26:9, 10. Thus it was after the Flood. Released from His judgments, the inhabitants of the earth again rebelled against the Lord. Twice God's covenant and His statutes had been rejected by the world. Both the people before the Flood and the descendants of Noah cast off the divine authority. Then God entered into covenant with Abraham, and took to Himself a people to become the depositaries of His law. To seduce and destroy this people, Satan began at once to lay his snares. The children of Jacob were tempted to contract marriages with the heathen and to worship their idols. But Joseph was faithful to God, and his fidelity was a constant testimony to the true faith. It was to quench this light that Satan worked through the envy of Joseph's brothers to cause him to be sold as a slave in a heathen land. God overruled events, however, so that the knowledge of Himself should be given to the people of Egypt. Both in the house of Potiphar and in the prison Joseph received an education and training that, with the fear of God, prepared him for his high position as prime minister of the nation. From the palace of the Pharaohs his influence was felt throughout the land, and the knowledge of God spread far and wide.

    The Israelites in Egypt also became prosperous and wealthy, and such as were true to God exerted a widespread influence. The idolatrous priests were filled with alarm as they saw the new religion finding favor. Inspired by Satan with his own enmity toward the God of heaven, they set themselves to quench the light. To the priests was committed the education of the heir to the throne, and it was this spirit of determined opposition to God and zeal for idolatry that molded the character of the future monarch, and led to cruelty and oppression toward the Hebrews. During the forty years after the flight of Moses from Egypt, idolatry seemed to have conquered. Year by year the hopes of the Israelites grew fainter. Both king and people exulted in their power, and mocked the God of Israel. This grew until it culminated in the Pharaoh who was confronted by Moses. When the Hebrew leader came before the king with a message from "Jehovah, God of Israel," it was not ignorance of the true God, but defiance of His power, that prompted the answer, "Who is Jehovah, that I should obey His voice? . . . I know not Jehovah." From first to last, Pharaoh's opposition to the divine command was not the result of ignorance, but of hatred and defiance.

    Though the Egyptians had so long rejected the knowledge of God, the Lord still gave them opportunity for repentance. In the days of Joseph, Egypt had been an asylum for Israel; God had been honored in the kindness shown His people; and now the long-suffering One, slow to anger, and full of compassion, gave each judgment time to do its work; the Egyptians, cursed through the very objects they had worshiped, had evidence of the power of Jehovah, and all who would, might submit to God and escape His judgments. The bigotry and stubbornness of the king resulted in spreading the knowledge of God, and bringing many of the Egyptians to give themselves to His service.

    It was because the Israelites were so disposed to connect themselves with the heathen and imitate their idolatry that God had permitted them to go down into Egypt, where the influence of Joseph was widely felt, and where circumstances were favorable for them to remain a distinct people. Here also the gross idolatry of the Egyptians and their cruelty and oppression during the latter part of the Hebrew sojourn should have inspired in them an abhorrence of idolatry, and should have led them to flee for refuge to the God of their fathers. This very providence Satan made a means to serve his purpose, darkening the minds of the Israelites and leading them to imitate the practices of their heathen masters. On account of the superstitious veneration in which animals were held by the Egyptians, the Hebrews were not permitted, during their bondage, to present the sacrificial offerings.

    Thus their minds were not directed by this service to the great Sacrifice, and their faith was weakened. When the time came for Israel's deliverance, Satan set himself to resist the purposes of God. It was his determination that that great people, numbering more than two million souls, should be held in ignorance and superstition. The people whom God had promised to bless and multiply, to make a power in the earth, and through whom he was to reveal the knowledge of His will--the people whom He was to make the keepers of His law--this very people Satan was seeking to keep in obscurity and bondage, that he might obliterate from their minds the remembrance of God. When the miracles were wrought before the king, Satan was on the ground to counteract their influence and prevent Pharaoh from acknowledging the supremacy of God and obeying His mandate. Satan wrought to the utmost of his power to counterfeit the work of God and resist His will. The only result was to prepare the way for greater exhibitions of the divine power and glory, and to make more apparent, both to the Israelites and to all Egypt, the existence and sovereignty of the true and living God.

    God delivered Israel with the mighty manifestations of His power, and with judgments upon all the gods of Egypt. "He brought forth his people with joy, and His chosen with gladness: . . . that they might observe His statutes, and keep His laws." Psalm 105:43-45. He rescued them from their servile state, that He might bring them to a good land--a land which in His providence had been prepared for them as a refuge from their enemies, where they might dwell under the shadow of His wings. He would bring them to Himself, and encircle them in His everlasting arms; and in return for all His goodness and mercy to them they were required to have no other gods before Him, the living God, and to exalt His name and make it glorious in the earth. During the bondage in Egypt many of the Israelites had, to a great extent, lost the knowledge of God's law, and had mingled its precepts with heathen customs and traditions. God brought them to Sinai, and there with His own voice declared His law.

    Satan and evil angels were on the ground. Even while God was proclaiming His law to His people, Satan was plotting to tempt them to sin. This people whom God had chosen, he would wrench away, in the very face of Heaven. By leading them into idolatry, he would destroy the efficacy of all worship; for how can man be elevated by adoring what is no higher than himself and may be symbolized by his own handiwork? If men could become so blinded to the power, the majesty, and the glory of the infinite God as to represent Him by a graven image, or even by a beast or reptile; if they could so forget their own divine relationship, formed in the image of their Maker as to bow down to these revolting and senseless objects--then the way was open for foul license; the evil passions of the heart would be unrestrained, and Satan would have full sway. At the very foot of Sinai, Satan began to execute his plans for overthrowing the law of God, thus carrying forward the same work he had begun in heaven. During the forty days while Moses was in the mount with God, Satan was busy exciting doubt, apostasy, and rebellion. While God was writing down His law, to be committed to His covenant people, the Israelites, denying their loyalty to Jehovah, were demanding gods of gold! When Moses came from the awful presence of the divine glory, with the precepts of the law which they had pledged themselves to obey, he found them, in open defiance of its commands, bowing in adoration before a golden image.

    By leading Israel to this daring insult and blasphemy to Jehovah, Satan had planned to cause their ruin. Since they had proved themselves to be so utterly degraded, so lost to all sense of the privileges and blessings that God had offered them, and to their own solemn and repeated pledges of loyalty, the Lord would, he believed, divorce them from Himself and devote them to destruction. Thus would be secured the extinction of the seed of Abraham, that seed of promise that was to preserve the knowledge of the living God, and through whom He was to come--the true Seed, that was to conquer Satan. The great rebel had planned to destroy Israel, and thus thwart the purposes of God. But again he was defeated. Sinful as they were, the people of Israel were not destroyed. While those who stubbornly ranged themselves on the side of Satan were cut off, the people, humbled and repentant, were mercifully pardoned. The history of this sin was to stand as a perpetual testimony to the guilt and punishment of idolatry, and the justice and long-suffering mercy of God.

    The whole universe had been witness to the scenes at Sinai. In the working out of the two administrations was seen the contrast between the government of God and that of Satan. Again the sinless inhabitants of other worlds beheld the results of Satan's apostasy, and the kind of government he would have established in heaven had he been permitted to bear sway. By causing men to violate the second commandment, Satan aimed to degrade their conceptions of the Divine Being. By setting aside the fourth, he would cause them to forget God altogether. God's claim to reverence and worship, above the gods of the heathen, is based upon the fact that He is the Creator, and that to Him all other beings owe their existence. Thus it is presented in the Bible.

    Says the prophet Jeremiah: "The Lord is the true God, He is the living God, and an everlasting King. . . . The gods that have not made the heavens and the earth, even they shall perish from the earth, and from under these heavens. He hath made the earth by His power, He hath established the world by His wisdom, and hath stretched out the heavens by His discretion." "Every man is brutish in his knowledge: every founder is confounded by the graven image: for his molten image is falsehood, and there is no breath in them. They are vanity, and the work of errors: in the time of their visitation they shall perish. The portion of Jacob is not like them: for He is the former of all things." Jeremiah 10:10-12, 14-16. The Sabbath, as a memorial of God's creative power, points to Him as the maker of the heavens and the earth. Hence it is a constant witness to His existence and a reminder of His greatness, His wisdom, and His love. Had the Sabbath always been sacredly observed, there could never have been an atheist or an idolater.

    The Sabbath institution, which originated in Eden, is as old as the world itself. It was observed by all the patriarchs, from creation down. During the bondage in Egypt, the Israelites were forced by their taskmasters to violate the Sabbath, and to a great extent they lost the knowledge of its sacredness. When the law was proclaimed at Sinai the very first words of the fourth commandment were, "Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy"--showing that the Sabbath was not then instituted; we are pointed back for its origin to creation. In order to obliterate God from the minds of men, Satan aimed to tear down this great memorial. If men could be led to forget their Creator, they would make no effort to resist the power of evil, and Satan would be sure of his prey.

    Satan's enmity against God's law had impelled him to war against every precept of the Decalogue. To the great principle of love and loyalty to God, the Father of all, the principle of filial love and obedience is closely related. Contempt for parental authority will soon lead to contempt for the authority of God. Hence Satan's efforts to lessen the obligation of the fifth commandment. Among heathen peoples the principle enjoined in this precept was little heeded. In many nations parents were abandoned or put to death as soon as age had rendered them incapable of providing for themselves. In the family the mother was treated with little respect, and upon the death of her husband she was required to submit to the authority of her eldest son. Filial obedience was enjoined by Moses; but as the Israelites departed from the Lord, the fifth commandment, with others, came to be disregarded.

    Satan was "a murderer from the beginning" (John 8:44); and as soon as he had obtained power over the human race, he not only prompted them to hate and slay one another, but, the more boldly to defy the authority of God, he made the violation of the sixth commandment a part of their religion.

    By perverted conceptions of divine attributes, heathen nations were led to believe human sacrifices necessary to secure the favor of their deities; and the most horrible cruelties have been perpetrated under the various forms of idolatry. Among these was the practice of causing their children to pass through the fire before their idols. When one of them came through this ordeal unharmed, the people believed that their offerings were accepted; the one thus delivered was regarded as specially favored by the gods, was loaded with benefits, and ever afterward held in high esteem; and however aggravated his crimes, he was never punished. But should one be burned in passing through the fire, his fate was sealed; it was believed that the anger of the gods could be appeased only by taking the life of the victim, and he was accordingly offered as a sacrifice. In times of great apostasy these abominations prevailed, to some extent, among the Israelites.

    The violation of the seventh commandment also was early practiced in the name of religion. The most licentious and abominable rites were made a part of the heathen worship. The gods themselves were represented as impure, and their worshipers gave the rein to the baser passions. Unnatural vices prevailed and the religious festivals were characterized by universal and open impurity. Polygamy was practiced at an early date. It was one of the sins that brought the wrath of God upon the antediluvian world. Yet after the Flood it again became widespread. It was Satan's studied effort to pervert the marriage institution, to weaken its obligations and lessen its sacredness; for in no surer way could he deface the image of God in man and open the door to misery and vice.

    From the opening of the great controversy it has been Satan's purpose to misrepresent God's character and to excite rebellion against His law, and this work appears to be crowned with success. The multitudes give ear to Satan's deceptions and set themselves against God. But amid the working of evil, God's purposes move steadily forward to their accomplishment; to all created intelligences He is making manifest His justice and benevolence. Through Satan's temptations the whole human race have become transgressors of God's law, but by the sacrifice of His Son a way is opened whereby they may return to God. Through the grace of Christ they may be enabled to render obedience to the Father's law. Thus in every age, from the midst of apostasy and rebellion, God gathers out a people that are true to Him--a people "in whose heart is His law." Isaiah 51:7.

    It was by deception that Satan seduced angels; thus he has in all ages carried forward his work among men, and he will continue this policy to the last. Should he openly profess to be warring against God and His law, men would beware; but he disguises himself, and mixes truth with error. The most dangerous falsehoods are those that are mingled with truth. It is thus that errors are received that captivate and ruin the soul. By this means Satan carries the world with him. But a day is coming when his triumph will be forever ended.

    God's dealings with rebellion will result in fully unmasking the work that has so long been carried on under cover. The results of Satan's rule, the fruits of setting aside the divine statutes, will be laid open to the view of all created intelligences. The law of God will stand fully vindicated. It will be seen that all the dealings of God have been conducted with reference to the eternal good of His people, and the good of all the worlds that He has created. Satan himself, in the presence of the witnessing universe, will confess the justice of God's government and the righteousness of His law. The time is not far distant when God will arise to vindicate His insulted authority. "The Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity." Isaiah 26:21. "But who may abide the day of His coming? and who shall stand when He appeareth?" Malachi 3:2.

    The people of Israel, because of their sinfulness, were forbidden to approach the mount when God was about to descend upon it to proclaim His law, lest they should be consumed by the burning glory of His presence. If such manifestations of His power marked the place chosen for the proclamation of God's law, how terrible must be His tribunal when He comes for the execution of these sacred statutes. How will those who have trampled upon His authority endure His glory in the great day of final retribution? The terrors of Sinai were to represent to the people the scenes of the judgment. The sound of a trumpet summoned Israel to meet with God. The voice of the Archangel and the trump of God shall summon, from the whole earth, both the living and the dead to the presence of their Judge. The Father and the Son, attended by a multitude of angels, were present upon the mount. At the great judgment day Christ will come "in the glory of His Father with His angels." Matthew 16:27. He shall then sit upon the throne of His glory, and before Him shall be gathered all nations.

    When the divine Presence was manifested upon Sinai, the glory of the Lord was like devouring fire in the sight of all Israel. But when Christ shall come in glory with His holy angels the whole earth shall be ablaze with the terrible light of His presence. "Our God shall come, and shall not keep silence: a fire shall devour before Him, and it shall be very tempestuous round about Him. He shall call to the heavens from above, and to the earth, that He may judge His people." Psalm 50:3, 4. A fiery stream shall issue and come forth from before Him, which shall cause the elements to melt with fervent heat, the earth also, and the works that are therein shall be burned up. "The Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels, in flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel." 2 Thessalonians 1:7, 8.

    Never since man was created had there been witnessed such a manifestation of divine power as when the law was proclaimed from Sinai. "The earth shook, the heavens also dropped at the presence of God: even Sinai itself was moved at the presence of God, the God of Israel." Psalm 68:8. Amid the most terrific convulsions of nature the voice of God, like a trumpet, was heard from the cloud. The mountain was shaken from base to summit, and the hosts of Israel, pale and trembling with terror, lay upon their faces upon the earth. He whose voice then shook the earth has declared, "Yet once more I shake not the earth only, but also heaven." Hebrews 12:26. Says the Scripture, "The Lord shall roar from on high, and utter His voice from His holy habitation;" "and the heavens and the earth shall shake." Jeremiah 25:30; Joel 3:16. In that great coming day, the heaven itself shall depart "as a scroll when it is rolled together." Revelation 6:14. And every mountain and island shall be moved out of its place. "The earth shall reel to and fro like a drunkard, and shall be removed like a cottage; and the transgression thereof shall be heavy upon it; and it shall fall, and not rise again." Isaiah 24:20.

    "Therefore shall all hands be faint," all faces shall be "turned into paleness," "and every man's heart shall melt. And they shall be afraid: pangs and sorrows shall take hold of them." "And I will punish the world for their evil," saith the Lord, "and I will cause the arrogancy of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible." Isaiah 13:7, 8, 11; Jeremiah 30:6.

    When Moses came from the divine Presence in the mount, where he had received the tables of the testimony, guilty Israel could not endure the light that glorified his countenance. How much less can transgressors look upon the Son of God when He shall appear in the glory of His Father, surrounded by all the heavenly host, to execute judgment upon the transgressors of His law and the rejecters of His atonement. Those who have disregarded the law of God and trodden under foot the blood of Christ, "the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men," shall hide themselves "in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains," and they shall say to the mountains and rocks, "Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: for the great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?" Revelation 6:15-17. "In that day a man shall cast his idols of silver, and his idols of gold, . . . to the moles and to the bats; to go into the clefts of the rocks, and into the tops of the ragged rocks, for fear of the Lord, and for the glory of His majesty, when He ariseth to shake terribly the earth." Isaiah 2:20, 21.

    Then it will be seen that Satan's rebellion against God has resulted in ruin to himself and to all that chose to become his subjects. He has represented that great good would result from transgression; but it will be seen that "the wages of sin is death." "For, behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch." Malachi 4:1. Satan, the root of every sin, and all evil workers, who are his branches, shall be utterly cut off. An end will be made of sin, with all the woe and ruin that have resulted from it. Says the psalmist, "Thou hast destroyed the wicked, thou hast put out their name forever and ever. O thou enemy, destructions are come to a perpetual end." Psalm 9:5, 6.

    But amid the tempest of divine judgment the children of God will have no cause for fear. "The Lord will be the hope of His people, and the strength of the children of Israel." Joel 3:16. The day that brings terror and destruction to the transgressors of God's law will bring to the obedient "joy unspeakable and full of glory" "Gather My saints together unto Me," saith the Lord, "those that have made a covenant with Me by sacrifice. And the heavens shall declare His righteousness: for God is Judge Himself."

    "Then shall ye return, and discern between the righteous and the wicked, between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not." Malachi 3:18. "Hearken unto Me, ye that know righteousness, the people in whose heart is My law." "Behold, I have taken out of thine hand the cup of trembling, . . . thou shalt no more drink it again." I, even I, am He that comforteth you." Isaiah 51:7, 22, 12. "For the mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but My kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant of My peace be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee." Isaiah 54:10.

    The great plan of redemption results in fully bringing back the world into God's favor. All that was lost by sin is restored. Not only man but the earth is redeemed, to be the eternal abode of the obedient. For six thousand years Satan has struggled to maintain possession of the earth. Now God's original purpose in its creation is accomplished. "The saints of the Most High shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom forever, even forever and ever." Daniel 7:18.

    "From the rising of the sun unto the going down of the same the Lord's name is to be praised." Psalm 113:3. "In that day shall there be one Lord, and His name one." "And Jehovah shall be king over all the earth." Zechariah 14:9. Says the Scripture, "Forever, O Lord, Thy word is settled in heaven." "All His commandments are sure. They stand fast forever and ever." Psalms 119:89; 111:7, 8. The sacred statutes which Satan has hated and sought to destroy, will be honored throughout a sinless universe. And "as the earth bringeth forth her bud, and as the garden causeth the things that are sown in it to spring forth; so the Lord God will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all nations." Isaiah 61:11.





    avatar
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 7707
    Join date : 2010-09-28

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Tue Oct 31, 2017 3:33 am


    The last few posts were made nearly one year ago, but I just saw one of the individuals I referred to, without speaking with them. I continue to be troubled by the stern-silence regarding the most important topics imaginable. Why Not Talk?? My questions have been seemingly answered with supernatural-attacks!! I know that I don't know, but I wish to know the truth, regardless of whether I'm guilty or innocent, and regardless of whether I can handle the truth or not. Most people seem to side with whoever they think will help them win, regardless of ethics (or lack thereof). I suspect that most of you might sleep with the Devil, if you thought you'd get a better deal than that offered by the 'Good Guy and/or Gal'!! Most of you might end-up sleeping with Satan for all-eternity. Has Probation Closed?? I suspect that it has, but hope springs eternal. Which way is the wind blowing?? Do you feel lucky?? Will the Rich, Famous, and Powerful Inherit the Earth?? Are You One of the Top One-Percent?? Do You Have Your Ticket?? What If Every Secret Thing Will Be Revealed for All to See and Hear (going way, way, way back)??

    'The Way Things Are' can be put-together a billion different ways (by a billion different sources). The Bible can be interpreted in a billion different ways. One could create a religion and/or government based-upon just about anything, and the most successful religions and/or governments might be based upon the most ridiculous foundations. Lawyers, Politicians, Theologians, et al, can make things the way they want things to be (with the most nefarious and reprehensible methodologies imaginable), and the really sad-fact is that We the Peons will go along with just about anything (if we think that will make things work out better for us and our families). "Bless Us Four, and No More!!" I've said this so many times BUT when I suggested to 'RA' that "Humanity Has Been Easy to Deceive" He Quickly Replied "VERY Easy!!" 'RA' said "I've Always Remained One Step Ahead of Humanity!!" What if the 'RA' I spoke with for several months has been an integral-part of Solar System Governance for at least 5,000 years?? He might've been an actor, agent, possessed, the Real-Deal (all four, or more). I have no idea, but 'RA' was representative of what I imagined such a being to be (at the center of things). What if 'RA' was a materialized 'Figment of My Imagination'?? What if 'RA' was a Representative of a Very-Real 'Council of 42 Supercomputer-Controlled Hybrids'?? 'RA' said there were those who were above him. But Why Did 'RA' Contact 'ME'?? What If I Anciently Created a Supercomputer Solar-System Matrix?? Would That Make Me 'Azazel'?? What Would Serqet Say??

    I haven't had home-internet for several-years (to limit my time on the internet), but I now have internet at home, so perhaps I'll watch a lot of the full-length documentaries and movies from this thread. http://www.themistsofavalon.net/t608-full-length-documentaries-and-movies-for-reflection I had high-hopes for my own research and threads, but I'm not on the 'Approved-List' so nothing will be accomplished by me spinning my wheels in this incarnation. Some things are not meant to be. Want to know how to make friends?? LIE. Want to know how to make enemies?? Be HONEST. That's the Inconvenient-Truth. I don't know if the following Long-Video is the Truth, or a Pack of Lies, but I found it quite-interesting. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lIjXfJ4qorA I tend to gravitate toward that sort of thing, regardless of whether it drives me nuts, or makes me respectable. Respectable?? What's That?? Responsibility?? What's That?? Happiness?? What's That?? Friends?? What Is the Meaning of This??

    RedEzra wrote:Let's not forget the timeline given by an angel Gabriel to Daniel about 2500 years ago... and recorded in the Septuagint the Greek translation of the Jewish Scripture in the 3rd century BC.

    "'Seventy weeks are determined
    For your people and for your holy city.

    Know therefore and understand,
    That from the going forth of the command
    To restore and build Jerusalem
    Until Messiah the Prince,
    There shall be seven weeks and sixty-two weeks.

    And after the sixty-two weeks
    Messiah shall be cut off, but not for Himself;
    And the people of the prince who is to come
    Shall destroy the city and the sanctuary.

    Then he shall confirm a covenant with many for one week;
    But in the middle of the week
    He shall bring an end to sacrifice and offering.'"


    - Daniel 9:24-27

    Artaxerxes of Persia on the month Nisan [March/April] in his 20th regnal year [445-444BC] gave the command to "restore and build Jerusalem" according to the book of Nehemiah. So the Messiah would come "seven weeks and sixty-two weeks" from that date...

    7x7x360 + 62x7x360 = 17 640 + 156 240 = 173 880 days

    So according to the timeline given to Daniel the Messiah would come or be known in the spring of 33 AD.


    "'Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion!
    Shout, O daughter of Jerusalem!
    Behold, your King is coming to you;
    He is just and having salvation,
    Lowly and riding on a donkey,
    A colt, the foal of a donkey.'"


    - Zechariah 9:9

    Are the Jews stupid ? Their own Scripture is precisely pointing to Jesus as the Messiah so what is their problem ? Are they blind ?

    "Therefore they could not believe, because Isaiah said again:

    'He has blinded their eyes and hardened their hearts,
    Lest they should see with their eyes,
    Lest they should understand with their hearts and turn,
    So that I should heal them.'"


    - John 12:39-40
    RedEzra wrote:Now the timeline given by Gabriel to Daniel does not end with the arrival of the Messiah in the spring of 33 AD.

    There are still "seven weeks" and "one week" left of the prophecy... We just have to wait until the Jews restore Jerusalem again to continue the countdown of the weeks of years. And that already happened on 7 June 1967 during the Six Day War when the command went forth from the Israeli high command to capture the Old City of Jerusalem.

    So "seven weeks" 7x7x360 = 17 640 days from 7 June 1967 come to 23 September 2015 the Day of Atonement.

    This would mean that we are already well into the last week and so are entering the events in the Book of Revelation.
    RedEzra wrote:
    The girl described how her soul “left my body and I was dead.”

    “Angels came to receive me to heaven. But Jesus appeared before me and said, ‘I cannot turn back from the prayers of my children. My eyes are upon my children and ears are open to their prayer. So I give you your life back, for the issues of death belong to me. You go, and be my witness.’ Then he put his face right against and right into mine. He breathed into my nostrils, and my soul went in. Then he moved his nail-scarred hands over my body and healed me completely!”

    Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2017/02/christians-muslim-attackers-tormented-by-visions-of-blood/
    orthodoxymoron wrote:The Bible and Religion seem to be a Winchester Mystery House. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Winchester_Mystery_House I have never doubted the existence of God and Satan, or Angels and Demons, but I have always had HUGE Problems with the Bible and Religion. There doesn't seem to be a consistent Law and Liturgy in the Holy Bible. The Bible seems to breed confusion and conflict. I love studying the Bible and History BUT the problems often seem insurmountable. I need to know what the Law and Liturgy was prior to the Creation of Humanity. Is there an Ancient and Universal Law and Liturgy?? Does the Sabbath pre-date the Creation of Humanity?? Where are the Sabbath-Sermons in the Old and New Testaments?? There are plenty in the Writings of Ellen White, and SDA's have been accused of being an Ellen White Cult (and even a British-Israel Cult)!!

    I enjoy the seven-volumes of the SDA Bible Commentary (Genesis to Revelation), but there should be another volume preceding Volume One, which tells us (in detail) what happened prior to the Genesis account. There should be another volume between Volumes 4 and 5, which tells us (in detail) what happened between Malachi and Matthew. The New Testament should contain an Old Testament Commentary. In fact, perhaps the New Testament should be an Old Testament Commentary. Period. History seems to be based upon Deception. Actually, Everything seems to be based upon Deception. Should this be a clue as to who has been running this Solar System for the past 5,000 to 6,000 years?? Something is VERY Wrong. BTW -- Consider studying Volumes 4 and 7 of the SDA Bible Commentary (Isaiah to Malachi, and Philippians to Revelation) for some VERY Interesting Eschatological-Research!! I don't seem to be capable of properly studying much of anything these days, but I keep trying to give the rest of you some clues. Unfortunately, I KNOW No-One Gives a DAMN About What I Suggest. I guess I'm simply placing my tripe on the Galactic-Record (for future-reference).





    RedEzra wrote:Fallen angels and their royal bloodline from copulating with women is the core problem of the world as per the Holy bible. The Creator of the universe and earth don't need to genetically engineer anything to bring it into being... but that is the technique fallen angels use to manipulate what GOD already created into freaks of nature.
    Are Human-Beings "Freaks of Nature" with "Fallen and Sinful Human-Natures"?? I could conceivably comprehend that early-attempts at genetic-engineering might be viewed as "Freaks of Nature" with "Bizarre-Behavior" but the "Best of Humanity" often seems to be quite-exemplary. Unfortunately, there seems to be a blackout on information regarding what pre-existed Genetic-Engineering in the Garden of Eden (both physically and governmentally). I continue to think the Bible is a cover-story for an unimaginably-nasty power-struggle (and the Bible is bad enough)!! RedEzra, I just found the beginning of a book-project from my youth, and the key-character's name is "Ben-Ezra"!! That's pretty close to "RedEzra"!!





    PLEASE Read Psalms, Isaiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, Romans, 1 Corinthians, 2 Corinthians, and Galatians (straight-through, over and over). I keep joking about writing a book, but I don't think I'm capable of writing a proper book. It would probably just be a potpourri of questions and confusion!! The critics and public would crucify me!! From my background, I point toward the SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 1 to 7 (Genesis to Revelation) as being a proper analysis of the Bible, which is BOTH Devotional and Scholarly. I continue to think that the SDA scholars had help. Possibly a lot of help, and possibly from Vatican sources, but I can't prove it. I simply think this undervalued and underused resource needs to be looked-at VERY Closely. I guess I'm thinking of this seven-volume collection as being the books I wish I could've written!! I started to write a highly heretical book (decades ago) but it scared me so much that I dropped-it, and walked away from it!! I just found the few handwritten pages I scribbled (in my twenties)!! I also found several pages of scribbled Sabbath School notes (from the 1980's)!! Most class-members hated me!! I used to attend a class taught by a Dr. Ballard (in the shadow of Mt. Shasta)!! We both asked hard-questions in our relentless-pursuit of the truth!! This team-effort was often NOT appreciated!! When I dropped-out of college, NOBODY attempted to get me to return!! When I stopped attending church, NOBODY attempted to get me to return!! When I posted upsetting stuff on the internet, NOBODY attempted to get me to stop!! NOBODY has attempted to help me!! I Can't Feel the Love!! I Don't Want Any Kind of Love Anymore!! What Would James Dean Say?? Didn't You Watch East of Eden?? Sometimes I Feel Like a Rebel Without a Cause or a Clue!! O Wretched Man That I Am!!




    The Second Jesus
    by
    orthodoxymoron

    The year is 5 B.C. Four young Jewish scholars are meeting in secret. The atmosphere is hushed and tense. They are contemplating the predicament of the Jewish nation, which suffers force and cruelty from Rome, and also suffers at the misguided hands of the Jewish leaders, who are both legalists and hypocrites. These four men are secretly defectors, even though they sit on prestigious councils in the Jewish system. They see the writing on the wall, and note firsthand how the Jewish people are manipulated and abused by their own leaders. They see the spiritual arrogance in the supposed men of God. They know how the leaders of the faith misrepresent the character of God by filling the people with fear toward God, and then using this fear to force the people to obey them, the mouthpieces of God Almighty.

    These four scholars have repeatedly attempted to reform the thinking of the leadership, but to no avail. The leaders of the faith consider themselves spokesmen for God, who changes not. Other methods of change must be explored. Down deep, they sense that the entire system must be swept away. But how are they to do it? This is the question which occupies their minds. These four scholars are possibly the brightest lights in Judaism. Each of them showing promise at an early age, were given the best education possible in the Jewish system. Now, each in their mid thirties, they represented Judaism's greatest hope for reformation and change. Their names are Jacob, Samuel, Judah, and Ben-Ezra. All are men of honesty, sincerity, and integrity.

    Ben-Ezra is the first to speak. He raises his head from his study of the scriptures, and begins softly, "Brothers, in the scriptures, the prophets write of a coming Messiah. Men have awaited the coming of the Messiah for centuries. Many false Messiahs have appeared, but still, the people look for the coming of the true Messiah. When we look around at our desperate situation, we see all too clearly the need of such a Messiah to deliver us. As you well know, there have been many interpretations as to when the Messiah should appear. Dates have been proclaimed, and hopes dashed repeatedly. There is, however, a prophecy contained in the book of Daniel the prophet, which seems to be pointing to the coming of the true Messiah. This prophecy has been discussed from time to time, but presently no one seems to be taking it seriously.

    "Brothers, let us again look at this prophecy. It reads as follows, 'Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the Most Holy. Know therefore, and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war, desolations are determined. And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation and that determined shall make it desolate, even until the consummation and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.' (Daniel 9:24-27)

    "Brothers, do you realize what this is saying? This is a prophecy pointing to the end of the Jewish sacrificial system! It is a prophecy pointing to the sacrifice of the Messiah in place of the usual lamb. Such a sacrifice, if understood and believed by the people, would destroy the power of the Jewish system. They would be freed from their bondage. There is also a time element to this prophecy, namely 70 weeks. Brothers, I have discovered that if I take these 70 weeks and turn the weeks into days, and then into years, I have 490 years. If I start this time period with the date of the ancient decree to rebuild Jerusalem, the prophecy reaches about 40 years past this present time. According to this Messianic prophecy, as I have interpreted it, the Messiah should appear about 30 years from now."

    The candle in the center of the circular table at which the four are seated, flickers slightly as Judah clears his throat to speak. "Well spoken Ben-Ezra. Never before have I grasped the significance of this prophecy. However, I must question both the prophecy's inspiration and interpretation. Supposed Holy Men of God have set date after date for the coming of the promised Messiah, but he has yet to appear."

    Ben-Ezra shifts slightly in his chair, and smiles, "If the Messiah is to be sent of God, we have merely to wait for him to appear. If, however, God has no such plans, then we ourselves must act quickly to produce the promised Messiah. If we take no action, and God takes no action, then the time will pass, and the opportunity to produce the Messiah in accordance with Daniel's prophecy will be forever lost."

    With a troubled countenance, Samuel's voice trembles, "Do you understand the implications of what you are saying? You are implying that we conspire to train a man to become the promised Messiah. This is deception, and we are men of integrity. How can we take part in such a thing?"

    Finally, Jacob's soft voice is heard, "In conspiring to produce such a Messiah, we would be taking it upon ourselves to create God in the Flesh, or as Isaiah the prophet wrote, 'Immanuel' or 'God with Us'. (Isaiah 7:14) Who are we to do this?"

    Ben-Ezra again smiles, "Our religious leaders have misrepresented the character of God throughout our history. Starting with Moses, these men have shown God to be possessive, angry, violent, arbitrary, and bloodthirsty. They have then used these attributes as a club over the heads of the people, to control them and take away their freedom. This continues to the present time, and will continue to be the case if nothing is done. We now have an opportunity to change the course of history, and we must not fail. It is up to us to paint a brighter picture of who God is."

    With a hint of sarcasm, Jacob retorts, "And how are we to know who God is?"

    Ben-Ezra looks at Jacob thoughtfully, and then replies, "Moses gave us a clue, I believe, when he wrote out what he thought God was like. Moses wrote that God said, "let us make man in our image, after our likeness." If this concept is true, that we are like God, then we can have a better idea of who God is by determining what a model man would be like. When we have a model man in our midst, and know who this man is, we then have a much better idea of who God is. We also have clues as to what the Messiah is to be like. These clues are to be found in scriptural Messianic references. The Messiah who we would create, would need to fulfill all of the scriptural prophecies concerning the Messiah, as well as fulfilling our highest ideals of a model man, and our ideals of who we believe God to be. We would indeed be creating God in our image, and after our likeness."

    Samuel asks, "Is it not blasphemy for a man to claim that he is God?"

    Ben-Ezra replies "Of course, and it would most likely be this charge which would result in the death of this Messiah. Prophecy would be fulfilled, and the sacrifice for humanity would be made. You see, this death would open up the most grand and glorious possibility of all. This Messiah would gain victory over death, thus giving the people hope in life after death."

    Jacob is now more sarcastic than ever. "What do you mean, 'Victory Over Death?'"

    Ben-Ezra glows with excitement as he speaks. "The Messiah will rise from the dead. He will come back to life, and live in the sight of men."

    Jacob persists, "How can a man who is dead come back to life? I mean we're supposed to be the cream of Jewish scholarship, but I really am beginning to wonder."

    Ben-Ezra laughs, "Jacob, with all respect, you tend to write things off before you have listened to all the evidence, and considered it carefully. To do both is the highest form of scholarship."

    On a more serious note, Ben-Ezra continues, "This is where the plot thickens, and becomes more complex. It is true that men do not rise from the dead, and appear in the sight of men. However, we can cause such an event to appear to occur. Things are not always what they seem. What we must do, Brothers, is locate twin baby boys, and have them raised in a similar manner, and educated in the same way. We must teach them to act and think alike. They must be raised in separate families, so that as few people as possible will know that they are twins. When the twins reach adulthood, one of them will be apparently killed, and will live in hiding for about ten years. This way, he will not be recognized or suspected when the appointed time comes. The other twin will continue living in his community, while he is receiving his training. At the proper time, he will begin working miracles, preaching, and proclaiming himself to be the promised Messiah. His twin in hiding will continue in training, and will be carefully and thoroughly informed of his brother's activities.

    "When the public Messiah's exact method of execution is a certainty, his twin will receive the wounds which his brother will receive. Then, after the public Messiah has been dead for a short period of time, his twin brother will appear to the followers of the public Messiah with all of the same wounds his brother received, only these wounds would be fully healed. This second Messiah would convince his followers of the certainty of the resurrection, and then would appear to ascend into Heaven, there to intercede before God the Father, in behalf of humanity. The Messiah's followers will then proclaim the theology which their leader had taught them. They will preach of a risen Savior, and will teach that to have faith in the Messiah, and to believe in the resurrection, is to obtain eternal life in the bliss of Heaven. Wherever people accept this, the Jewish system will lose its power. The Jewish Sanctuary Doctrine will be destroyed.

    "There is much more which I could tell you, but this much will have to do for now. We have much to discuss and think about. I have been silently contemplating this subject for years. I have not mentioned it to anyone before this evening. To you, however, it is brand new, probably shocking, and possibly upsetting. Do not worry. There is sunshine after the storm. I will leave you now, so that you can discuss this among yourselves. When you have reached a decision, we will meet again. Good evening Jacob, Samuel, and Judah. Peace be with you."



    Sabbath School Class Notes (by orthodoxymoron)
    in the 1980's (Round One)!!!
    DING!!!

    1. Should we take punishment and injustice like helpless lambs, or should we defend ourselves as Israel did in the Old Testament?

    2. Could it be that Jesus had promised the people so much, yet delivered so little, that it was this which kindled their hatred against him?

    3. What are the evil passions that are inherent in our natures?

    4. Could Christ's false promise of an immanent second-coming be considered to be in accordance with God's law?

    5. We have been given minds by God. Does He not expect us to use and depend on what He has given us? Are we to bypass what has been given to us, and ask for more? Do we need more inspiration, or more perspiration?

    6. If our sins caused Jesus to suffer, then he must have had the foreknowledge to see and experience our day and sins. Why then did he promise an immanent return?

    7. Is $52.80 (thirty pieces of silver) really that much money to receive? (source: It Is Written) Could Judas have been that desperate for such a small amount of money?

    8. Was Judas a sort of manager for Jesus?

    9. Why should we not depend on what God has given, namely our minds? Is not self confidence a key to success? We start out depending completely on our parents, and gradually they give us more and more independence, and we depend on them less and less, until we become adults, and depend on them very little. According to the lesson, we are to depend only on God, and not on ourselves, in the same manner as did Jesus. Has God not given us the resources in our own selves, needed to live productive and meaningful lives? In trusting in "God's Will" are we not opening ourselves up to trusting in "Church Leaders" rather than in sound logic and common sense?

    10. Is there any evidence that the priests were devil possessed?

    11. The priests were probably trying to prove Christ a phony, and sway the people back into their control.

    12. The priests did not believe Jesus.

    13. If this is the case, should I not be able to raise up a sinless child?

    14. "For every sinner" implies a foreknowledge, and an ability to bear my individual guilt. How then could Christ say "Which of you by worrying can add one cubit to his stature?" Matthew 6:27,28 Here again, if we can overcome as Christ overcame, should I not be able to raise up a sinless Child? Here again, if Christ suffered so much, and he is my example, should I not feel guilty if I am not suffering?

    15. The god which had served Jesus so well in his miracles before, now had forsaken him. Perhaps Jesus wanted to save face in front of his followers, and thus placed the blame for his fate on God.

    16. Has God not given us the resources to live decent and productive lives? Does this not detract from self-confident self-reliance so basic to success in life?

    17. A Christ would have probably come on the scene whether or not the great controversy required it.

    18. If Christ had no advantage over us, and we can overcome as Christ overcame, and since he bore more than we can ever bear, can we not raise up sinless children who have much less to bear than Christ, who had no advantage over them? "Wherefore in all things it behooved him to be made like unto his brethren." Hebrews 2:17

    19. My concerns are important. If I am to achieve them, I am to devote myself to them with all the resources God has graciously given me. My concerns just might happen to be humanity's concerns.



    Sabbath School Class Notes (by orthodoxymoron)
    in the 1980's (Round Two)!!!
    DING!!!

    1. Albert Schweitzer was right. In his "The Quest of the Historical Jesus" he concluded that Jesus was not the Son of God, but rather a man to be admired and copied. Still, Schweitzer lived an exemplary "Christ like" life. Jesus is not necessarily needed for the salvation of man. I believe everyone will be saved, and I believe that the issues are: 1. The great controversy needing resolution. 2. How free moral agents can disagree without being disagreeable in their pursuit of truth and happiness. When Schweitzer went to Africa as a missionary, he was instructed not to discuss his theological views with the other missionaries.

    2. If this is true, why don't we see or hear of perfect saints alive today? It seems that the closer we get to "saints" the less saintly they appear.

    3. We pay the penalty for our mistakes every day as a suffering human race.

    4. If the "wages of sin is death" is taken literally, this is true. This Old Testament teaching may be a misrepresentation of who God is.

    5. Unwise living should be abhorrent to anyone, whether or not they have accepted Christ. The sin which crucified Jesus is the sin of intolerance. Jesus' ideas and teachings were not tolerable, and he paid the price. This has happened repeatedly throughout history.

    6. It seems that 4,000 years of recorded human history would be enough to condemn Satan (with or without Calvary).

    7. For this, foreknowledge is required. If Christ had foreknowledge, he also foreknew that he would be successful on his mission. Thus, there was no risk involved.

    8. 1,000 years directly preceding the death of Christ.

    9. Is this not symbolic of the way into the holiest, being laid open by the death of Christ?

    10. Christianity removed much of Judaism's force.

    11. Because of the eschatological nonsense being promoted in Protestant churches today. Are we not falling into the same exclusivism trap that ancient Israel fell into when we call ourselves "Spiritual Israel"?

    12. We can save ourselves in the sense that we can learn to peacefully coexist, and to improve our situation as a race (and as individuals).

    13. This ties in nicely with the Judaic system.

    14. We either sink or swim as a human race. It is not a situation where the ones who made the right decisions, or believed the right things, will make it, and that those who did not will not be saved.

    15. This is true. We pray and pray and try and try, but we never seem to be able to pull it off. If Christ had no advantage, how did he pull it off?

    16. What happens if the one day we slip, we die, having broken the covenant relation? Can we be saved as free moral agents?

    17. See Acts of the Apostles, page 33.

    18. Did Christ enter into the Holy Place, or the Most Holy Place, at his ascension (according to the Bible)?

    19. Was the Holy Spirit before Calvary of a different nature than the Holy Spirit after Calvary?

    20. Holy or Most Holy?

    21. God feels with us as we pass through life.

    22. Also, "this generation shall not pass till all be fulfilled" or "there be some standing here that shall not taste of death till all be fulfilled" and "behold I come quickly".

    23. Humans do the same work as Satan did when they repress progress, and cling to preconceived notions.

    24. 2,000 years passing without the promised goods being delivered.

    25. The finished work is not to be done in and through us by God. It is to be done by us alone, using what God has given us to live decent, productive, and happy lives. The human race has had a hard time doing this throughout recorded history. I believe that Earth will continue until we as humans learn how to disagree, without being disagreeable, in our pursuit of truth and happiness.




    Sabbath School Class Notes (by orthodoxymoron)
    in the 1980's (Round Three)!!!
    DING!!!

    1. Do we not crucify dissenters in our own time, much in the same manner as the mob crucified Christ, even though we do it in a more refined manner and fashion?

    2. The issue of the great controversy is how free moral agents can disagree without being disagreeable. It is completely up to the human race to solve this problem.

    3. This is true. It will be a tribute to God's giving His creatures absolute freedom, without strings attached, and without seeking to control them in any way, shape, or form.

    4. What happened at the death of Christ has happened before his death, and has been repeating itself ever since, namely the intolerance shown to anyone expressing a viewpoint different from that of the status quo.

    5. God asked a man to go against his conscience, and then bailed him out. The God I love and serve would do no such thing. Perhaps this was Moses' method of demonstrating how the people should obey him.

    6. Might we as SDA's be demon-possessed as was the Jewish nation of Christ's day, according to the last page of last week's lesson, and the following quote from page 36 of The Desire of Ages (second paragraph)? "The people of whom God had called to be the pillar and ground of the truth had become representatives of Satan. God could do no more for man through these channels. The whole system must be swept away." This is referring to Sabbath keeping, scripture believing church members. Can such be harassed or possessed by devils?

    7. Was not Jesus an eating and drinking man? A friend of publicans and sinners?

    8. Should I feel guilty if I am not suffering? Can I find relief from my guilt through suffering? Is this not masochism?

    9. Perhaps magicians had performed similar miracles, and the chief priests were not all that impressed with Jesus' miracles, and now they knew he was in a spot where his miracles would not work, and they made the most of it.

    10. Is it easier to become a perfect person, or to become a medical doctor? Does God turn a person into a medical doctor simply by the student beholding "The Great Physician" and then God performing the change? Or does the student become a medical doctor by studying, using his brain, and working hard at achieving the various rites of passage?




    TOTAL KNOCKOUT!!
    RedEzra wrote:
    The superhuman or freaks of nature are angelic-human hybrids...

    "So the LORD God said to the serpent:
    ---
    'And I will put enmity
    Between you and the woman,
    And between your seed and her Seed;
    He shall bruise your head,
    And you shall bruise His heel.'"

    - Genesis 3:14-15

    "There were giants (nephilim) on the earth in those days, and also afterward,
    when the sons of God came in to the daughters of men and they bore children to them.
    Those were the mighty men who were of old, men of renown."

    - Genesis 6:4

    "There we saw the giants [nephilim] (the descendants of Anak came from the giants);
    and we were like grasshoppers in our own sight, and so we were in their sight."

    - Numbers 13:33

    "Yet it was I who destroyed the Amorite before them,
    Whose height was like the height of the cedars,
    And he was as strong as the oaks;
    Yet I destroyed his fruit above
    And his roots beneath."

    - Amos 2:9


    What a cruel GOD we have who destroys the superhuman freaks of fallen angels !?
    RedEzra wrote:
    Both before and after the Flood human-angelic hybrids were and probably still are on the earth
    and in fact they were and perhaps still are the royalty of nations.
    Genesis 6 seems to say there were GIANTS Before the Sons of God mated with the Daughters of Men. I get the picture of a Garden of Eden Genetics-Laboratory which was slated to be shut-down and/or destroyed, but the Invaders liked the good-looking women, and FELL for Them!! Was this a Galactic Rat-Trap?? Was this the Genesis of the Female-Illuminati?? I continue to think that the Real-Story might be nastier than any of us can imagine!! I'm committed to Religious and Political Science-Fiction in a Very-Limited Context, to attempt to get close to the Truth, but I don't think I'll ever get there. I think I'll go completely insane before I get it right. I'm just playing a stupid-little guessing-game!! It's easier that way!! One Last Thing. Here is a letter I sent to a couple of agencies, but I'm turning it into a general solar-system request to whom it may concern (or not concern)!!

    National Security Agency,

    I am requesting an appropriate level of communication regarding my internet-activities and real-life conversations with significant individuals of interest. I am referring to my participation on the now closed http://www.projectavalon.net/forum/index.php "Project Avalon" website, and www.mistsofavalon.heavenforum.org "The Mists of Avalon" website, with the screen name "orthodoxymoron". A face to face conversation with an appropriate individual, possibly with me signing a "Non Disclosure Agreement", might be a viable option. Or, perhaps a response might be provided for me to view, without me obtaining anything in writing, and without me taking notes. I'm easy. I guess I'm interested in what the NSA might wish for me to know (if anything) at this point. I could be more specific, but I'd prefer to leave this request somewhat informal and open-ended. I am concerned that this request might be intercepted, and I am also concerned that your response might be intercepted. Please respond in the manner deemed most reasonable. I am simultaneously making a similar request to the Central Intelligence Agency, but to no other agencies, departments, or individuals. One of the "significant individuals of interest" told me I should make an FOIA request, but they were not specific regarding which agency or department (although they said they "couldn't talk about the NSA"). This occurred in 2011. I made a request online to the NSA (possibly in 2012), with no reply, and with no follow-up by me, but now my curiosity has compelled me to make another attempt.

    Respectfully,

    orthodoxymoron

    The NSA and CIA said they don't respond to "Fishing-Expeditions" (in essence). So Be It. At this point, I wish I could just get in a very-real 'Tardis' and travel the cosmos. I'd never get in a UFO, because they supposedly eat-you once they get-you!! I'm sorry we couldn't work together. Too much water has gone under the bridge. Oh Well (it's a deep subject)!! Where did I hear that before??














    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Montauk_Project The Montauk Project is an alleged series of secret United States government projects conducted at Camp Hero or Montauk Air Force Station on Montauk, Long Island, for the purpose of developing psychological warfare techniques and exotic research including time travel. Jacques Vallée describes allegations of the Montauk Project as an outgrowth of stories about the Philadelphia Experiment.[1] The history of the Montauk Project story is closely associated with — and often believed to originate in — the Montauk Project series of books by Preston Nichols.[2]

    Stories about the Montauk Project have circulated since the early 1980s. According to UFO researcher Jacques Vallée, the Montauk Experiment stories seem to have originated with the account of Preston Nichols, who claimed to have recovered repressed memories of his own involvement.[1] Nichols, born May 24, 1946 in Long Island, New York, claims to have degrees in parapsychology, psychology, and electrical engineering,[3] and he has authored a series of books, known as the Montauk Project series, along with Peter Moon, the primary topic of which is alleged activities at Montauk. These center on topics including United States government/military experiments in fields such as time travel, teleportation, mind control, contact with alien life and staging faked Apollo Moon landings, framed as developments which followed a successful 1943 Philadelphia Experiment. These culminate in "a hole ripped in space-time" in 1983. The authors have encouraged speculation about the contents; for example, they wrote, "Whether you read this as science fiction or non-fiction you are in for an amazing story" in their first chapter,[4] describing much of the content as "soft facts" in a Guide For Readers and publishing a newsletter with updates to the story.

    Some sources report that Nichols claims to have worked on the Montauk Project and recalls it only through recovery of repressed memories. Others hold that he believes he is periodically abducted to continue his participation against his will.[5] Most treat Nichols' work as fiction.[6]

    In 2015, Montauk Chronicles, a film adaptation of the conspiracy featuring Preston Nichols, Al Bielik, and Stewart Swerdlow was released online and on DVD and Blu-ray. The film won the best documentary award at the Philip K. Dick Film Festival in New York City[7] and has been featured on Coast to Coast AM[8] and The Huffington Post.[9] The Netflix Web TV series Stranger Things was allegedly inspired by the Montauk Project, and at one time Montauk was used as its working title.[10][11][12] In the television series Lost Daniel Faraday did such experiments on Desmond, Miles and a laboratory rat. The Montauk story also features prominently in Thomas Pynchon's 2013 novel Bleeding Edge.

    References
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b Vallée, Jacques F. (1994). "Anatomy of a hoax: The Philadelphia Experiment fifty years later" (PDF). Journal of Scientific Exploration. 8 (1): 47–71. Retrieved January 13, 2010.
    Jump up
    ^ Frissell, Bob (April 25, 2003). Something in This Book Is True, Second Edition: The Official Companion to Nothing in this Book Is True, But It's Exactly How Things Are. Frog Books. p. 76. ISBN 978-1-58394-077-8. Retrieved May 27, 2011.
    Jump up
    ^ The Montauk Project: Experiments in Time, Chapter 1
    Jump up
    ^ Nichols, Preston B.; Moon, Peter. "The Montauk Project: Experiments in Time". Nature's Tapestry.
    Jump up
    ^ "Preston Nichols". bibliotecapleyades.net.
    Jump up
    ^ Nichols, Preston B. "Montauk Revisited: Adventures in Synchronicity". FictionDB. Categorises Nichols's work as "speculative fiction" and "science fiction".
    Jump up
    ^ Clingman, Marlo (January 20, 2015). "The 2015 Philip K. Dick Science Fiction Film Festival Winners!". scifibloggers.com. Retrieved July 19, 2017.
    Jump up
    ^ Connie Willis (host), Preston Nichols, Christopher Garetano (guests) (February 14, 2015). Montauk Chronicles (Radio). Coast to Coast AM. Archived from the original on March 4, 2016. Retrieved July 19, 2017.
    Jump up
    ^ Speigel, Lee (May 24, 2012). "'Montauk Chronicles' Claims Time Travel, Mind Control, Aliens At Camp Hero". The Huffington Post. Retrieved July 19, 2017.
    Jump up
    ^ Guerrasio, Jason (September 20, 2016). "This Is The Crazy Government Conspiracy Theory That Inspired 'Stranger Things'". sciencealert.com. Retrieved July 19, 2017.
    Jump up
    ^ Schladebeck, Jessica (September 1, 2016). "A look at ‘Stranger Things’ and the secret government experiments that inspired it". New York Daily News. Retrieved July 19, 2017.
    Jump up
    ^ Anderton, Ethan (September 6, 2016). "'Stranger Things' Was Inspired By a Creepy, Supposedly Real Experiment Called The Montauk Project". /Film. Retrieved September 7, 2016.
    Further reading[edit]
    Moon, Peter (1997). The Black Sun: Montauk's Nazi-Tibetan Connection. New York: Sky Books. ISBN 0963188941.
    Nichols, Preston B.; Moon, Peter (1992). The Montauk Project: Experiments in Time. New York: Sky Books. ISBN 0963188909.
    Nichols, Preston B.; Moon, Peter (1993). Montauk Revisited: Adventures in Synchronicity. New York: Sky Books. ISBN 0963188917.
    Nichols, Preston B.; Moon, Peter (1995). Pyramids of Montauk: Explorations in Consciousness. New York: Sky Books. ISBN 0963188925.
    Nichols, Preston B.; Moon, Peter (1996). Encounter in the Pleiades: An Inside Look at UFOs. New York: Sky Books. p. 247. ISBN 0-9631889-3-3.
    Nichols, Preston B.; Moon, Peter (2000). The Music of Time. New York: Sky Books. p. 234. ISBN 0-9678162-0-3.
    Steiger, Brad; Bielek, Alfred; Steiger, Sherry Hanson (1990). The Philadelphia Experiment and Other UFO Conspiracies. Inner Light Publications & Global Communications. ISBN 0938294970.
    Swerdlow, Stewart (1998). Moon, Peter, ed. Montauk: The Alien Connection. New York: Sky Books. ISBN 0963188984.
    Wells, K. B. (1998). The Montauk Files: Unearthing the Phoenix Conspiracy. New Falcon Publications. ISBN 156184134X.












    Sponsored content

    Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Four)

    Post  Sponsored content


      Current date/time is Mon Nov 20, 2017 1:39 am